SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
|
||
þ
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 | ||
or | ||
o
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 000-23993
Broadcom Corporation
California
|
33-0480482 | |
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization) |
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.) |
Registrants Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (949) 450-8700
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Class A common stock
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by a check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes þ No o
The aggregate market value of the registrants common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 28, 2002, the last business day of the registrants most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $3,659,430,625 (based on the closing sales price of the registrants common stock on that date). Shares of the registrants common stock held by each officer and director and each person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding voting power of the registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a determination for other purposes.
The registrant has two classes of common stock authorized, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of each class of common stock are substantially identical except for voting rights. Each share of Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote and each share of Class B common stock entitles its holder to ten votes. In addition, holders of Class B common stock are entitled to vote separately on the proposed issuance of additional shares of Class B common stock in certain circumstances. As of March 24, 2003 there were 207,176,374 shares of Class A common stock outstanding and 71,366,363 shares of Class B common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the registrants definitive proxy statement (the Proxy Statement) for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed on or before April 30, 2003. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part hereof.
BROADCOM CORPORATION
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
|
||||||
PART I | ||||||
Item 1.
|
Business | 1 | ||||
Item 2.
|
Properties | 16 | ||||
Item 3.
|
Legal Proceedings | 17 | ||||
Item 4.
|
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders | 21 | ||||
PART II | ||||||
Item 5.
|
Market for Registrants Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters | 21 | ||||
Item 6.
|
Selected Consolidated Financial Data | 23 | ||||
Item 7.
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | 24 | ||||
Risk Factors | 43 | |||||
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk | 57 | ||||
Item 8.
|
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data | 58 | ||||
Item 9.
|
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure | 58 | ||||
PART III | ||||||
Item 10.
|
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant | 58 | ||||
Item 11.
|
Executive Compensation | 59 | ||||
Item 12.
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters | 59 | ||||
Item 13.
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions | 59 | ||||
Item 14.
|
Controls and Procedures | 59 | ||||
PART IV | ||||||
Item 15.
|
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K | 60 |
Broadcom,® the pulse logo, Connecting everything,® QAMLink,® StrataSwitch,® V-thernet,® 54g, TM AirForce, TM BroadVoice, TM CALISTO, TM Champion, TM CryptoNetX, TM Digi-F, TM Grand Champion, TM MetroSwitch, TM PhonexChange, TM ROBOswitch, TM ServerWorks, TM SiByte, TM StrataXGS TM and SystemI/O TM are trademarks of Broadcom Corporation and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners.
©2003 Broadcom Corporation. All rights reserved.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT
All statements included or incorporated by reference in this Report, other than statements or characterizations of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning projected revenue, expenses, gross profit and income, manufacturing capacity, our accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments, the market acceptance and performance of our products, our ability to retain and hire key executives, technical personnel and other employees in the numbers, with the capabilities, and at the compensation levels needed to implement our business and product plans, the competitive nature of and anticipated growth in our markets, our ability to achieve further product integration, the status of evolving technologies and their growth potential, the cost and success of our development projects, the timing of new product introductions, the adoption of future industry standards, our production capacity, our ability to migrate to smaller process geometries, our ability to consummate acquisitions and integrate their operations successfully, the need for additional capital and the success of pending litigation. These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, managements beliefs, and certain assumptions made by us. Forward-looking statements can often be identified by words such as anticipates, expects, intends, plans, predicts, believes, seeks, estimates, may, will, should, would, could, potential, continue, similar expressions, and variations or negatives of these words. In addition, any statements that refer to expectations, projections or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Report and are based upon the information available to us at this time. Such information is subject to change, and we will not necessarily inform you of such changes. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, some of which are listed under the section Risk Factors at the end of Item 7 of this Report. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason.
All share numbers and per share amounts in this Report have been retroactively adjusted to reflect our 2-for-1 stock splits, each in the form of a 100% stock dividend, effective February 17, 1999 and February 11, 2000.
PART I
Item 1. | Business |
Overview
Broadcom Corporation is the leading provider of highly integrated silicon solutions that enable broadband communications and networking of voice, video and data services. Using proprietary technologies and advanced design methodologies, Broadcom designs, develops and supplies complete system-on-a-chip solutions and related hardware and software applications for every major broadband communications market. Our diverse product portfolio includes solutions for digital cable and satellite set-top boxes; cable and DSL modems and residential gateways; high-speed transmission and switching for local, metropolitan, wide area and storage networking; home and wireless networking; cellular and terrestrial wireless communications; Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) gateway and telephony systems; broadband network processors; and SystemI/O TM server solutions.
Broadcom was incorporated in California in August 1991. Our principal executive offices are located at 16215 Alton Parkway, Irvine, California 92618-3616, and our telephone number at that location is (949) 450-8700. Our Internet address is www.broadcom.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, amendments to those reports and other Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, filings are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Our Class A common stock trades on the Nasdaq National Market® under the symbol BRCM.
Industry Environment and Our Business
Over the past two decades communications technology has evolved from simple analog voice signals transmitted over networks of copper telephone lines to complex analog and digital voice and data signals transmitted over hybrid networks of media, such as copper, coaxial and fiber optic cables and wireless transmission over radio frequencies. This evolution has been driven by enormous increases in the number of users
This evolution has inspired equipment manufacturers and service providers to develop and expand existing broadband communications markets and has created the need for new generations of integrated circuits. Broadband transmission of digital information over existing infrastructures requires highly integrated mixed-signal semiconductor solutions to perform critical systems functions such as complex signal processing and converting digital data to and from analog signals. Broadband communications equipment requires substantially higher levels of system performance, in terms of both speed and precision, which typically cannot be adequately addressed by traditional semiconductor solutions developed for low speed transmission applications. Moreover, solutions that are based on multiple discrete analog and digital chips generally cannot achieve the cost-effectiveness, performance and reliability required by todays broadband marketplace. These requirements are best addressed by new generations of highly integrated mixed-signal devices that combine complex analog and digital functions with high performance circuitry and can be manufactured in high volumes using cost-effective process technologies.
Target Markets and Broadcom® Products
We design, develop and supply a diverse portfolio of products targeted to every significant broadband communications market. Our core markets include the markets for cable modems, digital cable set-top boxes, high-speed transmission and switching products for enterprise networking equipment, and server, storage and workstation platforms. In addition, we have invested significant time and resources developing or acquiring products for emerging and other established broadband communications markets such as direct broadcast satellite set-top boxes, DSL modems and residential gateways, home and wireless networking, cellular and terrestrial wireless communications, metropolitan, wide area and storage networking, and broadband processors.
The following is a brief description of each of our target markets and the silicon solutions that we provide for each market.
Cable Modems |
Cable modems provide users high-speed Internet access through a cable television network. Although cable network systems were originally established to deliver broadcast television signals to subscribers homes, cable television operators have been upgrading their systems to hybrid fiber coaxial cable to support two-way communications, high-speed Internet access and telecommuting through the use of cable modems. These modems are designed to achieve downstream transmission speeds of up to 43 megabits per second, or Mbps (North American standard), or 56 Mbps (international standard), and upstream transmission to the network at speeds of up to 30 Mbps, nearly 1,000 times faster than the fastest analog telephone modems, which transmit downstream at up to 56 kilobits per second, or Kbps, and upstream at up to 28.8 Kbps. Cable modems typically connect to PCs through a standard 10BASE-T Ethernet card or Universal Serial Bus connection. A device called a cable modem termination system, or CMTS, located at a local cable operators network hub, communicates through television channels to cable modems in subscribers homes and controls access to cable modems on the network.
The cable industrys adoption of an open standard, the Data Over Cable Service Interface Specification, commonly known as DOCSIS,® has made possible interoperability between different manufacturers cable modems and CMTS equipment across different cable networks. The first specification, DOCSIS 1.0, was adopted in 1997 and enabled the cost-effective deployment of cable modems via retail channels. In 1998 the DOCSIS 1.1 specification was announced. The new specification enhanced DOCSIS 1.0 to include support for cable telephony using VoIP technology, streaming video and managed data services. In December 2002 DOCSIS 2.0 was approved. DOCSIS 2.0 adds support for higher upstream transmission speeds of up to 30 Mbps and more symmetric Internet Protocol, or IP, services and provides extra capacity for cable telephony.
2
The high speeds of todays cable modems can enable an entirely new generation of multimedia-rich content over the Internet and allow cable operators to expand their traditional video product offerings to include data and telephone services. The adoption of cable modem services and the continued proliferation of homes with multiple PCs have also generated the need for residential networking. Cable television operators have recognized the opportunity to include this feature in the equipment they utilize for cable modem services through either home phoneline or wireless solutions.
We offer integrated silicon solutions for cable modems and cable modem termination systems. We currently have a leading market position in both equipment areas, with an extensive product offering for the high-speed, two-way transmission and display of digital information for the delivery of voice, video and data services to residential customers over existing hybrid fiber coaxial cable. We offer a complete system level solution that not only includes integrated circuits, but also reference design hardware and a full software suite to support our customers needs and accelerate time to market.
Cable Modem Solutions. All of our cable modem chips are built around our QAMLink® DOCSIS-compliant transceiver and media access controller, or MAC, technologies, which enable downstream data rates up to 56 Mbps and upstream data rates up to 30 Mbps and are compliant with DOCSIS versions 1.0, 1.1 and 2.0. These devices provide real-time DOCSIS component capabilities in silicon, enabling quality of service to support constant bit rate services like VoIP and video streaming.
Residential Broadband Gateway Solutions. The level of integration and performance that we continue to accomplish in our cable modem chips is reducing the cost and size of cable modems while providing consumers with easy to use features and seamless integration to other transmission media. As a result, cable modem functionality is evolving into a small silicon core that can be incorporated into other consumer devices for broader distribution of IP-based services throughout the home. Broadcom offers residential broadband gateway solutions that bring together a range of capabilities including those for cable modems, digital set-top boxes, home networking, VoIP and Ethernet connectivity. These products allow cable operators worldwide to provide residential broadband gateways capable of delivering four primary lines of digital telephone, IP video, home networking and cable modem Internet services over cable systems, existing phone lines and wireless connections.
CMTS Solutions. We have a complete end-to-end DOCSIS 1.0 and 1.1 compliant cable modem silicon solution for both head-end and subscriber locations. Our CMTS chipset consists of downstream and upstream physical layer devices and a DOCSIS MAC. This cable modem termination system enables the exchange of information to and from the subscriber location, making it a key element in the delivery of broadband access over cable.
Digital Cable and Direct Broadcast Satellite Set-Top Boxes |
The last decade has seen rapid growth in the quantity and diversity of television programming. Despite ongoing efforts to upgrade the existing cable infrastructure, an inadequate number of channels exists to provide the content demanded by consumers. In an effort to increase the number of channels and provide higher picture quality, cable service providers began offering digital programming in 1996 through the use of new digital cable set-top boxes. These digital cable set-top boxes facilitate high-speed digital communications between a subscribers television and the cable network. Digital cable set-top boxes are currently able to support downstream transmission speeds to the subscriber of up to 43 Mbps (North American standard) or 56 Mbps (international standard), and several hundred MPEG-2 compressed digital television channels.
Direct broadcast satellite, or DBS, is the primary alternative to cable for providing digital television programming. DBS broadcasts video and audio data from satellites directly to digital set-top boxes in the home via dish antennas. Due to the ability of DBS to provide television programming where no cable infrastructure is in place, we believe that the United States market for DBS may eventually be surpassed by the international market where the cable infrastructure is generally less extensive.
The Federal Communications Commission has stated that traditional terrestrial broadcast stations will be required to broadcast in digital format in the future. Currently, the FCC is targeting 2006 for this mandated digital conversion. We believe this conversion to digital broadcasting will also require new digital cable and
3
Cable-TV Set-Top Box Solutions. We offer a complete silicon platform for the digital cable-TV set-top box market. These highly integrated chips give manufacturers a broad range of features and capabilities for building standard digital cable-TV boxes for digital video broadcasting, as well as high-end interactive set-top boxes that merge high-speed cable modem functionality with studio-quality graphics, text and video for both standard definition television, or SDTV, and HDTV formats.
Our cable-TV set-top box silicon consists of front-end transceivers with downstream, upstream and MAC functions, single-chip cable modems, advanced 2D/3D video-graphics encoders and decoders, complementary metal oxide semiconductor, or CMOS-based radio frequency television tuners, and digital visual interface chipsets. These cable-TV chips support most industry transmission and television standards, enabling universal interoperability and easy retail channel distribution. Peripheral modules incorporated into front-end devices also provide support for common set-top box peripheral devices, such as infrared remotes and keyboards, LED displays and keypads.
Our chips provide a comprehensive silicon platform for high-end interactive set-top boxes, supporting the simultaneous viewing of television programming with Internet content capability in either HDTV or SDTV format. This capability offers consumers a true interactive environment, allowing them to access Internet content while watching television. By adding on our home networking and VoIP technologies, these set-top boxes can also support the functions of a residential broadband gateway for receiving and distributing digital voice and data services throughout the home over the phone line. In addition, our set-top box silicon solutions incorporate PVR functionality that allows viewers to watch and record multiple programs and enables additional features such as selective viewing, fast forward, fast reverse, skip forward, skip back and slow motion and frame-by-frame viewing.
DBS Solutions. By leveraging our extensive investment and expertise in the cable-TV set-top box market, we have also been able to develop comprehensive DBS solutions, including an advanced, high-definition video graphics subsystem, which drives the audio, video and graphic interfaces in DBS set-top boxes and provides multi-stream control to support PVR capabilities, a CMOS satellite tuner, which allows our customers to provide additional channel offerings, front-end receiver chips for digital broadcast satellite set-top boxes, and a digital visual interface transmitter. In addition, Broadcom offers a complete end-to-end chipset for receiving and displaying HDTV. This chipset provides television and set-top box manufacturers with a high performance vestigial side band receiver and a 2D/3D video-graphics subsystem for SDTV and HDTV displays.
To meet the needs of the growing broadband satellite market, we have also developed a complete satellite system solution that enables DBS providers to cost effectively deploy two-way broadband satellite services, enabling Internet access via satellite. This solution includes an advanced modulation digital satellite receiver, digital satellite tuner/receiver and a high-performance broadband gateway modem, which combines the functionality of a satellite modem, a firewall router and home networking into a single chip.
Enterprise Networking |
Local area networks, commonly known as LANs, comprise different types of equipment interconnected by copper, fiber or coaxial cables utilizing a common computer networking protocol called Ethernet. Ethernet scales in speed from 10 Mbps to 10 gigabits per second, or Gbps, providing both the bandwidth and scalability required in todays dynamic networking environment. As communications bottlenecks have appeared in corporate LANs, new technologies such as Gigabit Ethernet, a networking standard that supports data transfer rates of up to one Gbps, and the 10 Gigabit Ethernet standard, which supports data transfer rates of up to 10 Gbps, are being employed to replace older technologies such as Fast Ethernet, which supports data transfer rates of up to 100 Mbps, and 10BASE-T Ethernet, which supports data transfer rates of 10 Mbps. As most desktop connections have migrated to Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet and 10 Gigabit Ethernet are emerging as the predominant technology for servers and backbone infrastructures that support LANs. We have already begun to see the migration of Gigabit Ethernet to the desktop itself.
4
As Gigabit Ethernet is deployed to the desktop, we expect server and backbone connections to continue to migrate to the new 10 Gigabit Ethernet standard. We further expect the continued use of switch connections in place of legacy repeater connections. Switches not only have the ability to provide dedicated bandwidth to each connection, but also provide routing functionality and possess the intelligence to deal with differentiated traffic such as voice, video and data. We anticipate that a significant portion of the installed base of 10/100BASE-T Ethernet switches as well as network interface cards, or NICs, will be upgraded to faster technologies.
Our 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet transceivers, controllers and switches are integrated, low-power silicon solutions that enable the high-speed transmission of voice, video and data services over the Category 5 unshielded twisted-pair copper wiring widely deployed in enterprise and small office networks. We also offer 10 Gigabit Ethernet transceivers for network infrastructure products. These high-speed connections are enabling users to share Internet access, exchange graphics and video presentations, receive VoIP services and share peripheral equipment, such as printers and scanners. We also incorporate intelligent networking functionality into our devices, enabling system vendors to deploy enhanced classes of services and applications, typically found only in the core of the network, to every corporate desktop.
Digital Signal Processing Communication Architecture. Our complex Ethernet transceivers are built upon a proprietary digital signal processing, or DSP, communication architecture optimized for high-speed enterprise network connections. Our Digi-F TM DSP silicon core enables interoperability and robust performance over a wide range of cable lengths and operating conditions, and delivers performance of greater than 250 billion operations per second. This proprietary DSP architecture facilitates the migration path to smaller process geometries and minimizes the development schedule and cost of our transceivers. It has been successfully implemented in .5, .35, .25, .18 and .13 micron CMOS processes, and in chips with one, four, six and eight ports.
Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet Transceivers. Our 10/100 Ethernet transceiver product line ranges from single-chip 10/100 Ethernet transceivers to single-chip octal 10/100 Ethernet transceivers. These devices allow information to travel over standard Category 5 cable at rates of 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps. Our Gigabit Ethernet transceivers are enabling manufacturers to make equipment that delivers data at Gigabit speeds (1000 Mbps) over Category 5 cabling. We believe this equipment can significantly upgrade the performance of existing networks without the need to rewire the network infrastructure with fiber or enhanced copper cabling. Additionally, we have developed a family of silicon solutions incorporating four transceivers on a single chip optimized for high-port density Gigabit Ethernet switches and routers. These quad transceivers greatly reduce system costs by simplifying typical high-density board designs, further facilitating the deployment of Gigabit Ethernet bandwidth to the desktop.
Our Gigabit transceivers are driving the market toward lower power, smaller footprint solutions, making it easier and less expensive to build 10/100/1000 Ethernet NICs, switches, hubs and routers, and to put networking chips directly on computer motherboards in LAN on motherboard, or LOM, configurations. We plan to continue to incorporate additional functionality into all of our transceivers, providing customers with advanced networking features and higher performance capabilities that we believe will make it even easier to bring Gigabit Ethernet to the desktop.
10 Gigabit Ethernet Transceivers. We have developed a family of 10 Gigabit Ethernet CMOS transceivers. When combined with serial 10 Gigabit optics, these devices can simultaneously transmit and receive at 10 Gbps data rates over 50 kilometers of existing single mode optical fiber. A 10 Gigabit Ethernet link over such distances extends the reach of Ethernet into local, regional and metropolitan fiber optic networks. We believe that significant cost, performance and latency advantages can be realized when the Ethernet protocol and other associated quality of service capabilities are available in these network domains. We anticipate that convergence around 10 Gigabit Ethernet will allow massive data flow from remote storage sites across the country over the metropolitan area network, or MAN, and into the corporate LAN, without unnecessary delays, costly buffering for speed mismatches or latency, or breaks in the quality of service protocol.
SerDes Technology and Products. We have developed an extensive library of Serializer/ Deserializer, or SerDes, cores for Ethernet, storage, and telecommunications network infrastructures. The technology is available as stand alone SerDes devices or integrated with our standard and custom products. New generations of SerDes architectures provide advanced on-chip diagnostic intelligence to allow system designers to monitor, test and
5
Ethernet Controllers. We offer a family of Gigabit Ethernet MAC chips that support peripheral computer interconnect, or PCI, and PCI-X local bus interfaces for use in NICs and in LAN on motherboard, or LOM implementations. These devices incorporate an integrated Gigabit Ethernet transceiver and are provided with an advanced software suite available for a variety of operating systems.
Ethernet Switches. We offer a broad switch-on-a-chip product line ranging from low-cost, unmanaged and managed, OSI Layer 2 eight-port switch chips to high-end managed, Layer 3 through Layer 7 enterprise class switch chips.
The ROBOswitch TM -plus product family consists of five- and eight-port Layer 2 switch chips supporting five-, eight-, 16- and 24-port 10/100 Ethernet switches. We believe our switch chips make it economical for the remote office/ business office and small office/ home office network markets to have the same high-speed local connectivity as the large corporate office market. Our highly integrated family of switch products combines the switching fabric, MACs, 10/100 Ethernet transceivers, media independent interface and packet buffer memory onto single-chip solutions. These chips give manufacturers multiple switch design options that combine plug and play ease-of-use, scalability, network management features and non-blocking switching performance at optimal price points for the remote office and branch office user.
Our family of high-end StrataSwitch® II products consists of wire-speed, multi-layer chips that combine multi-service provisioning capabilities with switching, routing and traffic classification functionality onto single-chip solutions. Replacing as many as 10 chips, our StrataSwitch II family of chips incorporates 24 Fast Ethernet and two Gigabit Ethernet ports with advanced Layer 3 switching and multi-layer packet classification. These multi-layer switches are capable of receiving, prioritizing and forwarding packets of voice, video and data at high speeds over existing corporate networks. In addition, the StrataSwitch II family enables advanced network management capabilities in the switching infrastructure to track different data flows and monitor or control bandwidth on any one of these flows. This results in a more intelligent use of network resources and enables a whole new set of network service applications that require high bandwidth, reliable data transmission, low latency and advanced quality service features such as streaming video and VoIP.
Our MetroSwitch TM product family is used in networking equipment to link MAN and large corporate centers and reduce bottlenecks in the system. These products integrate 12 Gigabit Ethernet ports and one 10 Gigabit Ethernet port into a single-chip solution.
Our StrataXGS TM product family provides the multi-layer switching capabilities of our StrataSwitch II technology with wire-speed Gigabit and 10 Gigabit Ethernet switching performance for enterprise business networks. These devices, in combination with our quad Gigabit Ethernet transceivers, enable system vendors to build 12-, 24- and 48-port multi-layer Gigabit Ethernet stackable switches, supporting systems with up to 384 Gigabit Ethernet ports.
We also offer an integrated carrier-class switch fabric chipset that can scale in bandwidth from 80 Gbps up to 1.2 terabits per second, or Tbps. This fabric is the core building block for transferring voice, video and data among high speed line cards in multi-protocol label switching multi-service switches, core enterprise switches, data center routers and core IP routers. This chipset enables equipment vendors to build a range of reliable systems, with high quality of service at an acceptable cost point, to accelerate the deployment of high-speed IP-based services that require carrier-class service level agreements.
Servers, Storage and Workstations
With the proliferation of data being accessed and sorted by the Internet and corporate intranets, the demand for servers has increased substantially. As integral pieces of the overall communications infrastructure, servers are multiprocessor-based computers that are used to support users PCs over networks and to perform data intensive PC functions such as accessing, maintaining and updating databases. Unlike mobile and desktop PCs, which are dominated by central processing units, or CPUs, server, storage and workstation platforms require highly-tuned core logic to provide high bandwidth, high performance and the reliability, availability and scalability that
6
SystemI/O silicon solutions act as the essential conduits for delivering high-bandwidth data in and out of servers, and coordinating all input/ output, or I/O, transactions within server, storage and workstation platforms, including among external I/O devices, the main system memory and the CPUs.
ServerWorks Corporation, our wholly-owned subsidiary, provides core logic technology that manages the flow of data to and from a systems processors, memory and peripheral I/O devices. ServerWorks TM products are used to design low-end servers with one or two CPUs and mid-range servers with two to four CPUs, as well as storage, workstation and networking platforms. The bandwidth of our SystemI/O solutions, both from CPU to memory and memory to I/O subsystems such as disk drives or networks, leads the industry. These products also provide reliability, availability and serviceability features. The current generation of our Grand Champion TM SystemI/O products, the GC-HE, GC-LE and the GC-SL, supports Intel Pentium® 4 processors that run at speeds beyond 2.4 GHz and provides memory bandwidth of up to five gigabytes per second and I/O bandwidth of up to four gigabytes per second.
In 2002 ServerWorks was the first to integrate Gigabit Ethernet into the core logic for Intel-based servers through its Champion TM Ethernet I/O Bridge, which can be used with all versions of the Grand Champion System I/O core logic.
To date, ServerWorks chips have been used primarily in servers sold by major PC server OEMs and motherboard manufacturers. The server market is growing rapidly, and ServerWorks has leveraged its technology over the past year into other growing markets such as storage and networking.
Home and Wireless Networking
The proliferation of multi-PC households and Internet appliances increases the need for home networking solutions and lays the foundation for extending the reach of shared broadband Internet access, video transfer and voice at high speeds throughout the home and small office.
Wireless technologies for wireless local area networking, or WLAN, based upon the IEEE 802.11 standards allow enterprises and consumers to have mobile flexibility around their homes and offices. The dominant standard for wireless networks today is the 802.11b specification, which is the wireless equivalent of 10 Mbps Ethernet, allowing transfer speeds up to 11 Mbps and spanning distances of up to 100 meters. 802.11b products are found in the education, consumer, home, small to medium business and enterprise markets. The industry is currently transitioning to WLAN products based on the forthcoming 802.11g and the 802.11a standards. These specifications provide almost five times the speed of existing 802.11b networks.
Our AirForce TM product family consists of the transceiver and wireless network process chipsets and the software that allows PCs and other devices to connect to wireless home or enterprise networks using 802.11b, 802.11g or 802.11a/g dual-band technology. Broadcoms 54g TM technology is an implementation of the 802.11g draft specification that preserves full interoperability with 802.11b but provides connectivity at speeds of up to 54 Mbps.
The Bluetooth TM short-range wireless networking standard is a low-cost wire-replacement technology that enables connectivity among a wide variety of mainstream consumer electronic devices including PCs, mobile phones, PDAs, digital cameras and automotive electronics. Bluetooth short-range wireless connectivity enables personal area networking, or PAN, at speeds of up to 721 Kbps, and can cover distances up to 32 feet. In addition, Bluetooth technology allows devices to automatically synchronize and exchange data with other Bluetooth-enabled devices without the need for wires.
Our portfolio of single-chip and radio-only Bluetooth solutions enable manufacturers to add Bluetooth functionality to almost any electronic device with a minimal amount of development time and resources.
Our solutions in these areas offer the industrys highest levels of performance and integration with designs in standard CMOS, allowing them to be highly reliable while dramatically lowering manufacturing costs.
7
DSL
Digital subscriber line technologies, commonly known as DSL, represent a family of broadband technologies that use a greater range of frequencies over existing copper telephone lines than traditional telephone services, which in turn allows greater bandwidth to send and receive information. DSL speeds range from 128 Kbps to 52 Mbps depending on the distance between the central office and the subscriber. These data rates enable local exchange carriers to provide, and end users to receive, a wide range of new bundled broadband services.
We offer families of asymmetric DSL, or ADSL, and very-high-speed DSL, or VDSL, chips and chipsets for both customer premises equipment, or CPE, and central office applications. Our DSL technology enables local exchange carriers and enterprise networking vendors to deliver bundled broadband services, such as digital video, high-speed Internet access, video teleconferencing and IP data business services, over existing copper twisted pair wiring.
For ADSL CPE applications, we provide products that address the wide variety of LAN connectivity options, including Ethernet, USB-powered solutions, VoIP-enabled access devices and 802.11 access points with multiple Ethernet ports. These solutions also provide a fully scalable architecture to address emerging value-added services such as in-home voice and video distribution. Wide area network connectivity is provided using integrated, standards-compliant physical layer technology.
ADSL central office applications are addressed with highly integrated silicon solutions. We believe these solutions will enable equipment manufacturers of digital subscriber line access multiplexer, or DSLAM, and next generation digital loop carriers to offer a significant increase in the number of DSL-enabled copper twisted pairs that can be supported within telecommunication companies tight heat, power and space constraints.
For VDSL applications, we offer our V-thernet® product family, which supports Ethernet transport over standard telephone wires.
Metropolitan and Wide Area Networking
To address the increasing volume of data traffic emanating from the growing number of broadband connections in homes and businesses, MANs, and wide area networks, or WANs, will have to evolve at both the transport and switching layers.
We believe that the CMOS fabrication process will be a key technology in this evolution by enabling the development of smaller optical modules and system components that cost less, consume less power and integrate greater functionality.
Electronic components for optical communications are a natural extension of our large portfolio of high-speed LAN chips, one that will allow us to provide end-to-end silicon solutions across the WAN, MAN and LAN that increase the performance, intelligence and cost-effectiveness of broadband communications networks.
We offer a portfolio of CMOS OC-48 and OC-192 transceiver and forward error correction, or FEC, chips for Synchronous Optical Networks, or SONET, and dense wave division multiplexing, or DWDM, applications, as well as a serial CMOS transceiver for 10 Gigabit Ethernet applications. Our use of the CMOS process allows substantially higher levels of integration and lower power consumption than competitive gallium arsenide, bipolar or silicon germanium solutions. Our DWDM Transport Processor combines an OC-192 transceiver, FEC, performance monitoring logic and G.709 digital wrapper into a single CMOS chip solution, occupying less than one half the space and consuming one-third the power of non-integrated solutions.
Custom Silicon Products. Custom silicon products are devices for applications that customers are able to semi-customize by integrating their own intellectual property with our proprietary intellectual property cores. We have successfully deployed such devices into the LAN, WAN, and PC markets. Our typical semi-custom devices are complex mixed-signal designs that leverage our advanced design processes.
8
Voice over IP
Voice over IP is stimulating dramatic changes in the traditional public switched and enterprise telephone networks. IP packet-based networks provide significant economic advantages over traditional circuit-switched voice networks. The trend to IP networks for voice has been driven by the significant build-out of the Internet and deregulation of long distance and local phone service.
Within the enterprise, equipment markets are being radically affected by the convergence of circuit switched and IP packet-based technologies. A host of new enterprise services can be enabled when LAN-based Ethernet switching infrastructure is used to carry both data and voice. We provide both silicon and software to enable our equipment customers to provide cost effective solutions in this area.
VoIP Software. VoIP refers to the transmission of telephony voice, fax and analog data over a packet-based network. The delivery of voice, fax and analog data over LANs and WANs with inherently unpredictable routings requires complex DSP technology to preserve voice fidelity, fax reliability and telephone quality of service. Our PhonexChange TM technology enables VoIP communications over Ethernet, cable and DSL networks. Our BroadVoice TM vocoder algorithm features a wideband mode that significantly improves the clarity and quality of telephony voice service.
IP Phone Solutions. Our IP phone silicon solutions integrate the essential packet processing, voice processing and switching technologies to provide the quality of service, high fidelity and reliability necessary for enterprise telephony applications. Our products enable manufacturers to develop IP phones that can be powered through the same Category 5 unshielded twisted pair cable used for Ethernet data.
Communications Processors. We offer the CALISTO TM family of single-chip communications processors along with software and development tools for carrier-class voice gateways and access concentrators that connect the traditional public switched telephone network to packet-based networks such as the Internet. This advanced architecture provides increased signal processing throughput in a more efficient silicon implementation. CALISTO supports up to 240 packet telephony channels on a single chip, replacing up to 10 traditional DSP discrete components with a power consumption of less than 10 milliwatts per channel.
Mobile Communications
The cellular chip, design and software markets are transitioning from pure voice to broadband multimedia and data, transforming the traditional cellular phone handset from a voice-only device into a multimedia gateway. Products emerging from this transition will allow end-users to download e-mail, web pages and streaming media to cellular phones, PDAs, laptops and other mobile devices.
The international Global System for Mobile Communication, or GSM, is currently the dominant standard for digital mobile communications. Adopting digital circuit-switched communications technology, GSM enables a variety of network access, voice and data services. An emerging data standard derived from GSM is General Packet Radio Services, or GPRS. GPRS enables packet-based always on Internet applications and is a more efficient data transport mechanism with higher transmission rates for a new generation of data services such as Internet browsing, 3-D gaming and multimedia messaging with rich graphics and audio content.
Through our acquisition of Mobilink Telecom, Inc. in May 2002, we develop, manufacture and market GSM and GPRS chipsets and reference designs with complete software and terminal solutions for use in cellular phones, cellular modem cards and wireless PDAs. Our mobile communications products include baseband processor solutions, which integrate both mixed signal and digital functions on a single chip. We are also currently developing chipsets for the emerging 3G standard based on enhanced GPRS, or EGPRS, that will significantly increase the bandwidth available to the user for mobile data exchange.
Broadband Processors
Broadband processors are high performance devices enabling high-speed computations that help identify, optimize and control the flow of data within the broadband network. The continued growth of IP traffic, coupled with the increasing demand for new and improved services and applications such as security, high-speed access
9
We believe a new generation of broadband processors that balance aggressive performance and power requirements with sizing constraints is required to meet the needs of current and next generation server, storage, data networking and wireless applications. These processors must be easily programmable to allow new services and features to be upgraded with minimal customizing efforts.
Leveraging our expertise in high-performance, low-power very large scale integration, or VLSI, design, we have developed a family of high performance, low power processor solutions designed specifically to meet the needs of next-generation networks. Our SiByte TM family of processors delivers four key features essential for todays embedded broadband network processors: very high performance, low power, high integration of network-centric functions, and programmability based on an industry-standard Instruction Set Architecture. At the heart of the SiByte family of processors is the SB-1 core, a MIPS 64-bit superscalar CPU capable of operating at frequencies of 400 MHz up to one GHz. All SiByte processors are based on the industry-standard MIPS64 TM architecture, and we believe these processors will enable equipment vendors to immediately leverage the large installed base of tools and software available for the MIPS® architecture, thereby shortening development time and minimizing the need to customize programming.
These processors provide customers with a solution for high-speed network processing, including packet classification, queuing, forwarding and exception processing for wired and wireless networks. They enable complex applications such as deep content switching, routing and load balancing to be performed at wire speed, at line rates between OC-3 and OC-48, which transmits data at 2.5 Gbps. Our devices are also being designed for utilization in the fast growing network storage market, including network attached storage, or NAS, and storage area networking, or SAN. Our general purpose processors are ideal for the complex protocol conversions, virtualization and proxy computations that storage applications require.
Security Processors and Adapters
Most corporations today use the Internet for the transmission of data between corporate offices and remote sites and for a variety of e-commerce and business-to-business applications. To secure corporate networks from intrusive attacks and provide for secure communications among corporate sites and remote users, an increasing amount of networking equipment will include technology to establish virtual private networks, or VPNs, which use the Internet protocol security, or IPSec, protocol. In addition to VPNs, secure socket layer, commonly referred to as SSL, is used to secure sensitive information between users and service providers for e-commerce applications.
Our SSL family of CryptoNetX TM high-speed security processors and adapters for enterprise networks is enabling companies to guard against Internet attacks without compromising the speed and performance of their networks. Our PCI 2.2-compliant adapters provide a range of performance from 800 to 4,000 SSL transactions per second. Our IPsec processors are built upon a proprietary, scalable silicon architecture that performs standards-compliant cryptographic functions at data rates ranging from a few Mbps to multi-Gbps. This architecture is being deployed across all our product lines, addressing the entire broadband security network spectrum from residential applications to enterprise networking equipment. This scalable architecture allows us to develop standalone security products for very high-speed networking applications and to integrate the IP security processor core into lower speed solutions for consumer products, such as cable and DSL modem applications.
10
Reference Platforms
We also develop and license reference platforms designed around our integrated circuit products that represent example system-level applications for incorporation into our customers equipment. These reference platforms generally include a fairly extensive suite of software drivers as well a protocol and application layer software to assist our customers in developing their final end products. By providing these reference platforms, we can assist our customers in achieving easier and faster transitions from initial prototype designs through final production releases. These reference platforms enhance the customers confidence that our products will meet their market requirements and product introduction schedules.
Customers and Strategic Relationships
We sell our products to leading manufacturers of broadband communications equipment in each of our target markets. Because we leverage our technologies across different markets, certain of our integrated circuits may be incorporated into equipment used in several different markets.
Customers currently shipping broadband communications equipment incorporating our products include Ambit, Apple, Cisco Systems, Dell, D-Link, Echostar, Hewlett-Packard, IBM, Motorola, Nortel Networks, Pace, Pioneer, Scientific-Atlanta, Sony Ericsson, Thomson CE and 3Com, among others. To meet the current and future technical needs in our target markets, we have established strategic relationships with multi-service operators that provide broadband communications services to consumers and businesses.
As part of our business strategy, we periodically establish strategic relationships with certain key customers. In September 1997 we entered into a development, supply and license agreement with General Instrument, now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Motorola, which provided that we would develop and supply chips for General Instruments digital cable set-top boxes. In November 2000 we modified that agreement to amend General Instruments minimum purchase requirements and also entered into a new supply agreement with General Instrument covering our sale of cable modem chips. In January 2002 we modified the new supply agreement to add minimum purchase requirements of chips for digital set-top boxes. In December 2002 we further modified the supply agreement to extend minimum purchase requirements of chips for cable modems.
From time to time, we have entered into development agreements with Cisco Systems, Nortel Networks, Sony Ericsson, 3Com and others. We have worked closely with these customers to co-develop products.
A small number of customers have historically accounted for a substantial portion of our net revenue. Sales to Hewlett-Packard, including sales to its manufacturing subcontractors, represented approximately 14.8% of our net revenue in 2002 and approximately 14.1% of our net revenue in 2001. These percentages include sales to Compaq, which was acquired by Hewlett-Packard in May 2002, for all periods presented. Sales to Motorola, including sales to its manufacturing subcontractors, represented approximately 12.1% of our net revenue in 2002, approximately 18.2% of our net revenue in 2001 and 23.2% of our net revenue in 2000. Sales to Dell, including sales to its manufacturing subcontractors, represented approximately 11.3% of our net revenue in 2002. Sales to 3Com and Cisco Systems, including sales to their manufacturing subcontractors, represented approximately 15.1% and 14.1% of our net revenue in 2000. Sales to our five largest customers were approximately 52.3% of our net revenue in 2002, 54.9% of our net revenue in 2001 and 61.8% of our net revenue in 2000. We expect that our key customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of our net revenue in 2003 and in the foreseeable future. These customers and their respective contributions to our net revenue have varied and will likely continue to vary from period to period. We typically sell products pursuant to purchase orders that customers can generally cancel or defer on short notice without incurring a significant penalty, and currently do not have agreements with any of our key customers that contain long-term commitments to purchase specified volumes of our products.
Core Technologies
Using proprietary technologies and advanced design methodologies, we design, develop and supply complete system-on-a-chip solutions and related hardware and software applications for our target markets. Our proven system-on-a-chip design methodology has enabled us to be first to market with advanced chips that are highly integrated and cost-effective, and that facilitate the easy integration of our customers intellectual property. Our design methodology leverages industry-standard, state-of-the-art electronic design automation tools, and generally
11
We believe that one of our key competitive advantages is our broad base of core technologies encompassing the complete design space from systems to silicon. We have developed and continue to build on the following technology foundations:
| proprietary communications systems algorithms and protocols; | |
| advanced DSP hardware architectures; | |
| system-on-a-chip design methodologies and advanced library development for both standard cell and full-custom integrated circuit design; | |
| high-performance radio frequency, analog and mixed-signal circuit design using industry-standard CMOS processes; | |
| high-performance custom microprocessor architectures and circuit designs; and | |
| extensive software reference platforms to enable complete system-level solutions. |
Research and Development
We have assembled a large team of experienced engineers and technologists, many of whom are leaders in their particular field or discipline. As of February 28, 2003 a majority of our 1,761 research and development employees had advanced degrees. Our work force includes approximately 242 employees with Ph.Ds. These key employees are involved in advancing our core technologies, as well as applying them to our product development activities. The system-on-a-chip solutions for many of our target markets benefit from the same underlying core technologies, which enables us to address a wide range of broadband communications markets with a relatively focused investment in research and development.
We believe that the achievement of higher levels of integration and the timely introduction of new products in our target markets is essential to our growth. Our current plans are to maintain our significant research and development staffing levels in 2003. In addition to our principal design facilities in Irvine, California and Santa Clara County, California, we have additional design centers in Tempe, Arizona; Los Angeles and San Diego Counties, California; Duluth, Georgia; Middletown, New Jersey; Dallas, Texas; Seattle, Washington; Vancouver, Canada; Belgium, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, India, Israel, Singapore, Taiwan, and China. We anticipate establishing additional design centers in the United States and other countries in the future.
Our research and development expense was $461.8 million, $446.6 million and $250.7 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Manufacturing
Wafer Fabrication |
We manufacture our products using standard CMOS process techniques. The standard nature of these processes permits us to engage independent silicon foundries to fabricate our integrated circuits. By subcontracting our manufacturing requirements, we are able to focus our resources on design and test applications where we believe we have greater competitive advantages. This strategy also eliminates the high cost of owning and operating a semiconductor wafer fabrication facility.
Our operations and quality engineering team closely manages the interface between manufacturing and design engineering. While our design methodology typically creates smaller than average die for a given function, it also generates full-custom integrated circuit designs. As a result, we are responsible for the complete functional and parametric performance testing of our devices, including quality. We employ a fully staffed operations and quality organization similar to that of a vertically integrated semiconductor manufacturer. We also arrange with
12
We depend on five independent foundry subcontractors to manufacture substantially all of our products. Our key silicon foundries are Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Corporation in Taiwan, Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing in Singapore, NEC Corporation in Japan and Silterra Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. in Malaysia. Any inability of one of our five independent foundry subcontractors to provide the necessary capacity or output for our products could result in significant production delays and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. While we currently believe we have adequate capacity to support our current sales levels, we continue to work with our existing foundries to obtain more production capacity, and we intend to qualify new foundries to provide additional production capacity. It is possible that adequate foundry capacity may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. In the event a foundry experiences financial difficulties, or if a foundry suffers any damage or destruction to its facilities, or in the event of any other disruption of foundry capacity, we may not be able to qualify alternative manufacturing sources for existing or new products in a timely manner.
Our products are currently fabricated with .5 micron, triple layer metal; .35 micron, quad layer metal; .22 micron, five layer metal; .18 micron, five and six layer metal; and .13 micron, five and six layer metal, feature sizes. We continuously evaluate the benefits, on a product by product basis, of migrating to smaller geometry process technologies. Although our experience to date with the migration of products to smaller processes geometries has predominantly been favorable, we could experience difficulties in future process migration. Other companies in our industry have experienced difficulty transitioning to new manufacturing processes and, consequently, have suffered reduced yields or delays in product deliveries. We believe that the transition of our products to smaller geometries will be important for us to remain competitive. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if any such transition is substantially delayed or inefficiently implemented.
Assembly and Test |
Our wafer probe testing is conducted by either our independent foundries or independent wafer probe test subcontractors. Following completion of the wafer probe tests, the die are assembled into packages and the finished products are tested by one of our six key subcontractors: ASAT Ltd. in Hong Kong, ST Assembly Test Services in Singapore, Siliconware Precision in Taiwan, NEC Corporation in Japan, United Test and Assembly Center in Singapore and Signetics in South Korea. While we have not experienced material disruptions in supply from assembly subcontractors to date, we could experience assembly problems in the future. The availability of assembly and testing services from these subcontractors could be materially and adversely affected in the event a subcontractor experiences financial difficulties, or if a subcontractor suffers any damage or destruction to its facilities, or in the event of any other disruption of assembly and testing capacity.
Quality Assurance |
Manufacturers of broadband communications equipment demand high quality and reliable semiconductors for incorporation into their products. We focus on product reliability from the initial stage of the design cycle through each specific design process, including layout and production test design. In addition, we subject our designs to in-depth circuit simulation at temperature, voltage and processing extremes before initiating the manufacturing process.
We prequalify each assembly and foundry subcontractor. This prequalification process consists of a series of industry standard environmental product stress tests, as well as an audit and analysis of the subcontractors quality system and manufacturing capability. We also participate in quality and reliability monitoring through each stage of the production cycle by reviewing electrical and parametric data from our wafer foundry and assembly subcontractors. We closely monitor wafer foundry production to ensure consistent overall quality, reliability and yield levels. In cases where we purchase wafers on a fixed cost basis, any improvement in yields can reduce our cost per chip.
13
As part of our total quality program, we received ISO 9002 certification, a comprehensive International Standards Organization specified quality system, for our Singapore facility. All of our principal independent foundries and package assembly facilities are currently ISO 9001 certified.
Product Distribution |
Historically we distributed products to our customers through an operations and distribution center located in Irvine, California. In 1999 we established an international distribution center in Singapore. This facility puts us closer to our suppliers and many key customers and improves our ability to meet customers needs. Our Irvine facility continues to ship products to U.S. destinations, while our Singapore facility distributes products to international destinations. We also ship products of our wholly-owned subsidiary ServerWorks from a Los Angeles distribution facility.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing strategy is to achieve design wins with technology leaders in each of our targeted broadband communications markets by providing superior sales, field application and engineering support. We market and sell our products in the United States through a direct sales force, distributors and manufacturers representatives. The majority of our sales occurs through our direct sales force, which is based out of our regional and home offices located in California, Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, New York, New Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio, Texas and Virginia. We have engaged independent distributors, Arrow Electronics and Insight Electronics, to service the North American and South American markets.
We dedicate sales managers to principal customers to promote close cooperation and communication. We also provide our customers with reference platform designs for most products. We believe this enables our customers to achieve easier and faster transitions from the initial prototype designs through final production releases. We believe these reference platform designs also significantly enhance our customers confidence that our products will meet their market requirements and product introduction schedules.
We market and sell our products internationally through regional offices located in Canada, France, Germany, Japan, the Netherlands, Singapore, Sweden and the United Kingdom, as well as through a network of independent distributors and representatives in Australia, Canada, Germany, Hong Kong, India, Israel, Japan, Korea, Singapore and Taiwan. We select these independent entities based on their ability to provide effective field sales, marketing communications and technical support to our customers. All international sales to date have been denominated in U.S. dollars. For information regarding revenue from independent customers by geographic area, see Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report.
Backlog
Our sales are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase orders for delivery of products. Due to industry practice that allows customers to cancel or change orders with limited advance notice prior to shipment, we do not believe that backlog is a reliable indicator of future revenue levels.
Competition
Broadband communications markets and the semiconductor industry are intensely competitive and are characterized by rapid change, evolving standards, short product life cycles and price erosion. We believe that the principal factors of competition for integrated circuit providers to our target markets include:
| product quality; | |
| product capabilities; | |
| level of integration; | |
| reliability; |
14
| price; | |
| time-to-market; | |
| ability to provide financing; | |
| market presence; | |
| standards compliance; | |
| system cost; | |
| intellectual property; | |
| customer support; and | |
| reputation. |
We believe that we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors.
We compete with a number of major domestic and international suppliers of integrated circuits and related applications in our target broadband communications markets. We also compete with suppliers of system-level and motherboard-level solutions incorporating integrated circuits that are proprietary or sourced from manufacturers other than Broadcom. This competition has resulted and will continue to result in declining average selling prices for our products. In all of our target markets, we also may face competition from newly established competitors and suppliers of products based on new or emerging technologies, and customers who choose to develop their own silicon solutions. We also expect to encounter further consolidation in the markets in which we compete.
Many of our competitors operate their own fabrication facilities and have longer operating histories and presence in key markets, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution, technical and other resources than we do. As a result, these competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements or to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products. Current and potential competitors have established or may establish financial or strategic relationships among themselves or with existing or potential customers, resellers or other third parties. Accordingly, it is possible that new competitors or alliances among competitors could emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share. In addition, competitors may develop technologies that more effectively address our markets with products that offer enhanced features, lower power requirements or lower cost. Increased competition could result in pricing pressures, decreased gross margins and loss of market share and may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Intellectual Property
Our success and future revenue growth depend, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as nondisclosure agreements and other methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and processes. These measures may not provide meaningful protection for our intellectual property. We hold 301 U.S. patents and have filed over 1,600 additional U.S. patent applications. We may not receive any additional patents as a result of these applications or future applications. Even if additional patents are issued, any claims allowed may not be sufficiently broad to protect our technology. In addition, any existing or future patents could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, and any rights granted under such patents may not provide us with meaningful protection. The failure of any patents to adequately protect our technology would make it easier for our competitors to offer similar products. In connection with our participation in the development of various industry standards, we may be required to license certain of our patents to other parties, including competitors, that develop products based upon the adopted industry standards. We may not have foreign patents or pending applications corresponding to our U.S. patents and applications. Even if foreign patents are granted, effective enforcement in foreign countries may not be available. We also generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and strategic partners, and typically control access to and distribution of our documentation and other proprietary information. Despite
15
Companies in the semiconductor industry often aggressively protect and pursue their intellectual property rights. From time to time, we have received, and may continue to receive in the future, notices that claim we have infringed upon, misappropriated or misused other parties proprietary rights. Moreover, in the past we have been engaged and currently we are engaged in litigation with parties who claim that we have infringed their patents or misappropriated or misused their trade secrets. For additional information regarding this litigation, see Item 3 of this Report. Although we are defending the pending litigation vigorously, it is possible that we will not prevail in pending or future lawsuits. In addition, we may be sued by other parties who claim that we have infringed their patents or misappropriated or misused their trade secrets, or who may seek to invalidate one or more of our patents. Any of these claims may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, in a patent or trade secret action, a court could issue a preliminary or permanent injunction that would require us to withdraw or recall certain products from the market or redesign certain products offered for sale or under development. In addition, we may be liable for damages for past infringement and royalties for future use of the technology. We may also have to indemnify certain customers and strategic partners under our agreements with such parties if a third party alleges or if a court finds that we have infringed upon, misappropriated or misused another partys proprietary rights. Even if claims against us are not valid or successfully asserted, the defense of these claims could result in significant costs and a diversion of management and personnel resources. In any of these events, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. If any claims or actions are asserted against us, we may seek to obtain a license under a third partys intellectual property rights. However, we may not be able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
Employees
As of February 28, 2003 we had 2,508 full-time employees and 81 contract and temporary employees, including 1,761 individuals engaged in research and development, 351 engaged in sales and marketing, 186 engaged in manufacturing operations and 291 engaged in finance, legal and general administration activities. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe our employee relations are good.
Item 2. | Properties |
We lease facilities in Irvine (our corporate headquarters) and Santa Clara County, California. Each of these facilities includes administration, sales and marketing, research and development, and operations functions. In addition to our principal design facilities in Irvine and Santa Clara County, California, we lease additional design centers in Tempe, Arizona; Los Angeles and San Diego Counties, California; Duluth, Georgia; Dallas, Texas; Middletown, New Jersey; and Seattle, Washington.
Internationally, we lease a distribution center that includes engineering design and administrative facilities in Singapore. We also lease engineering design and administrative facilities in Belgium, Canada, China, India, Israel, the Netherlands, Taiwan and the United Kingdom.
16
In addition, we lease various sales and marketing facilities in the United States and several other countries.
The foregoing leases comprise an aggregate of approximately 1.0 million square feet. Our principal facilities have lease terms expiring between 2005 and 2012. We believe that our current facilities will be adequate for at least the next 12 months.
For additional information regarding our obligations under property leases, see Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report.
Item 3. | Legal Proceedings |
Intellectual Property Litigation. In August 2000 Intel Corporation filed a complaint against us in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware asserting that we (i) infringe five Intel patents relating to video compression, high-speed networking and semiconductor packaging, (ii) induce the infringement of such patents, and (iii) contributorily infringe such patents. The complaint sought a preliminary and permanent injunction against us as well as the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement. In the first phase of the trial, which concluded in December 2001 and involved two of the five patents in the suit, a Delaware jury unanimously determined that we did not infringe Intels networking patent and digital video patent at issue. Additionally, the jury unanimously determined that Intels networking patent was invalid. In March 2003 the court denied Intels post-trial motions and upheld the jurys verdict of noninfringement and invalidity in respect to Intels networking patent and noninfringement in respect to one claim of the digital video patent. The court granted a new trial on the other asserted claim of the digital video patent and our licensing defense. The court has not yet set a date to retry these claims or to try claims relating to Intels remaining three patents or our counterclaims against Intel.
In January 2002 Intel moved to amend its patent complaint against us in the Delaware action to assert that we infringe four additional Intel patents relating to video compression and direct memory access. We opposed Intels motion and filed a complaint against Intel for declaratory judgment in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California asserting that the four additional patents are not infringed. In August 2002 the Delaware court denied Intels motion to amend its complaint.
In November 2001 we filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against Intel asserting that Intel (i) infringes two of our patents relating to graphics and memory access, (ii) induces the infringement of such patents, and (iii) contributorily infringes such patents. The complaint sought a preliminary and permanent injunction against Intel as well as the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement. Intel denied our allegations of infringement and asserted related defenses and counterclaims in its January 2002 answer to the complaint. Intel also filed a motion to transfer the case to the Northern District of California, which the court denied. In July 2002 the court granted Intels motion to amend its pleadings by adding counterclaims of patent infringement against us relating to three Intel networking patents. The parties are currently conducting discovery in this action. A patent claims construction hearing in the case was held in December 2002. The court has not yet issued a claim construction order. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in July 2003.
In January 2001 Microtune, L.P., an affiliate of Microtune, Inc., filed a complaint against us in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas asserting that (i) our BCM3415 silicon tuner chip infringes a single Microtune patent relating to tuner technology, (ii) we induce the infringement of such patent, and (iii) we contributorily infringe such patent. The complaint sought a preliminary and permanent injunction against us as well as the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement. In March 2001 we answered the complaint and filed counterclaims seeking a declaratory judgment that Microtunes patent is invalid, unenforceable and not infringed. Microtune subsequently amended its complaint to assert infringement by additional products, and we added the defenses that the patent in suit was procured by inequitable conduct and that Microtunes bringing and maintaining the suit is a patent misuse. Trial was conducted in March 2003 and a jury found that Microtunes patent is valid and infringed and that our infringement was willful. Judgment in this case is not yet final, and we plan to file post trial motions in April 2003 asking the court to reverse the jury verdict and/or order a new trial. Prior to trial, the parties stipulated to patent damages for an amount not to exceed approximately $1,200,000 for our sales of allegedly infringing products prior to January 2003. If the court
17
In July 2002 we filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against Microtune, Inc. and Microtune, L.P. asserting that Microtune (i) infringes one of our patents relating to tuner technology, (ii) induces the infringement of such patent, and (iii) contributorily infringes such patent. The complaint sought a preliminary and permanent injunction against Microtune as well as the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement. In August 2002 Microtune filed an answer to the complaint denying our allegations and seeking a declaratory judgment that our patents in the suit are invalid, not infringed and unenforceable. The parties are currently conducting discovery in this action, and trial is scheduled to commence in January 2004.
In January 2003 we filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against Microtune, Inc. asserting that Microtunes tuners, power amplifiers and Bluetooth products (i) infringe three of our patents relating to electrostatic discharge protection and wireless technologies, (ii) induce the infringement of such patents, and (iii) contributorily infringe such patents. The complaint sought a preliminary and permanent injunction against Microtune as well as the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement. In February 2003 Microtune filed an answer to the complaint denying our allegations and seeking a declaratory judgment that our patents in the suit are invalid and not infringed. Discovery has not yet commenced, and the court has not yet set a trial date for the case.
In February 2003 Microtune, Inc. filed a complaint in the District Court of Williamson County, Texas, asserting that we have engaged in anti-competitive and monopolistic conduct as well as restraint of trade conduct in violation of the Texas Anti-Trust Act in connection with the sale of certain cable modem products. The complaint seeks the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages for the alleged willful anti-competitive and monopolistic conduct. We have not yet answered the complaint.
In March 2003 we filed a complaint in the U.S. International Trade Commission (the ITC) asserting that Microtune, Inc. has engaged in unfair trade practices by importing tuners, power amplifiers and Bluetooth products that infringe two of our patents. Accordingly, the complaint seeks an exclusion order to bar the importation into the United States of those devices, as well as cable modems, set-top boxes, PCTV cards and Bluetooth headsets that incorporate Microtunes infringing chips. In addition, the complaint requests a cease and desist order to bar further sales of infringing products that have already been imported into the United States. We expect that the ITC investigation will commence in early April 2003 and that the ITC administrative hearing will occur before the end of this year.
In May 2002 National Semiconductor Corporation filed a complaint against us in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of California asserting that we (i) infringe 11 National patents relating to cable modems, servers, and other home and office networking equipment, (ii) induce the infringement of such patents, and (iii) contributorily infringe such patents. The complaint seeks a permanent injunction against us as well as the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement. In July 2002 (and as amended in February 2003) we answered the complaint by denying Nationals infringement allegations, and filed counterclaims asserting that National (i) infringes five of our patents relating to high-speed networking, (ii) induces the infringement of such patents, and (iii) contributorily infringes such patents. The counterclaim sought a preliminary and permanent injunction against National as well as the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement. We also filed counterclaims seeking a declaratory judgment that Nationals patents are invalid and not infringed. The parties are currently conducting discovery in this action. The court has set a trial date for April 2005.
In November 2002 STMicroelectronics, Inc. filed a complaint against us in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas asserting that we (i) infringe six STMicroelectronics patents relating to technology used in integrated circuits, (ii) induce the infringement of such patents, and (iii) contributorily infringe such patents. The complaint seeks a permanent injunction against us as well as the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages, attorney fees, costs and expenses. In December 2002 we answered the complaint by denying STMicroelectronicss infringement allegations, and filed counterclaims seeking a declaratory
18
Although we believe that we have strong defenses to Intels claims in the Delaware and Texas actions, and to the claims of Microtune, National Semiconductor and STMicroelectronics in the foregoing actions, and are defending the claims vigorously, a finding of infringement by us as to one or more patents in any of these unrelated actions could lead to liability for monetary damages (which could be trebled in the event that the infringement were found to have been willful), the issuance of an injunction requiring that we withdraw various products from the market, and indemnification claims by our customers and/or strategic partners, each of which events could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Securities Litigation. From March through May 2001 the Company and our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical Officer and Chief Financial Officer were served with a number of complaints, brought as purported shareholder class actions and filed primarily in the United States District Court for the Central District of California, alleging violations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). In June 2001 the court consolidated the lawsuits into a single action entitled In re: Broadcom Corp. Securities Litigation . We filed a motion to dismiss the plaintiffs consolidated complaint under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Rules 9(b) and 12(b)(6) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, and that motion was granted by the District Court in March 2002. The court granted plaintiffs leave to file a second amended complaint and plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint in April 2002. In May 2002 we filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint, which motion was denied in July 2002. We answered the second amended complaint in September 2002, and the case is now in discovery. The Court has established a discovery cut-off of September 5, 2003 and has set the case for a pre-trial conference on December 5, 2003. We believe the allegations in the purported consolidated shareholder class action are without merit and are defending the action vigorously.
From March through June 2001 the Company, our directors, Chief Financial Officer and other officers, were sued in five purported shareholder derivative actions based upon the same general set of alleged facts and circumstances as in the purported consolidated shareholder class action. Four of these actions were filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Orange, and by order of the court these four actions were consolidated into a single action entitled David v. Wolfen, et al . One purported derivative action was filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California, entitled Aiken v. Nicholas, et al . The parties have stipulated that the federal Aiken case will be stayed while the consolidated David derivative lawsuit proceeds in the California Superior Court. Following motion practice concerning the sufficiency of the consolidated amended complaint in the state action, the Company and individual defendants answered the complaint in August 2002, denying the plaintiffs material allegations. The case is now in discovery. We believe the allegations in these purported derivative actions are also without merit and are defending the actions vigorously.
In February 2002 an additional complaint was filed by several persons and entities in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Orange, against the Company, and our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical Officer and Chief Financial Officer, entitled Arenson, et al. v. Broadcom Corp., et al . We removed the lawsuit to the United States District Court for the Central District of California. The plaintiffs subsequently filed an amended complaint that tracks the allegations of the class action complaint. We believe the allegations in this lawsuit are also without merit and are defending the action vigorously. The Court has not yet entered a scheduling order in this case, but we anticipate that it will be consolidated with the federal class action case for pretrial purposes.
Contract Litigation. In August 2001 3Com Corporation filed a complaint against us in California Superior Court asserting that we breached the terms of a promissory note in the original principal amount of $21.1 million issued by us in connection with our acquisition of warrants to purchase common stock of 3Com (see Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report). The complaint sought the recovery of alleged monetary damages, including principal and interest, together with attorneys fees and other costs. In November 2002 we entered into a settlement agreement with 3Com pursuant to which, among other things, the promissory note and accrued interest thereon were cancelled and a stipulated judgment was entered into. Pursuant to the settlement, we agreed to pay 3Com $22.0 million in five
19
Altima Communications Litigation. In December 1999 Level One Communications, Inc., a subsidiary of Intel, filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of California against Altima Communications, Inc., a subsidiary we acquired in September 2000. The complaint asserts that Altimas AC108R repeater products infringe a U.S. patent owned by Level One. The complaint seeks an injunction against Altima as well as the recovery of monetary damages, including treble damages for willful infringement.
In March 2000 Level One filed a related complaint with the ITC seeking an exclusion order and a cease and desist order based on alleged infringement of the same patent. (Monetary damages are not available in the ITC.) In July 2000 Intel and Level One filed a second complaint with the ITC asserting that certain of Altimas repeater, switch and transceiver products infringe three additional U.S. patents owned by Level One or Intel. In September 2000 Altima filed declaratory judgment actions against Intel and Level One in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California asserting that Altima has not infringed the three additional Intel and Level One patents and that such patents are invalid or unenforceable. Each of the district court actions was stayed pending completion of the ITC proceeding.
In October 2001 the ITC issued a Limited Exclusion Order that excludes from importation into the United States integrated repeaters, such as Altimas AC105R and AC108R devices, and circuit boards and carriers containing such devices, that are manufactured abroad and/or imported by or on behalf of Altima or any of its affiliates, parents, subsidiaries or other related entities, such as Broadcom, and that are covered by Level Ones U.S. Patent No. 5,742,603. The Order also excludes from importation integrated repeaters, switches, and other products in plastic ball grid array packages, such as Altimas AC105R and AC108 devices, and circuit boards and carriers containing such devices, that are manufactured abroad and/or imported by or on behalf of Altima or any of its affiliates, parents, subsidiaries or other related entities, such as Broadcom, and that are covered by Intels U.S. Patent No. 5,894,410 (the 410 patent). The Order does not prohibit importation of any downstream products, such as finished hubs, that contain those devices. We believe that exclusion of the AC105R and AC108 devices from importation has not had and will not have a material impact on our business or on the business of Altima. In May 2002 Altima and Broadcom, respectively, filed appeal briefs asking the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit to vacate the finding of violation with respect to the 410 patent and to vacate and revise the Order to exclude Broadcom products from its coverage. In June 2002 the ITC filed its appeal brief, which indicated that the Order does not prohibit Broadcom from importing our own discrete products. In February 2003 Altima, Broadcom, Intel/ Level One and the ITC presented oral arguments to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. An adverse ruling by the court on these appeals might result in exclusion of certain Altima or Broadcom products from U.S. markets and might result in claims for indemnification.
In February 2002 Altimas declaratory judgment actions against Intel and Level One in the Northern District of California were resumed and Level Ones action against Altima in the Eastern District Court of California was resumed. In addition, in February 2002 Intel and Level One moved to dismiss claims concerning two of the four Intel and Level One patents that were the basis of the infringement charges filed by Intel and Level One at the ITC. Intel has indicated that Intel and Level One will not sue Altima for infringement of any claims of these two patents with respect to products previously or currently manufactured or sold by Altima. In May 2002 Altima agreed to dismissal of the claims in the declaratory judgment actions with respect to these two patents. In June 2002 all claims relating to the two patents were formally dismissed from the case in accordance with an agreement between the parties. A patent claims construction hearing in the Eastern District Court of California case was held in March 2003. The court has not yet issued a claims construction order. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in February 2004. A patent claims construction hearing in the Northern District Court of California is scheduled for September 2003. The court has not yet set a trial date in the Northern District Court of California case.
20
Although these district court proceedings are in their initial phases, Altima intends to vigorously contest any allegation of patent infringement with respect to the remaining two patents. However, an adverse determination that Altima products infringe any of the patents at issue could lead to liability for monetary damages (which could be trebled in the event that the infringement were found to have been willful) and the issuance of an injunction requiring that Altima withdraw various products from the market. An adverse determination could also result in indemnification claims by Altimas customers and/or strategic partners. Any of the foregoing events could have a material and adverse effect on Altimas, and possibly Broadcoms, business, results of operations and financial condition.
Other Proceedings. We and our subsidiaries are also involved in other legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business.
Consequences of Litigation. The pending lawsuits involve complex questions of fact and law and likely will continue to require the expenditure of significant funds and the diversion of other resources to defend. Although management currently believes the outcome of outstanding legal proceedings, claims and litigation involving us, our subsidiaries, directors and officers will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition taken as a whole, the results of litigation are inherently uncertain, and adverse outcomes are possible. We are unable to estimate the range of possible loss from outstanding litigation, and no amounts have been provided for such matters in the consolidated financial statements.
Item 4. | Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders |
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the quarter ended December 31, 2002.
PART II
Item 5. | Market for Registrants Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters |
Our Class A common stock is traded on the
Nasdaq National Market® under the symbol BRCM. The
following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high
and low sale prices for the Class A common stock on the
Nasdaq National Market:
High
Low
$
139.50
$
27.09
49.65
20.88
48.94
18.70
52.33
18.40
$
53.35
$
30.10
39.35
17.06
22.96
10.40
21.25
9.52
$
20.34
$
12.51
As of March 24, 2003 there were approximately 2,816 record holders of our Class A common stock and approximately 527 record holders of our Class B common stock. On March 24, 2003 the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock on the Nasdaq National Market was $15.61 per share.
Our Class B common stock is not publicly traded. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock and is automatically converted upon sale and most other transfers.
21
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on shares of our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our earnings, if any, for use in our business and in acquisitions of other businesses, products or technologies, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
In April 2001 and October 2001, in connection with our prior acquisition of Allayer Communications in December 2000, we issued 51,317 and 83,477 shares of our Class A common stock, respectively, to the former shareholders of Allayer. These shares were issued upon the attainment of certain future internal performance goals that were specified at the date of acquisition.
In March 2002, in connection with our prior acquisition of ServerWorks Corporation in January 2001, we issued 2,861,685 shares of our Class A common stock to the former stockholders of ServerWorks. These shares were issued upon the attainment of certain future internal performance goals that were specified at the date of acquisition.
The offer and sale of the securities described above were effected without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The foregoing issuances were approved, after a hearing upon the fairness of the terms and conditions of each transaction, by the California Department of Corporations under authority to grant such approval as expressly authorized by the laws of the State of California.
On January 10, 2002 the holder of a warrant that we assumed in a purchase transaction exercised such warrant to purchase 526,569 shares of our Class A common stock. In connection with such exercise, we issued 361,955 shares of our Class A common stock to the holder, who utilized shares of our Class A common stock to pay the exercise price in accordance with the net exercise provisions of the warrant. This transaction was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No underwriters were engaged in connection with this issuance.
22
Item 6. | Selected Consolidated Financial Data |
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
(In thousands, except per share data) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Operations
Data
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenue
|
$ | 1,082,948 | $ | 961,821 | $ | 1,096,160 | $ | 521,225 | $ | 216,729 | |||||||||||
Cost of revenue
|
604,397 | 557,733 | 484,219 | 211,991 | 91,403 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Gross profit
|
478,551 | 404,088 | 611,941 | 309,234 | 125,326 | ||||||||||||||||
Operating expense:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development
|
461,804 | 446,648 | 250,676 | 119,300 | 54,285 | ||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative
|
165,267 | 155,448 | 103,305 | 61,475 | 33,595 | ||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation
|
359,790 | 484,039 | 115,307 | 3,560 | 1,786 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
|
22,387 | 27,192 | 1,255 | | | ||||||||||||||||
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
|
1,265,038 | 1,181,649 | | | | ||||||||||||||||
Restructuring costs
|
119,680 | 34,281 | | | | ||||||||||||||||
Litigation settlement costs
|
3,000 | 3,000 | | 17,036 | | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization of goodwill
|
| 753,042 | 136,984 | | | ||||||||||||||||
In-process research and development
|
| 109,710 | 713,050 | | | ||||||||||||||||
Merger-related costs
|
| | 4,745 | 15,210 | | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations
|
(1,918,415 | ) | (2,790,921 | ) | (713,381 | ) | 92,653 | 35,660 | |||||||||||||
Interest income, net
|
12,183 | 23,019 | 24,299 | 8,388 | 4,101 | ||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net
|
(32,750 | ) | (30,875 | ) | (2,693 | ) | 260 | 79 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
(1,938,982 | ) | (2,798,777 | ) | (691,775 | ) | 101,301 | 39,840 | |||||||||||||
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
|
297,594 | (56,729 | ) | (3,953 | ) | 28,830 | 18,451 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss)
|
$ | (2,236,576 | ) | $ | (2,742,048 | ) | $ | (687,822 | ) | $ | 72,471 | $ | 21,389 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share (basic)(1)
|
$ | (8.35 | ) | $ | (10.79 | ) | $ | (3.13 | ) | $ | .36 | $ | .13 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share (diluted)(1)
|
$ | (8.35 | ) | $ | (10.79 | ) | $ | (3.13 | ) | $ | .31 | $ | .10 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents
|
$ | 389,555 | $ | 403,758 | $ | 523,904 | $ | 180,816 | $ | 77,555 | ||||||||||
Working capital
|
187,767 | 265,107 | 673,092 | 310,625 | 136,341 | |||||||||||||||
Goodwill and purchased intangible assets, net
|
1,252,639 | 2,338,740 | 3,260,464 | | | |||||||||||||||
Total assets
|
2,216,153 | 3,631,409 | 4,677,822 | 609,753 | 271,147 | |||||||||||||||
Long-term debt, including current portion
|
113,470 | 118,046 | 23,649 | 4,862 | 12,784 | |||||||||||||||
Total shareholders equity
|
1,644,521 | 3,207,410 | 4,475,260 | 516,872 | 224,424 |
(1) | See Notes 1 and 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report, for an explanation of the calculation of earnings (loss) per share. Adjusted to reflect our 2-for-1 stock splits, each in the form of a 100% stock dividend, effective February 17, 1999 and February 11, 2000. |
The table above sets forth our selected consolidated financial data. We prepared this information using the consolidated financial statements of Broadcom for the five years ended December 31, 2002, which have been restated to include the operations of acquisitions accounted for using the pooling-of-interests method of accounting as if they had been combined with Broadcom prior to the beginning of each period presented. In addition, the consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of acquisitions accounted for using the purchase method of accounting commencing as of their respective acquisition dates. See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report.
You should read this selected consolidated financial data together with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes contained in this Report and in our subsequent reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as well as the section of this Report and our other reports entitled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
23
Item 7. | Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes thereto, included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report, and the Risk Factors section at the end of this Item 7 as well as other cautionary statements and risks described elsewhere in this Report, before deciding to invest in our company or to maintain or increase your investment. In this Report, all share numbers and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect our 2-for-1 stock splits, each in the form of a 100% stock dividend, effective February 17, 1999 and February 11, 2000.
Overview
Broadcom Corporation is the leading provider of highly integrated silicon solutions that enable broadband communications and networking of voice, video and data services. Using proprietary technologies and advanced design methodologies, Broadcom designs, develops and supplies complete system-on-a-chip solutions and related hardware and software applications for every major broadband communications market. Our diverse product portfolio includes solutions for digital cable and satellite set-top boxes; cable and DSL modems and residential gateways; high-speed transmission and switching for local, metropolitan, wide area and storage networking; home and wireless networking; cellular and terrestrial wireless communications; VoIP, gateway and telephony systems; broadband network processors; and SystemI/O server solutions.
From Broadcoms inception in 1991 through 1994, we were primarily engaged in product development and the establishment of strategic customer and foundry relationships. During that period, we generated the majority of our revenue from development work performed for key customers. We began shipping our products in 1994, and subsequently our revenue has increased predominantly through sales of our semiconductor products. We intend to continue to enter into development contracts with key customers, but expect that future development revenue will constitute a small percentage of our total revenue. We also generate a small percentage of our product revenue from the licensing of software and the provision of software support services and from licenses of system-level reference designs. We utilize independent foundries to manufacture all of our semiconductor products.
Net Revenue. The percentage of our net revenue derived from independent customers located outside of the United States was approximately 25.1% for 2002, 23.3% for 2001 and 20.3% for 2000. All of our revenue to date has been denominated in U.S. dollars. See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
From time to time, our key customers have placed large orders causing our quarterly net revenue to fluctuate significantly. We expect these fluctuations will continue.
Sales to our significant customers, including
sales to their manufacturing subcontractors, as a percentage of
net revenue are as follows:
Years Ended
December 31,
2002
2001
2000
14.8
%
14.1
%
*
%
12.1
18.2
23.2
11.3
*
*
*
*
15.1
*
*
14.1
52.3
%
54.9
%
61.8
%
* | Less than 10% of net revenue. |
(1) | Includes sales to Compaq, which was acquired by Hewlett-Packard in May 2002, for all periods presented. |
We expect that our largest customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of our net revenue in 2003 and for the foreseeable future. These customers and their respective contributions to our net revenue have varied and will likely continue to vary from period to period.
24
Gross Margin. Our gross margin has been affected in the past, and may continue to be affected in the future, by various factors, including, but not limited to, the following:
| our product mix and volumes; | |
| the position of our products in their respective life cycles; | |
| the effects of competition and competitive pricing strategies; | |
| manufacturing cost efficiencies and inefficiencies; | |
| fluctuations in direct product costs and overhead costs such as prototyping expenses; | |
| amortization of purchased intangible assets; | |
| stock-based compensation expense; | |
| licensing and royalty arrangements; and | |
| the mix of product revenue and development revenue. |
Product Cycles. The cycle for test, evaluation and adoption of our products by customers can range from three to six months or more, with an additional three to nine months or more before a customer commences volume production of equipment incorporating our products. Moreover, in light of the continuing significant economic slowdown in the technology sector, it may take significantly longer than three to nine months before customers commence volume production of equipment incorporating some of our products. Due to this lengthy sales cycle, we may experience significant delays from the time we incur expenses for research and development, selling, general and administrative efforts, and investments in inventory, and the generation of corresponding revenue, if any. We anticipate that the rate of new orders may vary significantly from month to month. If anticipated sales and shipments in any quarter do not occur when expected, expenses and inventory levels could be disproportionately high, and our results of operations for that quarter, and potentially for future quarters, would be materially and adversely affected.
Acquisition Strategy. A key element of our business strategy involves the acquisition of businesses, products or technologies that allow us to reduce the time required to develop new technologies and products and bring them to market, complement our existing product offerings, expand our market coverage, increase our engineering workforce or enhance our technological capabilities. We plan to continue to evaluate strategic opportunities as they arise, including business combination transactions, strategic partnerships, capital infusions and the purchase or sale of assets.
During 2002, 2001 and 2000 we completed 13 acquisitions that were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, for original aggregate equity consideration of $6.349 billion. In 2002 we acquired Mobilink Telecom, Inc., a supplier of chipsets and reference designs for use in cellular phones, cellular modem cards and wireless PDAs. In 2001 we acquired Visiontech Ltd., a supplier of digital video/ audio MPEG-2 compression and decompression chips; ServerWorks Corporation, a supplier of high-performance system input/ output integrated circuits for servers, workstations and storage platforms; KimaLink, a developer of integrated circuits for wireless data communications; and PortaTec Corporation, a developer of integrated solutions for smart mobile devices. In 2000 we acquired Innovent Systems, Inc., a developer of radio frequency integrated circuits for wireless data communications; Puyallup Integrated Circuit Company, Inc., a provider of integrated circuit design services; Altima Communications, Inc., a supplier of networking integrated circuits for the small-to-medium sized business networking market; NewPort Communications, Inc., a supplier of mixed-signal integrated circuits for the high-speed communications infrastructure market; Silicon Spice Inc., a developer of communications processors and other technology for high-density voice, fax and data packet transmission over wide area networks; Element 14, Inc., a developer of high-port density, low-power digital subscriber line chipsets, software and communications processor technology; Allayer Communications, a developer of high-performance enterprise and optical networking communications chips; and SiByte, Inc., a developer of high-performance microprocessor solutions for broadband networking. Because each of these acquisitions was accounted for as a purchase transaction, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of the acquired
25
In addition, during 2000 we completed four acquisitions that were accounted for using the pooling-of-interests method of accounting. These acquisitions included Digital Furnace Corporation, a developer of communications algorithms and software that increase the capacity of existing broadband networks for interactive services; BlueSteel Networks, Inc., a developer of high-performance Internet security processors for e-commerce and VPN applications; Stellar Semiconductor, Inc., a developer of 3D graphics technology; and Pivotal Technologies Corporation, a developer of high-performance communications links for both wired and wireless environments. Because each of these acquisitions was accounted for as a pooling-of-interests transaction, our historical consolidated financial statements and the discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations for prior periods have been restated to include the operations of these four companies as if they had been combined with our company at the beginning of the first period presented. Included in restated net revenue and net loss for 2000 were revenue and net losses, aggregating $300,000 and $8.8 million, respectively, from the four pooling-of-interests transactions completed in that year and incurred prior to the respective closings of those transactions.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions related to allowances for doubtful accounts, sales returns and allowances, warranty reserves, inventory reserves, goodwill and purchased intangible asset valuations, strategic investments, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, restructuring costs, litigation and other contingencies. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. To the extent there are material differences between our estimates and the actual results, our future results of operations will be affected.
We believe the following critical accounting policies require us to make significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:
| Revenue, Receivables and Inventory. We recognize product revenue upon concluding that all of the fundamental criteria for revenue recognition have been met. The criteria are usually met at the time of product shipment, except for shipments to stocking distributors where revenue is recognized upon sale to the end customer. In addition, we record reductions to revenue for estimated product returns and allowances such as competitive pricing programs and rebates. Additional reductions to revenue would result if actual product returns or pricing adjustments exceed our estimates. Our products typically carry a one to three year warranty. We provide reserves for estimated product warranty costs at the time revenue is recognized. Although we engage in extensive product quality programs and processes, our warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, use of materials and service delivery costs incurred in correcting any product failure. Should actual product failure rates, use of materials or service delivery costs differ from our estimates, additional warranty reserves could be required, which could reduce gross margins. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances could be required. We write down our inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated realizable value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs could be required. | |
| Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets. The purchase method of accounting for acquisitions requires extensive use of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the |
26
net tangible and intangible assets acquired, including in-process research and development, or IPR&D. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are no longer amortized but are subject to annual impairment tests. The amounts and useful lives assigned to intangible assets impact future amortization, and the amount assigned to IPR&D is expensed immediately. If the assumptions and estimates used to allocate the purchase price are not correct, purchase price adjustments or future asset impairment charges could be required. | ||
| Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The value of our intangible assets, including goodwill, could be impacted by future adverse changes such as (i) any future declines in our operating results, (ii) another significant slowdown in the technology sector and the semiconductor industry or a continuation or an increase in severity of the existing significant economic slowdown or (iii) any failure to meet the performance projections included in our forecasts of future operating results. We evaluate these assets used in operations, including purchased intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives, on an annual basis or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. In the process of our annual impairment review, we primarily use the income approach methodology of valuation that includes the discounted cash flow method as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies to determine the fair value of our assets. Significant management judgment is required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow method of valuation. The estimates we have used are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. It is reasonably possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be incorrect. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges. | |
| Strategic Investments. We have made strategic investments in publicly traded and privately held companies for the promotion of business and strategic objectives. Strategic investments with less than a 20% voting interest are generally carried at cost. We will use the equity method to account for strategic investments in which we have a voting interest of 20% to 50% or in which we otherwise have the ability to exercise significant influence. Under the equity method, the investment is originally recorded at cost and adjusted to recognize our share of net earnings or losses of the investee, limited to the extent of our investment in, advances to and financial guarantees for the investee that create additional basis in the investee. The share prices of the publicly traded securities have been volatile, and the value of the non-publicly traded securities is difficult to determine. We periodically review these investments for other-than-temporary declines in fair value based on the specific identification method and write down investments to their fair value, with a corresponding loss recorded in other expense in the statement of operations, when an other-than-temporary decline has occurred. We generally believe an other-than-temporary decline has occurred when the fair value of the investment is below the carrying value for two consecutive quarters, absent evidence to the contrary. Fair values for investments in public companies are determined using their quoted market prices. Fair values for investments in privately held companies are estimated based upon one or more of the following: pricing models using historical and forecasted financial information, the values of recent rounds of financing, and/or quoted market prices of comparable public companies. Although we believe our estimates reasonably reflect the fair value of the non-publicly traded securities held by us, had there been an active market for the equity securities, the carrying values might have been materially different than the amounts reported. Future adverse changes in market conditions or poor operating results of companies in which we have made such investments could result in losses or an inability to recover the carrying values of the investments that may not be reflected in the investments current carrying values and which could require a future impairment charge. | |
| Deferred Taxes. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance. As a result of our recent cumulative losses and the full utilization of our loss carryback potential, we recently concluded that a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets was appropriate. If, in the future, we believe that |
27
we will realize a deferred tax asset which currently has a valuation allowance, we would record a reduction to income tax expense in the period of such determination. | ||
| Restructuring Charges. Over the last several quarters we have undertaken, and we may continue to undertake, significant restructuring initiatives, which have required us to develop formalized plans for exiting certain business activities. We have had to record estimated expenses for lease cancellations, long-term asset write-downs, severance and outplacement costs and other restructuring costs. Given the significance of, and the timing of the execution of such activities, this process is complex and involves periodic reassessments of estimates made at the time the original decisions were made. Through 2002, the accounting rules for restructuring costs and asset impairments required us to record provisions and charges when we had a formal and committed plan. In calculating the cost to dispose of our excess facilities, we had to estimate our future space requirements and the timing of exiting excess facilities and then estimate for each location the future lease and operating costs to be paid until the lease is terminated and the amount, if any, of sublease income. This required us to estimate the timing and costs of each lease to be terminated, including the amount of operating costs and the rate at which we might be able to sublease the site. To form our estimates for these costs, we performed an assessment of the affected facilities and considered the current market conditions for each site. Our assumptions on future space requirements, the operating costs until termination or the offsetting sublease revenues may turn out to be incorrect, and our actual costs may be materially different from our estimates, which could result in the need to record additional costs or to reverse previously recorded liabilities. Our policies require us to periodically evaluate the adequacy of the remaining liabilities under our restructuring initiatives. As management continues to evaluate the business, there may be additional charges for new restructuring activities as well as changes in estimates to amounts previously recorded. |
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth certain statement
of operations data expressed as a percentage of net revenue for
the periods indicated:
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
100.0
%
100.0
%
100.0
%
55.8
58.0
44.2
44.2
42.0
55.8
42.6
46.4
22.9
15.3
16.2
9.4
33.1
50.3
10.5
2.1
2.8
0.1
116.8
122.9
11.1
3.6
0.3
0.3
78.3
12.5
11.4
65.1
0.4
(177.1
)
(290.2
)
(65.1
)
1.1
2.4
2.2
(3.0
)
(3.2
)
(0.2
)
(179.0
)
(291.0
)
(63.1
)
27.5
(5.9
)
(0.4
)
(206.5
)%
(285.1
)%
(62.7
)%
28
Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2001
Net Revenue. Our revenue consists principally of product revenue generated by sales of our semiconductor products, and to a much lesser extent, from development revenue generated under development contracts with our customers and licenses of software and the provision of software support services. Net revenue is revenue less provisions for returns and allowances. Net revenue for 2002 was $1.083 billion, an increase of $121.1 million or 12.6% as compared with net revenue of $961.8 million for 2001. Net revenue was reduced by $25.5 million for 2001 to account for the fair value of the performance-based warrants to purchase shares of Class A common stock earned by certain customers in connection with purchase and development agreements that we assumed in prior acquisitions. No comparable performance-based warrants were earned in 2002, and there were no remaining outstanding performance-based warrants at December 31, 2002.
The increase in net revenue for 2002 as compared to 2001 resulted primarily from an increase in volume shipments of our enterprise networking and SystemI/O server products, as well as increased contributions from our emerging businesses, including those in the areas of wireless local area networking, Bluetooth, personal video recording and mobile communications applications. This increase was offset in part by a decrease in shipments of our semiconductor products for digital cable set-top boxes and lower average selling prices on cable modem products. We experienced modest sequential quarterly revenue growth in 2002 and expect revenue to continue to grow in the first quarter of 2003.
Gross Profit. Gross profit represents net revenue less the cost of revenue. Cost of revenue includes the cost of purchasing the finished silicon wafers manufactured by independent foundries, costs associated with assembly, packaging, test and quality assurance for semiconductor products, prototyping costs, amortization of purchased technology, and manufacturing overhead, including costs of personnel and equipment associated with manufacturing support, and contracted development work. Gross profit for 2002 was $478.6 million or 44.2% of net revenue, an increase of $74.5 million or 18.4% from gross profit of $404.1 million or 42.0% of net revenue for 2001.
The increase in gross profit as a percentage of net revenue resulted primarily from increased volumes and improved yields which reduced subcontractor costs, increased absorption of fixed overhead costs as a result of the increased volumes, and lower stock-based compensation expense, offset in part by competitive pricing strategies and amortization of purchased intangible assets.
Approximately $12.9 million and $15.9 million of stock-based compensation expense were included in cost of revenue for 2002 and 2001, respectively. Approximately $56.0 million and $51.7 million of amortization of purchased intangible assets were included in cost of revenue for 2002 and 2001, respectively. At December 31, 2002 the unamortized balance of purchased intangible assets that will be amortized to cost of revenue in the future was $21.4 million, of which $16.1 million and $5.3 million are expected to be amortized in 2003 and 2004, respectively.
We anticipate that gross profit will continue to be impacted by the non-cash amortization of acquisition-related charges. In addition, gross profit has been and will likely continue to be impacted in the future by competitive pricing strategies, fluctuations in the volume of our product sales, fluctuations in silicon wafer costs, and possible future changes in product mix and the introduction of certain lower margin products, among other factors.
Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense consists primarily of salaries and related costs of employees engaged in research, design and development activities, costs related to engineering design tools, subcontracting costs, systems level testing and prototyping costs, and facilities expenses. Research and development expense does not include expense amounts associated with stock-based compensation of employees engaged in research and development or expense amounts associated with amortization of purchased intangible assets related to research and development. Research and development expense for 2002 was $461.8 million or 42.6% of net revenue, an increase of $15.2 million or 3.4% as compared with research and development expense of $446.6 million or 46.4% of net revenue for 2001. The increase in absolute dollars resulted primarily from the addition of personnel through our acquisition of Mobilink, certain strategic new hires, and investment in design tools for the development of new products and the enhancement of existing products, offset in part by cost
29
Selling, General and Administrative Expense. Selling, general and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel-related expenses, professional and legal fees, facilities expenses, communications expenses and trade show expenses. Selling, general and administrative expense does not include expense amounts associated with stock-based compensation of administrative employees or expense amounts associated with amortization of purchased intangible assets. Selling, general and administrative expense for 2002 was $165.3 million or 15.3% of net revenue, an increase of $9.8 million or 6.3% as compared with selling, general and administrative expense of $155.4 million or 16.2% of net revenue for 2001. This increase reflected higher personnel-related costs resulting from the addition of certain strategic new hires as well as increased facilities expenses and legal fees, offset in part by cost reductions from our restructuring plan. As a result of our October 2002 restructuring plan, we anticipate a slight decrease in personnel-related selling, general and administrative expense in the near term. Notwithstanding the anticipated immediate impact of our restructuring plan, based upon past experience, we anticipate that over the long term selling, general and administrative expense in absolute dollars will continue to increase to support any expansion of our operations through indigenous growth and acquisitions, as a result of periodic changes in our infrastructure to support any increased headcount, acquisition and integration activities, and international operations, and in view of the volume of current litigation.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense. Stock-based compensation expense generally represents the amortization of deferred compensation as well as expense related to options subject to variable accounting. Deferred compensation is presented as a reduction of shareholders equity and is amortized ratably over the respective vesting periods of the applicable options, generally three to five years. Deferred compensation primarily represents the difference between the fair value of our common stock at the measurement date of each acquisition and the exercise price of the unvested stock options assumed in the acquisition. Additional deferred compensation related to earned contingent consideration is measured and recorded at the date the contingency is met. We recorded approximately $2.2 million of net deferred compensation for 2002 and $377.9 million of deferred compensation for 2001, primarily in connection with stock options assumed in our acquisitions. Approximately $103.0 million and $84.6 million of deferred compensation was eliminated due to employee terminations during 2002 and 2001, respectively.
Stock-based compensation expense for 2002 was $359.8 million or 33.1% of net revenue, a decrease of $124.2 million or 25.7% as compared with stock-based compensation expense of $484.0 million or 50.3% of net revenue for 2001. The decrease in stock-based compensation expense related primarily to the elimination of deferred compensation due to the termination of certain employees and the decrease in our year end stock price, which is used to remeasure stock-based compensation for options subject to variable accounting. Approximately $12.9 million and $15.9 million of additional stock-based compensation expense were classified as cost of revenue for 2002 and 2001, respectively. Approximately $47.0 million and $11.1 million for 2002 and 2001, respectively, of additional stock-based compensation expense were classified as restructuring costs resulting from an extension of the exercise period for vested stock options of the employees terminated in connection with our restructuring plans and the acceleration of the vesting period of certain stock options of certain terminated employees as required by their assumed option agreements.
Outstanding stock options assumed in certain acquisitions are subject to variable accounting and will be revalued quarterly over their vesting periods until the earlier of (i) all of the performance goals have been met, (ii) the time period in which all of the performance goals may be met has lapsed, whether the goals have been satisfied or not, or (iii) the options are exercised. If any of the applicable options are forfeited, cancelled or expire, any related previously recorded stock-based compensation expense will be reversed. In addition, if there is a
30
In connection with certain of our acquisitions, if specified future internal performance goals are satisfied, the aggregate consideration for these acquisitions will be increased. At December 31, 2002 a total of 3,534,177 shares of Class A common stock were reserved for future issuance if the remaining internal performance goals established in connection with our acquisitions of ServerWorks Corporation and Mobilink are met. If the remaining internal performance goals had been met at December 31, 2002, additional equity consideration of approximately $53.2 million, based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on December 31, 2002, would have been recorded and allocated between goodwill, stock-based compensation and deferred compensation. The amount of actual additional equity consideration to be recorded will vary depending on which, if any, of the remaining internal performance goals are met and the actual market values of our Class A common stock on the dates such internal performance goals are achieved.
Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets. Purchased intangible assets primarily include completed technology and customer relationships, contracts and backlog, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated remaining useful lives of the respective assets, ranging from one to three years. The amortization of purchased intangible assets, excluding completed technology, for 2002 was $22.4 million or 2.1% of net revenue, a decrease of $4.8 million or 17.7%, as compared with $27.2 million or 2.8% of net revenue for 2001. The decrease resulted primarily from the reclassification, as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , or SFAS 142, of assembled workforce as goodwill, which is no longer being amortized, offset partially by the amortization of other purchased intangibles. At December 31, 2002 the unamortized balance of purchased intangible assets that will be amortized to future operating expense was $2.6 million, all of which is expected to be amortized in 2003. In addition, approximately $56.0 million and $51.7 million of amortization of completed technology were classified as cost of revenue for 2002 and 2001, respectively.
Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. During the three months ended December 31, 2002, we performed an assessment in accordance with SFAS 142 of the carrying value of the goodwill recorded in connection with our various acquisitions. In accordance with SFAS 142, we compared the carrying value of each reporting unit to its estimated fair value. We estimated the fair value of our reporting units primarily using the income approach methodology of valuation that includes the discounted cash flow method, taking into consideration the market approach and certain market multiples as verification of the values derived using the discounted cash flow methodology. In addition, publicly available information regarding the market capitalization of our company was also considered. An impairment loss was recognized for reporting units where the carrying value of their goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of goodwill. Based on this assessment and an independent valuation, we recorded a charge of $1.241 billion during 2002 to write down the value of goodwill associated with certain of our reporting units. The primary factors resulting in the impairment charge were the continued significant economic slowdown in the technology sector and the semiconductor industry, affecting both our
31
In December 2002 we purchased a patent portfolio related to integrated circuit technology for approximately $24.0 million. Although the patents purchased broaden our technology portfolio, the purchase price was expensed immediately upon acquisition as we did not have plans to currently utilize the patents 1) in our ongoing operations; 2) to generate future cash flow; or 3) for resale to a third party. In accordance with SFAS 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , since it is not possible to reasonably forecast cash flows expected to be generated or saved as a result of the acquired patent portfolio, the patent portfolio was determined to be fully impaired at the date of acquisition.
During 2001 we performed an assessment of the carrying values of intangible assets recorded in connection with our various acquisitions. The assessment was performed in accordance with SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed of , or SFAS 121, due to the significant economic slowdown and the reduction in near-term demand in the technology sector and the semiconductor industry. As a result of the assessment, we concluded that the decline in market conditions within the industry was significant and other than temporary. Based on this assessment and an independent valuation, we recorded a charge of $1.182 billion to write down the value of goodwill associated with certain of our purchase transactions.
For further discussion of impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, see Notes 1 and 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Restructuring Costs. From the second quarter of 2001 through the third quarter of 2002, we implemented a plan (the 2001 Restructuring Plan) to restructure our operations in response to the challenging economic climate. As a result of the prolonged downturn in the semiconductor industry, we announced an additional restructuring program that we began implementing in the fourth quarter of 2002 (the 2002 Restructuring Plan). Restructuring costs consist of the costs associated with the implementation of these restructuring plans. These restructuring plans focused on cost reductions and operating efficiencies, including workforce reductions and consolidation of excess facilities, and have resulted in certain business unit realignments. We recorded restructuring costs totaling $119.7 million and $34.3 million for 2002 and 2001, respectively, which were classified as operating expense in the consolidated statements of operations. We may record additional restructuring costs in 2003 as we continue to implement the 2002 plan.
Approximately 477 and 160 employees were terminated across all of our business functions and geographic regions during 2002 and 2001, respectively. In addition, headcount was reduced through attrition and reductions in the number of temporary and contract workers employed by us. We recorded workforce reduction charges for 2002 and 2001 of approximately $66.5 million and $16.1 million, respectively, related to severance and fringe benefits. Included in these amounts are approximately $47.0 million and $11.1 million for 2002 and 2001, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense resulting from an extension of the exercise period for vested stock options of certain terminated employees and the acceleration of the vesting period of certain options of certain terminated employees as required by their assumed option agreements.
During 2002 and 2001 we recorded charges of approximately $53.2 million and $18.2 million, respectively, for the consolidation of excess facilities. These charges related primarily to lease terminations, non-cancelable lease costs and write-offs of leasehold improvements.
32
Activity and liability balances related to the
2002 and 2001 Restructuring Plans are as follows:
2001 Restructuring Plan
2002 Restructuring Plan
Consolidation
Consolidation
Workforce
of Excess
Workforce
of Excess
Reductions
Facilities
Reductions
Facilities
Total
$
16,100
$
18,181
$
$
$
34,281
(11,070
)
(1,638
)
(12,708
)
(4,906
)
(6,073
)
(10,979
)
124
10,470
10,594
1,411
30,454
65,048
22,767
119,680
6,815
6,815
(135
)
(4,868
)
(46,821
)
(1,495
)
(53,319
)
(1,400
)
(6,502
)
(16,683
)
(3,494
)
(28,079
)
$
$
29,554
$
1,544
$
24,593
$
55,691
(1) | Although not related to the 2002 or 2001 Restructuring Plans, we assumed additional liabilities of approximately $6.8 million in connection with the Mobilink acquisition for the consolidation of excess facilities, relating primarily to lease terminations, non-cancelable lease costs and write-offs of leasehold improvements. The liabilities related to the Mobilink acquisition have been classified as restructuring liabilities for presentation in the consolidated balance sheets. |
The excess facilities consolidation costs will be paid over the respective lease terms through 2010.
The goal of our 2002 restructuring program is to reduce operating expense by approximately $16 million per quarter from the third quarter 2002 level, commencing in the first quarter of 2003. We cannot assure that our restructuring programs will achieve all of the expense reductions and other benefits we anticipate. In addition, anticipated savings from reduced headcount or facility consolidations have been and may in the future be mitigated by subsequent increases to headcount and subsequent facilities additions related to our operating requirements.
Litigation Settlement Costs. Litigation settlement costs of approximately $3.0 million were incurred in both 2002 and 2001.
Amortization of Goodwill. Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquired company and the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. There was no amortization of goodwill recorded in 2002. Amortization of goodwill for 2001 was $753.0 million or 78.3% of net revenue.
The significant change in the amortization of goodwill resulted from the impact of adopting new accounting standards. In June 2001 the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations , or SFAS 141, and SFAS 142, both effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. Under these new rules, goodwill and other intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are no longer amortized but are subject to annual impairment tests. Other intangible assets will continue to be amortized over their useful lives. SFAS 142 was immediately applicable to any acquisitions made after June 30, 2001. As required by SFAS 142, we ceased amortizing goodwill of $2.254 billion beginning January 1, 2002. Included in this amount is $12.1 million of assembled workforce previously classified as purchased intangible assets, which was reclassified as goodwill effective January 1, 2002 as required by SFAS 142.
In-Process Research and Development. The amounts allocated to IPR&D were determined through established valuation techniques used in the high technology industry and were expensed upon acquisition as it was determined that the underlying projects had not reached technological feasibility and no alternative future uses existed. There was no IPR&D recorded in connection with the 2002 acquisition. IPR&D totaled $109.7 million for the four purchase transactions completed in 2001.
33
The fair value of IPR&D for each of the acquisitions was determined using the income approach. Under the income approach, the expected future cash flows from each project under development are estimated and discounted to their net present value at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate of return. Significant factors considered in the calculation of the rate of return are the weighted-average cost of capital and return on assets, as well as the risks inherent in the development process, including the likelihood of achieving technological success and market acceptance. Each project was analyzed to determine the unique technological innovations, the existence and reliance upon core technology, the existence of any alternative future use or current technological feasibility, and the complexity, cost and time to complete the remaining development. Future cash flows for each project were estimated based upon forecasted revenue and costs, taking into account product life cycles and market penetration and growth rates.
The IPR&D charge includes only the fair value of IPR&D performed as of the acquisition date. The fair value of developed technology is included in identifiable purchased intangible assets, and the fair values of IPR&D to be completed and future research and development are included in goodwill. We believe the amounts recorded as IPR&D, as well as developed technology, represent fair values and approximate the amounts an independent party would pay for these projects at the time of the respective acquisitions.
The following table summarizes the significant
assumptions at the acquisition dates underlying the valuations
for our significant purchase transactions completed in 2001:
Weighted
Average
Average
Estimated
Risk
Estimated
Estimated
Cost to
Adjusted
Percent
Time to
Complete
Discount
IPR&D
Purchase Transaction
Development Projects
Complete
Complete
(In millions)
Rate
(In millions)
Visiontech
Video compression integrated circuits
60
%
1 year
$
5.2
30- 35
%
$
30.4
ServerWorks
High-performance SystemI/O integrated circuits
for servers
45
%
1.5 years
21.2
29- 34
%
79.3
We completed all of the Visiontech development projects as expected in 2001.
ServerWorks completed two development projects during 2002. Approximately $8 million over the previous estimate was required to complete these projects. ServerWorks reallocated the resources on the remaining project to focus on next-generation semiconductor products that it believes are better aligned with future demand.
Except as noted above, actual results to date have been consistent, in all material respects, with our assumptions at the time of the acquisitions. The assumptions consist primarily of expected completion dates for the in-process projects, estimated costs to complete the projects, and revenue and expense projections for the products once they have entered the market. Failure to achieve the expected levels of revenue and net income from these products will negatively impact the return on investment expected at the time that the acquisitions were completed and may potentially result in impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets.
Interest Income, Net. Interest income, net, reflects interest earned on average cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities balances, less interest accrued on our debt and capital lease obligations. Interest income, net, for 2002 was $12.2 million as compared with $23.0 million for 2001. The decrease in 2002 resulted primarily from an overall decline in both our cash and investment balances and the interest rates thereon.
Other Expense, Net. Other expense, net, primarily includes recorded gains and losses on strategic investments as well as gains and losses on foreign currency transactions and dispositions of property and equipment. Other expense, net, for 2002 was $32.8 million or 3.0% of net revenue, an increase of $1.9 million as compared with $30.9 million or 3.2% of net revenue for 2001. In 2002 and 2001 we recorded losses of approximately $37.8 million and $32.7 million, respectively, representing other-than-temporary declines in the values of certain of our strategic investments. The losses for 2002 were offset in part by approximately $4.6 million in gains realized on sales of an investment in a publicly held company.
34
Provision for Income Taxes. We recorded an income tax provision of approximately $297.6 million for 2002 and a tax benefit of $56.7 million for 2001, which resulted in effective tax rates of approximately (15.3)% for 2002 and 2.0% for 2001. The federal statutory rate was 35% for both periods. The differences between our effective tax rates for 2002 and 2001 and the federal statutory rate resulted primarily from the effects of nondeductible IPR&D, amortization and impairment of goodwill and other acquisition-related expenses from the 13 purchase transactions completed during 2002, 2001 and 2000, as well as increases in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. We utilize the liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . See Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001 we had recorded valuation allowances against deferred tax assets in the amounts of approximately $990.2 million and $375.1 million, respectively, reflecting an increase in the valuation allowance during 2002 of approximately $615.1 million. During 2002 we concluded that a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets was appropriate as a result of our recent cumulative losses and the full utilization of our loss carryback potential.
Years Ended December 31, 2001 and 2000
Net Revenue. Net revenue for 2001 was $961.8 million, a decrease of $134.3 million or 12.3% as compared with net revenue of $1.096 billion for 2000. Net revenue was reduced by $25.5 million and $38.6 million for 2001 and 2000, respectively, to account for the fair value of the performance-based warrants to purchase shares of Class A common stock earned by certain customers in connection with purchase and development agreements that we assumed in prior acquisitions. The decline in net revenue resulted primarily from a decrease in volume shipments of our semiconductor products for the high-speed networking market, digital cable set-top boxes and cable modems, as our customers faced slower demand for their products and continued to work through their inventory issues, offset in part by shipments of SystemI/O server products. Due to the significant economic slowdown in the technology sector and semiconductor industry in 2001, we experienced a significant slowdown in customer orders, as well as an increase in the number of order cancellations and reschedulings of backlog.
Gross Profit. Gross profit for 2001 was $404.1 million or 42.0% of net revenue, a decrease of $207.9 million or 34.0% from gross profit of $611.9 million or 55.8% of net revenue for 2000. The decrease in gross profit was mainly attributable to the decrease in the volume of semiconductor product shipments as well as non-cash acquisition-related charges, including amortization of purchased intangible assets and stock-based compensation expense. This decrease was offset in part by cost reductions in 2001. The decrease in gross profit as a percentage of net revenue for 2001 compared with 2000 was primarily a result of the non-cash acquisition-related charges and, to a lesser extent, decreased absorption of manufacturing overhead due to lower production volumes and shifts in our product mix. Approximately $15.9 million and $4.6 million of stock-based compensation expense were included in cost of revenue for 2001 and 2000, respectively. Approximately $51.7 million and $2.3 million of amortization of purchased intangible assets were included in cost of revenue for 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense for 2001 was $446.6 million or 46.4% of net revenue, an increase of $196.0 million or 78.2% as compared with research and development expense of $250.7 million or 22.9% of net revenue for 2000. This increase was primarily due to the addition of personnel through acquisitions and internal hiring, investment in design tools for the development of new products and the enhancement of existing products, and the cost of additional facilities required to support the increase in headcount.
Selling, General and Administrative Expense. Selling, general and administrative expense for 2001 was $155.4 million or 16.2% of net revenue, an increase of $52.1 million or 50.5% as compared with selling, general and administrative expense of $103.3 million or 9.4% of net revenue for 2000. This increase reflected higher personnel-related costs resulting from the addition of sales and marketing, senior management and administrative personnel through acquisitions and internal hiring as well as increased facilities expenses and legal fees.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense. We recorded approximately $377.9 million of deferred compensation for 2001 and $1.242 billion of deferred compensation for 2000, primarily in connection with stock options assumed
35
The significant increase in stock-based compensation expense for 2001 related primarily to stock options assumed in the four purchase transactions completed during 2001 as well as the full year impact of the eight purchase transactions completed during 2000, all of which were accounted for in accordance with FIN 44.
Approximately $35.0 million of the stock-based compensation expense recorded for 2001 related to stock options subject to variable accounting. This expense was calculated based on the amount by which our Class A common stock closing price at the end of the reporting period, or at the date of exercise, if earlier, exceeded the exercise price of the stock options.
Amortization of Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets. In connection with the four purchase transactions completed during 2001 and contingent consideration earned from previous acquisitions, we recorded approximately $962.6 million of additional goodwill and $129.3 million of purchased intangible assets for 2001. For the eight purchase transactions completed during 2000, we recorded approximately $3.351 billion of goodwill and $50.3 million of purchased intangible assets for 2000. The amortization of goodwill and purchased intangible assets for 2001 was $780.2 million or 81.1% of net revenue, an increase of $642.0 million or 464.4% as compared with $138.2 million or 12.6% of net revenue for 2000. In addition, approximately $51.7 million and $2.3 million of amortization of purchased intangible assets was classified as cost of revenue for 2001 and 2000, respectively.
In connection with our acquisitions of Allayer, SiByte and ServerWorks, we recorded $180.3 million of additional goodwill during 2001 when certain internal performance goals were met.
Impairment of Goodwill. During 2001 we performed an assessment of the carrying values of intangible assets recorded in connection with our various acquisitions. The assessment was performed in accordance with SFAS 121, due to the significant economic slowdown and the reduction in near-term demand in the technology sector and the semiconductor industry. As a result of the assessment, we concluded that the decline in market conditions within the industry was significant and other than temporary. Based on this assessment and an independent valuation, we recorded a charge of $1.182 billion to write down the value of goodwill associated with certain of our purchase transactions. See Notes 1 and 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
In-Process Research and Development. IPR&D totaled $109.7 million for the four purchase transactions completed in 2001, as compared with $713.1 million for the eight purchase transactions completed in 2000. The amounts allocated to IPR&D were determined through established valuation techniques used in the high technology industry and were expensed upon acquisition as it was determined that the underlying projects had not reached technological feasibility and no alternative future uses existed.
36
The following table summarizes the significant
assumptions at the acquisition dates underlying the valuations
for our significant purchase transactions completed in 2000:
Weighted
Average
Average
Estimated
Risk
Estimated
Estimated
Cost to
Adjusted
Percent
Time to
Complete
Discount
IPR&D
Purchase Transaction
Development Projects
Complete
Complete
(In millions)
Rate
(In millions)
RF integrated circuits for wireless
43
%
1.5 years
$
6.9
30- 35
%
$
41.7
Ethernet physical layer transceivers
47
%
1 year
2.9
30- 35
%
4.0
Integrated circuits for optical communications
equipment
70
%
1 year
3.7
30- 35
%
198.5
Communications processors
84
%
1 year
10.0
30
%
219.3
Integrated circuits used in DSL
49
%
1 year
13.2
40-45
%
64.6
Integrated circuits for wide area and Ethernet
switching applications
43
%
1.5 years
5.0
31- 36
%
11.6
Network processors
42
%
1.5 years
31.4
30-35
%
173.4
We completed all five of the Innovent development projects by the end of 2001. An additional $16.9 million over the previous estimate was required to complete these projects.
We completed three development projects of Altima as expected during 2001. We reallocated the resources on the remaining project to focus on next-generation semiconductor products that we believed were better aligned with future demand.
We completed all eight of the NewPort development projects as expected during 2001. An additional $4.7 million over the previous estimate was required to complete these projects.
We completed the Silicon Spice development project as expected in 2001.
We completed one of the Element 14 development projects during 2001. We reallocated the resources on the remaining project to focus on next-generation semiconductor products that we believed were better aligned with future demand.
We completed one of the Allayer projects as expected during 2001. We reallocated the resources on the two remaining projects to focus on next-generation semiconductor products that we believed were better aligned with future demand.
We completed one of the SiByte development projects during 2002. One additional project, which is currently approximately 65% complete, is expected to be completed during 2003, and we estimate the cost to complete this project will be approximately $14.0 million.
Except as noted above, actual results to date have been consistent, in all material respects, with our assumptions at the time of the acquisitions.
Restructuring Costs. In the second quarter of 2001 we announced and began implementing a plan to restructure our operations in response to the then current challenging economic climate. This restructuring plan resulted in certain business unit realignments, workforce reductions and consolidation of excess facilities. For 2001 we recorded restructuring costs totaling $34.3 million, which were classified as operating expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
Through December 31, 2001 the restructuring plan had resulted in termination of the employment of approximately 160 employees across all business functions and geographic regions. We recorded workforce
37
Through December 31, 2001 we recorded charges of approximately $18.2 million for the consolidation of excess facilities. The charges related primarily to lease terminations and non-cancelable lease costs.
Litigation Settlement Costs. Litigation settlement costs of approximately $3.0 million were incurred for 2001. No comparable litigation settlement costs were incurred for 2000.
Merger-Related Costs. In connection with the pooling-of-interests transactions in 2000, merger-related costs of approximately $4.7 million were incurred. No merger-related costs were incurred for 2001 as there were no business combinations accounted for as poolings of interests. Merger-related costs consist primarily of transaction costs, such as fees for investment bankers, attorneys, accountants and other related fees and expenses, incurred in acquisitions as well as certain restructuring costs related to the disposition of duplicative facilities and assets and the write down of unutilized assets.
Interest Income, Net. Interest income, net, for 2001 was $23.0 million as compared with $24.3 million for 2000. The decrease for 2001 was the result of interest expense incurred on debt assumed from our ServerWorks acquisition and an overall decline in interest rates on our investments, partially offset by increased cash balances available to invest resulting from the cash generated by operations, cash balances assumed in acquisitions, and cash received from the exercise of employee stock options.
Other Expense, Net. Other expense, net, primarily includes recorded gains and losses on strategic investments as well as gains and losses on foreign currency transactions and dispositions of property and equipment. For 2001, other expense, net, was $30.9 million as compared with $2.7 million for 2000. During 2001 we recorded a loss of approximately $32.7 million representing an other-than-temporary decline in the value of our strategic investments.
Provision for Income Taxes. We recorded income tax benefits of approximately $56.7 million for 2001 and $4.0 million for 2000, which resulted in effective tax rates of approximately 2.0% for 2001 and 0.6% for 2000. The federal statutory rate was 35% for both periods. The differences between our effective tax rates for 2001 and 2000 and the federal statutory rate resulted primarily from the effects of nondeductible IPR&D, impairment of goodwill and other acquisition-related expenses from the twelve purchase transactions completed during 2001 and 2000, as well as the effects of certain 2001 losses recorded without tax benefit.
At December 31, 2001 and 2000 we provided valuation allowances against deferred tax assets in the amounts of approximately $375.1 million and $6.9 million, respectively, resulting in an increase in the valuation allowance in 2001 of approximately $368.2 million. There was no valuation allowance provided against the remainder of our deferred tax assets, as we believed that it was more likely than not that these assets would be realized. The primary bases for this conclusion were the expectation of future income from our ordinary and recurring operations and tax planning strategies, which relied on our continuing ability to realize value from our intellectual property portfolio.
Impact of Adoption of Accounting Standard
In June 2001 the FASB issued SFAS 142. Under these new rules, goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are no longer amortized but are subject to annual impairment tests. Other intangible assets will continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives.
As required by SFAS 142, we ceased amortizing goodwill of $2.254 billion beginning January 1, 2002, which includes $12.1 million of assembled workforce previously classified as purchased intangible assets, which was reclassified to goodwill effective January 1, 2002 as required by SFAS 142.
38
The following table presents the impact of
SFAS 142 on net loss and net loss per share had the
standard been in effect for the years ended December 31,
2001 and 2000:
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
(In thousands, except per share data)
$
(2,236,576
)
$
(2,742,048
)
$
(687,822
)
753,042
136,984
6,549
1,107
(5,893
)
(451
)
753,698
137,640
$
(2,236,576
)
$
(1,988,350
)
$
(550,182
)
$
(8.35
)
$
(10.79
)
$
(3.13
)
$
(8.35
)
$
(7.83
)
$
(2.50
)
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2002 the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities , or SFAS 146, which nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue No. 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring) , or EITF 94-3. SFAS 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, whereas EITF 94-3 required that such liability be recognized on the date on which the company had committed to an exit plan. We are required to adopt the provisions of SFAS 146 effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 146 to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others , or FIN 45, effective prospectively for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Under this Interpretation, a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of certain guarantees, a fair value liability for the obligations it has undertaken in issuing the guarantee. We did not have any outstanding guarantees at December 31, 2002 required to be recorded as obligations upon adoption of FIN 45. Our product warranties, which are subject to the disclosure provisions of FIN 45, have been disclosed in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
In December 2002 the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure , or SFAS 148, which amends SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , or SFAS 123. SFAS 148 amends the disclosure requirements in SFAS 123 for stock-based compensation for annual periods ending after December 15, 2002 and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. The disclosure requirements apply to all companies, including those that continue to recognize stock-based compensation under APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . Effective for financial statements for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002, SFAS 148 also provides three alternative transition methods for companies that choose to adopt the fair value measurement provisions of SFAS 123. We have not elected to adopt the fair value measurement provisions of SFAS 123.
39
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Working Capital and Cash and Marketable
Securities on Hand.
Since our
inception we have financed our operations through a combination
of sales of equity securities, cash generated by operations and
cash assumed in acquisitions. Including restricted marketable
securities, at December 31, 2002 we had $187.8 million
in working capital, $502.7 million in cash, cash
equivalents and short-term marketable securities and
$40.2 million in long-term marketable securities.
Marketable securities are defined as income yielding securities
that can be readily converted into cash. Certain marketable
securities are pledged as collateral against our bank credit
facility and consequently are classified as restricted
securities. At December 31, 2001 we had $265.1 million
in working capital, $539.8 million in cash, cash
equivalents and short-term marketable securities and
$109.8 million in long-term marketable securities.
Our working capital decreased in 2002 primarily
due to our operating loss, additions to property and equipment,
liabilities recorded in connection with our restructuring
activities, and the assumption of net liabilities in the
Mobilink acquisition.
Cash Provided and Used in 2002 and
2001.
Cash and cash equivalents
decreased from $403.8 million at December 31, 2001 to
$389.6 million at December 31, 2002 as the cash
provided by investing and financing activities was more than
offset by cash used in operations.
During 2002 our operating activities used
$69.2 million in cash. This was a result of our net loss of
$2.237 billion, which was offset in part by
$2.128 billion in non-cash items and $15.0 million in
cash provided by changes in net operating assets and
liabilities. Non-cash items included in net loss include
impairment of goodwill, depreciation, stock-based compensation
expense, amortization of purchased intangible assets, certain
restructuring charges, valuation allowance on deferred taxes,
and net losses on strategic investments. During 2001 operating
activities provided $49.1 million in cash. Although we had
a net loss of $2.742 billion for 2001, such amount included
non-cash items aggregating $2.660 billion resulting from
depreciation, stock-based compensation expense, amortization of
goodwill and purchased intangible assets, impairment of
goodwill, IPR&D, certain restructuring charges, valuation
allowance on deferred taxes, and losses on strategic
investments. In addition to the impact of non-cash items, our
2001 operating activities also reflected decreases in accounts
receivable and inventory, offset in part by decreases in other
accrued liabilities.
Accounts receivable increased $62.9 million
to $128.2 million during 2002. The increase in accounts
receivable resulted primarily from the increase in net revenue
in the fourth quarter of 2002 as compared with the fourth
quarter of 2001 and due to the fact that our sales were fairly
consistent throughout the quarter, as opposed to the fourth
quarter of 2001 in which a higher proportion of sales occurred
in the first two months of that quarter.
Inventories increased $23.8 million to
$46.0 million during 2002. The increase in inventory was to
support our increased revenue levels and entry into certain
markets that require higher inventory levels.
Investing activities provided cash in the amount
of $22.4 million in 2002, primarily as a result of
$100.0 million in net proceeds received from the sale of
marketable securities and strategic investments, offset in part
by the purchase of $75.2 million of capital equipment to
support our operations and the purchase of $3.3 million of
strategic investments. Our investing activities used cash in the
amount of $216.8 million in 2001, primarily as a result of
$166.1 million of net purchases of marketable securities,
the purchase of $71.4 million of capital equipment to
support our operations and the purchase of $20.3 million of
strategic investments, offset in part by $41.0 million of
net cash acquired in purchase transactions.
Cash provided by financing activities was
$32.5 million in 2002, which was primarily the result of
$44.1 million in net proceeds received from issuances of
common stock upon exercises of stock options and under our
employee stock purchase plan, partially offset by
$13.7 million in payments on debt and capital lease
obligations. Cash provided by financing activities was
$47.6 million in 2001, which was primarily the result of a
$90.0 million bank credit facility secured to replace the
ServerWorks credit facility that was repaid in 2001,
$59.8 million in net proceeds received from issuances of
common stock upon exercises of stock options and under our
employee stock purchase plan, and $25.5 million in net
proceeds from the exercise of performance-
40
Due to the continued decline in our stock price,
we received fewer proceeds from the exercise of stock options in
2002 than we did in 2001, as only options with lower exercise
prices were exercised. In the future we may not generate as much
cash from the exercise of stock options as we have in the past.
Obligations and
Commitments.
The following table
summarizes our contractual payment obligations and commitments
as of December 31, 2002:
We entered into a $90.0 million financing
arrangement for a bank credit facility in December 2002 to
replace a $90 million credit facility that matured in
December 2002. We may periodically choose the rate at which
the new credit facility bears interest at either (a) the
higher of (i) 0.5% plus the Federal Reserve rate and
(ii) the Bank of America prime rate or (b) LIBOR plus
0.75% (selected in one, two or three month periods). Interest is
payable at either the selected interest period or quarterly. At
December 31, 2002, $90.0 million was outstanding under
the credit facility and the interest rate was 2.15%. A minimum
of $90.0 million in marketable securities is required to
secure the credit facility, and the carrying value of these
restricted marketable securities at December 31, 2002 was
$92.3 million. The credit facility is due and payable
December 23, 2003 and may be paid earlier without premium
or penalty.
At December 31, 2002 our debt also included
a stipulated judgment payable to a customer with a remaining
balance of $17.6 million to be paid in four installments,
with the final installment due in November 2003, plus
interest on the unpaid principal balance remaining from time to
time outstanding at a rate of approximately 2.78% per annum. See
Legal Proceedings, included in Part I, Item 3 of this
Report and Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Capitalized leases and other obligations are
payable in varying monthly installments at a weighted average
rate of 5.31% per annum.
We received extended payment terms in connection
with the $14.3 million purchase of certain engineering
design tools.
We lease our facilities and certain engineering
design tools and information systems equipment under operating
lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2014.
Our restructuring liabilities consist primarily
of estimated future lease and operating costs on restructured
facilities, less offsetting sublease income if any. These costs
will be paid over the respective lease terms through 2010.
We had outstanding capital commitments totaling
approximately $1.6 million as of December 31, 2002,
primarily for the purchase of lab test equipment and computer
hardware and for information systems infrastructure. During 2002
we spent approximately $83.7 million on capital equipment
to support our operations. We expect that we will continue to
purchase additional engineering design tools, computer hardware,
test equipment, information systems and leasehold improvements
to support our operations. We may finance
41
Prospective Capital
Needs.
We believe that our existing
cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will be
sufficient to meet our working capital needs, capital
expenditures, investment requirements and commitments for at
least the next 12 months. However, it is possible that we
may need to raise additional funds to finance our activities
beyond the next 12 months or to consummate acquisitions of
other businesses, products or technologies. We could raise such
funds by selling equity or debt securities to the public or to
selected investors, or by borrowing money from financial
institutions. In addition, even though we may not need
additional funds, we may still elect to sell additional equity
or debt securities or obtain credit facilities for other
reasons. We may not be able to obtain additional funds on a
timely basis on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise
additional funds by issuing additional equity or convertible
debt securities, the ownership percentages of existing
shareholders would be reduced. In addition, the equity or debt
securities that we issue may have rights, preferences or
privileges senior to those of our common stock.
Although we believe that we have sufficient
capital to fund our activities for at least the next
12 months, our future capital requirements may vary
materially from those now planned. We anticipate that the amount
of capital that we will need in the future will depend on many
factors, including:
In addition, we may require additional capital to
accommodate planned future growth, hiring, infrastructure and
facility needs or to consummate acquisitions of other
businesses, products or technologies.
42
RISK FACTORS
Before deciding to invest in our Company or to
maintain or increase your investment, you should carefully
consider the risks described below, in addition to the other
cautionary statements and risks described elsewhere and the
other information contained in this Report and in our other
filings with the SEC, including our subsequent reports on
Forms 10-Q and 8-K. The risks and uncertainties described
below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks
and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently
deem immaterial may also affect our business. If any of these
known or unknown risks or uncertainties actually occur with
material adverse effects on Broadcom, our business, financial
condition and results of operations could be seriously harmed.
In that event, the market price for our Class A common
stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your
investment.
The continuing worldwide economic slowdown,
acts of war, terrorism, international conflicts and related
uncertainties may adversely impact our revenues and
profitability.
Slower economic activity, concerns about
inflation, decreased consumer confidence, reduced corporate
profits and capital spending, adverse business conditions and
liquidity concerns in the telecommunications and related
industries, the war in Iraq and recent international conflicts,
terrorist and military activity have resulted in a continuing
downturn in worldwide economic conditions. As a result of these
unfavorable economic conditions, beginning in the first half of
2001 we experienced a significant slowdown in customer orders,
an increase in the number of cancellations and reschedulings of
backlog, and higher overhead costs as a percentage of our
reduced net revenue, from which we have not yet fully recovered.
We cannot predict the timing, strength and duration of any
economic recovery in the semiconductor industry and in
particular, the broadband communications markets. In addition,
the events of September 11, 2001 and the continuing
international conflicts and terrorist acts and the possibility
of an extended war in Iraq can be expected to place further
pressure on economic conditions in the United States and
worldwide. These conditions make it extremely difficult for our
customers, our vendors and for us to accurately forecast and
plan future business activities. If such conditions continue or
worsen, our business, financial condition and results of
operations will likely be materially and adversely affected.
Our operating results may fluctuate
significantly due to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor
industry. Any such variations could adversely affect the market
price of our Class A common stock.
We operate primarily in the semiconductor
industry, which is cyclical and subject to rapid change and
evolving industry standards. From time to time, the
semiconductor industry has experienced significant downturns
such as the current one. These downturns are characterized by
diminished product demand, excess customer inventories,
accelerated erosion of prices and excess production capacity.
These factors could cause substantial fluctuations in our
revenues and in our results of operations. The current downturn
and future downturns in the semiconductor industry may be severe
and prolonged, and any failure of this industry or the broadband
communications markets to fully recover from the current
downturn could seriously impact our revenue and harm our
business, financial condition and results of operations. The
semiconductor industry also periodically experiences increased
demand and production capacity constraints, which may affect our
ability to ship products in future periods. Our quarterly
results may vary significantly as a result of the general
conditions in the semiconductor industry, which could cause our
stock price to decline.
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate
significantly. As a result, we may fail to meet or exceed the
expectations of securities analysts and investors, which could
cause our stock price to decline.
Our quarterly net revenue and operating results
have fluctuated significantly in the past and are likely to
continue to vary from quarter to quarter due to a number of
factors, many of which are not within our control. If our
operating results do not meet the expectations of securities
analysts or investors, our stock price may decline. Fluctuations
in our operating results may be due to a number of factors,
including, but not limited to, those listed below and those
identified throughout this Risk Factors section:
43
Additionally, we are beginning to derive a larger
portion of our product revenue from emerging markets such as
wireless networking, cellular, DSL, PVR and DBS. These markets
are immature and unpredictable and we cannot assure you that
these markets will develop or that we will continue to derive
significant revenue from these markets in the future. Due to the
limited amount of historical data available to us, it is
difficult to predict our future revenue streams and the
sustainability of such emerging markets.
Due to all of the foregoing factors, and the
other risks discussed in this Report, you should not rely on
quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results as an
indication of future performance.
We may be unable to attract, retain and
motivate key senior management and technical personnel, which
could seriously harm our business.
Our future success depends to a significant
extent upon the continued service of our key senior management
personnel, including our co-founder and Chief Technical Officer
Dr. Henry Samueli, our President and Chief Executive
Officer, Alan E. Ross, and other senior executives. We do not
have employment agreements with these executives, or any other
key employees, that govern the length of their service. The loss
of the services of Dr. Samueli, Mr. Ross and certain
other key senior management or technical personnel could
materially and adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations. In January 2003 one of
our co-founders, Dr. Henry T. Nicholas, III, resigned
from his positions as President and Chief Executive Officer and
stated that he will not stand for re-election to the Board at
our 2003 Annual Meeting. Mr. Ross, who was serving as our
Chief Operating Officer at the time of Dr. Nicholas
resignation, has assumed the responsibilities of President and
Chief Executive Officer. We are conducting a search for a
successor Chief Executive Officer. If we are unable to attract a
suitable successor to Mr. Ross or if we lose the services
of Mr. Ross prior to hiring his successor, our business
could be seriously harmed. We anticipate that the recruitment of
a successor Chief Executive Officer and the adjustment to any
changes implemented by such Chief Executive Officer, will
continue to require substantial attention and effort and place a
significant burden on our Board of Directors and management
personnel.
44
Furthermore, our future success depends on the
ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate senior
management and qualified technical personnel, particularly
senior managers, digital circuit designers, RF and mixed-signal
circuit designers, software engineers and systems applications
engineers. Competition for these employees is intense, and it
may be more difficult to attract personnel prior to hiring a
successor to Mr. Ross. Stock options generally comprise a
significant portion of our compensation packages for all
employees, and the substantial decline in the price of our
Class A common stock over the past two years may make it
more difficult for us to attract and retain key employees. Our
inability to attract and retain additional key employees could
have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Additionally, six of the officers who serve as
general managers of our business units have been in such
positions for a year or less. These individuals are not
long-time Broadcom employees, and we cannot assure you that we
will be able to retain them or that they will successfully
implement our business plans within these business units.
Our acquisition strategy may be dilutive to
existing shareholders, result in unanticipated accounting
charges or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations,
and result in difficulties in assimilating and integrating the
operations, personnel, technologies, products and information
systems of acquired companies or businesses.
A key element of our business strategy involves
expansion through the acquisition of businesses, products or
technologies that allow us to complement our existing product
offerings, expand our market coverage, increase our engineering
workforce or enhance our technological capabilities. Between
January 1, 1999 and December 31, 2002 we acquired 22
companies. We continually evaluate and explore strategic
opportunities as they arise, including business combination
transactions, strategic partnerships, capital infusions, and the
purchase or sale of assets. We also continually evaluate the
performance and prospects of our various businesses and possible
adjustments in our businesses to reflect changes in our
assessment of their performance and prospects.
Acquisitions may require significant capital
infusions, typically entail many risks and could result in
difficulties in assimilating and integrating the operations,
personnel, technologies, products and information systems of
acquired companies. We have in the past and may in the future
experience delays in the timing and successful integration of an
acquired companys technologies and product development
through volume production, unanticipated costs and expenditures,
changing relationships with customers, suppliers and strategic
partners, or contractual, intellectual property or employment
issues. In addition, key personnel of an acquired company may
decide not to work for us. The acquisition of another company or
its products and technologies may also require us to enter into
a geographic or business market in which we have little or no
prior experience. These challenges could disrupt our ongoing
business, distract our management and employees, harm our
reputation and increase our expenses. These challenges are
magnified as the size of the acquisition increases. Furthermore,
these challenges would be even greater if we acquired a business
or entered into a business combination transaction with a
company that was larger and more difficult to integrate than the
typical size of the companies we have historically acquired.
Furthermore, acquisitions may require large
one-time charges and can result in increased debt or contingent
liabilities, adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation
or deferred compensation charges, or the amortization of amounts
related to deferred compensation and certain purchased
intangible assets, any of which could negatively impact our
results of operations. In connection with our 13 purchase
transactions to date, we recorded goodwill in the aggregate
amount of approximately $4.541 billion. Through 2001 the
portion of that goodwill attributable to each acquisition
generally was amortized over a 60-month period from the date
that the acquisition closed. In accordance with SFAS 121,
we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $1.182 billion
during the three months ended September 30, 2001 to write
down the value of goodwill associated with certain of our
purchase transactions. Effective January 1, 2002 goodwill
is no longer amortized but is subject to annual impairment tests
in accordance with SFAS 141 and SFAS 142. In
accordance with SFAS 142 we recorded a goodwill impairment
charge of $1.241 billion during the three months ended
December 31, 2002 to write down the value of goodwill
associated with certain of our purchase transactions. We may
incur additional goodwill impairment charges in the future. In
addition, in connection with these acquisitions we incurred
deferred compensation charges generally related to the
assumption of stock options and restricted shares in the
aggregate
45
Acquisitions made entirely or partially for cash
may reduce our cash reserves. Alternatively, if we issue equity
in connection with an acquisition, as in the case of our recent
acquisitions, or convertible debt securities, the issuance may
be dilutive to our existing shareholders. In addition, the
equity or debt securities that we may issue could have rights,
preferences or privileges senior to those of our Class A or
Class B common stock. For example, as a consequence of the
prior pooling-of-interests rules, the securities issued in nine
of our prior acquisitions were shares of Class B common
stock, which have voting rights superior to our publicly traded
Class A common stock.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to
consummate any pending or future acquisitions or that we will
realize the benefits anticipated from these acquisitions. In the
future, we may not be able to find other suitable acquisition
opportunities that are available at attractive valuations, if at
all. Even if we do find suitable acquisition opportunities, we
may not be able to consummate the acquisitions on commercially
acceptable terms, as the recent decline in the price of our
Class A common stock may make it significantly more
difficult and expensive to initiate or consummate additional
acquisitions. Moreover, it may be difficult for us to
successfully integrate any acquired businesses, products,
technologies or personnel, which could materially and adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Because we depend on a few significant
customers for a substantial portion of our revenue, the loss of
a key customer could seriously impact our revenue and harm our
business. In addition, if we are unable to continue to sell
existing and new products to our key customers in significant
quantities or to attract new significant customers, our future
operating results could be adversely affected.
We have derived a substantial portion of our
revenue in the past from sales to a relatively small number of
customers. As a result, the loss of any significant customer
could materially and adversely affect our financial condition
and results of operations. Sales to Hewlett-Packard (including
sales to Compaq, which was acquired by Hewlett-Packard in May
2002), Motorola and Dell, including sales to their respective
manufacturing subcontractors, accounted for approximately 14.8%,
12.1%, and 11.3%, respectively, of our net revenue in 2002.
Sales to our five largest customers, including sales to their
respective manufacturing subcontractors, represented
approximately 52.3% of our net revenue in 2002 as compared with
54.9% of our net revenue in 2001. We expect that a small group
of key customers, the composition of which has varied over time,
will continue to account for a substantial portion of our
revenue in 2003 and in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, our
future operating results will continue to depend on the success
of our largest customers and on our ability to sell existing and
new products to these customers in significant quantities.
We may not be able to maintain or increase sales
to certain of our key customers for a variety of reasons,
including the following:
In addition, our longstanding relationships with
some of our larger customers may also deter other potential
customers who compete with these customers from buying our
products. To attract new customers or retain existing customers,
we may offer certain customers favorable prices on our products.
If these prices are lower than
46
We are subject to order and shipment
uncertainties, and any significant order cancellations or
deferrals could adversely affect our business.
We typically sell products pursuant to purchase
orders that customers can generally cancel or defer on short
notice without incurring a significant penalty. Any significant
cancellations or deferrals in the future could materially and
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operations. In addition, cancellations or deferrals of
product orders, the return of previously sold products or the
overproduction of products due to the failure of anticipated
orders to materialize could cause us to hold excess or obsolete
inventory, which could reduce our profit margins, increase
product obsolescence and restrict our ability to fund our
operations. Furthermore, we generally recognize revenue upon
shipment of products to a customer. If a customer refuses to
accept shipped products or does not timely pay for these
products, we could incur significant charges against our income.
We face intense competition in the
semiconductor industry and the broadband communications markets,
which could reduce our market share in existing markets and
affect our entry into new markets.
The semiconductor industry and the broadband
communications markets are intensely competitive. We expect
competition to continue to increase as industry standards become
well known and as other competitors enter our target markets. We
currently compete with a number of major domestic and
international suppliers of integrated circuits and related
applications in the markets for digital cable and satellite
set-top boxes; cable and DSL modems and residential gateways;
high-speed transmission and switching for local, metropolitan,
wide area and storage networking; home and wireless networking;
cellular and terrestrial wireless communications; VoIP gateway
and telephony systems; broadband network processors; and
SystemI/O server solutions. We also compete with suppliers of
system-level and motherboard-level solutions incorporating
integrated circuits that are proprietary or sourced from
manufacturers other than Broadcom. This competition has resulted
and may continue to result in declining average selling prices
for some of our products. In all of our target markets, we also
may face competition from newly established competitors,
suppliers of products based on new or emerging technologies, and
customers who choose to develop their own silicon solutions. We
also expect to encounter further consolidation in the markets in
which we compete.
Many of our competitors operate their own
fabrication facilities and have longer operating histories and
presence in key markets, greater name recognition, larger
customer bases, and significantly greater financial, sales and
marketing, manufacturing, distribution, technical and other
resources than we do. These competitors may be able to adapt
more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in
customer requirements. They may also be able to devote greater
resources to the promotion and sale of their products. In
addition, current and potential competitors have established or
may establish financial or strategic relationships among
themselves or with existing or potential customers, resellers or
other third parties. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances
among competitors could emerge and rapidly acquire significant
market share. Existing or new competitors may also develop
technologies that more effectively address our markets with
products that offer enhanced features and functionality, lower
power requirements, greater levels of integration or lower cost.
Increased competition has in the past and is likely to continue
to result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of
market share in certain markets. In some of our businesses, we
are dependent on competitors for information for the timely
development of next-generation products. We cannot assure you
that we will be able to continue to compete successfully or that
competitive pressures will not materially and adversely affect
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We must keep pace with rapid technological
changes and evolving industry standards in the semiconductor
industry and broadband communications markets to remain
competitive.
Our future success will depend on our ability to
anticipate and adapt to changes in technology and industry
standards and our customers changing demands. We sell
products in markets which are characterized by rapidly
47
If we are unable to develop and introduce new
products successfully and in a cost-effective and timely manner
or to achieve market acceptance of our new products, our
operating results would be adversely affected.
Our future success is dependent upon our ability
to develop new silicon solutions for existing and new markets,
introduce these products in a cost-effective and timely manner
and convince leading equipment manufacturers to select these
products for design into their own new products. Our historical
quarterly results have been, and we expect that our future
results will continue to be, dependent on the introduction of a
relatively small number of new products and the timely
completion and delivery of those products to customers. The
development of new silicon devices is highly complex, and from
time to time we have experienced delays in completing the
development and introduction of new products and lower than
anticipated manufacturing yields in the early production of such
products. Our ability to develop and deliver new products
successfully will depend on various factors, including our
ability to:
In some of our businesses, our ability to develop
and deliver next-generation products successfully depends in
part on access to information from companies that are
competitors. If we are not able to develop and introduce new
products successfully and in a cost-effective and timely manner,
we will be unable to attract new customers or retain our
existing customers as these customers may transition to other
companies that can meet their product development needs and our
business, financial condition and results of operations would be
materially and adversely affected.
48
We will have difficulty selling our products
if customers do not design our products into their product
offerings or if our customers product offerings are not
commercially successful.
Our products are generally incorporated into our
customers products at the design stage. As a result, we
rely on equipment manufacturers to select our products to be
designed into their products. Without these design
wins, it becomes difficult to sell our products. We often
incur significant expenditures on the development of a new
product without any assurance that an equipment manufacturer
will select our product for design into its own product.
Additionally, in some instances, we are dependent on third
parties to obtain or provide information that we need to achieve
a design win. Some of these third parties may be competitors or
may be involved in litigation with us. Once an equipment
manufacturer designs a competitors product into its
product offering, it becomes significantly more difficult for us
to sell our products to that customer because changing suppliers
involves significant cost, time, effort and risk for the
customer. Furthermore, even if an equipment manufacturer designs
one of our products into its product offering, we cannot be
assured that its product will be successful or that we will
receive any revenue from such product. Sales of our products
largely depend on the commercial success of our customers
products. Our customers are typically not obligated to purchase
our products and can choose at any time to stop using our
products if their own products are not commercially successful
or for any other reason. We cannot assure you that we will
continue to achieve design wins or that our customers
equipment that incorporates our products will ever be
commercially successful.
Our products typically have lengthy sales
cycles. A customer may decide to cancel or change its product
plans, which could cause us to lose anticipated sales. In
addition, our average product life cycles tend to be short and,
as a result, we may hold excess or obsolete inventory that could
adversely affect our operating results.
After we have developed and delivered a product
to a customer, the customer will usually test and evaluate our
product prior to designing its own equipment to incorporate our
product. Our customers may need three to six months or longer to
test, evaluate and adopt our product and an additional three to
nine months or more to begin volume production of equipment that
incorporates our product. Moreover, in light of the prolonged
economic slowdown in the semiconductor industry, it may take
significantly longer than three to nine months before customers
commence volume production of equipment incorporating some of
our products. Due to this lengthy sales cycle, we may experience
significant delays from the time we increase our operating
expenses and make investments in inventory until the time that
we generate revenue from these products. It is possible that we
may never generate any revenue from these products after
incurring such expenditures. Even if a customer selects our
product to incorporate into its equipment, we have no assurances
that the customer will ultimately market and sell its equipment
or that such efforts by our customer will be successful. The
delays inherent in our lengthy sales cycle increase the risk
that a customer will decide to cancel or change its product
plans. Such a cancellation or change in plans by a customer
could cause us to lose sales that we had anticipated. In
addition, our business, financial condition and results of
operations could be materially and adversely affected if a
significant customer curtails, reduces or delays orders during
our sales cycle or chooses not to release equipment that
contains our products.
While our sales cycles are typically long, our
average product life cycles tend to be short as a result of the
rapidly changing technology environment in which we operate. As
a result, the resources devoted to product sales and marketing
may not generate material revenue for us, and from time to time,
we may need to write off excess and obsolete inventory. If we
incur significant marketing expenses and investments in
inventory in the future that we are not able to recover, and we
are not able to compensate for those expenses, our operating
results could be adversely affected. In addition, if we sell our
products at reduced prices in anticipation of cost reductions
but still hold higher cost products in inventory, our operating
results would be harmed.
Our future success depends in significant part
on strategic relationships with certain customers. If we cannot
maintain these relationships or if these customers develop their
own solutions or adopt a competitors solutions instead of
buying our products, our operating results would be adversely
affected.
In the past, we have relied in significant part
on our strategic relationships with customers that are
technology leaders in our target markets. We intend to pursue
and continue to form these strategic relationships but we cannot
assure you that we will be able to do so. These relationships
often require us to develop new products that may involve
significant technological challenges. Our partners frequently
place considerable pressure
49
The complexity of our products could result in
unforeseen delays or expenses and in undetected defects or bugs,
which could adversely affect the market acceptance of new
products and damage our reputation with current or prospective
customers.
Highly complex products such as the products that
we offer frequently contain defects and bugs when they are first
introduced or as new versions are released. We have in the past
experienced, and may in the future experience, these defects and
bugs. If any of our products contains defects or bugs, or have
reliability, quality or compatibility problems, our reputation
may be damaged and customers may be reluctant to buy our
products, which could materially and adversely affect our
ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers.
In addition, these defects or bugs could interrupt or delay
sales to our customers. To alleviate these problems, we may have
to invest significant capital and other resources. Although our
products are tested by our suppliers, our customers and
ourselves, it is possible that our new products will contain
defects or bugs. If any of these problems are not found until
after we have commenced commercial production of a new product,
we may be required to incur additional development costs and
product recall, repair or replacement costs. These problems may
also result in claims against us by our customers or others. In
addition, these problems may divert our technical and other
resources from other development efforts. Moreover, we would
likely lose, or experience a delay in, market acceptance of the
affected product or products, and we could lose credibility with
our current and prospective customers.
We depend on five independent foundry
subcontractors to manufacture substantially all of our current
products, and any failure to secure and maintain sufficient
foundry capacity could materially and adversely affect our
business.
We do not own or operate a fabrication facility.
Five outside foundry subcontractors located in Asia manufacture
substantially all of our semiconductor devices in current
production. In September 1999 two of the foundries
principal facilities were affected by a significant earthquake
in Taiwan. As a consequence of this earthquake, they suffered
power outages and equipment damage that impaired their wafer
deliveries which, together with strong demand, resulted in wafer
shortages and higher wafer pricing industrywide. If any of our
foundries suffers any damage to its facilities, experiences
power outages, encounters financial difficulties or any other
disruption of foundry capacity, we would need to qualify an
alternative foundry in a timely manner. Even our current
foundries need to have new manufacturing processes requalified
if there is a disruption in an existing process. We typically
require several months to qualify a new foundry or process
before we can begin shipping products from it. If we cannot
accomplish this qualification in a timely manner, we may still
experience a significant interruption in supply of the affected
products.
Because we rely on outside foundries with limited
capacity, we face several significant risks, including:
In addition, the manufacture of integrated
circuits is a highly complex and technologically demanding
process. Although we work closely with our foundries to minimize
the likelihood of reduced manufacturing yields, our foundries
have from time to time experienced lower than anticipated
manufacturing yields. This often occurs during the production of
new products or the installation and start-up of new process
technologies.
50
The ability of each foundry to provide us with
semiconductor devices is limited by its available capacity and
existing obligations. Although we have entered into contractual
commitments to supply specified levels of products to some of
our customers, we do not have a long-term volume purchase
agreement or a guaranteed level of production capacity with any
of our foundries. Foundry capacity may not be available when we
need it or at reasonable prices. Availability of foundry
capacity has in the recent past been reduced from time to time
due to strong demand. We place our orders on the basis of our
customers purchase orders, and the foundries can allocate
capacity to the production of other companies products and
reduce deliveries to us on short notice. It is possible that
foundry customers that are larger and better financed than we
are, or that have long-term agreements with our main foundries,
may induce our foundries to reallocate capacity to them. This
reallocation could impair our ability to secure the supply of
components that we need. Although we primarily use five
independent foundries, most of our components are not
manufactured at more than one foundry at any given time, and our
products typically are designed to be manufactured on a specific
process at only one of these foundries. Accordingly, if one of
our foundries is unable to provide us with components as needed,
we could experience significant delays in securing sufficient
supplies of those components. We cannot assure you that any of
our existing or new foundries will be able to produce integrated
circuits with acceptable manufacturing yields, or that our
foundries will be able to deliver enough semiconductor devices
to us on a timely basis, or at reasonable prices, which could
impair our ability to meet our customers needs and have a
material adverse effect on our operating results.
Some of our acquired companies have established
relationships with foundries other than our five main foundries,
and we are currently using these other foundries to produce the
initial products of these acquired companies. We may utilize
such foundries for other products in the future. In using new
foundries, we will be subject to all of the same risks described
in the foregoing paragraphs with respect to our current
foundries.
We may experience difficulties in
transitioning to smaller geometry process technologies or in
achieving higher levels of design integration, which may result
in reduced manufacturing yields, delays in product deliveries
and increased expenses.
In order to remain competitive, we expect to
continue to transition our semiconductor products to
increasingly smaller line width geometries. This transition
requires us to modify the manufacturing processes for our
products and to redesign some products. We periodically evaluate
the benefits, on a product-by-product basis, of migrating to
smaller geometry process technologies to reduce our costs, and
we have designed most of our products to be manufactured in
.35 micron, .22 micron, .18 micron and
.13 micron geometry processes. In the past, we have
experienced some difficulties in shifting to smaller geometry
process technologies or new manufacturing processes, which
resulted in reduced manufacturing yields, delays in product
deliveries and increased expenses. We may face similar
difficulties, delays and expenses as we continue to transition
our products to smaller geometry processes. We are dependent on
our relationships with our foundries to transition to smaller
geometry processes successfully. We cannot assure you that our
foundries will be able to effectively manage the transition or
that we will be able to maintain our foundry relationships. If
our foundries or we experience significant delays in this
transition or fail to efficiently implement this transition, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially and adversely affected. As smaller geometry processes
become more prevalent, we expect to continue to integrate
greater levels of functionality, as well as customer and third
party intellectual property, into our products. However, we may
not be able to achieve higher levels of design integration or
deliver new integrated products on a timely basis, or at all.
Third party claims of infringement or other
claims against us could adversely affect our ability to market
our products, require us to redesign our products or seek
licenses from third parties, and seriously harm our operating
results.
Companies in the semiconductor and broadband
communities industries often aggressively protect and pursue
their intellectual property rights. From time to time, we have
received, and may continue to receive in the future, notices
that claim we have infringed upon, misappropriated or misused
other parties proprietary rights. Moreover, in the past we
have been engaged, and currently we are engaged in litigation
with parties who claim that we have infringed their patents or
misappropriated or misused their trade secrets. Although we are
defending
51
As our international business expands, our
business, financial condition and operating results could be
adversely affected as a result of legal, business, political and
economic risks specific to our international
operations.
We currently obtain substantially all of our
manufacturing, assembly and testing services from suppliers
located outside the United States. In addition, approximately
25.1% of our net revenue for the fiscal year 2002 was derived
from sales to independent customers outside the United States.
We also frequently ship products to our domestic customers
international manufacturing divisions and subcontractors. In
1999 we established an international distribution center that
includes an engineering design center in Singapore. We also
undertake design and development activities in Canada, Belgium,
the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, India, Israel, Taiwan and
China. We intend to continue to expand our international
business activities and to open other design and operational
centers abroad. The war in Iraq, recent terrorist attacks in the
United States and abroad, the resulting heightened security and
the increasing risk of extended international military conflicts
may adversely impact our international sales and could make our
international operations more expensive. International
operations are subject to many inherent risks, including but not
limited to:
52
We cannot assure you that the factors described
above will not have a material adverse effect on our ability to
increase or maintain our foreign sales.
We currently operate under tax holidays in
certain foreign jurisdictions. However, we cannot assure you
that we will continue to enjoy such tax holidays or realize any
net tax benefits from such tax holidays.
Moreover, the seasonality of international sales
and economic conditions in our primary overseas markets may
negatively impact the demand for our products abroad. All of our
international sales to date have been denominated in
U.S. dollars. Accordingly, an increase in the value of the
U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could make our
products less competitive in international markets or require us
to assume the risk of denominating certain sales in foreign
currencies. We anticipate that these factors will impact our
business to a greater degree as we further expand our
international business activities.
We may not be able to adequately protect or
enforce our intellectual property rights, which could harm our
competitive position.
Our success and future revenue growth will
depend, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual
property. We primarily rely on patent, copyright, trademark and
trade secret laws, as well as nondisclosure agreements and other
methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and processes.
Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technologies and
processes, it is possible that competitors or other parties may
obtain, use or disclose our technologies and processes. We have
received 301 U.S. patents and have filed over 1,600
additional U.S. patent applications. We cannot assure you
that any additional patents will be issued. Even if a new patent
is issued, the claims allowed may not be sufficiently broad to
protect our technology. In addition, any of our existing or
future patents may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented.
As such, any rights granted under these patents may not provide
us with meaningful protection. If our patents do not adequately
protect our technology, our competitors may be able to offer
products similar to ours. We may not have foreign patents or
pending applications corresponding to our U.S. patents and
applications. Even if foreign patents are granted, effective
enforcement in foreign countries may not be available. Our
competitors may also be able to develop similar technology
independently or design around our patents. Moreover, because we
have participated in developing various industry standards, we
may be required to license some of our patents to others,
including competitors, who develop products based on the adopted
standards.
We generally enter into confidentiality
agreements with our employees, consultants and strategic
partners. We also try to control access to and distribution of
our technologies, documentation and other proprietary
information. Despite these efforts, parties may attempt to copy,
disclose, obtain or use our products, services or technology
without our authorization. As a result, our technologies and
processes may be misappropriated, particularly in foreign
countries where laws may not protect our proprietary rights as
fully as in the United States.
In addition, some of our customers have entered
into agreements with us that grant them the right to use our
proprietary technology if we ever fail to fulfill our
obligations, including product supply obligations, under those
agreements, and if we do not correct the failure within a
specified time period. Moreover, we often incorporate the
intellectual property of strategic customers into our own
designs, and have certain obligations not to use or disclose
their intellectual property without their authorization.
We cannot assure you that our efforts to prevent
the misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual
property or the intellectual property of our customers will
succeed. We are currently engaged in litigation, and we may have
to engage in additional litigation in the future, to enforce or
defend our intellectual property rights, protect our trade
secrets or determine the validity and scope of the proprietary
rights of others, including our customers. This litigation has
in the past been and will likely continue to be very expensive
and time consuming. Additionally, any litigation can divert
managements attention from the operation of the business,
which could negatively impact our operations.
53
The loss of any of the third-party
subcontractors that assemble and test substantially all of our
current products could disrupt our shipments, harm our customer
relationships and adversely affect our net sales.
We do not own or operate an assembly or test
facility. Six third-party subcontractors located in Asia
assemble and test substantially all of our current products.
Because we rely on third-party subcontractors to assemble and
test our products, we cannot directly control our product
delivery schedules and quality assurance and control. This lack
of control has in the past resulted, and could in the future
result, in product shortages or quality assurance problems that
could increase our manufacturing, assembly or testing costs. We
do not have long-term agreements with any of these
subcontractors and typically procure services from these
suppliers on a per order basis. If any of these subcontractors
experiences capacity constraints or financial difficulties,
suffers any damage to its facilities, experiences power outages
or any other disruption of assembly or testing capacity, we may
not be able to obtain alternative assembly and testing services
in a timely manner. Due to the amount of time that it usually
takes us to qualify assemblers and testers, we could experience
significant delays in product shipments if we are required to
find alternative assemblers or testers for our components. Any
problems that we may encounter with the delivery, quality or
cost of our products could materially and adversely affect our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are continuing to develop relationships with
additional third-party subcontractors to assemble and test our
products. Even if we use these new subcontractors, we will
continue to be subject to all of the same risks described in the
foregoing paragraph.
Our recently implemented restructuring plan
could result in management distractions, operational disruptions
and other difficulties and could impair our ability to respond
rapidly to growth opportunities.
As a result of the continuing significant
economic slowdown and the related uncertainties in the
semiconductor industry, we implemented a new restructuring plan
in the fourth quarter of 2002. The plan focuses on cost
reductions and operating efficiencies, and included workforce
reductions. Employees directly affected by the reductions may
seek future employment with our business partners, customers or
competitors. Although all employees are required to sign a
confidentiality agreement with us at the time of hire, we cannot
assure you that the confidential nature of our proprietary
information will be maintained in the course of such future
employment. Furthermore, our restructuring efforts could divert
the attention of our management away from our operations, harm
our reputation and increase our expenses. We cannot assure you
that our restructuring efforts will be successful, that future
operations will improve or that the completion of the
restructuring will not disrupt our operations. A large portion
of our operating expenses, including rent, salaries and capital
lease expenditures, are fixed and difficult to reduce or change.
Accordingly, if our revenue does not meet our expectations, we
may not be able to adjust our expenses quickly enough to
compensate for the shortfall in revenue and additional
restructuring of our operations may be required in the future.
If we continue to reduce our workforce, it may adversely impact
our ability to respond rapidly to any renewed growth
opportunities.
We may seek to raise additional capital
through the issuance of additional equity or debt securities or
by borrowing money, but additional funds may not be available on
terms acceptable to us, or at all.
We believe that our existing cash, cash
equivalents and investments will be sufficient to meet our
working capital needs, capital expenditures, investment
requirements and commitments for at least the next
12 months. However, it is possible that we may need to
raise additional funds to finance our activities beyond the next
year or to consummate acquisitions of other businesses, products
or technologies. We believe we could raise these funds by
selling more equity or debt securities to the public or to
selected investors, or by borrowing money. In addition, even
though we may not need additional funds, we may still elect to
sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain credit
facilities for other reasons. However, we may not be able to
obtain additional funds on favorable terms, or at all. If
adequate funds are not available, we may be required to curtail
our operations significantly or to obtain funds through
arrangements with strategic partners or others that may require
us to relinquish rights to certain technologies or potential
markets. If we raise additional funds by issuing additional
equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership percentages
of existing shareholders would be reduced. In addition, the
equity or debt securities that we issue may have rights,
preferences or privileges senior to those of our Class A or
Class B common stock.
54
Our California facilities and the facilities
of three of the five primary independent foundries upon which we
rely to manufacture substantially all of our current products
are located in regions that are subject to earthquakes and other
natural disasters.
Our California facilities, including our
principal executive offices, are located near major earthquake
fault lines. If there is a major earthquake or any other natural
disaster in a region where one of our facilities is located, it
could significantly disrupt our operations. In addition, two of
the five outside foundries upon which we rely to manufacture
substantially all of our semiconductor devices, are located in
Taiwan and one such outside foundry is located in Japan. Both
Taiwan and Japan have experienced significant earthquakes in the
past and could be subject to additional earthquakes. Any
earthquake or other natural disaster in Taiwan or Japan could
materially disrupt our foundries production capabilities
and could result in our experiencing a significant delay in
delivery, or substantial shortage, of wafers and possibly in
higher wafer prices.
Changes in current or future laws or
regulations or the imposition of new laws or regulations by the
FCC, other federal or state agencies or foreign governments
could impede the sale of our products or otherwise harm our
business.
The Federal Communications Commission has broad
jurisdiction over each of our target markets. Although current
FCC regulations and the laws and regulations of other federal or
state agencies are not directly applicable to our products, they
do apply to much of the equipment into which our products are
incorporated. As a result, the effects of regulation on our
customers or the industries in which they operate may, in turn,
materially and adversely impact our business, financial
condition and results of operations. FCC regulatory policies
that affect the ability of cable operators or telephone
companies to offer certain services or other aspects of their
business may impede the sale of our products. For example, in
the past we have experienced delays when products incorporating
our chips failed to comply with FCC emissions specifications. We
and our customers may also be subject to regulation by countries
other than the United States. Foreign governments may impose
tariffs, duties and other import restrictions on components that
we obtain from non-domestic suppliers and may impose export
restrictions on products that we sell internationally. These
tariffs, duties or restrictions could materially and adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations. Changes in current laws or regulations or the
imposition of new laws and regulations in the United States or
elsewhere could also materially and adversely affect our
business.
Our stock price is highly volatile.
Accordingly, you may not be able to resell your shares of common
stock at or above the price you paid for them.
The market price of our Class A common stock
has fluctuated substantially in the past and is likely to
continue to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations.
Since August 1, 2001 our Class A common stock has
traded at prices as low as $9.52 and as high as $53.35 per
share. These fluctuations have occurred and may continue to
occur in response to various factors, many of which we cannot
control, including:
55
In addition, the market prices of securities of
Internet-related, semiconductor and other high technology
companies have been especially volatile. This volatility has
significantly affected the market prices of securities of many
technology companies for reasons frequently unrelated to the
operating performance of the specific companies. Accordingly,
you may not be able to resell your shares of common stock at or
above the price you paid. In the past, companies that have
experienced volatility in the market price of their securities
have been the subject of securities class action litigation, and
as noted in Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements in Part IV, Item 15, we have recently been
sued in several purported securities class action lawsuits,
which have been consolidated into a single action. We and our
directors and officers have also been sued in purported
shareholder derivative actions and other securities litigation.
Although we believe that those lawsuits are without merit, an
adverse determination could have a very significant effect on
our business and results of operations, and could materially
affect the price of our stock. Moreover, regardless of the
ultimate result, it is likely that the lawsuits will divert
managements attention and resources from other matters,
which could also adversely affect the price of our stock.
Various export licensing requirements could
materially and adversely affect our business or require us to
significantly modify our current business practices.
Various government export regulations apply to
the encryption or other features contained in some of our
products. We have applied for and received a number of export
licenses and have made a number of other required filings under
these export regulations. However, in connection with the
implementation of our comprehensive export compliance program,
we discovered that we had inadvertently failed to file certain
export applications and notices. We recently made the required
filings and certain related disclosures to the appropriate
government regulators. We have obtained permission to continue
exporting the affected products; however, we may be subject to
fines or other penalties because some of the filings were not
made in a timely manner.
Some of our directors, executive officers and
their affiliates can control the outcome of matters that require
the approval of our shareholders, and accordingly we will not be
able to engage in certain transactions without their
approval.
As of December 31, 2002 our directors and
executive officers beneficially owned approximately 24.3% of our
outstanding common stock and 70.6% of the total voting power
held by our shareholders. In particular, as of December 31,
2002 our two founders, Dr. Henry T. Nicholas, III and
Dr. Henry Samueli, beneficially owned a total of
approximately 22.9% of our outstanding common stock and 68.8% of
the total voting power held by our shareholders. Accordingly,
these shareholders currently have enough voting power to control
the outcome of matters that require the approval of our
shareholders. These matters include the election of our Board of
Directors, the issuance of additional shares of Class B
common stock and the approval of most significant corporate
transactions, including a merger, consolidation or sale of
substantially all of our assets. As of March 31, 2003
Dr. Nicholas and Dr. Samueli also hold two of the six seats
on our Board of Directors and serve as Co-Chairmen of the Board,
although Dr. Nicholas has stated he will not stand for
re-election to the Board at our 2003 Annual Meeting. In addition
to serving as a director, Dr. Samueli serves as our Chief
Technical Officer. Because of their significant voting stock
ownership, we will not be able to engage in certain transactions
without the approval of these two shareholders. These
transactions include proxy contests, mergers, tender offers,
open market purchase programs or other purchases of our
Class A common stock that could give our shareholders the
opportunity to receive a higher price for their shares than the
prevailing market price at the time of such purchases.
Our articles of incorporation and bylaws
contain anti-takeover provisions that could prevent or
discourage a third party from acquiring us.
Our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain
provisions that may prevent or discourage a third party from
acquiring us, even if the acquisition would be beneficial to our
shareholders. In addition, we have in the past issued and may in
the future issue shares of Class B common stock in
connection with certain acquisitions, upon exercise of certain
stock options, and for other purposes. Class B shares have
superior voting rights entitling the holder to ten votes for
each share held on matters that we submit to a shareholder vote
(as compared with one vote per share in the case of our
Class A common stock). Our Board of Directors also has the
authority to fix the rights and preferences of shares of our
preferred stock and to issue such shares without a shareholder
vote. It is possible that the provisions in our charter
documents, the exercise of supervoting rights by holders of our
56
Table of Contents
Payment Obligations by Year (In thousands)
There-
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
after
Total
$
90,000
$
$
$
$
$
$
90,000
17,600
17,600
4,658
1,212
5,870
14,314
14,314
70,922
77,479
56,341
25,900
24,506
67,678
322,826
19,288
12,162
7,120
5,095
4,301
7,725
55,691
1,555
1,555
$
218,337
$
90,853
$
63,461
$
30,995
$
28,807
$
75,403
$
507,856
Table of Contents
the overall levels of sales of our products and
gross profit margins;
our business, product, capital expenditure and
research and development plans, and product and technology
roadmaps;
the market acceptance of our products;
the levels of promotion and advertising that will
be required to launch our new products and achieve and maintain
a competitive position in the marketplace;
volume price discounts;
the levels of inventory and accounts receivable
that we maintain;
capital improvements to new and existing
facilities;
technological advances;
our competitors responses to our products;
our relationships with suppliers and customers;
litigation expenses and judgments;
expenses related to our restructuring plans;
the effectiveness of our expense and product cost
control and reduction efforts; and
general economic conditions and specific
conditions in the semiconductor industry and the broadband
communications markets, including the effects of the current
international conflict and the general economic slowdown and
related uncertainties.
Table of Contents
economic and market conditions in the
semiconductor industry and in particular, the broadband
communications markets, including the effects of the current
significant economic slowdown;
Table of Contents
international conflicts and acts of terrorism,
the possibility of an extended war in Iraq or elsewhere and the
impact of adverse economic, market and political conditions
worldwide;
the timing, rescheduling or cancellation of
significant customer orders and the ability of our customers to
manage their inventories;
the gain or loss of a key customer, design win or
order;
changes in our product or customer mix;
the volume of our product sales and pricing
concessions on volume sales;
the qualification, availability and pricing of
competing products and technologies and the resulting effects on
sales and pricing of our products;
the effectiveness of our expense and product cost
control and reduction efforts;
our ability to specify, develop or acquire,
complete, introduce, market and transition to volume production
new products and technologies in a timely manner;
the rate at which our present and future
customers and end users adopt our technologies and products in
our target markets;
our ability to retain, recruit and hire key
executives, technical personnel and other employees in the
positions and numbers, with the experience and capabilities and
at the compensation levels that we need to implement our
business and product plans;
fluctuations in the manufacturing yields of our
third party semiconductor foundries and other problems or delays
in the fabrication, assembly, testing or delivery of our
products; and
our ability to reduce costs and increase
efficiencies through the ongoing restructuring plan that we
implemented in the fourth quarter of 2002.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
most of our customers can stop incorporating our
products into their own products with limited notice to us and
suffer little or no penalty;
our agreements with our customers typically do
not require them to purchase a minimum quantity of our products;
many of our customers have pre-existing
relationships with our current or potential competitors that may
affect their decisions to purchase our products;
our customers face intense competition from other
manufacturers that do not use our products; and
some of our customers offer or may offer products
that compete with our products.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
accurately predict market requirements and
evolving industry standards;
accurately define new products;
timely complete and introduce new product designs;
timely qualify and obtain industry
interoperability certification of our products and the products
of our customers into which our products will be incorporated;
obtain sufficient foundry capacity;
achieve high manufacturing yields;
shift our products to smaller geometry process
technologies to achieve lower cost and higher levels of design
integration; and
gain market acceptance of our products and our
customers products.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
a lack of ensured wafer supply and potential
wafer shortages and higher wafer prices;
limited control over delivery schedules, quality
assurance and control, manufacturing yields and production
costs; and
the unavailability of or potential delays in
obtaining access to key process technologies.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
acts of war, terrorism and international
conflicts;
political, social and economic instability;
exposure to different legal standards,
particularly with respect to intellectual property;
nationalization of business and blocking of cash
flows;
trade restrictions;
the imposition of governmental controls and
restrictions;
burdens of complying with a variety of foreign
laws
import and export license requirements and
restrictions of the United States and each other country in
which we operate;
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
foreign technical standards;
changes in tariffs;
difficulties in staffing and managing
international operations;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
Table of Contents
difficulties in collecting receivables from
foreign entities; and
potentially adverse tax consequences.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
quarter-to-quarter variations in our operating
results;
announcements of changes in our senior management;
announcements of technological innovations or new
products by our competitors, customers or us;
general economic and political conditions and
specific conditions in semiconductor industry and the broadband
communications markets;
international conflicts, including the
possibility of an extended war in Iraq and elsewhere, and acts
of terrorism;
changes in earnings estimates or investment
recommendations by analysts;
changes in investor perceptions;
changes in accounting rules; or
changes in expectations relating to our products,
plans and strategic position or those of our competitors or
customers.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Item 7A. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk |
We maintain an investment portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities. We do not use derivative financial instruments. We place our cash investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment policy guidelines. These guidelines also limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issue, issuer or type of instrument.
Our cash and cash equivalents are not subject to significant interest rate risk due to the short maturities of these instruments. As of December 31, 2002 the carrying value of our cash and cash equivalents approximated fair value.
Our marketable debt securities, consisting of commercial paper, corporate bonds, corporate notes and federal, state, county and municipal governmental bonds, are generally classified as held-to-maturity and are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and discounts to maturity. Our investment policy for held-to-maturity investments requires that all investments mature in three years or less, with a weighted average maturity of no longer than one year. As of December 31, 2002 the carrying and fair values of these investments were $61.1 million and $61.4 million, respectively. These investments are sensitive to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2002, marketable debt securities with a carrying value of $92.3 million were pledged as collateral for a bank credit facility.
Our strategic equity investments are generally classified as available-for-sale and are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Included in our portfolio are equity investments in three publicly traded companies. In 2002 we recorded a net gain of approximately $4.1 million primarily due to the sale of one of these investments. In 2001 we recorded losses of $22.0 million representing other-than-temporary declines in the values of our investments in publicly traded companies. As of December 31, 2002 the carrying and fair value of these publicly held investments was $0.6 million. We have also invested in several privately held companies, many of which can still be considered to be in the start-up or development stage, or in funds that invest in such companies. We make investments in key business partners and other industry participants to establish important strategic relationships, expand existing relationships and achieve a return on our investment. These investments are inherently risky, as the markets for the technologies or products these companies have under development are typically in the early stages and may never materialize. As such, we could lose our entire investment in these companies. We recorded losses of $37.3 million and $10.7 million for 2002 and 2001, respectively, related to these privately held investments. As of December 31, 2002 the carrying and fair value of these investments was $6.3 million.
As of December 31, 2002 our short-term debt consisted of a financing arrangement for a bank credit facility of up to $90.0 million, a stipulated judgment payable to a customer in the amount of $17.6 million, and capital leases and other obligations in the amount of $5.9 million. With respect to the credit facility, we may periodically choose the rate at which the credit facility bears interest at either (a) the higher of (i) 0.5% plus the Federal Reserve rate and (ii) the Bank of America prime rate or (b) LIBOR plus .75% (selected in one, two or three month periods). Interest is payable at either the selected interest period or quarterly. At December 31, 2002, $90.0 million was outstanding under the credit facility and the interest rate was 2.15%. A minimum of $90.0 million in marketable securities is required to secure the credit facility and the carrying value of these restricted marketable securities at December 31, 2002 was $92.3 million. The credit facility is due and payable December 23, 2003 and may be paid earlier without premium or penalty.
The remaining balance of the stipulated judgment will be paid in four installments, with the final installment due in November 2003, plus interest on the unpaid principal balance remaining from time to time outstanding at a rate of approximately 2.78% per annum. See Legal Proceedings in Part I, Item 3 of this Report and Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
57
Our long-term debt consists of capital leases and other obligations. These obligations are payable in varying monthly installments at a weighted average rate of 5.31% per annum through 2004.
The fair value of our debt and marketable debt securities fluctuates based on changes in interest rates; however, given the short-term maturities of the bank credit facility and the stipulated judgment, we do not believe these instruments are subject to significant interest rate risk.
The carrying amount, principal maturity and
estimated fair value of our marketable debt securities and
long-term debt exposure as of December 31, 2002 and 2001,
respectively, were as follows:
Carrying
Maturity
Fair
Amount
Value
12/31/02
2003
2004
2005
Thereafter
12/31/02
(In thousands, except interest rates)
$
5,531
$
5,531
$
$
$
$
5,531
1.38
%
1.38
%
$
61,098
$
56,031
$
5,067
$
$
$
61,419
4.54
%
4.71
%
2.71
%
$
92,254
$
57,117
$
29,384
$
5,753
$
$
93,415
3.47
%
3.99
%
2.53
%
3.05
%
$
5,870
$
4,658
$
1,212
$
$
$
5,870
5.31
%
4.66
%
7.80
%
Carrying
Maturity
Fair
Amount
Value
12/31/01
2002
2003
2004
Thereafter
12/31/01
(In thousands, except interest rates)
$
37,230
$
37,230
$
$
$
$
37,225
2.34
%
2.34
%
$
245,795
$
136,028
$
101,167
$
8,600
$
$
249,033
4.30
%
4.00
%
4.36
%
0.31
%
$
6,995
$
2,989
$
2,794
$
1,212
$
$
6,995
7.86
%
8.04
%
7.68
%
7.80
%
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The financial statements and supplementary data required by this item are included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Report.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Not applicable.
PART III.
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
(a) Identification of Directors. The information under the caption Election of Directors, appearing in the Proxy Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.
58
(b) Identification of Executive Officers and Key Employees. The information under the caption Executive Officers and Key Employees, appearing in the Proxy Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.
(c) Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act. The information under the caption Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance, appearing in the Proxy Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information under the caption Executive Compensation and Other Information, appearing in the Proxy Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
The information under the captions Ownership of Securities and Equity Compensation Plan Information, appearing in the Proxy Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
The information under the heading Certain Transactions, appearing in the Proxy Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SECs rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.
Within 90 days prior to the date of this Report, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
There have been no significant changes in our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect the internal controls subsequent to the date we completed our evaluation.
59
PART IV.
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K
(a) 1. Financial Statements.
The following consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto, of Broadcom and the Report of Independent Auditors are filed as part of this Form 10-K:
Page | ||||
|
||||
Report of Independent Auditors
|
F-1 | |||
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
December 31, 2002 and 2001
|
F-2 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
|
F-3 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders
Equity for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
|
F-4 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
|
F-5 | |||
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
F-6 |
2. Financial Statement Schedules.
The following financial statement schedule of Broadcom and the related Report of Independent Auditors are filed as part of this Form 10-K:
Page | ||||
|
||||
Report of Independent Auditors on Financial
Statement Schedule
|
S-1 | |||
Schedule II Consolidated
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
S-2 |
All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.
3. Exhibits.
The exhibits listed on the accompanying index to exhibits immediately following the financial statements are filed as part of, or hereby incorporated by reference into, this Form 10-K.
(b) Reports on Form 8-K.
We filed the following current reports on Form 8-K during the quarter ended December 31, 2002:
Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2002 reporting our third quarter earnings (Item 5).
Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2002 containing certifications pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 from our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer on our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2002 (Item 9).
Form 8-K filed on December 26, 2002 reporting our purchase of a patent portfolio from UNOVA, Inc. (Item 9).
60
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Board of Directors and Shareholders
We have audited the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets of Broadcom Corporation as of December 31,
2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, shareholders equity, and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with
auditing standards generally accepted in the United States.
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
consolidated financial position of Broadcom Corporation at
December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the consolidated results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated
financial statements, effective January 1, 2002, the
Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
Orange County, California
F-1
Broadcom Corporation
January 23, 2003,
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
2002
2001
$
389,555
$
403,758
56,031
136,028
57,117
128,215
65,298
46,036
22,267
13,651
44,830
40,840
721,784
681,842
177,557
157,336
5,067
109,767
35,137
275,916
1,228,603
2,241,632
24,036
97,108
23,969
67,808
$
2,216,153
$
3,631,409
$
168,236
$
103,032
34,278
35,839
15,129
29,495
204,116
134,329
112,258
114,040
534,017
416,735
36,403
3,258
1,212
4,006
21
19
7
7
7,698,399
7,529,685
(12,847
)
(14,452
)
(454,890
)
(964,916
)
(5,586,415
)
(3,349,839
)
246
6,906
1,644,521
3,207,410
$
2,216,153
$
3,631,409
See accompanying notes.
F-2
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS
See accompanying notes.
F-3
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS
EQUITY
See accompanying notes.
F-4
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH
FLOWS
See accompanying notes.
F-5
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
1. Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies
The Company
Broadcom Corporation (the Company)
uses proprietary technologies and advanced design methodologies
to design, develop and supply complete system-on-a-chip
solutions and related hardware and software applications for
every major broadband communications market. The Companys
diverse product portfolio includes solutions for digital cable
and satellite set-top boxes; cable and DSL modems and
residential gateways; high-speed transmission and switching for
local, metropolitan, wide area and storage networking; home and
wireless networking; cellular and terrestrial wireless
communications; Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP)
gateway and telephony systems; broadband network processors; and
SystemI/O
TM
server solutions.
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
All historical financial information has been
restated to include the operations of four acquisitions
accounted for on a pooling-of-interests basis as if each
acquired company had been combined with the Company prior to the
beginning of each period presented.
The Company has an international distribution
center that includes engineering design and administrative
facilities in Singapore. Additionally, the Company has
engineering design and development activities in Belgium,
Canada, China, India, Israel, the Netherlands, Taiwan and the
United Kingdom. At December 31, 2002 approximately
$311.2 million of the Companys net tangible assets
were located outside of the United States, primarily in
Singapore.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of net revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. The Company regularly evaluates the estimates
and assumptions related to allowances for doubtful accounts,
sales returns and allowances, warranty reserves, inventory
reserves, goodwill and purchased intangible asset valuations,
strategic investments, deferred income tax asset valuation
allowances, restructuring costs, litigation and other
contingencies. The Company bases the estimates and assumptions
on historical experience and on various other factors that it
believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results
of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying
values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent
from other sources. To the extent there are material differences
between the estimates and the actual results, future results of
operations will be affected.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes product revenue upon
concluding that all of the fundamental criteria for revenue
recognition have been met. The criteria are usually met at the
time of product shipment, except for shipments to stocking
distributors where revenue is recognized upon sale to the end
customer. In addition, the Company records reductions to revenue
for estimated product returns and allowances such as competitive
pricing programs and rebates. Development revenue is generally
recognized under the percentage-of-completion method. Revenue
from licensed software is recognized when persuasive evidence of
an arrangement exists and delivery has occurred, provided that
the fee is fixed and determinable and collectibility is
probable. Revenue from post-contract customer support and any
other future deliverables is deferred and earned over the
support period or as contract elements are delivered. The fair
value of performance-based warrants earned by customers is
recognized as a reduction of revenue.
F-6
The Company adopted Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin
No. 101 (SAB 101),
Revenue Recognition
in Financial Statements
, in January 2001. The adoption of
SAB 101 did not have a material effect on the financial
position or results of operations of the Company.
Performance-Based Warrants
Performance-based warrants assumed in
acquisitions are accounted for in accordance with Emerging
Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 96-18,
Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other
Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling,
Goods or Services
(EITF 96-18). Under
EITF 96-18, a performance-based warrant is accounted for
using its value at its date of issuance if a significant
disincentive to the customer for non-performance exists that
makes the customers performance probable. If there is not
a significant disincentive for non-performance, the warrant is
accounted for using its fair value on the date it is earned.
In addition, the warrants are accounted for in
the Companys financial statements pursuant to EITF
Topic D-90,
Grantor Balance Sheet Presentation of
Unvested, Forfeitable Equity Instruments Granted to a
Nonemployee
(EITF D-90). Under
EITF D-90, performance-based warrants are treated as
unissued for accounting purposes until the issuer has received
benefit and the warrant vests. Accordingly, performance-based
warrants assumed in acquisitions have been given recognition in
the consolidated financial statements as revenue reductions,
based on the per share warrant fair values determined under EITF
96-18, only as and to the extent the warrants are earned and
vest.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company sells the majority of its products
throughout North America, Asia and Europe. Sales to the
Companys recurring customers are generally made on open
account while sales to occasional customers are typically made
on a prepaid or letter of credit basis. The Company performs
periodic credit evaluations of its ongoing customers and
generally does not require collateral. Reserves are maintained
for potential credit losses, and such losses historically have
not been significant and have been within managements
expectations.
The Company invests its excess cash in deposits
with major banks, in U.S. Treasury and U.S. agency
obligations and in debt securities of corporations with strong
credit ratings and in a variety of industries. It is the
Companys policy to invest in instruments that have a final
maturity of no longer than three years, with a portfolio
weighted average maturity of not more than one year.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Companys financial instruments consist
principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term and
long-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and
borrowings. The Company believes all of the financial
instruments recorded values approximate current values
because of the short maturities of these instruments.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and
short-term investments with original maturities of ninety days
or less.
Marketable and Restricted Marketable
Securities
The Company defines marketable securities as
income yielding securities that can be readily converted into
cash. Examples of marketable securities include commercial
paper, corporate bonds, corporate notes and federal, state,
county and municipal government bonds. Certain marketable
securities are pledged as collateral against the Companys
bank credit facility and consequently are classified as
restricted securities.
Investments
The Company accounts for its investments in debt
and equity securities under Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 115,
Accounting for
F-7
The Company also has made strategic investments
in publicly traded and privately held companies for the
promotion of business and strategic objectives. The
Companys investments in publicly traded equity securities
are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale
investments are initially recorded at cost and periodically
adjusted to fair value through comprehensive income. The
Companys investments in equity securities of non-publicly
traded companies are accounted for under the cost method. Both
types of investments are included in other assets on the
Companys balance sheet and are carried at fair value or
cost, as appropriate. The Company periodically reviews these
investments for other-than-temporary declines in fair value
based on the specific identification method and writes down
investments to their fair value when an other-than-temporary
decline has occurred. The Company generally believes an
other-than-temporary decline has occurred when the fair value of
the investment is below the carrying value for two consecutive
quarters, absent evidence to the contrary. Fair values for
investments in public companies are determined using their
quoted market prices. Fair values for investments in privately
held companies are estimated based upon one or more of the
following: pricing models using historical and forecasted
financial information, the values of recent rounds of financing,
and/or quoted market prices of comparable public companies.
Inventory
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost
(first-in, first-out) or market. The Company provides inventory
reserves for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory
equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the
estimated realizable value based upon assumptions about future
demand and market conditions. Shipping and handling costs are
classified as a component of cost of revenue in the consolidated
statements of operations.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost.
Depreciation and amortization are provided using the
straight-line method over the assets estimated remaining
useful lives, ranging from one to seven years. Depreciation and
amortization of leasehold improvements are computed using the
shorter of the remaining lease term or seven years.
Goodwill and Purchased Intangible
Assets
In acquisitions accounted for using the purchase
method, goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between
the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair
value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired.
In June 2001 FASB issued SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
(SFAS 142). Under these new rules, goodwill
and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are no
longer amortized but are subject to annual impairment tests.
Other intangible assets will continue to be amortized over their
estimated useful lives. In conjunction with its adoption of
SFAS 142, the Company completed an initial impairment
review of its goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have
indefinite lives as of January 1, 2002 and found no
impairment. The Company performs its annual impairment review
during the fourth quarter of each year or more frequently if the
Company believes indicators of impairment exist. See
Note 10.
F-8
The following table presents the impact of
SFAS 142 on net loss and net loss per share had the
standard been in effect for the years ended December 31,
2001 and 2000:
Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived
Assets
In accordance with SFAS 142, the Company
tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level
(operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on
an annual basis or more frequently if the Company believes
indicators of impairment exist. The performance of the test
involves a two-step process. The first step of the impairment
test involves comparing the fair value of the Companys
reporting units with the reporting units carrying amount,
including goodwill. The Company generally determines the fair
value of its reporting units using the income approach
methodology of valuation that includes the discounted cash flow
method, giving consideration to the market approach. If the
carrying amount of the Companys reporting units exceeds
the reporting units fair value, the Company performs the
second step of the goodwill impairment test to determine the
amount of impairment loss. The second step of the goodwill
impairment test involves comparing the implied fair value of the
Companys reporting units goodwill with the carrying
amount of that goodwill.
The Company accounts for long-lived assets,
including other purchased intangible assets, in accordance with
SFAS No. 144,
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal
of Long-Lived Assets
, which requires impairment losses to be
recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators
of impairment, such as reductions in demand or significant
economic slowdowns in the semiconductor industry, are present.
Reviews are performed to determine whether the carrying value of
assets is impaired, based on comparison to undiscounted expected
future cash flows. If this comparison indicates that there is
impairment, the impaired asset is written down to fair value,
which is typically calculated using a weighted average of the
market approach and discounted expected future cash flows using
a discount rate based upon the Companys weighted average
cost of capital. Impairment is based on the excess of the
carrying amount over the fair value of those assets.
Income Taxes
The Company utilizes the liability method of
accounting for income taxes as set forth in SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes
(SFAS 109).
Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based
on the temporary differences between the financial statement and
tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. A
valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not
that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company has in effect several stock-based
plans under which non-qualified and incentive stock options have
been granted to employees, non-employee board members and other
non-employees. The Company also has an employee stock purchase
plan for all eligible employees (see Note 9). The Company
accounts for stock-based
F-9
In accordance with the requirements of the
disclosure-only alternative of SFAS 123, set forth below
are the assumptions used and the pro forma statement of
operations data of the Company giving effect to valuing
stock-based awards to employees using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model instead of the guidelines provided by APB 25.
Among other factors, the Black-Scholes model considers the
expected life of the option and the expected volatility of the
Companys stock price in arriving at an option valuation.
The per share fair value of options granted in
connection with stock option plans and rights granted in
connection with the employee stock purchase plan has been
estimated with the following weighted average assumptions:
The results of applying the requirements of the
disclosure-only alternative of SFAS 123 to the
Companys stock-based awards to employees would approximate
the following:
For pro forma purposes, the estimated fair value
of the Companys stock-based awards to employees is
amortized over the vesting period of the underlying instruments.
In March 2000 the FASB issued Interpretation
No. (FIN) 44,
Accounting for Certain
Transactions Involving Stock Compensation An
Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25
(FIN 44). FIN 44 clarifies the
definition of an employee for purposes of applying APB 25, the
criteria for determining whether a plan qualifies as a
noncompensatory plan, the accounting consequence of various
modifications to the terms of a previously fixed stock option or
award, and the accounting for an exchange of stock compensation
awards in a business combination. FIN 44 was effective
July 1, 2000 but certain conclusions therein cover specific
events that occurred after either December 15, 1998 or
January 12, 2000. The provisions of FIN 44 change the
accounting for an exchange of unvested employee stock options
and restricted stock awards in a purchase business combination.
The new rules require that the intrinsic value of the unvested
awards be allocated to deferred compensation and recognized as
stock-based compensation expense over the remaining future
vesting period. The Company adopted these new rules in its third
quarter 2000 (beginning July 1, 2000) for acquisitions
accounted for as purchase transactions.
F-10
The Company also complies with the provisions of
EITF 96-18 with respect to stock option grants to
non-employees who are consultants to the Company.
EITF 96-18 requires variable plan accounting with respect
to such non-employee stock options, whereby compensation
associated with such options is measured on the date such
options vest, and incorporates the then-current fair market
value of the Companys common stock into the option
valuation model.
In addition, the Company complies with the
provisions of FIN No. 28,
Accounting for Stock
Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award
Plans
(FIN 28), which requires use of the
variable accounting method with respect to certain stock options
assumed in connection with purchase transactions in which
contingent consideration may be paid in the future. Stock-based
compensation expense with respect to such options has been and
in the future will be based on the amount by which the
Class A common stock closing price at the end of each
quarterly reporting period, or at the date of exercise, if
earlier, exceeds the exercise price. Depending upon the
movements in the market value of the Companys common
stock, the variable accounting treatment of certain stock
options may result in significant additional stock-based
compensation expense in future periods.
Contingent Consideration
In connection with certain of the Companys
acquisitions, if certain future internal performance goals are
satisfied, the aggregate consideration for these acquisitions
will be increased. Such additional consideration, if earned,
will be paid in the form of additional shares of the
Companys Class A common stock, which have been
reserved for that purpose, and will be accounted for in
accordance with SFAS No. 141,
Business Combinations
(SFAS 141) which superceded APB
No. 16,
Business Combinations
(APB 16) as of July 1, 2001,
FIN 28, FIN 44 and EITF No. 95-8,
Accounting
for Contingent Consideration Paid to the Shareholders of an
Acquired Enterprise in a Purchase Business Combination
. Any
additional consideration paid will be allocated between goodwill
and deferred compensation. The amount allocated to goodwill will
be periodically reviewed for impairment. Deferred compensation
is measured and recorded at the date the contingency is met and
will be amortized over the remaining vesting periods of the
applicable equity instruments. See Note 3.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by
dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings
(loss) per share is calculated by adjusting outstanding shares,
assuming any dilutive effects of options, warrants and
convertible securities.
Research and Development
Expenditures
Research and development expenditures are
expensed in the period incurred.
Warranty
The Companys products typically carry a one
to three year warranty. The Company provides reserves for
estimated product warranty costs, based upon the Companys
historical warranty experience, at the time revenue is
recognized.
Comprehensive Income
SFAS No. 130,
Reporting Comprehensive
Income
, establishes standards for reporting and displaying
comprehensive income and its components in the consolidated
financial statements. Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) includes foreign currency translation adjustments and
unrealized gains or losses on investments.
Segments of a Business Enterprise
SFAS No. 131,
Disclosures about Segments
of an Enterprise and Related Information
(SFAS 131), establishes standards for the
way that public business enterprises report information about
operating segments in annual
F-11
Reclassifications
Certain amounts in the 2001 and 2000 consolidated
financial statements have been reclassified to conform with the
current year presentation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2002 the FASB issued SFAS No. 146,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities
(SFAS 146), which nullifies
Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue
No. 94-3,
Liability Recognition for Certain Employee
Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity
(including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)
(EITF 94-3). SFAS 146 requires that a
liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal
activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, whereas
EITF 94-3 required that such liability be recognized on the
date on which the company had committed to an exit plan. The
Company is required to adopt the provisions of SFAS 146
effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after
December 31, 2002. The Company does not expect the adoption
of SFAS 146 to have a material impact on its financial
condition or results of operations.
In November 2002 the FASB issued Interpretation
No. 45,
Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure
Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of
Indebtedness of Others
(FIN 45)
,
effective prospectively for guarantees issued or modified
after December 31, 2002. Under this Interpretation, a
guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of certain
guarantees, a fair value liability for the obligations it has
undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The Company did not have
any outstanding guarantees at December 31, 2002 required to
be recorded as obligations upon adoption of FIN 45. The
Companys product warranties, which are subject to the
disclosure provisions of FIN 45, have been disclosed in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
In December 2002 the FASB issued SFAS
No. 148,
Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation Transition and Disclosure
(SFAS 148), which amends SFAS 123.
SFAS 148 amends the disclosure requirements in SFAS 123 for
stock-based compensation for annual periods ending after
December 15, 2002 and interim periods beginning after
December 15, 2002. The disclosure requirements apply to all
companies, including those that continue to recognize
stock-based compensation under APB 25. Effective for
financial statements for fiscal years ending after
December 15, 2002, SFAS 148 also provides three
alternative transition methods for companies that choose to
adopt the fair value measurement provisions of SFAS 123.
The Company has not elected to adopt the fair value measurement
provisions of SFAS 123.
Inventory
F-12
Property and Equipment
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, approximately
$5.9 million and $7.0 million, respectively, of the net
property and equipment was acquired through capital leases.
Purchased Intangible Assets
The following table presents details of the
Companys purchased intangible assets:
As required by SFAS 142, assembled workforce was
reclassified to goodwill effective January 1, 2002. At
December 31, 2002 the unamortized balance of purchased
intangible assets that will be amortized to future cost of
revenue was $21.4 million, of which $16.1 million is
expected to be amortized in 2003 and $5.3 million is
expected to be amortized in 2004. At December 31, 2002 the
unamortized balance of purchased intangible assets that will be
amortized to future operating expense was $2.6 million, all
of which is expected to be amortized in 2003.
Other Assets
F-13
Accrued Liabilities
Warranty Reserve
Interest Expense
Interest expense for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $3.6 million,
$5.0 million and $332,000, respectively.
Other Expense, Net
Computation of Loss Per Share
F-14
Common share equivalents of 19,320,114,
27,749,377 and 41,257,512 have been excluded from the diluted
net loss per share calculation for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, because
they were antidilutive as of such dates. These excluded common
share equivalents could be dilutive in the future. Contingent
equity consideration paid by the Company in connection with
certain acquisitions and performance-based warrants assumed by
the Company is included, as appropriate, in the calculation of
basic and diluted net loss per share as of the beginning of the
period in which the respective equity consideration or warrants
are earned.
Supplementary Cash Flow Information
The following table sets forth certain non-cash
transactions excluded from the statements of cash flows:
From July 2000 through December 31, 2002 the
Company completed 13 acquisitions that were accounted for using
the purchase method of accounting. The consolidated financial
statements include the results of operations of these acquired
companies commencing as of their respective acquisition dates.
In addition, during 2000 the Company completed
four acquisitions that were accounted for using the
pooling-of-interests method. The consolidated financial
statements give effect to these transactions as if they had
occurred prior to the beginning of each period presented and
reflect adjustments made to (i) conform the accounting
policies of the combined companies and (ii) eliminate
intercompany accounts and transactions.
F-15
Purchase Transactions
A summary of transactions accounted for using the
purchase method of accounting as of their respective acquisition
dates is outlined below:
Portions of the shares issued are held in escrow
pursuant to the terms of the acquisition agreements as well as
various employee share repurchase agreements.
F-16
The Company obtained independent appraisals or
performed internal appraisals of the fair value of the tangible
and intangible assets acquired to allocate the purchase prices
in accordance with SFAS 141 or APB 16 (if the acquisition took
place prior to July 1, 2001). Based upon those appraisals,
the purchase price for each of the acquisitions was allocated as
follows:
The consideration for each of the purchase
transactions was calculated as follows: (i) common shares
issued were valued based upon the Companys stock price for
a period of two days before and ending two days after the
companies reached agreement and the proposed transaction was
announced and (ii) restricted common stock and employee
stock options were valued in accordance with FIN 44. Acquisition
costs incurred by the Company have been included as part of the
net assets (liabilities) assumed in connection with the
purchase transactions.
The following table presents details of
Mobilinks unaudited condensed balance sheet at the date of
its acquisition:
F-17
The following table presents details of
Mobilinks goodwill and purchased intangible assets. The
purchased intangible assets have a weighted-average amortization
period of approximately two years:
The Company assumed performance-based warrants in
connection with certain purchase acquisitions during 2001 and
2000. Net revenue was reduced by $25.5 million and
$38.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2001
and 2000, respectively, to account for the fair value of 899,278
performance-based warrants to purchase shares of the
Companys Class A common stock earned by certain
customers in those periods. No comparable performance-based
warrants were earned in the year ended December 31, 2002.
The Company has subsequently terminated the remaining purchase
and development agreements and the related performance-based
warrant agreements with several customers. As a result, during
2002 and 2001 the Company cancelled unearned performance-based
warrants to purchase 6,239,092 shares of the Companys
Class A common stock and repurchased 4,122,794 unvested
common shares that had been previously issued upon exercise of
performance-based warrants. Additionally, during 2001 the
Company repurchased and cancelled warrants covering 19,047
shares that were previously earned by customers and incurred
approximately $718,000 in expenses related to the cancellations.
No remaining performance-based warrants were outstanding at
December 31, 2002.
In connection with its acquisition of Allayer in
2000, the Company reserved shares of its Class A common
stock for future issuance upon the attainment of certain future
internal performance goals. All of the performance goals were
met during 2001. As a result, the Company issued or reserved for
future issuance 234,042 shares of its Class A common stock
and recorded an additional $6.5 million of goodwill,
$0.4 million of stock-based compensation expense and
$3.2 million of deferred compensation related to the
satisfaction of the Allayer performance goals met during 2001.
F-18
In connection with its acquisition of SiByte in
2000, the Company reserved shares of its Class A common
stock for future issuance upon the attainment of certain future
internal performance goals. Three of these performance goals
were met during 2001. As a result, the Company issued or
reserved for future issuance 2,332,353 shares of its
Class A common stock and recorded an additional
$51.4 million of goodwill, $3.9 million of stock-based
compensation expense and $16.7 million of deferred
compensation related to the satisfaction of the SiByte
performance goals met during 2001. During 2002 the final
performance goal was not met; therefore the shares and options
that remained for future issuance have been cancelled.
In connection with its acquisition of ServerWorks
in 2001, the Company reserved shares of its Class A common
stock for future issuance upon the attainment of certain future
internal performance goals. One of these performance goals was
met during 2001. As a result, the Company issued or reserved for
future issuance 3,983,927 shares of its Class A common
stock and recorded an additional $122.4 million of goodwill
and $0.6 million of stock-based compensation expense
related to the satisfaction of the ServerWorks performance goals
met during 2001. Additional performance goals were met during
2002. As a result, the Company issued or reserved for future
issuance 2,986,583 shares of its Class A common stock and
recorded an additional $36.2 million of goodwill related to
the satisfaction of the ServerWorks performance goals met during
2002.
In connection with its acquisition of Mobilink in
2002, the Company reserved shares of its Class A common
stock for future issuance upon the attainment of certain future
internal performance goals. One of these performance goals was
met during 2002. As a result, the Company issued or reserved for
future issuance 500,444 shares of its Class A common stock
and recorded an additional $6.0 million of goodwill,
$11,000 of stock-based compensation expense and $66,000 of
deferred compensation related to the satisfaction of the
Mobilink performance goal met during 2002.
In connection with the acquisitions of
ServerWorks and Mobilink, a total of 3,534,177 shares of
Class A common stock remain reserved for future issuance to
the respective former shareholders and option holders of such
companies contingent upon the attainment of specified future
internal performance goals. If all remaining internal
performance goals had been met at December 31, 2002,
additional consideration of approximately $53.2 million,
based on the Companys Class A common stock closing
price on December 31, 2002, would have been recorded and
allocated between goodwill, stock-based compensation and
deferred compensation. The amount of actual additional equity
consideration to be recorded will vary depending on which, if
any, of the remaining internal performance goals are met, the
actual market values of our Class A common stock on the
dates such internal performance goals are achieved, and other
factors.
Outstanding stock options assumed in these
acquisitions are subject to variable accounting and will be
revalued quarterly over their vesting periods until the related
stock-based compensation charge becomes fixed. The stock-based
compensation charge will become fixed and will be amortized over
the remaining vesting periods of the applicable options when
either (i) all of the performance goals have been met,
(ii) the time period in which all of the performance goals
may be met has lapsed, whether the goals have been satisfied or
not, or (iii) the options are exercised. If any of the
applicable options are forfeited, cancelled or expire, any
related previously recorded stock-based compensation expense
will be reversed. In addition, if there is a decrease in the
Companys stock price at the end of each quarterly
reporting period prior to the stock-based compensation charge
becoming fixed, previously recorded stock-based compensation
expense will be reversed.
During the year ended December 31, 2002 the
Company reversed approximately $7.0 million of previously
recorded stock-based compensation expense related to stock
options subject to variable accounting in accordance with
FIN 44 and FIN 28, due to the decrease in the
Companys stock price at December 31, 2002 as compared
with the stock price at December 31, 2001. During the year
ended December 31, 2001 the Company recorded a charge of
approximately $35.0 million in stock-based compensation
expense related to stock options subject to variable accounting
in accordance with FIN 44 and FIN 28. These charges
and reversals have been and in the future will be based on the
amount by which the Class A common stock closing price at
the end of each quarterly reporting period, or at the date of
exercise, if earlier, exceeds the exercise price. At
December 31, 2002 options to purchase 4,932,916 shares of
Class A common stock were subject to variable accounting,
of which 1,726,354 were vested and 3,206,562 were unvested.
These options have a weighted average exercise price per share
of $7.99 and a remaining vesting period of approximately two to
three years.
F-19
In-process research and development
(IPR&D) totaled $109.7 million and
$713.1 million for purchase transactions completed during
2001 and 2000, respectively. No comparable amount of IPR&D
was recorded during 2002. The amounts allocated to IPR&D
were determined through established valuation techniques used in
the high technology industry and were expensed upon acquisition
as it was determined that the projects had not reached
technological feasibility and no alternative future uses existed.
The fair value of the IPR&D for each of the
acquisitions was determined using the income approach. Under the
income approach, the expected future cash flows from each
project under development are estimated and discounted to their
net present value at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate of
return. Significant factors considered in the calculation of the
rate of return are the weighted-average cost of capital and
return on assets, as well as the risks inherent in the
development process, including the likelihood of achieving
technological success and market acceptance. Each project was
analyzed to determine the unique technological innovations, the
existence and reliance on core technology, the existence of any
alternative future use or current technological feasibility, and
the complexity, cost and time to complete the remaining
development. Future cash flows for each project were estimated
based on forecasted revenue and costs, taking into account
product life cycles, and market penetration and growth rates.
The IPR&D charge includes only the fair value
of IPR&D performed as of the acquisition date. The fair
value of developed technology is included in identifiable
intangible assets, and the fair values of IPR&D to be
completed and future research and development are included in
goodwill. The Company believes the amounts recorded as
IPR&D, as well as developed technology, represent the fair
value of, and approximate the amounts an independent party would
pay for, these projects.
As of the acquisition date of each purchase
transaction, development projects were in process. Research and
development costs to bring the products from the acquired
companies to technological feasibility are not expected to have
a material impact on the Companys future results of
operations or financial condition.
The pro forma statements of operations data of
the Company set forth below gives effect to the purchase
transactions completed during 2002 and 2001 as if they had
occurred at the beginning of 2001 and includes amortization of
goodwill (if applicable), purchased intangibles assets and
stock-based compensation expense, but excludes the charge for
acquired IPR&D. Included in the reported pro forma results
of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002 is a
$6.8 million restructuring charge for the consolidation of
excess facilities, related primarily to lease terminations,
non-cancelable lease costs and the write-off of leasehold
improvements. Also included in the 2002 pro forma statement of
operations data is a non-recurring $23.0 million settlement
fee that was incurred and paid by Mobilink prior to the
acquisition. This pro forma data is presented for informational
purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of the
results of future operations of the Company or of the results
that would have actually occurred had the acquisitions taken
place at the beginning of 2001.
Pooling-of-Interests Transactions
In 2000 the Company acquired Digital Furnace
Corporation, BlueSteel Networks, Inc., Stellar Semiconductor,
Inc. and Pivotal Technologies Corporation. In connection with
these acquisitions, the Company issued an aggregate of 3,911,130
shares of its Class B common stock in exchange for all
shares of the acquired companies preferred stock and
common stock and reserved an additional 373,713 shares of its
Class B common
F-20
Each of the foregoing acquisitions was accounted
for as a pooling of interests. Accordingly the Companys
consolidated financial statements have been restated to include
the pooled operations of each acquired company as if the
acquisitions had occurred prior to the beginning of each period
presented. Included in net revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2000 were aggregate revenues of
$0.3 million earned by acquired companies prior to the
respective closings of the four pooling-of-interests
acquisitions. Included in net loss for the year ended
December 31, 2000 were aggregate net losses of
$8.8 million from these companies incurred prior to the
respective closings of the acquisitions.
In connection with the pooling-of-interests
transactions that occurred in 2000, the Company recorded
approximately $4.7 million in charges for direct and other
merger-related costs and certain restructuring programs. Merger
transaction costs aggregated approximately $4.7 million for
2000 and consisted primarily of fees for investment bankers,
attorneys, accountants and other related charges. No
merger-related costs were incurred for the years ended
December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
4. Investments
Held-to-Maturity Investments
At December 31, 2002 all of the
Companys held-to-maturity investments consisted of
commercial paper and corporate bonds and federal, state, county
and municipal government bonds. Debt securities are classified
as held-to-maturity when the Company has the intent and ability
to hold the securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity investments
are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and
discounts to maturity. Certain of the Companys
held-to-maturity investments that are pledged as collateral
against the Companys bank credit facility are classified
as restricted marketable securities. A summary of the
Companys held-to-maturity investments by balance sheet
caption was as follows:
F-21
Scheduled maturities of held-to-maturity
securities were as follows:
Strategic Investments
At December 31, 2002 and 2001 the carrying
value of the Companys available-for-sale securities was
approximately $0.6 million and $15.9 million,
respectively. The carrying values at December 31, 2002 and
2001 include unrealized losses of approximately $31,000 and
unrealized gains of $7.0 million, respectively, net of tax.
The available-for-sale securities consist of shares of public
companies and a warrant to purchase shares of a public company
that has been valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing
model. During 2002 and 2001 the Company performed impairment
analyses and recorded impairment charges for these investments
in the amount of $0.5 million and $22.0 million,
respectively, representing other-than-temporary declines in the
value of these security investments. The Company also realized a
gain on the sale of one of its investments in a publicly held
company of approximately $4.6 million in 2002. These
charges and gains were included in other expense, net, in the
consolidated statements of operations.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001 the carrying
value of the Companys investment in equity securities of
non-publicly traded companies accounted for on the cost basis
was approximately $6.3 million and $35.6 million,
respectively. During 2002 and 2001 the Company performed
impairment analyses and recorded impairment charges for these
investments in the amount of $37.3 million and
$10.7 million, respectively, representing
other-than-temporary declines in the value of these
non-marketable equity securities. These charges were included in
other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations.
From October 2001 through January 2002 the
Company purchased an approximate 9.8% ownership interest in a
privately held company for $23.0 million. In October 2001
the Company also entered into a separate agreement to perform
certain development services for that company in exchange for
additional equity consideration with an estimated aggregate
value, based on the value at the time the agreement was signed,
of up to approximately $10.0 million, if all of the
development milestones are met. The additional equity that the
Company may receive under the development agreement consists of
shares of preferred stock of the privately held company that
have rights which may protect the Company against subsequent
dilution in the event that the privately held company issues
additional equity securities for a per share price that is below
the per share value of the stock to be received by the Company.
Consistent with the Companys existing policies, the
strategic investment is accounted for under the cost method, and
revenue under the development agreement will be recorded under
the percentage-of-completion method. For the year ended
December 31, 2002 approximately $4.7 million of
non-cash revenue was recognized under this agreement. Based on
the current estimated value of the privately held company, the
remaining non-cash revenue to be recognized under this agreement
is approximately $0.5 million if all of the remaining
development milestones are met. Including the additional equity
consideration received in payment for the development services,
the Company owned approximately 12.0% of the capital stock of
this privately held company at December 31, 2002.
F-22
5. Income
Taxes
For financial reporting purposes, income
(loss) before income taxes includes the following
components:
A reconciliation of the provision
(benefit) for income taxes at the federal statutory rate
compared to the Companys effective tax rate follows:
The income tax provision (benefit) consists
of the following components:
F-23
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects
of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
Companys deferred taxes were as follows:
The Company operates under a tax holiday in
Singapore, which is effective until April 2006 and may be
extended if certain additional requirements are met. No net U.S.
tax benefit resulted from the tax holiday or the Companys
foreign operations in 2002 or 2001.
At December 31, 2002 the Company had federal
and state net operating loss carryforwards of $2.0 billion
and $363.0 million, respectively, which if unutilized
expire at various dates from 2006 to 2022, and 2004 to 2010,
respectively. These net operating losses are primarily the
result of tax deductions related to employee stock option
exercises. At December 31, 2002 the Company had federal and
state research and development credit carryforwards of
$135.1 million and $158.3 million, respectively. These
research and development credit carryforwards expire at various
dates from 2009 to 2022, if not previously utilized. Certain
state research and development credit carryforwards have no
expiration date.
On September 11, 2002, the Governor of
California signed into law new tax legislation that suspends the
use of net operating loss carryforwards into tax years beginning
on or after January 1, 2002 and 2003. Should the Company
have taxable income for the year ending December 31, 2003,
it may not look to California net operating losses generated in
prior years to offset taxable income for purposes of determining
the applicable California income tax due, if any. Unless
extended by law, this suspension will not apply to tax years
beginning in 2004 and beyond.
During 2002 the Company concluded that a full
valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets was
appropriate. SFAS 109 requires that a valuation allowance
must be established when it is more likely than not that all or
a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized. In making
such determination, a review of all available positive and
negative evidence must be considered, including scheduled
reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable
income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial
performance. The accounting guidance further states that forming
a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed is
difficult when there is negative evidence such as cumulative
losses in recent years. As a result of the Companys recent
cumulative
F-24
If or when recognized, the tax benefits relating
to any reversal of the valuation allowance on deferred tax
assets at December 31, 2002 will be accounted for as
follows: approximately $788.3 million will be recognized as
a reduction of income tax expense, $46.4 million will be
recognized as a reduction of goodwill, and $155.5 million
will be recognized as an increase in shareholders equity
for certain tax deductions from employee stock options.
6. Debt and Other
Obligations
The following is a summary of the Companys
debt, including debt and loans assumed in connection with
acquisitions:
We entered into a $90.0 million financing
arrangement for a bank credit facility in December 2002 to
replace a $90 million credit facility that matured in
December 2002. We may periodically choose the rate at which the
new credit facility bears interest at either (a) the higher
of (i) 0.5% plus the Federal Reserve rate and (ii) the
Bank of America prime rate or (b) LIBOR plus 0.75%
(selected in one, two or three month periods). Interest is
payable at either the selected interest period or quarterly. At
December 31, 2002, $90.0 million was outstanding under
the credit facility and the interest rate was 2.15%. A minimum
of $90.0 million in marketable securities is required to
secure the credit facility, and the carrying value of these
restricted marketable securities at December 31, 2002 was
$92.3 million. The credit facility is due and payable
December 23, 2003 and may be paid earlier without premium
or penalty.
The Company was obligated under a note payable to
a customer in the amount of $21.1 million that bore
interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 1%, adjusted quarterly, and was
due in December 2002. The note became immediately due and
payable upon the occurrence of certain events. The customer
previously asserted that the entire principal amount of the note
and all interest accrued thereon were currently due and payable
and filed a lawsuit to collect this obligation. In November 2002
the customer and the Company entered into a settlement agreement
pursuant to which, among other things, the note and interest
accrued thereon were cancelled and a stipulated judgment was
entered into pursuant to which the Company will pay to the
customer $22.0 million in five installments, with the final
installment due in November 2003, plus interest on the unpaid
principal balance remaining outstanding from time to time at a
rate of approximately 2.78% per annum. At December 31,
2002, $17.6 million was outstanding under the stipulated
judgment.
7. Commitments
The Company leases buildings in Irvine (our
corporate headquarters) and Santa Clara County, California. Each
of these facilities includes administration, sales and
marketing, research and development and operations functions. In
addition to our principal design facilities in Irvine and Santa
Clara County, California, we lease additional design centers in
Tempe, Arizona; Los Angeles and San Diego Counties, California;
Duluth, Georgia; Middletown, New Jersey; Dallas, Texas; and
Seattle, Washington. Internationally, the Company leases a
distribution center that includes engineering design and
administrative facilities in Singapore as well as engineering
design and administrative facilities in Belgium, Canada, China,
India, Israel, the Netherlands, Taiwan
F-25
The Company leases its facilities and certain
engineering design tools and information systems equipment under
operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through
2014. Capitalized lease obligations for equipment are payable in
varying monthly installments at a weighted average rate of 5.31%
per annum. Future minimum payments under noncancelable capital
and operating leases are as follows:
Facilities rent expense for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 aggregated
$35.0 million, $31.0 million and $16.6 million,
respectively.
The Company had outstanding commitments totaling
approximately $1.6 million as of December 31, 2002,
primarily for the purchase of lab test equipment and computer
hardware and for information systems infrastructure.
8. Shareholders
Equity
Common Stock
The Company has 800,000,000 authorized shares of
Class A common stock and 400,000,000 authorized shares of
Class B common stock. The shares of Class A common
stock and Class B common stock are substantially identical,
except that holders of Class A common stock are entitled to
one vote for each share held, and holders of Class B common
stock are entitled to ten votes for each share held, on all
matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders. In addition,
holders of Class B common stock are entitled to vote
separately on the proposed issuance of additional shares of
Class B common stock in certain circumstances. The
Class A common stock and Class B common stock are
sometimes collectively referred to herein as common
stock.
Stock Splits
The Company effected a 2-for-1 stock split of its
Class A common stock and Class B common stock, in the
form of a 100% stock dividend, on February 11, 2000. All
share numbers and per share amounts contained in these notes and
in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively
restated to reflect this change in the Companys capital
structure.
F-26
Comprehensive Loss
The components of comprehensive loss, net of
taxes, are as follows:
The components of accumulated other comprehensive
income are as follows:
9. Employee
Benefit Plans
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company has an employee stock purchase plan
for all eligible employees. Under the plan, employees may
purchase shares of the Companys Class A common stock
at six-month intervals at 85% of fair market value (calculated
in the manner provided under the plan). Employees purchase such
stock using payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of
their total cash compensation. In 2002, 2001 and 2000,
1,038,541, 584,484 and 479,715 shares, respectively, were issued
under this plan at average per share prices of $18.27, $32.37
and $24.54, respectively. At December 31, 2002, 2,821,316
shares were available for future issuance under this plan.
In April 2002 the shareholders approved an
amendment to the employee stock purchase plan to
(i) increase the number of shares of Class A common
stock reserved for issuance under that plan by an additional
3,000,000 shares and (ii) add an automatic share increase
provision to the plan pursuant to which the shares of
Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the plan
would automatically increase on the first trading day of January
in each year, beginning with the year 2003, by an amount equal
to twenty-five hundredths of one percent (.25%) of the total
number of shares of common stock outstanding on the last trading
day of the immediately preceding calendar year, subject to an
annual share limit. In October 2002 the Board of Directors
adopted an amendment to the employee stock purchase plan to
increase the maximum number of shares of Class A common
stock purchasable in total by all participants on each purchase
date within an offering period from 600,000 shares to 1,200,000
shares.
Stock Option Plans
The Company has in effect several stock-based
plans under which non-qualified and incentive stock options have
been granted to employees, non-employee members of the Board of
Directors, and other non-employees. The Companys 1998
Stock Incentive Plan (the 1998 Plan) is the
successor equity incentive program to the Companys 1994
Stock Option Plan (the 1994 Plan) and the
Companys 1998 Special Stock Option Plan (together, the
Predecessor Plans).
F-27
In March 2002, April 2001 and February 2000, the
Board of Directors approved amendments to the 1998 Plan, as
previously amended, to increase the number of shares of
Class A common stock reserved for issuance under this plan
by an additional 13,000,000, 25,000,000 and 15,000,000 shares,
respectively. These amendments were approved by the shareholders
at the Annual Meetings of Shareholders held in April 2002, May
2001 and April 2000, respectively.
The Board of Directors or the Plan Administrator
determines eligibility, vesting schedules and exercise prices
for options granted under the plans. Options granted generally
have a term of 10 years, and in the case of new hires
generally vest and become exercisable at the rate of 25% after
one year and ratably on a monthly basis over a period of
36 months thereafter; subsequent option grants to existing
employees generally vest and become exercisable ratably on a
monthly basis over a period of 48 months from the date of
grant. In 2002, options were granted in an effort to retain and
incentivize employees as part of the Companys regular
annual employee review or focal grant program. The
options granted represented employee focal grants for both 2002
and 2003. The specific options have a term of 10 years and
were generally 25% immediately vested and exercisable on the
date of grant with the remaining balance vesting and becoming
exercisable ratably on a monthly basis over a period of
48 months from the date of grant.
At the discretion of the Board of Directors or
the Plan Administrator, the Company may make full-recourse
interest bearing secured loans to option holders in amounts up
to the exercise price of their options plus related taxes or
permit the option holder to pay the exercise price in
installments over a determined period.
As of December 31, 2002, 142,215,178 shares
of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 1998 Plan,
including outstanding options granted under Predecessor Plans.
The number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for
issuance under the 1998 Plan automatically increases in January
each year. Beginning in 2000, the increase is equal to 4.5% of
the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on the
last trading day of the immediately preceding year, subject to
an annual share limit.
In October 1999 the Board of Directors approved
the 1999 Special Stock Option Plan (the 1999 Plan)
and reserved an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of Class A
common stock for issuance under that plan. Employees,
independent consultants and advisors in the service of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries who are neither officers of
the Company nor members of the Board of Directors at the time of
the option grant are eligible to participate in the plan. The
exercise price of options granted under the 1999 Plan can be
less than the fair market value of the underlying common stock
on the grant date. In 1999, 40,542 options were granted under
the 1999 Plan, to certain employees of acquired companies in
connection with assumed employment agreements, at a
weighted-average exercise price of $2.84. As of
December 31, 2002, 975,297 shares of common stock were
reserved for issuance under the 1999 Plan. The 1998 Plan, 1999
Plan and Predecessor Plans are collectively referred to herein
as the Broadcom Plans.
As a result of the Companys acquisitions,
the Company assumed stock options granted under stock option
plans established by each acquired company. As of
December 31, 2002, 9,276,889 and 490,134 shares of
Class A and Class B common stock, respectively, were
reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding options
assumed under these stock option plans. In addition, the number
of options assumed under the ServerWorks and Mobilink plans may
be increased if certain future internal performance goals are
achieved (see Note 3). In 2002, 2001 and 2000 the Company
assumed loans to option holders of acquired companies of
approximately $299,000, $756,000 and $13.7 million,
respectively, related to stock options that were exercised prior
to the acquisitions.
F-28
Combined Option Plan Activity
Activity under the stock option plans during
2002, 2001 and 2000 is set forth below:
F-29
The weighted average remaining contractual life
and weighted average per share exercise price of options
outstanding and of options exercisable as of December 31,
2002 were as follows:
Additional information relating to the stock
option plans is as follows:
The Company recorded deferred compensation for
restricted common stock and employee stock options assumed in
acquisitions in accordance with FIN 44. Net deferred
compensation is presented as a reduction to shareholders
equity and is amortized ratably over the respective vesting
periods of the applicable options. Activity recorded in the
components of net deferred compensation was as follows:
The components of stock-based compensation
expense are derived from the following categories:
Included in these amounts are approximately
$47.0 million and $11.1 million of stock-based
compensation expense which were classified as restructuring
costs for 2002 and 2001, respectively, resulting from an
extension of the exercise period for vested stock options of
certain terminated employees and due to the acceleration of the
F-30
Outstanding stock options assumed in the
ServerWorks and Mobilink acquisitions are subject to variable
accounting and will be revalued quarterly over their vesting
periods until all performance goals are satisfied or until the
options are exercised, forfeited, cancelled or expire. Included
in stock-based compensation expense are reversals of
approximately $7.0 million in previously recorded
stock-based compensation expense for 2002 and a charge of
$35.0 million for stock-based compensation expense for
2001, related to options subject to variable accounting. These
charges and reversals were calculated based on the amount by
which our Class A common stock closing price at the end of
each quarterly reporting period, or at the date of exercise, if
earlier, exceeds the exercise price of the stock options. At
December 31, 2002 options to purchase 4,932,916 shares
of Class A common stock were subject to variable
accounting, of which 1,726,354 were vested and 3,206,562 were
unvested. These options have a weighted average exercise price
per share of $7.99 and remaining vesting period of approximately
two to three years. See Notes 1 and 3.
Shares Reserved For Future Issuance
The Company had the following shares of common
stock reserved for future issuance upon the exercise of equity
instruments or the achievement of certain internal performance
goals as of December 31, 2002:
Stock Option Exchange Offer
On June 23, 2001 the Company completed an
offering to Company employees of the opportunity to voluntarily
exchange certain stock options or receive supplemental option
grants. Under this program, employees holding options to
purchase the Companys Class A or Class B common
stock were given the opportunity to exchange certain of their
existing options, with exercise prices at or above $45.00 per
share, for new options to purchase an equal number of shares of
the Companys Class A common stock that were not to be
issued until at least six months and one day after the options
to be exchanged were cancelled by the Company. Options to
purchase 18,716,811 shares with a weighted-average exercise
price of $128.35 were tendered for exchange pursuant to this
program. On June 23, 2001 those options were accepted and
cancelled by the Company. On December 24, 2001 the Company
granted replacement options to purchase 18,616,372 shares
of its Class A common stock to employees who tendered
options under the stock option exchange offer, at an exercise
price of $39.75 per share.
As an alternative to participating in the option
exchange, the eligible employees were given the opportunity to
retain their existing eligible options and receive a
supplemental grant of options to acquire the Companys
Class A common stock. The supplemental option grant size
depended on the number of shares underlying and the exercise
price of the holders existing eligible options, with
larger grants going to those holding higher-priced options.
Under this alternative, new options to purchase 3,878,073 shares
of common stock were granted June 24, 2001 at an exercise
price of $33.68 per share.
Certain of the Companys employees hold
options that were assumed by the Company in connection with its
acquisitions of the businesses that previously employed those
individuals; in the business combinations that were accounted
for using the purchase method of accounting, the Company has
recorded deferred compensation with respect to those options. To
the extent those employees tendered, and the Company accepted
for exchange and cancellation, such assumed eligible options in
exchange for new options, the Company was required to
F-31
Defined Contribution 401(k) Savings and
Investment Plan
The Company sponsors a defined contribution
401(k) savings and investment plan, which was established in
1996, covering substantially all of the Companys
employees, subject to certain eligibility requirements. At its
discretion, the Company may make contributions to this plan. The
Company made no contributions to this plan in 2002, 2001 or 2000.
10. Impairment of
Goodwill and Acquired Patents and Restructuring Costs
Impairment of Goodwill
In conjunction with the adoption of
SFAS 142, the Company performed an initial impairment
review of its goodwill as of January 1, 2002 and found no
impairment. During the fourth quarter of 2002 the Company
performed the annual impairment review of goodwill and
recognized an impairment loss of $1.241 billion. The impairment
loss represented the excess of the carrying value of goodwill
over its implied fair value. Although there was no impairment
indicated as of January 1, 2002, several factors
contributed to the impairment assessment in the fourth quarter
of 2002. An important component was the continued significant
economic slowdown in the technology sector and semiconductor
industry, affecting both our current operations and expected
future revenue. The Company had originally anticipated a quicker
recovery under the January 1, 2002 impairment analysis. In
addition, the Companys stock price declined significantly
from January 2002 to the fourth quarter of 2002. Total market
capitalization is one of the factors used in determining the
fair value of the individual reporting units of the Company. In
addition, in response to current market conditions, the Company
initiated a restructuring program in the fourth quarter of 2002
that included significant headcount reductions, and decreased
its investment in certain target markets that were either
performing below the Companys expectations or had low near
term growth potential. As a result, the Company reduced its
forecasts of future operating results. These forecasts in turn
form the basis for estimating fair value of the Companys
reporting units. Fair values were primarily established using
the income approach methodology of valuation that includes the
discounted cash flow method, taking into consideration the
market approach and certain market multiples as verification of
the values derived using the discounted cash flow methodology.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill
for the year ended December 31, 2002 are as follows:
Year 2001
Due to the significant economic slowdown and
reduction in near-term demand in the technology sector and the
semiconductor industry, the Company performed an assessment in
accordance with SFAS 121,
Accounting for the Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed
of,
of the carrying values of purchased intangible assets
recorded in connection with its various acquisitions. As a
result of the assessment, the Company concluded that the decline
in market conditions within the industry was significant and
other than temporary. Based on this assessment and an
independent valuation, the Company recorded a charge of
$1.182 billion during 2001 to write down the value of
goodwill associated with certain of its purchase transactions.
Impairment was
F-32
Impairment of Acquired Patents
In December 2002 the Company purchased a patent
portfolio related to integrated circuit technology for
approximately $24.0 million. Although the patents purchased
broaden our technology portfolio, the purchase price was
expensed immediately upon acquisition as the Company did not
have plans to currently utilize the patents 1) in its
ongoing operations; 2) to generate future cash flows; or
3) for resale to a third party. In accordance with
SFAS 144, since it is not possible to reasonably forecast
cash flows expected to be generated or saved as a result of the
acquired patent portfolio, the patent portfolio was determined
to be fully impaired at the date of acquisition. The impairment
charge for the patent portfolio was classified as an operating
expense in the year ended December 31, 2002.
Restructuring Costs
From the second quarter of 2001 through the third
quarter of 2002, the Company implemented a plan (the 2001
Restructuring Plan) to restructure its operations in
response to the challenging economic climate. As a result of the
prolonged downturn in the semiconductor industry, the Company
announced an additional restructuring program that was
implemented in the fourth quarter of 2002 (the 2002
Restructuring Plan). The plans focused on cost reductions
and operating efficiencies, including workforce reductions and
lease terminations. These restructuring plans resulted in
certain business unit realignments, workforce reductions and
consolidation of excess facilities.
Approximately 477 and 160 employees were
terminated across all of the Companys business functions
and geographic regions during 2002 and 2001, respectively. In
addition, the number of temporary and contract workers employed
by the Company was also reduced. Workforce reduction charges
include severance, fringe benefits and stock-based compensation
expense. The stock-based compensation expense resulted from an
extension of the exercise period for vested stock options of
certain terminated employees and the acceleration of the vesting
period of certain options of certain terminated employees as
required by their assumed option agreements.
In connection with these restructuring plans, the
Company also recorded charges for the consolidation of excess
facilities, relating primarily to lease terminations,
non-cancelable lease costs and write-offs of leasehold
improvements.
These restructuring costs were classified as
operating expenses in the Companys consolidated statements
of operations.
F-33
Activity and liability balances related to the
2002 and 2001 Restructuring Plans are as follows:
The consolidation of excess facilities costs will
be paid over the respective lease terms through 2010.
11. Litigation
In August 2000 Intel Corporation filed a
complaint against the Company in the United States District
Court for the District of Delaware asserting that the Company
infringes five Intel patents. In the first phase of the trial
involving two of the five patents in the suit, a Delaware jury
unanimously determined that such two Intel patents were not
infringed by the Company. The court has not yet set a date to
retry one of the claims asserted by Intel or to try claims
relating to Intels remaining three patents or the
Companys counterclaims against Intel.
In November 2001 the Company filed a complaint
against Intel in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Texas asserting that Intel infringes two
Company patents. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in July
2003.
In January 2001 Microtune, L.P., an affiliate of
Microtune, Inc., filed a complaint against the Company in the
United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas
asserting that the Company infringes one Microtune patent. Trial
was conducted in March 2003 and a jury found that
Microtunes patent is valid and infringed and that the
Companys infringement was willful. Judgment in this case
is not yet final. Prior to trial, the parties stipulated to
patent damages for an amount not to exceed approximately
$1.2 million for the Companys sales of allegedly
infringing products prior to January 2003. If the court denies
the Companys post trial motions to reverse the jury
verdict and/ or order a new trial, the court has the discretion
to treble patent damages. The court may also consider
Microtunes motion to grant a permanent injunction against
future infringement of the patent.
In July 2002 the Company filed a complaint in the
United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas
against Microtune, Inc. and Microtune, L.P. asserting that
Microtune infringes a Company patent. The trial is currently
scheduled to commence in January 2004.
F-34
In January 2003 the Company filed a complaint in
the United States District Court for the Northern District of
California against Microtune, Inc. asserting that Microtune
infringes three Company patents. Discovery has not yet
commenced, and the court has not yet set a trial date for this
case.
In February 2003 Microtune, Inc. filed a
complaint in the District Court of Williamson County, Texas,
asserting that the Company has engaged in anti-competitive and
monopolistic conduct as well as restraint of trade conduct in
violation of the Texas Anti-Trust Act in connection with the
sale of certain cable modem products. The Company has not yet
answered the complaint.
In March 2003 the Company filed a complaint in
the U.S. International Trade Commission (the
ITC) asserting that Microtune, Inc. has engaged in
unfair trade practices and infringes two Company patents. The
Company expects that the ITC administrative hearing will occur
before the end of 2003.
In May 2002 National Semiconductor Corporation
filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of California against the Company asserting
that the Company infringes 11 National patents. In July 2002
(and as amended in February 2003) the Company answered the
complaint and filed counterclaims asserting that National
infringes five Company patents. The court has set a trial date
for April 2005.
In November 2002 STMicroelectronics, Inc. filed a
complaint in the United States District Court for the Eastern
District of Texas against the Company asserting that the Company
infringes six STMicroelectronics patents. The court has not yet
set a trial date.
In December 1999 Level One Communications, Inc.,
a subsidiary of Intel, filed a complaint in the United States
District Court for the Eastern District of California against
Altima Communications, Inc., a subsidiary acquired by the
Company in September 2000, asserting that Altima is
infringing a Level One patent. In March 2000 Level One filed a
related complaint with the ITC seeking an exclusion order and a
cease and desist order based on alleged infringement of the same
patent. In July 2000 Intel and Level One filed a second
complaint with the ITC asserting that Altima infringes three
additional U.S. patents owned by Level One or Intel. In
September 2000 Altima filed declaratory judgment actions
against Intel and Level One in the United States District Court
for the Northern District of California asserting that Altima
has not infringed the three additional Intel and Level One
patents and that such patents are invalid or unenforceable. Each
of the district court actions was stayed pending completion of
the ITC proceeding.
In October 2001 the ITC issued a Limited
Exclusion Order that excludes certain products that are covered
by a specific Level One patent from importation into the United
States that are manufactured abroad and/or imported by or on
behalf of Altima or any of its affiliates or other related
entities, such as Broadcom. In May 2002 Altima and Broadcom
filed appeal briefs asking the United States Court of Appeals
for the Federal Circuit to vacate the findings of the ITC and to
revise the Order to exclude Broadcom products from its coverage.
In June 2002 the ITC filed its appeal brief, which indicated
that the Order does not prohibit Broadcom from importing its own
discrete products, and oral arguments for the appeal were
presented by the parties in February 2003. An adverse
ruling by the court on these appeals might result in exclusion
of certain Altima or Broadcom products from U.S. markets
and might result in claims for indemnification.
In February 2002 Altimas declaratory
judgment actions against Intel and Level One in the Northern
District of California were resumed and Level Ones action
against Altima in the Eastern District Court of California was
resumed. In addition, in February 2002 Intel and Level One
moved to dismiss claims concerning two of the four Intel and
Level One patents that were the basis of the infringement
charges filed by Intel and Level One at the ITC. In May 2002
Altima agreed to dismissal of the claims in the declaratory
judgment actions with respect to these two patents and in June
2002 all claims relating to the two patents were formally
dismissed. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in the Eastern
District of California case in February 2004, and no trial date
has been set for the Northern District Court of California case.
Although the Company believes that it has strong
defenses to Intels claims in the Delaware and Texas
actions, and to the claims of Microtune, National Semiconductor
and STMicroelectronics in the foregoing actions and of Level One
and Intel in the Altima district court proceedings, and is
defending the claims vigorously, a finding of infringement by
the Company as to one or more patents in any of these unrelated
actions could lead to liability for monetary damages (which
could be trebled in the event that the infringement were found
to have
F-35
From March through May 2001 the Company and
certain of its officers were served with a number of complaints,
brought as purported shareholder class actions and filed
primarily in the United States District Court for the Central
District of California, alleging violations of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In June 2001 the court
consolidated the lawsuits into a single action entitled
In
re: Broadcom Corp. Securities Litigation
. From March through
June 2001 the Company, its directors, and certain of its
officers, were sued in five purported shareholder derivative
actions based upon the same general set of alleged facts and
circumstances as in the purported consolidated shareholder class
action. Four of these actions were consolidated in the Superior
Court of the State of California for the County of Orange, into
a single action entitled
David v. Wolfen, et al
. One
purported derivative action was filed in the United States
District Court for the Central District of California, entitled
Aiken v. Nicholas, et al
. The parties have stipulated
that the federal
Aiken
case will be stayed while the
consolidated
David
derivative lawsuit proceeds in the
California Superior Court. In February 2002 an additional
complaint was filed by several persons and entities against the
Company and certain of its officers, entitled
Arenson, et al.
v. Broadcom Corp., et al
. The Company removed the lawsuit to
the United States District Court for the Central District of
California. The plaintiffs subsequently filed an amended
complaint that tracks the allegations of the class action
complaint. The Company anticipates that this case will be
consolidated with the federal class action case for pretrial
purposes. The Company believes the allegations in the purported
consolidated shareholder class action and the purported
derivative actions are without merit and is defending the
actions vigorously.
The Company and its subsidiaries are also
involved in other legal proceedings, claims and litigation
arising in the ordinary course of business.
The pending lawsuits involve complex questions of
fact and law and likely will continue to require the expenditure
of significant funds and the diversion of other resources to
defend. Although management currently believes the outcome of
outstanding legal proceedings, claims and litigation involving
the Company, its subsidiaries, directors and officers will not
have a material adverse effect on the Companys business,
results of operations and financial condition taken as a whole,
the results of litigation are inherently uncertain, and adverse
outcomes are possible. The Company is unable to estimate the
range of possible loss from outstanding litigation, and no
amounts have been provided for such matters in the consolidated
financial statements.
12. Significant
Customer and Supplier Information
Sales to our significant customers, including
sales to their manufacturing subcontractors, as a percentage of
net revenue were as follows:
No other customer represented more than 10% of
the Companys annual net revenue in these years.
F-36
Export revenue to all independent customers
located outside of the United States as a percent of total net
revenue was as follows:
The Company does not own or operate a fabrication
facility. Five independent third-party foundries in Asia
currently supply substantially all of the Companys
semiconductor devices in current production. Any sudden demand
for an increased amount of semiconductor devices or sudden
reduction or elimination of any existing source or sources of
semiconductor devices could result in a material delay in the
shipment of the Companys products. In addition,
substantially all of the Companys products are assembled
and tested by one of six independent third-party subcontractors
in Asia. The Company does not have long-term agreements with any
of these suppliers. Any problems associated with the fabrication
facilities or the delivery, quality or cost of the
Companys products could have a material adverse effect on
the Companys business, results of operations and financial
condition.
13. Quarterly
Financial Data (Unaudited)
The following table presents unaudited quarterly
financial data of the Company. In the Companys opinion,
this information has been prepared on a basis consistent with
that of its audited consolidated financial statements and that
all necessary material adjustments, consisting of normal
recurring accruals and adjustments, have been included to
present fairly the unaudited quarterly financial data. The
Companys quarterly results of operations for these periods
are not necessarily indicative of future results of operations.
F-37
In March 2003 the Board of Directors adopted an
amendment to the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as previously
amended and restated, to, among other things, increase the
number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for
issuance under that plan by an additional 13,000,000 shares. In
addition, the Board of Directors adopted an amendment to the
1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as previously amended and
restated, to, among other things, revise the automatic annual
share increase provision of that plan so that the number of
shares of Class A common stock by which the share reserve
under the plan will automatically increase on the first trading
day of January in each year will increase from .25% to 1% of the
total number of shares of common stock outstanding on the last
trading day of the immediately preceding calendar year, subject
to an annual share limit. These matters will be submitted for
approval by the shareholders at the 2003 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders.
F-38
Exhibits and Financial Statement
Schedules
The following Exhibits are attached hereto and
incorporated herein by reference.
Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules not listed above have been omitted
because the information required to be set forth therein is not
applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements
or Notes thereto.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant
has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Irvine,
State of California, on March 31, 2003.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the
capacities and on the dates indicated:
CERTIFICATION
I, Alan E. Ross, President and Chief Executive
Officer, certify that:
1. I have reviewed
this annual report on Form 10-K of Broadcom Corporation;
2. Based on my
knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual
report;
3. Based on my
knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information included in this annual report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this annual report;
4. The
registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible
for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and
15d-14) for the registrant and we have:
5. The
registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed,
based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of registrants board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
6. The
registrants other certifying officer and I have indicated
in this annual report whether or not there were significant
changes in internal controls or in other factors that could
significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of
our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions
with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.
March 31, 2003
CERTIFICATION
I, William J. Ruehle, Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer, certify that:
1. I have reviewed
this annual report on Form 10-K of Broadcom Corporation;
2. Based on my
knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual
report;
3. Based on my
knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information included in this annual report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this annual report;
4. The
registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible
for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and
15d-14) for the registrant and we have:
5. The
registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed,
based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of registrants board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
6. The
registrants other certifying officer and I have indicated
in this annual report whether or not there were significant
changes in internal controls or in other factors that could
significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of
our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions
with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.
March 31, 2003
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ON FINANCIAL
STATEMENT SCHEDULE
Board of Directors and Shareholders
We have audited the consolidated financial
statements of Broadcom Corporation as of December 31, 2002
and 2001, and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2002, and have issued our report thereon dated
January 23, 2003 (except for Notes 11 and 14, as to
which the date is March 27, 2003). Our audits also included
the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a). This
schedule is the responsibility of the Companys management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.
In our opinion, the financial statement schedule
referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic
financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all
material respects the information set forth therein.
Orange County, California
S-1
SCHEDULE II CONSOLIDATED VALUATION
AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
BROADCOM CORPORATION
S-2
Exhibit Index
Table of Contents
Notes
Retained
Accumulated
Common Stock
Additional
Receivable
Earnings
Other
Total
Paid-In
From
Deferred
(Accumulated
Comprehensive
Shareholders
Shares
Amount
Capital
Employees
Compensation
Deficit)
Income (Loss)
Equity
212,999,490
$
21
$
451,284
$
(1,821
)
$
(12,632
)
$
80,031
$
(11
)
$
516,872
20,899,073
2
3,893,441
(13,668
)
3,879,775
176,049
1,061
1,061
9,767,556
1
131,786
131,787
479,715
11,774
11,774
914
914
465,887
465,887
1,236,013
(1,236,013
)
7,119
113,090
120,209
38,603
38,603
(3,799
)
(3,799
)
(1
)
(1
)
(687,822
)
(687,822
)
(691,622
)
244,321,883
24
6,236,968
(14,575
)
(1,135,555
)
(607,791
)
(3,811
)
4,475,260
13,948,095
2
867,034
(756
)
866,280
5,650,034
40,893
40,893
584,484
18,922
18,922
879
879
293,310
(293,310
)
47,061
463,949
511,010
25,497
25,497
6,972
6,972
3,799
3,799
(54
)
(54
)
(2,742,048
)
(2,742,048
)
(2,731,331
)
264,504,496
26
7,529,685
(14,452
)
(964,916
)
(3,349,839
)
6,906
3,207,410
6,769,500
1
214,728
(299
)
214,430
5,491,411
1
25,377
(295
)
25,083
1,038,541
18,972
18,972
2,199
2,199
(100,812
)
100,812
10,449
409,214
419,663
(7,152
)
(7,152
)
106
106
386
386
(2,236,576
)
(2,236,576
)
(2,243,236
)
277,803,948
$
28
$
7,698,399
$
(12,847
)
$
(454,890
)
$
(5,586,415
)
$
246
$
1,644,521
Table of Contents
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
$
(2,236,576
)
$
(2,742,048
)
$
(687,822
)
68,709
57,012
24,493
372,707
499,940
120,209
78,419
78,933
3,521
1,265,038
1,181,649
753,042
136,984
109,710
713,050
52,456
12,708
121,631
286,525
(65,938
)
(154,060
)
(4,700
)
33,201
32,736
(62,333
)
146,407
(78,350
)
(22,577
)
30,975
(29,850
)
(26,371
)
(16,090
)
(37,929
)
62,568
906
(1,802
)
63,743
(30,888
)
31,894
(69,191
)
49,054
161,969
(75,182
)
(71,373
)
(80,666
)
(3,250
)
(20,317
)
(25,900
)
7,597
839
41,008
69,402
186,743
141,602
53,857
(94,300
)
(307,731
)
(13,668
)
22,447
(216,811
)
3,025
90,000
250
(13,713
)
(128,580
)
(6,296
)
44,055
59,815
144,623
25,497
38,603
2,199
879
914
32,541
47,611
178,094
(14,203
)
(120,146
)
343,088
403,758
523,904
180,816
$
389,555
$
403,758
$
523,904
$
3,004
$
5,616
$
153
$
(3,083
)
$
8,199
$
4,028
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
(In thousands, except per share data)
$
(2,236,576
)
$
(2,742,048
)
$
(687,822
)
753,042
136,984
6,549
1,107
(5,893
)
(451
)
753,698
137,640
$
(2,236,576
)
$
(1,988,350
)
$
(550,182
)
$
(8.35
)
$
(10.79
)
$
(3.13
)
$
(8.35
)
$
(7.83
)
$
(2.50
)
Table of Contents
Employee Stock Options
Employee Stock Purchase Rights
2002
2001
2000
2002
2001
2000
4.00
3.00
3.00
1.17
1.17
1.75
0.70
0.90
0.90
0.70
0.90
0.90
2.72
%
4.09
%
6.20
%
2.72
%
4.09
%
6.20
%
0.00
%
0.00
%
0.00
%
0.00
%
0.00
%
0.00
%
$
9.33
$
27.13
$
93.31
$
6.89
$
21.48
$
37.36
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
(In thousands, except per share data)
$
(2,236,576
)
$
(2,742,048
)
$
(687,822
)
419,663
511,010
120,209
(1,068,281
)
(1,177,209
)
(534,138
)
$
(2,885,194
)
$
(3,408,247
)
$
(1,101,751
)
$
(8.35
)
$
(10.79
)
$
(3.13
)
$
(10.77
)
$
(13.42
)
$
(5.01
)
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
2.
Supplementary Financial Information
December 31,
2002
2001
(In thousands)
$
15,125
$
7,554
30,911
14,713
$
46,036
$
22,267
Table of Contents
December 31,
Useful Life
2002
2001
(In years)
(In thousands)
1 to 7
$
38,082
$
41,650
3 to 7
21,283
27,825
5
82,106
58,402
2 to 4
163,120
126,267
N/A
17,491
5,056
322,082
259,200
(144,525
)
(101,864
)
$
177,557
$
157,336
December 31, 2002
December 31, 2001
Accumulated
Accumulated
Gross
Amortization
Net
Gross
Amortization
Net
(In thousands)
$
131,470
$
(110,038
)
$
21,432
$
116,920
$
(54,006
)
$
62,914
39,921
(39,106
)
815
39,921
(19,629
)
20,292
1,620
(630
)
990
1,300
(1,300
)
19,781
(7,657
)
12,124
2,939
(2,140
)
799
2,939
(1,161
)
1,778
$
177,250
$
(153,214
)
$
24,036
$
179,561
$
(82,453
)
$
97,108
December 31,
2002
2001
(In thousands)
$
6,836
$
51,482
1,984
3,255
15,149
13,071
$
23,969
$
67,808
Table of Contents
December 31,
2002
2001
(In thousands)
$
89,370
$
74,437
42,391
8,111
19,288
7,336
14,314
38,753
44,445
$
204,116
$
134,329
December 31,
2002
2001
(In thousands)
$
5,663
$
3,352
1,167
1,542
532
7,990
(3,481
)
(7,221
)
$
3,881
$
5,663
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
(In thousands)
$
(33,201
)
$
(32,736
)
$
451
1,861
(2,693
)
$
(32,750
)
$
(30,875
)
$
(2,693
)
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
(In thousands, except per share data)
$
(2,236,576
)
$
(2,742,048
)
$
(687,822
)
271,628
260,813
223,200
(3,638
)
(6,792
)
(3,099
)
267,990
254,021
220,101
$
(8.35
)
$
(10.79
)
$
(3.13
)
Table of Contents
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
(In thousands)
$
14,314
$
7,909
$
168
21,051
344,256
3.
Business Combinations
Table of Contents
Shares
Shares
Shares
Reserved for
Reserved
Reserved
Performance-
for Certain
for
Based
Future
Total Shares
Date
Shares
Options
Warrants
Performance
Issued or
Company Acquired
Acquired
Business
Issued
Assumed
Assumed
Goals
Reserved
May 2002
Mobile communications
4,396,734
1,211,637
2,045,569
7,653,940
Jan. 2001
MPEG-2
1,459,975
790,027
5,714,270
7,964,272
Jan. 2001
Integrated circuits for servers
7,225,031
3,774,969
9,000,000
20,000,000
July 2001
Wireless, memory
68,175
205,425
273,600
8,753,181
4,770,421
5,714,270
9,000,000
28,237,872
July 2000
RF integrated circuits for wireless
2,339,149
605,925
2,945,074
Aug. 2000
ASIC design services
148,539
139,993
288,532
Sept. 2000
Ethernet physical layer transceivers
1,661,784
875,036
2,889,664
5,426,484
Oct. 2000
Integrated circuits for optical communications
equipment
5,211,050
411,069
5,622,119
Oct. 2000
Communications processors
3,864,050
1,087,215
39,604
4,990,869
Nov. 2000
Integrated circuits used in DSL
1,792,433
947,333
2,739,766
Dec. 2000
Integrated circuits for wide area and Ethernet
switching applications
839,467
426,961
756,900
300,000
2,323,328
Dec. 2000
Network processors
5,042,601
585,140
1,841,679
3,751,878
11,221,298
20,899,073
5,078,672
5,527,847
4,051,878
35,557,470
Table of Contents
Allocation of Purchase
Consideration
Assets
Goodwill and
Deferred
In-Process
(Liabilities)
Purchased
Deferred
Tax Assets
Research &
Total
Assumed
Intangibles
Compensation
(Liabilities)
Development
Consideration
(In thousands)
$
(10,998
)
$
191,126
$
1,253
$
(7,629
)
$
$
173,752
$
(14,826
)
$
105,404
$
100,530
$
$
30,400
$
221,508
(171,252
)
802,591
244,971
(147,860
)
79,310
807,760
(625
)
3,567
7,563
10,505
$
(186,703
)
$
911,562
$
353,064
$
(147,860
)
$
109,710
$
1,039,773
$
7,297
$
267,636
$
273,740
$
(67,996
)
$
41,690
$
522,367
(460
)
37,982
35,934
(8,767
)
64,689
1,955
393,047
159,490
(27,954
)
3,970
530,508
11,977
894,535
261,002
(80,396
)
198,460
1,285,578
26,346
635,941
258,274
(14,796
)
219,300
1,125,065
(18,805
)
383,819
70,646
4,835
64,630
505,125
9,808
170,326
8,451
(6,013
)
11,620
194,192
23,447
617,683
174,106
(81,054
)
173,380
907,562
$
61,565
$
3,400,969
$
1,241,643
$
(282,141
)
$
713,050
$
5,135,086
Condensed Balance Sheet
Assets
(In thousands)
$
839
584
1,192
893
3,508
4,934
3,000
$
11,442
Table of Contents
Liabilities and Shareholders Equity
(In thousands)
$
2,636
5,954
3,380
8,387
20,357
750
(9,665
)
$
11,442
Goodwill and Purchased Intangible
Assets
Fair Value at
Date of
Useful Life
Acquisition
(In years)
(In
thousands)
N/A
$
173,656
2 to 3
14,550
1 to 2
1,620
0.17
1,300
$
191,126
Accounting for Performance-Based
Warrants
Accounting for Contingent
Consideration
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
In-Process Research and
Development
Pro Forma Data
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
(In thousands,
except per share data)
$
1,092,829
$
988,253
(2,276,914
)
(2,675,920
)
(8.36
)
(10.17
)
Table of Contents
Merger-Related Costs
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Cost
Gains
Losses
Fair Value
(In thousands)
$
5,531
$
$
$
5,531
56,031
263
(1
)
56,293
57,117
603
57,720
5,067
59
5,126
35,137
558
35,695
$
158,883
$
1,483
$
(1
)
$
160,365
$
37,230
$
$
(5
)
$
37,225
136,028
1,899
(7
)
137,920
109,767
1,629
(284
)
111,112
$
283,025
$
3,528
$
(296
)
$
286,257
Table of Contents
December 31,
2002
2001
(In thousands)
Amortized
Fair
Amortized
Fair
Cost
Value
Cost
Value
$
118,679
$
119,544
$
173,258
$
175,145
34,451
35,025
100,967
102,548
5,753
5,796
8,800
8,564
$
158,883
$
160,365
$
283,025
$
286,257
Table of Contents
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
(In thousands)
$
(1,856,820
)
$
(2,464,048
)
$
(749,384
)
(82,162
)
(334,729
)
57,609
$
(1,938,982
)
$
(2,798,777
)
$
(691,775
)
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
(In thousands)
$
(678,644
)
$
(979,572
)
$
(242,121
)
434,363
670,489
47,945
27,759
249,568
52,108
(74,756
)
(16,821
)
(38,208
)
(13,062
)
(41,999
)
465,557
215,210
63,572
122,186
(3,187
)
(1,154
)
(24,983
)
2,662
$
297,594
$
(56,729
)
$
(3,953
)
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
(In thousands)
$
$
$
394,061
437
259
86,571
15,219
4,156
12,938
15,656
4,415
493,570
202,209
54,124
(385,074
)
79,729
(115,268
)
(112,449
)
281,938
(61,144
)
(497,523
)
$
297,594
$
(56,729
)
$
(3,953
)
Table of Contents
December 31,
2002
2001
(In thousands)
$
237,976
$
182,573
75,969
67,455
725,080
613,655
25,694
21,446
6,967
5,703
1,294
1,091,868
871,944
(990,223
)
(375,064
)
101,645
496,880
(5,994
)
(85,480
)
(185,154
)
(16,165
)
(16,165
)
(101,645
)
(207,313
)
$
$
289,567
Table of Contents
December 31,
2002
2001
(In thousands)
$
90,000
$
90,000
17,600
21,051
5,870
6,995
113,470
118,046
(112,258
)
(114,040
)
$
1,212
$
4,006
Table of Contents
Operating Leases
Capital Leases
(In thousands)
$
70,922
$
4,658
77,479
1,212
56,341
25,900
24,506
67,678
$
322,826
$
5,870
Table of Contents
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
(In thousands)
$
(2,236,576
)
$
(2,742,048
)
$
(687,822
)
(7,152
)
6,972
(3,799
)
106
3,799
386
(54
)
(1
)
$
(2,243,236
)
$
(2,731,331
)
$
(691,622
)
December 31,
2002
2001
(In thousands)
$
(74
)
$
6,972
320
(66
)
$
246
$
6,906
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Options Outstanding
Weighted
Shares
Average
Available for
Number of
Price Range
Exercise Price
Grant
Shares
Per Share
Per Share
16,775,296
60,008,442
$
.02 -$122.84
$
24.94
24,416,902
(25,957,719
)
25,957,719
77.50 - 213.06
133.57
139,404
4.13 - 140.60
70.96
5,078,672
.02 - 219.48
49.25
1,542,472
(1,629,274
)
.02 - 213.06
63.54
(10,014,617
)
.02 - 155.50
13.00
16,776,951
79,540,346
.02 - 219.48
62.70
35,987,421
(51,802,614
)(1)
51,802,614
(1)
18.77 - 39.75
34.41
6,199,038
(2)
.02 - 71.56
6.27
23,756,248
(2)
(24,788,587
)(3)
.02 - 213.06
112.30
(5,843,011
)
.02 - 112.66
7.26
24,718,006
106,910,400
.02 - 213.06
36.74
24,964,761
(40,694,533
)
40,694,533
10.10 - 35.06
16.61
2,013,253
(2)
.04 - 23.64
9.79
11,969,651
(12,964,129
)
.02 - 213.06
40.53
(4,654,444
)
.02 - 46.78
5.48
20,957,885
131,999,613
$
.02 -$213.06
$
30.84
(1)
Includes 18,616,372 replacement options and
3,878,073 supplemental options issued pursuant to the
Companys 2001 stock option exchange offer to employees.
(2)
Includes options assumed in connection with
purchase acquisitions and additional options subsequently issued
upon achievement of internal performance goals (see Note 3).
(3)
Includes 18,716,811 options cancelled pursuant to
the Companys 2001 stock option exchange offer to employees.
Table of Contents
Outstanding
Weighted
Exercisable
Average
Remaining
Weighted
Weighted
Range of
Number of
Contractual Life
Average
Average
Exercise Prices
Shares
(Years)
Exercise Price
Shares
Exercise Price
19,133,439
6.28
$
3.43
12,461,280
$
2.17
32,665,133
9.39
15.69
10,502,640
15.61
19,575,439
7.16
21.53
10,056,367
22.49
16,865,712
8.48
33.76
7,082,874
33.65
24,214,505
8.95
39.71
13,749,842
39.71
13,567,901
6.85
55.16
9,709,574
54.11
5,977,484
7.35
132.48
2,667,386
142.28
December 31,
2002
2001
2000
2,757,190
4,790,889
4,091,270
$
1.68
$
.55
$
4.54
65,714,964
71,248,016
66,217,054
66,284,649
35,662,384
13,323,292
152,957,498
131,628,406
96,317,297
December 31,
2002
2001
(In thousands)
$
2,158
$
377,877
(102,970
)
(84,567
)
$
(100,812
)
$
293,310
Years Ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
(In thousands)
$
349
$
1,426
$
1,612
1,942
2,938
3,557
417,140
505,924
107,921
232
722
7,119
$
419,663
$
511,010
$
120,209
Table of Contents
Number of shares
131,999,613
20,957,885
2,821,316
3,534,177
159,312,991
Table of Contents
Year 2002
Goodwill
(In
thousands)
$
2,241,632
12,124
173,656
42,229
(1,241,038
)
$
1,228,603
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
2001 Restructuring Plan
2002 Restructuring Plan
Consolidation
Consolidation
Workforce
of Excess
Workforce
of Excess
Reductions
Facilities
Reductions
Facilities
Total
$
16,100
$
18,181
$
$
$
34,281
(11,070
)
(1,638
)
(12,708
)
(4,906
)
(6,073
)
(10,979
)
124
10,470
10,594
1,411
30,454
65,048
22,767
119,680
6,815
6,815
(135
)
(4,868
)
(46,821
)
(1,495
)
(53,319
)
(1,400
)
(6,502
)
(16,683
)
(3,494
)
(28,079
)
$
$
29,554
$
1,544
$
24,593
$
55,691
(1)
Although not related to the 2002 or 2001
Restructuring Plans, the Company assumed additional liabilities
of approximately $6.8 million in connection with the
Mobilink acquisition for the consolidation of excess facilities,
relating primarily to lease terminations, non-cancelable lease
costs and write-offs of leasehold improvements. The liabilities
related to the Mobilink acquisition have been classified as
restructuring liabilities for presentation in the consolidated
balance sheets.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Years Ended
December 31,
2002
2001
2000
14.8
%
14.1
%
*
%
12.1
18.2
23.2
11.3
*
*
*
*
15.1
*
*
14.1
52.3
%
54.9
%
61.8
%
*
Less than 10% of net revenue.
(1)
Includes sales to Compaq, which was acquired by
Hewlett-Packard in May 2002, for all periods presented.
Table of Contents
Years Ended
December 31,
2002
2001
2000
20.5
%
15.1
%
11.8
%
4.4
6.3
8.3
0.2
1.9
0.2
25.1
%
23.3
%
20.3
%
Net
Gross
Net Loss
Revenue
Profit
Net Loss
Per Share
(In thousands, except per share data)
$
238,800
$
104,678
$
(166,067
)(1)
$
(0.63
)
258,203
114,626
(129,418
)
(.49
)
290,000
128,373
(183,260
)(2)
(.68
)
295,945
130,874
(1,757,831
)(3)
(6.40
)
$
310,501
$
147,549
$
(356,852
)(4)
$
(1.43
)
210,908
78,344
(436,394
)(5)
(1.73
)
213,591
83,759
(1,619,216
)(6)
(6.36
)
226,821
94,436
(329,586
)
(1.27
)
(1)
Includes restructuring costs of $4.8 million
and loss on strategic investments of $4.1 million
(2)
Includes restructuring costs of
$27.0 million, litigation settlement costs of
$3.0 million and net loss on strategic investments of
$31.5 million
(3)
Includes restructuring costs of
$87.8 million, impairment of goodwill of
$1.241 billion, impairment of acquired patent portfolio of
$24.0 million, gain on strategic investments of
$2.4 million and an income tax charge to establish a 100%
valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets of
$281.9 million
(4)
Includes in-process research and development
expense of $109.7 million
(5)
Includes restructuring costs of $18.2 million
(6)
Includes restructuring costs of
$16.1 million, impairment of goodwill of
$1.182 billion and loss on strategic investments of
$32.7 million
Table of Contents
14.
Subsequent Events
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
Description
2.1
(1)
Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by
and between the registrant and Innovent Systems, Inc. dated as
of June 10, 2000.
2.2
(2)
Amended and Restated Merger Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization by and among the registrant, AC Acquisition
Corp., and Altima Communications, Inc. dated as of July 28,
2000.
2.3
(3)
Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by
and among the registrant, NewPort Communications, Inc. and the
Other Parties Signatory Thereto dated as of August 9, 2000.
2.4
(4)
Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by
and among the registrant, Silicon Spice Inc. and the Other
Parties Signatory Thereto dated as of August 3, 2000.
2.5
(5)
Amended and Restated Merger Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization by and among the registrant, SiByte, Inc., and
the Other Parties Signatory Thereto dated as of December 6,
2000.
2.6
(6)
Asset Purchase Agreement by and among the
registrant, Visiontech Ltd. and the Other Parties Signatory
Thereto dated as of November 23, 2000.
2.7
(7)
Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by
and among the registrant, RCC Acquisition Corp., Reliance
Computer Corp., and the Other Parties Signatory Thereto dated as
of January 5, 2001.
3.1
(8)
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
dated March 3, 1998.
3.1.1
(9)
Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation dated June 26, 2000.
3.1.2
Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation dated December 28, 1999.
3.2
Bylaws of the registrant, as amended through
March 21, 2003.
10.1
(8)
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors
of the registrant.
10.2
(8)
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers of
the registrant.
10.3
(8)
1994 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan,
together with form of Stock Option Agreement, form of Stock
Purchase Agreement, form of promissory note and form of stock
pledge agreement.
10.4
1998 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended and
restated March 21, 2003).
10.4.1
(10)
1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Stock Option
Agreement.
10.4.2
(11)
1998 Stock Incentive Plan forms of Notice of
Grant, Stock Issuance Agreement, Stock Purchase Agreement and
related Addenda.
10.5
1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended and
restated March 21, 2003) and forms of ESPP Stock Purchase
Agreements and Enrollment/ Change Form
10.6
(12)
1999 Special Stock Option Plan and forms of
Notice of Grant of Stock Option and Stock Option Agreement.
10.8
(8)
Development, Supply and License Agreement dated
September 29, 1997 between the registrant and General
Instrument Corporation, formerly known as NextLevel Systems, Inc.
10.12
(8)
Special Stock Option Plan, together with form of
Stock Option Agreement and form of Stock Purchase Agreement.
10.15
(13)
Industrial Lease (Single Tenant; Net) dated
August 7, 1998 between the registrant and The Irvine
Company.
10.16
(9)
Amendment to Development, Supply and License
Agreement dated November 22, 2000 between the registrant
and General Instrument Corporation.
10.17
(14)
Lease Agreement dated February 1, 2000
between the registrant and Conejo Valley Development Corporation.
10.18
(14)
Lease dated November 20, 2000 together with
Second Amendment to Lease dated March 30, 2001 between the
registrant and Sobrato Interests.
10.19
(15)
Product Purchase Agreement dated
November 22, 2000, together with Amendment to Product
Purchase Agreement dated January 1, 2002, between the
registrant and General Instrument Corporation.
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
Description
10.20
First and Second Amendments to Industrial Lease
(Single Tenant; Net) dated August 27, 1999 and
December 10, 1999, respectively, between the registrant and
The Irvine Company.
10.21
Lease Agreement dated May 18, 2000 between
the registrant and M-D Downtown Sunnyvale, LLC.
10.22*
Second Amendment to Product Purchase Agreement
dated December 3, 2002 between the registrant and General
Instrument Corporation.
10.23
Credit Agreement dated December 23, 2002
between the registrant and Bank of America, N.A.
11.1
Statement Regarding Computation of Earnings Per
Share (contained in Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements).
21.1
Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1
Consent of Independent Auditors.
99.1
Section 906 Certifications, as furnished by
the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer
pursuant to SEC Release No. 33-8212, 34-47551.
(1)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
August 2, 2000.
(2)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
September 22, 2000.
(3)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
October 18, 2000.
(4)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
October 23, 2000.
(5)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
December 29, 2000.
(6)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
January 18, 2001.
(7)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
January 31, 2001.
(8)
Incorporated by reference to the similarly
numbered exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1
filed by the registrant (Reg. No. 333-45619).
(9)
Incorporated by reference to the similarly
numbered exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2000.
(10)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to
the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the
registrant (Reg. No. 333-71338).
(11)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 99.2 and
99.4 through 99.11 to the Registration Statement on
Form S-8 filed by the registrant (Reg. No. 333-60763).
(12)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 99.1
through 99.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8
filed by the registrant (Reg. No. 333-93457).
(13)
Incorporated by reference to the similarly
numbered exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1
filed by the registrant (Reg. No. 333-65117).
(14)
Incorporated by reference to the similarly
numbered exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2001.
(15)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2002.
*
Confidential treatment has been requested with
respect to the redacted portions of this amendment.
Confidential treatment has previously been
granted by the SEC for certain portions of the referenced
exhibit pursuant to Rule 406.
S-1
S-2
Table of Contents
BROADCOM CORPORATION
By:
/s/ ALAN E. ROSS
Alan E. Ross
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ ALAN E. ROSS
Alan E. Ross
President and Chief Executive Officer and
Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
March 31, 2003
/s/ HENRY SAMUELI
Henry Samueli, Ph.D.
Chief Technical Officer and Co-Chairman of the
Board
March 31, 2003
/s/ HENRY T. NICHOLAS III
Henry T. Nicholas III, Ph.D.
Co-Chairman of the Board
March 31, 2003
/s/ GEORGE L. FARINSKY
George L. Farinsky
Director
March 31, 2003
/s/ JOHN MAJOR
John Major
Director
March 31, 2003
/s/ WERNER F. WOLFEN
Werner F. Wolfen
Director
March 31, 2003
/s/ WILLIAM J. RUEHLE
William J. Ruehle
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
March 31, 2003
/s/ BRUCE E. KIDDOO
Bruce E. Kiddoo
Vice President and Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
March 31, 2003
Table of Contents
a) designed such disclosure controls and
procedures to ensure that material information relating to the
registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
b) evaluated the effectiveness of the
registrants disclosure controls and procedures as of a
date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual
report (the Evaluation Date); and
c) presented in this annual report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;
a) all significant deficiencies in the
design or operation of internal controls which could adversely
affect the registrants ability to record, process,
summarize and report financial data and have identified for the
registrants auditors any material weaknesses in internal
controls; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that
involves management or other employees who have a significant
role in the registrants internal controls; and
/s/ ALAN E. ROSS
Alan E. Ross
President and Chief Executive
Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Table of Contents
a) designed such disclosure controls and
procedures to ensure that material information relating to the
registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
b) evaluated the effectiveness of the
registrants disclosure controls and procedures as of a
date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual
report (the Evaluation Date); and
c) presented in this annual report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;
a) all significant deficiencies in the
design or operation of internal controls which could adversely
affect the registrants ability to record, process,
summarize and report financial data and have identified for the
registrants auditors any material weaknesses in internal
controls; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that
involves management or other employees who have a significant
role in the registrants internal controls; and
/s/ WILLIAM J. RUEHLE
William J. Ruehle
Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Balance at
Charged to
Charged to
Balance at
Beginning of
Costs and
Other
End of
Description
Period
Expenses
Accounts
Deductions
Period
(In thousands)
$
5,375
$
$
$
822
$
4,553
11,444
9,180
105
16,923
3,806
17,117
5,705
429
7,353
15,898
5,663
1,167
532
3,481
3,881
10,594
126,495
81,398
55,691
$
50,193
$
142,547
$
1,066
$
109,977
$
83,829
$
2,303
$
450
$
4,228
$
1,606
$
5,375
4,504
17,135
2,511
12,706
11,444
13,116
1,862
2,139
17,117
3,352
1,542
7,990
7,221
5,663
34,281
23,687
10,594
$
23,275
$
55,270
$
16,868
$
45,220
$
50,193
$
1,409
$
1,258
$
$
364
$
2,303
4,283
9,359
9,138
4,504
3,275
7,772
2,069
13,116
3,661
796
1,105
3,352
$
12,628
$
19,185
$
2,069
$
10,607
$
23,275
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
Description
2.1
(1)
Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by
and between the registrant and Innovent Systems, Inc. dated as
of June 10, 2000.
2.2
(2)
Amended and Restated Merger Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization by and among the registrant, AC Acquisition
Corp., and Altima Communications, Inc. dated as of July 28,
2000.
2.3
(3)
Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by
and among the registrant, NewPort Communications, Inc. and the
Other Parties Signatory Thereto dated as of August 9, 2000.
2.4
(4)
Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by
and among the registrant, Silicon Spice Inc. and the Other
Parties Signatory Thereto dated as of August 3, 2000.
2.5
(5)
Amended and Restated Merger Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization by and among the registrant, SiByte, Inc., and
the Other Parties Signatory Thereto dated as of December 6,
2000.
2.6
(6)
Asset Purchase Agreement by and among the
registrant, Visiontech Ltd. and the Other Parties Signatory
Thereto dated as of November 23, 2000.
2.7
(7)
Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by
and among the registrant, RCC Acquisition Corp., Reliance
Computer Corp., and the Other Parties Signatory Thereto dated as
of January 5, 2001.
3.1
(8)
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
dated March 3, 1998.
3.1.1
(9)
Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation dated June 26, 2000.
3.1.2
Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation dated December 28, 1999.
3.2
Bylaws of the registrant, as amended through
March 21, 2003.
10.1
(8)
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors
of the registrant.
10.2
(8)
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers of
the registrant.
10.3
(8)
1994 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan,
together with form of Stock Option Agreement, form of Stock
Purchase Agreement, form of promissory note and form of stock
pledge agreement.
10.4
1998 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended and
restated March 21, 2003).
10.4.1
(10)
1998 Stock Incentive Plan form of Stock Option
Agreement.
10.4.2
(11)
1998 Stock Incentive Plan forms of Notice of
Grant, Stock Issuance Agreement, Stock Purchase Agreement and
related Addenda.
10.5
1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended and
restated March 21, 2003) and forms of ESPP Stock Purchase
Agreements and Enrollment/ Change Form
10.6
(12)
1999 Special Stock Option Plan and forms of
Notice of Grant of Stock Option and Stock Option Agreement.
10.8
(8)
Development, Supply and License Agreement dated
September 29, 1997 between the registrant and General
Instrument Corporation, formerly known as NextLevel Systems, Inc.
10.12
(8)
Special Stock Option Plan, together with form of
Stock Option Agreement and form of Stock Purchase Agreement.
10.15
(13)
Industrial Lease (Single Tenant; Net) dated
August 7, 1998 between the registrant and The Irvine
Company.
10.16
(9)
Amendment to Development, Supply and License
Agreement dated November 22, 2000 between the registrant
and General Instrument Corporation.
10.17
(14)
Lease Agreement dated February 1, 2000
between the registrant and Conejo Valley Development Corporation.
10.18
(14)
Lease dated November 20, 2000 together with
Second Amendment to Lease dated March 30, 2001 between the
registrant and Sobrato Interests.
10.19
(15)
Product Purchase Agreement dated
November 22, 2000, together with Amendment to Product
Purchase Agreement dated January 1, 2002, between the
registrant and General Instrument Corporation.
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
Description
10.20
First and Second Amendments to Industrial Lease
(Single Tenant; Net) dated August 27, 1999 and
December 10, 1999, respectively, between the registrant and
The Irvine Company.
10.21
Lease Agreement dated May 18, 2000 between
the registrant and M-D Downtown Sunnyvale, LLC.
10.22*
Second Amendment to Product Purchase Agreement
dated December 3, 2002 between the registrant and General
Instrument Corporation.
10.23
Credit Agreement dated December 23, 2002
between the registrant and Bank of America, N.A.
11.1
Statement Regarding Computation of Earnings Per
Share (contained in Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements).
21.1
Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1
Consent of Independent Auditors.
99.1
Section 906 Certifications, as furnished by
the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer
pursuant to SEC Release No. 33-8212, 34-47551.
(1)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
August 2, 2000.
(2)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
September 22, 2000.
(3)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
October 18, 2000.
(4)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
October 23, 2000.
(5)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
December 29, 2000.
(6)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
January 18, 2001.
(7)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the registrant
January 31, 2001.
(8)
Incorporated by reference to the similarly
numbered exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1
filed by the registrant (Reg. No. 333-45619).
(9)
Incorporated by reference to the similarly
numbered exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2000.
(10)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to
the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the
registrant (Reg. No. 333-71338).
(11)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 99.2 and
99.4 through 99.11 to the Registration Statement on
Form S-8 filed by the registrant (Reg. No. 333-60763).
(12)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 99.1
through 99.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8
filed by the registrant (Reg. No. 333-93457).
(13)
Incorporated by reference to the similarly
numbered exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1
filed by the registrant (Reg. No. 333-65117).
(14)
Incorporated by reference to the similarly
numbered exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2001.
(15)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2002.
*
Confidential treatment has been requested with
respect to the redacted portions of this amendment.
Confidential treatment has previously been
granted by the SEC for certain portions of the referenced
exhibit pursuant to Rule 406.
EXHIBIT 3.1.2
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
Henry T. Nicholas III and David A. Dull hereby certify that:
1. They are the President and Secretary, respectively, of Broadcom Corporation, a California corporation.
2. Section A.1 of Article III of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of this corporation (the "Articles") is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
"1. Classes of Stock. This corporation is authorized to issue three classes of stock to be designated, respectively, "Class A Common Stock," "Class B Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock." The Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are hereinafter referred to collectively as "Common Stock." The total number of shares of stock which the corporation is authorized to issue is Six Hundred and Ten Million (610,000,000) shares. Four Hundred Million (400,000,000) shares shall be Class A Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share, Two Hundred Million (200,000,000) shares shall be Class B Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share, and Ten Million (10,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, par value $.0001 per share."
3. Section B.2.c of Article III of the Articles is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
c. The holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the corporation, except (i) in the case of a proposed issuance of shares of Class B Common Stock, which issuance shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting separately as a class; provided, however, that such approval shall not be required if the issuance of the Class B Common Stock has been approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors, then in office; and (ii) as otherwise required by applicable law.
4. The foregoing amendment of the Articles has been duly approved by the Board of Directors.
5. The foregoing amendment of the Articles has been duly approved by the required vote of the shareholders in accordance with Section 903 of the California Corporations Code. As of the date of this Certificate, the corporation had outstanding 55,174,529 shares of Class A Common Stock, 49,396,016 shares of Class B Common Stock, and no shares of Preferred Stock. The number of shares voting in favor of the foregoing amendments equaled or exceeded the vote required for approval, such required vote being a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a class, and a majority of the outstanding shares of the Class B Common Stock, voting as a single class.
The undersigned further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this Certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.
DATED: December 28, 1999 /s/ HENRY T. NICHOLAS III -------------------------------- Henry T. Nicholas III, President /s/ DAVID A. DULL -------------------------------- David A. Dull, Secretary |
BYLAWS
OF
BROADCOM CORPORATION
(as amended through March 21, 2003)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Article I. Corporate Offices | 1 | |||||||
1.1 | Principal Office | 1 | ||||||
1.2 | Other Offices | 1 | ||||||
Article II. Meetings of Shareholders | 1 | |||||||
2.1 | Place of Meetings | 1 | ||||||
2.2 | Annual Meeting | 1 | ||||||
2.3 | Special Meetings | 1 | ||||||
2.4 | Notice of Shareholders Meetings | 2 | ||||||
2.5 | Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice | 2 | ||||||
2.6 | Quorum | 3 | ||||||
2.7 | Adjourned Meeting Notice | 4 | ||||||
2.8 | Voting | 4 | ||||||
2.9 | Validation of Meetings; Waiver of Notice Consent | 5 | ||||||
2.10 | Shareholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting | 5 | ||||||
2.11 | Record Date for Shareholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents | 6 | ||||||
2.12 | Proxies | 7 | ||||||
2.13 | Inspectors of Election | 7 | ||||||
Article III. Directors | 7 | |||||||
3.1 | Powers | 7 | ||||||
3.2 | Number of Directors | 8 | ||||||
3.3 | Election and Term of Office of Directors | 8 | ||||||
3.4 | Removal | 8 | ||||||
3.5 | Resignation and Vacancies | 9 | ||||||
3.6 | Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone | 9 | ||||||
3.7 | Regular Meetings | 10 | ||||||
3.8 | Special Meetings; Notice | 10 | ||||||
3.9 | Quorum | 10 | ||||||
3.10 | Waiver of Notice | 10 | ||||||
3.11 | Adjournment | 11 | ||||||
3.12 | Notice of Adjournment | 11 | ||||||
3.13 | Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting | 11 | ||||||
3.14 | Fees and Compensation of Directors | 11 | ||||||
3.15 | Approval of Loans to Officers | 11 | ||||||
Article IV. Committees | 12 | |||||||
4.1 | Committees of Directors | 12 | ||||||
4.2 | Meetings and Actions of Committees | 12 | ||||||
Article V. Officers | 13 |
(i)
5.1 | Officers | 13 | ||||||
5.2 | Appointment of Officers | 13 | ||||||
5.3 | Subordinate Officers | 13 | ||||||
5.4 | Removal or Resignation of Officers | 13 | ||||||
5.5 | Vacancy in Offices | 14 | ||||||
5.6 | Chairman of the Board | 14 | ||||||
5.7 | President | 14 | ||||||
5.8 | Vice Presidents | 14 | ||||||
5.9 | Secretary | 14 | ||||||
5.10 | Chief Financial Officer | 15 | ||||||
Article VI. Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents | 15 | |||||||
6.1 | Indemnification of Directors | 15 | ||||||
6.2 | Indemnification of Others | 15 | ||||||
6.3 | Payment of Expenses in Advance | 16 | ||||||
6.4 | Indemnity Not Exclusive | 16 | ||||||
6.5 | Insurance Indemnification | 16 | ||||||
6.6 | Conflicts | 16 | ||||||
6.7 | Right to Bring Suit | 17 | ||||||
6.8 | Indemnity Agreements | 17 | ||||||
6.9 | Amendment, Repeal or Modification | 17 | ||||||
Article VII. Records and Reports | 17 | |||||||
7.1 | Maintenance and Inspection of Share Register | 17 | ||||||
7.2 | Maintenance and Inspection of Bylaws | 18 | ||||||
7.3 | Maintenance and Inspection of Other Corporate Records | 18 | ||||||
7.4 | Inspection by Directors | 19 | ||||||
7.5 | Annual Report to Shareholders; Waiver | 19 | ||||||
7.6 | Representation of Shares of Other Corporations | 19 | ||||||
Article VIII. General Matters | 19 | |||||||
8.1 | Record Date for Purposes Other than Notice and Voting | 19 | ||||||
8.2 | Checks; Drafts; Evidence of Indebtedness | 20 | ||||||
8.3 | Corporate Contracts and Instruments; How Executed | 20 | ||||||
8.4 | Certificate for Shares | 20 | ||||||
8.5 | Lost Certificates | 21 | ||||||
8.6 | Construction; Definitions | 21 | ||||||
Article IX. Amendments | 21 | |||||||
9.1 | Amendment by Shareholders | 21 | ||||||
9.2 | Amendment by Directors | 21 | ||||||
9.3 | Record of Amendments | 21 | ||||||
Article X. Interpretation | 22 |
(ii)
BYLAWS
ARTICLE I.
CORPORATE OFFICES
1.1 PRINCIPAL OFFICE
The Board of Directors shall fix the location of the principal executive office of the corporation at any place within or outside the State of California. If the principal executive office is located outside California and the corporation has one or more business offices in California, then the Board of Directors shall fix and designate a principal business office in California.
1.2 OTHER OFFICES
The Board of Directors may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or places.
ARTICLE II.
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS
Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of California designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, shareholders meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation or any place consented to in writing by all persons entitled to vote at such meeting, given before or after the meeting and filed with the Secretary of the corporation.
2.2 ANNUAL MEETING
An annual meeting of shareholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At that meeting, directors shall be elected. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting of shareholders.
2.3 SPECIAL MEETINGS
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these Bylaws, by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at that meeting.
1
If a special meeting is called by anyone other than the Board of Directors or the President or the Chairman of the Board, then the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by other written communication to the Secretary of the corporation. The Board of Directors shall determine whether such shareholder or shareholders have satisfied the requirements for calling a special meeting of the shareholders and shall notify the requesting party or parties in writing of its finding. The Secretary of the corporation shall cause notice to be given to the shareholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these Bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, so long as that time is not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, then the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of shareholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.
2.4 NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS
All notices of meetings of shareholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) (or, if sent by third-class mail pursuant to Section 2.5 of these Bylaws, not less than thirty (30)) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat. Such notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted and that no business other than that specified in the notice may be transacted, or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the Board of Directors at the time of the mailing of the notice, intends to present for action by the shareholders, but, subject to the provisions of the next paragraph of this Section 2.4, any proper matter may be presented at such annual meeting for such action. The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the names of nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented by the Board of Directors for election.
If action is proposed to be taken at any meeting for approval of (i) a contract or transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest, pursuant to Section 310 of the California Corporations Code (the Code), (ii) an amendment of the Articles of Incorporation, pursuant to Section 902 of the Code, (iii) a reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of the Code, (iv) a voluntary dissolution of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1900 of the Code or (v) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of any outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to Section 2007 of the Code, then the notice shall also state the general nature of that proposal.
2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE
Notice of a shareholders meeting shall be given (i) personally, in writing, (ii) by first-class mail or, if the corporation has outstanding shares held of record by five hundred (500) or more persons (determined as provided in Section 605 of the Code) on the record date for the shareholders meeting, by third-class mail, in writing addressed to the shareholder at the address of the shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the shareholder to the
2
corporation for the purpose of notice, or if no such address appears or is given, at the place where the principal executive office of the corporation is located or (iii) by publication of a written notice at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which the principal executive office is located. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally, deposited in the mail, published in an appropriate newspaper or sent by other means of written communication.
If any notice (or any report referenced in Article VII of these Bylaws) addressed to a shareholder at the address of such shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder at that address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if the same shall be available to the shareholder upon written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period of one (1) year from the date of the giving of the notice.
An affidavit of mailing of any notice or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5, executed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the corporation, or any transfer agent, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of the notice or report.
2.6 QUORUM
Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation, shares entitled to vote and holding a majority of the voting power, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by shares holding at least a majority of the voting power required to constitute a quorum.
In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of shareholders may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in the last sentence of the preceding paragraph.
3
2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING NOTICE
Any shareholders meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the shares entitled to vote and holding a majority of the voting power, represented in person or by proxy, at that meeting, but in the absence of a quorum, no other business may be presented at such meeting for action or otherwise transacted at such meeting.
When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if its time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. However, if the adjournment is for more than forty-five (45) days from the date set for the original meeting or if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these Bylaws. At any adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.
2.8 VOTING
The shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 702 through 704 of the Code (relating to voting shares held by a fiduciary, in the name of a corporation, or in joint ownership).
Elections for directors and voting on any other matter at a shareholders meeting need not be by ballot unless a shareholder demands election by ballot at the meeting and before the voting begins.
Except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.8, each outstanding share shall be entitled to that number of votes set forth in the Articles of Incorporation on each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders. Any holder of shares entitled to vote on any matter may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or may vote them against the proposal other than elections to office, but, if the shareholder fails to specify the number of shares such shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholders approving vote is with respect to all shares which the shareholder is entitled to vote.
The affirmative vote of shares holding a majority of the voting power, represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the voting power required to constitute a quorum), shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number of voting by classes is required by the Code or by the Articles of Incorporation.
4
The shareholders of the corporation shall not have the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors of the corporation.
2.9 VALIDATION OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE CONSENT
The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, however called and noticed, and whenever held, are as valid as though they had been taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or consent to the holding of the meeting or approval of the minutes thereof, except that if action is taken or proposed to be taken for approval of any of those matters specified in the second paragraph of Section 2.4 of these Bylaws, the waiver of notice or consent or approval shall state the general nature of the proposal. All such waivers, consents, and approval shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at that meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by the Code to be included in the notice of such meeting and not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting.
2.10 SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, directors may not be elected by written consent except by unanimous written consent of all shares entitled to vote for the election of directors; provided that the shareholders may elect a director to fill any vacancy not filled by the Board of Directors, other than a vacancy created by removal, by the written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.
All such consents shall be maintained in the corporate records. Any shareholder giving a written consent, or the shareholders proxy holders, or a transferee of the shares, or a personal representative of the shareholder, or their respective proxy holders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the Secretary of the corporation before written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the Secretary of the corporation.
5
If the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been solicited in writing, the Secretary of the corporation shall give prompt notice of any corporate action approved by the shareholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent to those shareholders entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. Such notice shall be given in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of these Bylaws. In the case of approval of (i) a contract or transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest, pursuant to Section 310 of the Code, (ii) indemnification of a corporate agent, pursuant to Section 317 of the Code, (iii) a reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of the Code and (iv) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to Section 2007 of the Code, the notice shall be given at least ten (10) days before the consummation of any action authorized by that approval, unless the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have been solicited in writing.
2.11 RECORD DATE FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS
In order that the corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days prior to the date of such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any other action. Shareholders at the close of business on the record date are entitled to notice and to vote, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or the Code.
A determination of shareholders or record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, but the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than forty-five (45) days from the date set for the original meeting.
If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:
(a) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
(b) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, (i) when no prior action by the Board of Directors has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given, or (ii) when prior action by the Board of Directors has been taken, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of such other action, whichever is later.
The record date for any other purpose shall be as provided in Section 8.1 of these Bylaws.
6
2.12 PROXIES
Every person entitled to vote for directors, or on any other matter, shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the Secretary of the corporation. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the shareholders name or other authorization is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic or electronic transmission or otherwise) by the shareholder or the shareholders attorney-in-fact. A validly executed proxy which does not state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (i) the person who executed the proxy revokes it prior to the time of voting by delivering a writing to the corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by executing a subsequent proxy and presenting it to the meeting or by attendance at such meeting and voting in person or (ii) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the corporation before the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted; provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The dates contained on the forms of proxy presumptively determine the order of execution, regardless of the postmark dates on the envelopes in which they are mailed. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 705(e) and 705(f) of the Code.
2.13 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION
In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint inspectors of election to act at the meeting and any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed or designed or if any persons so appointed fail to appear or refuse to act, then the Chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholders proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election (or persons to replace those who so fail to appear) at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If appointed at a meeting on the request of one (1) or more shareholders or proxies, shares holding a majority of the voting power, represented in person or by proxy, shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed.
The inspectors of election shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies, receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes or consents, determine when the polls shall close, determine the result and do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.
ARTICLE III.
DIRECTORS
3.1 POWERS
Subject to the provisions of the Code, any limitations in the Articles of Incorporation and these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the shareholders or
7
by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate the management of the day-to-day operation of the business of the corporation to a management company or other person provided that the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the Board of Directors.
3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than four (4) nor more than seven (7) (which in no event shall be greater than two times the stated minimum minus one), and the exact number of directors shall be five (5) until changed within the limits specified above, by a resolution amending such exact number, duly adopted by the Board of Directors or by the shareholders. The minimum and maximum number of directors may be changed, or a definite number may be fixed without provision for an indefinite number, by a duly adopted amendment to the Articles of Incorporation or by an amendment to this Bylaw duly adopted by vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that an amendment reducing the fixed number or minimum number of directors to a number less than five (5) cannot be adopted if the votes cast against its adoption at a meeting, or the shares not consenting in the case of an action by written consent, are equal to more than sixteen and two-third percent (16-2/3%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.
No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that directors term of office expires.
3.3 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS
At each annual meeting of shareholders, directors shall be elected to hold office until the next annual meeting. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of such a director. Directors need not be shareholders.
3.4 REMOVAL
The entire Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office without cause by the affirmative vote of shares holding a majority of the voting power that are entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board of Directors is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such directors removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes cast were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the same time of such directors most recent election were then being elected.
8
3.5 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES
Any director may resign effective upon giving oral or written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board of Directors of the corporation, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future time, the Board of Directors may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective.
Vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, or if the number of directors then in office is less than a quorum by (i) unanimous written consent of the directors then in office, (ii) the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office at a meeting held pursuant to notice or waiver of notice or (iii) a sole remaining director; however, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote or written consent of the shareholders or by court order may be filled only by the affirmative vote of shares holding a majority of the voting power represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the voting power required to constitute a quorum), or by the unanimous written consent of all shares entitled to vote thereon. Each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the shareholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified, or until his or her death, resignation or removal.
A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist (i) in the event of the death, resignation or removal of any director, (ii) if the Board of Directors resolution declares vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court of convicted or a felony, (iii) if the authorized number of directors is increased or (iv) if the shareholders fail, at any meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are elected, to elect the full number of directors to be elected at that meeting.
The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors, but any such election by written consent, other than to fill a vacancy created by removal, shall require the consent of shares holding a majority of the voting power that are entitled to vote thereon. A director may not be elected by written consent to fill a vacancy created by removal except by unanimous consent of all shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.
3.6 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE
Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of California that has been designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of California that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the principal executive office of the corporation.
Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting through the use of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all directors
9
participating in such meeting can hear one another. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this paragraph constitutes presence in person at such meeting.
3.7 REGULAR MEETINGS
Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice if the time and place of such meetings are fixed by the Board of Directors.
3.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE
Subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or any two (2) directors of the corporation.
Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first class mail or telegram (charges prepaid) or facsimile, in each case addressed to each director at the directors address or facsimile telephone number as it is shown on the records of the corporation, or by electronic mail or other electronic means to the director at the directors electronic address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone, facsimile, telegram, electronic mail or other electronic means, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone, by facsimile, to the telegraph company or by electronic mail or other electronic means at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. An oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting.
3.9 QUORUM
A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of these Bylaws. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act of the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of Section 310 of the Code (as to the approval of contracts or transactions in which a director has a direct or indirect material financial interest), Section 311 of the Code (as to the appointment of committees), Section 317(a) of the Code (as to the indemnification of directors), the Articles of Incorporation, and other applicable law.
A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.
3.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE
Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before
10
or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. All such waivers, consents and approval shall be filed with the corporate records or be made a part of the minutes of the meeting. A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.
3.11 ADJOURNMENT
A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.
3.12 NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT
If the meeting is adjourned for over twenty-four (24) hours, notice of any adjournment to another time and place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.
3.13 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board of Directors.
3.14 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. This Section 3.14 shall not be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and from receiving compensation for those services.
3.15 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS
The corporation may, upon the approval of the Board of Directors alone, make loans of money or property to, or guarantee the obligations of, any officer of the corporation or of its parent, if any, or adopt an employee benefit plan or plans authorizing such loans or guaranties provided that (i) the Board of Directors determines that such a loan or guaranty or plan may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation, (ii) the corporation has outstanding shares of record by 100 or more persons (determined as provided in Section 605 of the Code) on the date of approval of the Board of Directors and (iii) the approval of the Board of Directors is by a vote sufficient without counting the vote of any interested director or directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporations ability to make loans to its officers shall be subject to all other limitations and requirements set forth in the Code and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
11
ARTICLE IV.
COMMITTEES
4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of two (2) or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. The appointment of members or alternate members of a committee requires the vote of a majority of the authorized number of the directors. Any such committee shall have authority to act in the manner and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and may have all the authority of the Board of Directors, except with respect to:
(a) The approval of any action which, under the Code, also requires shareholders approval or approval of the outstanding shares.
(b) The filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors or on any committee.
(c) The fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the Board of Directors or on any committee.
(d) The amendment or repeal of these Bylaws or the adoption of new Bylaws.
(e) The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board of Directors which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable.
(f) A distribution to the shareholders of the corporation, except at a rate, in a periodic amount or within a price range set forth in the Articles of Incorporation or determined by the Board of Directors.
(g) The appointment or designation of any other committee of the Board of Directors or the members thereof.
4.2 MEETINGS AND ACTIONS OF COMMITTEES
Meetings and actions of committee shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these Bylaws, Section 3.6 (place of meetings), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section 3.8 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.9 (quorum), Section 3.10 (waiver of notice), Section 3.11 (adjournment), Section 3.12 (notice of adjournment), and Section 3.13 (action without meeting), with such changes in the context of those Bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of the Committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors, and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all
12
alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.
ARTICLE V.
OFFICERS
5.1 OFFICERS
The officers of a corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws. Any number of officers may be held by the same person.
5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS
The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws, shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.
5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS
The Board of Directors may appoint, or may empower the Chairman of the Board or the President to appoint, such other officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.
5.4 REMOVAL OR RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS
Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, all officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or, except in case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice, and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.
13
5.5 VACANCY IN OFFICES
A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed by these Bylaws for regular appointments to that office.
5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board shall also be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these Bylaws.
5.7 PRESIDENT
Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. The President shall preside over all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The President shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.
5.8 VICE PRESIDENTS
In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the President or the Chairman of the Board.
5.9 SECRETARY
The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or other such place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors and shareholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders meetings, and the proceedings thereof.
14
The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporations transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and dates of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.
The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meeting of shareholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by these Bylaws. The Secretary shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform other such duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.
5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
The Chief Financial Officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.
ARTICLE VI.
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS,
6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS
The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the Code, indemnify each of its directors against expenses (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), judgment, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the corporation. For purposes of this Article VI, a director of the corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or (iii) who was a director of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.
6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS
The corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the Code, to indemnify each of its employees, officers and agents (other than directors) against expenses (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee, officer or agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Article VI, an employee or officer or agent of the corporation (other than a director) includes any person (i) who is or was an
15
employee, officer or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee, officer or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or (ii) who was an employee, officer or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.
6.3 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE
Expenses and attorneys fees incurred in defending any civil or criminal action or proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section 6.1, or if otherwise authorized by the Board of Directors, shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay such an amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article VI.
6.4 INDEMNITY NOT EXCLUSIVE
The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The rights to indemnity hereunder shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the person.
6.5 INSURANCE INDEMNIFICATION
The corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in such capacity or arising out of that persons status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify that person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.
6.6 CONFLICTS
No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article VI, except where such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any circumstance where it appears:
(1) That it would be inconsistent with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of the shareholders or an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or
(2) That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.
16
6.7 RIGHT TO BRING SUIT
If a claim under this Article VI is not paid in full by the corporation within 90 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation (either because the claim is denied or because no determination is made), the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the Code for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the claim. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is permissible in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct, if any, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its shareholders) that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to such action or create a presumption for the purposes of such action that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
6.8 INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS
The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, or any person who was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines and to the extent permitted by applicable law, greater than, those provided for in this Article VI.
6.9 AMENDMENT, REPEAL OR MODIFICATION
Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, employee, officer or agent of the corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.
ARTICLE VII.
RECORDS AND REPORTS
7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER
The corporation shall keep either at its principal executive office or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar (if either be appointed), as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a record of its shareholders listing the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of shares held by each shareholder.
A shareholder or shareholders of the corporation holding at least five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation or who held at least one
17
percent (1%) of such voting shares and have filed a Schedule 14A with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, shall have an absolute right to do either or both of the following (i) inspect and copy the record of shareholders names, addresses, and shareholdings during usual business hours upon five (5) days prior written demand upon the corporation or (ii) obtain from the transfer agent of the corporation, upon written demand and upon the tender of such transfer agents usual charges for such list (the amount of which charges shall be stated to the shareholder by the transfer agent upon request), a list of the shareholders names and addresses who are entitled to vote for the election of the directors, and their shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which it has been compiled or as of the date specified by the shareholder subsequent to the date of demand. The list shall be made available on or before the later of five (5) business days after the demand is received or the date specified therein as the date as of which the list is to be compiled.
The record of shareholders shall also be open to inspection or copying by any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any time during usual business hours upon written demand on the corporation, for a purpose reasonably related to the holders interests as a shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate.
Any inspection and copying under this Section 7.1 may be made in person or by an agent or attorney of the shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate making the demand.
7.2 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS
The corporation shall keep at its principal executive office or, if its principal executive office is not in the State of California, at its principal business office in California, the original or a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, which shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable times during business hours. If the principal executive office is outside the State of California and the corporation has no principal business office in such state, then it shall, upon the written request of any shareholder, furnish to such shareholder a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date.
7.3 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE RECORDS
The accounting books and records and the minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors, and committees of the Board of Directors, shall be kept at such place or places as are designated by the Board of Directors or, in absence of such designation, at the principal executive office of the corporation. The minutes shall be kept in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form.
The minutes and accounting books and records shall be open to inspection upon the written demand on the corporation of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to such holders interests as a shareholder or as a holder of a voting trust certificate. Such inspection by a shareholder or a holder of a voting trust certificate may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts. Such rights of inspections shall extend to the records of each subsidiary corporation of the corporation.
18
7.4 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS
Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect and copy all books, records and documents of every kind and to inspect the physical properties of the corporation and each of its subsidiary corporations, domestic or foreign. Such inspection by a director may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.
7.5 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS; WAIVER
The Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to the shareholders not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the fiscal year adopted by the corporation. Such report shall be sent to the shareholders at least fifteen (15) (or, if sent by third class mail, thirty-five (35)) days prior to the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in the next fiscal year and in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of these Bylaws for giving notice to shareholders of the corporation.
The annual report shall contain a balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for the fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that the statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation.
The foregoing requirement of an annual report shall be waived so long as the shares of the corporation are held by fewer than one hundred (100) holders of record.
7.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS
The Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the President or a Vice President, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or by power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.
ARTICLE VIII.
GENERAL MATTERS
8.1 RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING
For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action (other than with respect to notice or voting at a shareholders meeting or action by shareholders by written consent without a meeting), the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to any such
19
action. Only shareholders of record at the close of business on the record date are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided for in the Articles of Incorporation or the Code.
If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date, then the record date for determining shareholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of that action, whichever is later.
8.2 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS
From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.
8.3 CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS; HOW EXECUTED
The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of or on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
8.4 CERTIFICATE FOR SHARES
A certificate or certificates for shares of the corporation shall be issued to each shareholder when any such shares are fully paid. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of certificates for shares partly paid provided that these certificates shall state the total amount of the consideration to be paid for them and the amount actually paid. All certificates shall be signed in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares and the class and series of shares owned by the shareholder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificates may be by facsimile.
In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed on, a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if that person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
20
8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES
Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificate for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation or its transfer agent or registrar and cancelled at the same time. The Board of Directors may, in case any share certificate or certificate for any other security is lost, stolen or destroyed (as evidenced by a written affidavit or affirmation of such fact), authorize the issuance of replacement certificates on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may require. The Board of Directors may require indemnification of the corporation secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient to protect the corporation against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the replacement certificate.
8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS
Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the Code shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term person includes both a corporation and a natural person.
ARTICLE IX.
AMENDMENTS
9.1 AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS
New bylaws may be adopted or these Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that if the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation set forth the number of authorized directors of the corporation, then the authorized number of directors may be changed only by an amendment of the Articles of Incorporation.
9.2 AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS
Subject to the rights of the shareholders as provided by Section 9.1 of these Bylaws, bylaws, other than a bylaw or an amendment of a bylaw changing the authorized number of directors (except to fix the authorized number of directors pursuant to a bylaw providing for a variable number of directors), may be adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.
9.3 RECORD OF AMENDMENTS
Whenever an amendment or new bylaw is adopted, it shall be copied in the book of minutes with the original Bylaws. If any bylaw is repealed, the face of repeal, with the date of the meeting at which the repeal was enacted or written consent was filed, shall be stated in said book of minutes.
21
ARTICLE X.
INTERPRETATION
Reference in the Bylaws to any provision of the California Corporations Code shall be deemed to include all amendments thereof.
22
Exhibit 10.4
BROADCOM CORPORATION
1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE MARCH 21, 2003
ARTICLE ONE
GENERAL PROVISIONS
I. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
This 1998 Stock Incentive Plan is intended to promote the interests of Broadcom Corporation, a California corporation, by providing eligible persons in the Corporations service with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation as an incentive for them to remain in such service.
Capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.
All share numbers in this March 2002 restatement reflect (i) the two-for-one split of the Common Stock which was effected on February 17, 1999 through the payment of a dividend of one additional share of Common Stock for every share of Common Stock outstanding on February 5, 1999 and (ii) the two-for-one split of the Common Stock which was effected on February 11, 2000 through the payment of a dividend of one additional share of Common Stock for every share of Common Stock outstanding on January 31, 2000.
II. STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN
A. The Plan shall be divided into five separate equity incentive programs:
- the Discretionary Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock,
- the Salary Investment Option Grant Program under which eligible employees may elect to have a portion of their base salary invested each year in special option grants,
- the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary),
- the Automatic Option Grant Program under which eligible non-employee Board members shall automatically receive option grants at designated intervals over their period of continued Board service, and
- the Director Fee Option Grant Program under which non-employee Board members may elect to have all or any portion of their annual retainer fee otherwise payable in cash applied to a special stock option grant.
B. The provisions of Articles One and Seven shall apply to all equity programs under the Plan and shall govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.
III. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
A. The Primary Committee shall have sole and exclusive authority to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to Section 16 Insiders. Administration of the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to all other persons eligible to participate in those programs may, at the Boards discretion, be vested in the Primary Committee or a Secondary Committee, or the Board may retain the power to administer those programs with respect to all such persons. However, any discretionary option grants or stock issuances for members of the Primary Committee must be authorized and approved by a disinterested majority of the Board.
B. Members of the Primary Committee or any Secondary Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and may be removed by the Board at any time. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of any Secondary Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to such committee.
C. Each Plan Administrator shall, within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan, have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the provisions of those programs and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs under its jurisdiction or any stock option or stock issuance thereunder.
D. The Primary Committee shall have the sole and exclusive authority to determine which Section 16 Insiders and other highly compensated Employees shall be eligible for participation in the Salary Investment Option Grant Program for one or more calendar years. However, all option grants under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program shall be made in accordance with the express terms of that program, and the Primary Committee shall not exercise any discretionary functions with respect to the option grants made under that program.
2.
E. Service on the Primary Committee or the Secondary Committee shall constitute service as a Board member, and members of each such committee shall accordingly be entitled to full indemnification and reimbursement as Board members for their service on such committee. No member of the Primary Committee or the Secondary Committee shall be liable for any act or omission made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option grants or stock issuances under the Plan.
F. Administration of the Automatic Option Grant and Director Fee Option Grant Programs shall be self-executing in accordance with the terms of those programs, and no Plan Administrator shall exercise any discretionary functions with respect to any option grants or stock issuances made under those programs.
IV. ELIGIBILITY
A. The persons eligible to participate in the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs are as follows:
(i) Employees, | |
(ii) non-employee members of the Board or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and | |
(iii) consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary). |
B. Only Employees who are Section 16 Insiders or other highly compensated individuals shall be eligible to participate in the Salary Investment Option Grant Program.
C. Each Plan Administrator shall, within the scope of its administrative jurisdiction under the Plan, have full authority to determine, (i) with respect to the option grants under the Discretionary Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive such grants, the time or times when those grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding and (ii) with respect to stock issuances under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such issuances, the time or times when the issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration for such shares.
D. The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options in accordance with the Discretionary Option Grant Program or to effect stock issuances in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program.
3.
E. The individuals who shall be eligible to participate in the Automatic Option Grant Program shall be limited to (i) those individuals who first become non-employee Board members after the Underwriting Date, whether through appointment by the Board or election by the Corporations shareholders, and (ii) those individuals who continue to serve as non-employee Board members at one or more Annual Shareholders Meetings held after the Underwriting Date, including any individuals who first became non-employee Board members prior to such Underwriting Date. A non-employee Board member who has previously been in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) shall not be eligible to receive an option grant under the Automatic Option Grant Program at the time he or she first becomes a non-employee Board member, but shall be eligible to receive periodic option grants under the Automatic Option Grant Program while he or she continues to serve as a non-employee Board member.
F. All non-employee Board members shall be eligible to participate in the Director Fee Option Grant Program.
V. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
A. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Corporation on the open market. The number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance over the term of the Plan shall not exceed 196,413,480 shares. 1 Such reserve shall consist of (i) the 63,922,252 shares which were transferred as of the Plan Effective Date from the Predecessor Plans to this Plan, including the shares subject to outstanding options under that Predecessor Plans, (ii) plus an additional increase of 1,619,168 shares on January 4, 1999 pursuant to the automatic share increase provisions of Section V.B of this Article One, plus (iii) an additional increase of 20,000,000 shares authorized by the Board on September 24, 1999 and approved by the shareholders at the Special Shareholders Meeting held on November 22, 1999, plus (iv) an additional increase of 9,416,902 shares on January 3, 2000 pursuant to the automatic share increase provisions of Section V.B of this Article One, plus (v) an additional increase of 15,000,000 shares authorized by the Board on February 29, 2000 and approved by the shareholders at the 2000 Annual Meeting, plus (vi) an additional increase of 10,994,485 shares on January 2, 2001 pursuant to the automatic share increase provisions of Section V.B of this Article One, plus (vii) an additional increase of 25,000,000 shares authorized by the Board on April 20, 2001 and approved by the shareholders at the 2001 Annual Meeting, plus (viii) an additional increase of 11,959,496 shares on January 2, 2002 pursuant to the automatic share increase provisions of Section V.B of this Article One, plus (ix) an additional increase of 13,000,000 shares authorized by the Board on March 7, 2002 and approved by the shareholders at the 2002 Annual Meeting, plus (x) an additional increase of 12,501,177 shares on January 2, 2003 pursuant to the automatic share increase provisions of Section V.B of this Article One, plus (xi) an additional increase of 13,000,000 shares authorized by the Board on March 21, 2003, subject to shareholder approval at the 2003 Annual Meeting. To the extent any unvested shares
1 The Common Stock issuable under the Plan shall be Class A Common Stock, except to the extent such stock is to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options incorporated from the Predecessor Plans. For those options, the issuable stock shall be Class B Common Stock. |
4.
of Common Stock outstanding under the Predecessor Plans as of the Plan Effective Date are subsequently repurchased by the Corporation, at the option exercise price paid per share, in connection with the holders termination of Service prior to vesting in those shares, the repurchased shares shall be added to the reserve of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, but in no event shall such addition exceed 18,000,000 shares.
B. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on the first trading day of January each calendar year during the term of the Plan, beginning with calendar year 2000, by an amount equal to four and one-half percent (4.5%) of the total number of shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock outstanding on the last trading day in December of the immediately preceding calendar year, but in no event shall any such annual increase exceed 18,000,000 shares.
C. No one person participating in the Plan may receive stock options, separately exercisable stock appreciation rights and direct stock issuances or share right awards for more than 6,000,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate per calendar year.
D. Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options (including options incorporated into this Plan from the Predecessor Plans) shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (i) those options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full or (ii) the options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two. Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently cancelled or repurchased by the Corporation at the original exercise or issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporations repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan. All shares which become available for reissuance under the Plan, including the shares of Class B Common Stock subject to the outstanding options incorporated into this Plan from the Predecessor Plans which expire or terminate unexercised and any unvested shares of Class B Common Stock repurchased by the Corporation pursuant to its repurchase rights, shall be issuable solely as Class A Common Stock. In addition, should the exercise price of an option under the Plan be paid with shares of Common Stock or should shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under the Plan be withheld by the Corporation in satisfaction of the withholding taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of an option or the vesting of a stock issuance under the Plan, then the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced only by the net number of shares of Common Stock issued to the holder of such option or stock issuance, and not by the gross number of shares for which the option is exercised or which vest under the stock issuance. However, shares of Common Stock underlying one or more stock appreciation rights exercised under Section IV of Article Two, Section III of Article Three, Section II of Article Five or Section III of Article Six of the Plan shall not be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan.
E. If any change is made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporations receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Plan Administrator to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number
5.
and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted stock options, separately exercisable stock appreciation rights and direct stock issuances or share right awards under the Plan per calendar year, (iii) the number and/or class of securities for which grants are subsequently to be made under the Automatic Option Grant Program to new and continuing non-employee Board members, (iv) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option under the Plan, (v) the number and/or class of securities and exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option incorporated into this Plan from the Predecessor Plans, (vi) the maximum number and/or class of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each calendar year pursuant to the provisions of Section V.B of this Article One and (vii) the maximum number and/or class of securities which may be added to the Plan through the repurchase of unvested shares issued under the Predecessor Plans. Such adjustments to the outstanding options are to be effected in a manner which shall preclude the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under such options. The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive.
6.
ARTICLE TWO
DISCRETIONARY OPTION GRANT PROGRAM
I. OPTION TERMS
Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.
A. Exercise Price .
1. The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator but shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.
2. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Seven and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in one or more of the forms specified below:
(i) cash or check made payable to the Corporation, | |
(ii) shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporations earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or | |
(iii) to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions to (a) a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (b) the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale. |
Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.
B. Exercise and Term of Options. Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option. However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.
7.
C. Effect of Termination of Service .
1. The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time of cessation of Service or death:
(i) Any option outstanding at the time of the Optionees cessation of Service for any reason shall remain exercisable for such period of time thereafter as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option, but no such option shall be exercisable after the expiration of the option term. | |
(ii) Any option held by the Optionee at the time of death and exercisable in whole or in part at that time may be subsequently exercised by the personal representative of the Optionees estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionees will or the laws of inheritance or by the Optionees designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of that option. | |
(iii) Should the Optionees Service be terminated for Misconduct or should the Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while holding one or more outstanding options under this Article Two, then all those options shall terminate immediately and cease to be outstanding. | |
(iv) During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionees cessation of Service. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionees cessation of Service, terminate and cease to be outstanding to the extent the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable for vested shares. |
2. The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:
(i) extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Optionees cessation of Service from the limited exercise period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or |
(ii) permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionees cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested had the Optionee continued in Service. |
8.
D. Shareholder Rights. The holder of an option shall have no shareholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become a holder of record of the purchased shares.
E. Repurchase Rights. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. Should the Optionee cease Service while holding such unvested shares, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase, at the exercise price paid per share, any or all of those unvested shares. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.
F. Limited Transferability of Options . During the lifetime of the Optionee, Incentive Options shall be exercisable only by the Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or the laws of inheritance following the Optionees death. Non-Statutory Options shall be subject to the same limitation, except that a Non-Statutory Option may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionees lifetime to one or more members of the Optionees family or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to Optionees former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionees estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may also designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under this Article Two, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionees death while holding those options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionees death.
II. INCENTIVE OPTIONS
The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Seven shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options when issued under the Plan shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.
A. Eligibility. Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.
B. Exercise Price. The exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.
9.
C. Dollar Limitation. The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.
D. 10% Shareholder. If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Shareholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date, and the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date.
III. CHANGE IN CONTROL/HOSTILE TAKE-OVER
A. No option outstanding at the time of a Change in Control shall become exercisable on an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) that option is, in connection with the Change in Control, assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction, (ii) such option is replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing at the time of the Change in Control on the shares of Common Stock for which the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same exercise/vesting schedule applicable to those option shares or (iii) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of the option grant. However, if none of the foregoing conditions are satisfied, then each option outstanding at the time of the Change in Control but not otherwise exercisable for all the option shares shall automatically accelerate so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to that option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock.
B. All outstanding repurchase rights shall also terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Change in Control, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continue in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.
C. Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, all outstanding options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise expressly continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.
10.
D. Each option which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such Change in Control shall also be made to (i) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same, (ii) the maximum number and/or class of securities available for issuance over the remaining term of the Plan, (iii) the maximum number and/or class of securities by which the share reserve is to increase each calendar year pursuant to the automatic share increase provisions of the Plan, (iv) the maximum number and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted options, separately exercisable stock appreciation rights and direct stock issuances or share right awards under the Plan per calendar year and (v) the maximum number and class of securities which may be added to the Plan through the repurchase of unvested shares issued under the Predecessor Plans. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporations outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control transaction, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control transaction.
E. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program so that those options shall, immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control, vest and become exercisable for all the option shares on an accelerated basis and may be exercised for any or all of the option shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock, whether or not those options are to be assumed or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the express terms of the Change in Control transaction. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more of the Corporations repurchase rights under the Discretionary Option Grant Program so that those rights shall immediately terminate at the time of such Change in Control and shall not be assignable to successor corporation (or parent thereof), and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall accordingly vest in full at the time of such Change in Control.
F. The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority to structure one or more outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program so that those options shall vest and become exercisable for all the option shares on an accelerated basis in the event the Optionees Service is subsequently terminated by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Change in Control in which those options do not otherwise accelerate. Any options so accelerated shall remain exercisable for fully vested shares until the expiration or sooner termination of the option term. In addition, the Plan Administrator may structure one or more of the Corporations repurchase rights under the Discretionary Option Grant Program so that those rights shall immediately terminate with respect to any shares held by the Optionee at the time of his or her Involuntary Termination, and the shares subject to those terminated repurchase rights shall accordingly vest in full at that time.
11.
G. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program so that those options shall, immediately prior to the effective date of a Hostile Take-Over, vest and become exercisable for all the option shares on an accelerated basis and may be exercised for any or all of the option shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more of the Corporations repurchase rights under the Discretionary Option Grant Program so that those rights shall terminate automatically upon the consummation of such Hostile Take-Over, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall thereupon vest in full. Alternatively, the Plan Administrator may condition the automatic acceleration of one or more outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program and the termination of one or more of the Corporations outstanding repurchase rights under such program upon the Involuntary Termination of the Optionees Service within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of such Hostile Take-Over. Each option so accelerated shall remain exercisable for fully vested shares until the expiration or sooner termination of the option term.
H. The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Nonstatutory Option under the Federal tax laws.
I. The outstanding options shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
IV. CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS
The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program (including outstanding options incorporated from the Predecessor Plans) and to grant in substitution new options covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new grant date.
V. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
A. The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority to grant to selected Optionees tandem stock appreciation rights and/or limited stock appreciation rights.
B. The following terms shall govern the grant and exercise of tandem stock appreciation rights:
(i) One or more Optionees may be granted the right, exercisable upon such terms as the Plan Administrator may establish, to elect between the exercise of the underlying option for shares of Common Stock and the surrender of that option in exchange for a distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value (on the option |
12.
surrender date) of the number of shares in which the Optionee is at the time vested under the surrendered option (or surrendered portion thereof) over (b) the aggregate exercise price payable for such shares. | |
(ii) No such option surrender shall be effective unless it is approved by the Plan Administrator, either at the time of the actual option surrender or at any earlier time. If the surrender is so approved, then the distribution to which the Optionee shall be entitled may be made in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the option surrender date, in cash, or partly in shares and partly in cash, as the Plan Administrator shall in its sole discretion deem appropriate. | |
(iii) If the surrender of an option is not approved by the Plan Administrator, then the Optionee shall retain whatever rights the Optionee had under the surrendered option (or surrendered portion thereof) on the option surrender date and may exercise such rights at any time prior to the later of (a) five (5) business days after the receipt of the rejection notice or (b) the last day on which the option is otherwise exercisable in accordance with the terms of the documents evidencing such option, but in no event may such rights be exercised more than ten (10) years after the option grant date. |
C. The following terms shall govern the grant and exercise of limited stock appreciation rights:
(i) One or more Section 16 Insiders may be granted limited stock appreciation rights with respect to their outstanding options. |
(ii) Upon the occurrence of a Hostile Take-Over, each individual holding one or more options with such a limited stock appreciation right shall have the unconditional right (exercisable for a thirty (30)-day period following such Hostile Take-Over) to surrender each such option to the Corporation. In return for the surrendered option, the Optionee shall receive a cash distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (A) the Take-Over Price of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option (whether or not the option is otherwise vested and exercisable for those shares) over (B) the aggregate exercise price payable for those shares. Such cash distribution shall be paid within five (5) days following the option surrender date. | |
(iii) At the time such limited stock appreciation right is granted, the Plan Administrator shall pre-approve any subsequent exercise of that right in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph C. Accordingly, no further approval of the Plan Administrator or the Board shall be required at the time of the actual option surrender and cash distribution. | |
(iv) The balance of the option (if any) shall remain outstanding and exercisable in accordance with the documents evidencing such option. |
13.
ARTICLE THREE
SALARY INVESTMENT OPTION GRANT PROGRAM
I. OPTION GRANTS
The Primary Committee shall have the sole and exclusive authority to determine the calendar year or years (if any) for which the Salary Investment Option Grant Program is to be in effect and to select the Section 16 Insiders and other highly compensated Employees eligible to participate in the Salary Investment Option Grant Program for such calendar year or years. Each selected individual who elects to participate in the Salary Investment Option Grant Program must, prior to the start of each calendar year of participation, file with the Plan Administrator (or its designate) an irrevocable authorization directing the Corporation to reduce his or her base salary for that calendar year by an amount not less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) nor more than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00). Each individual who files such a timely authorization shall automatically be granted an option under the Salary Investment Grant Program on the first trading day in January of the calendar year for which the salary reduction is to be in effect.
II. OPTION TERMS
Each option shall be a Non-Statutory Option evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below.
A. Exercise Price .
1. The exercise price per share shall be thirty-three and one-third percent (33-1/3%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.
2. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall be payable in one or more of the alternative forms authorized under the Discretionary Option Grant Program. Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure specified thereunder is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.
B. Number of Option Shares. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option shall be determined pursuant to the following formula (rounded down to the nearest whole number):
X = A ÷ (B x 66-2/3%), where
X is the number of option shares,
14.
A is the dollar amount of the reduction in the Optionees base salary for the calendar year to be in effect pursuant to this program, and | |
B is the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date. |
C. Exercise and Term of Options. The option shall become exercisable in a series of twelve (12) successive equal monthly installments upon the Optionees completion of each calendar month of Service in the calendar year for which the salary reduction is in effect. Each option shall have a maximum term of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.
D. Effect of Termination of Service. Should the Optionee cease Service for any reason while holding one or more options under this Article Three, then each such option shall remain exercisable, for any or all of the shares for which the option is exercisable at the time of such cessation of Service, until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term or (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of such cessation of Service. Should the Optionee die while holding one or more options under this Article Three, then each such option may be exercised, for any or all of the shares for which the option is exercisable at the time of the Optionees cessation of Service (less any shares subsequently purchased by Optionee prior to death), by the personal representative of the Optionees estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionees will or the laws of inheritance or by the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of the option. Such right of exercise shall lapse, and the option shall terminate, upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term or (ii) the three (3)-year period measured from the date of the Optionees cessation of Service. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionees cessation of Service for any reason, terminate and cease to remain outstanding with respect to any and all shares of Common Stock for which the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable.
III. CHANGE IN CONTROL/ HOSTILE TAKE-OVER
A. In the event of a Change in Control while the Optionee remains in Service, each outstanding option held by such Optionee under this Salary Investment Option Grant Program shall automatically accelerate so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of such Change in Control, vest and become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. Each such outstanding option shall terminate immediately following the Change in Control, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the express terms of the Change in Control transaction. Any option so assumed or continued in effect shall remain exercisable for the fully-vested shares until the earliest to occur of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term, (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of the Optionees cessation of Service, (iii) the termination of the option in connection with a subsequent Change in Control or (iv) the surrender of the option in connection with a Hostile Take-Over.
15.
B. In the event of a Hostile Take-Over while the Optionee remains in Service, each outstanding option held by such Optionee under this Salary Investment Option Grant Program shall automatically accelerate so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of such Hostile Take-Over, vest and become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. The option shall remain so exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term, (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of the Optionees cessation of Service, (iii) the termination of the option in connection with a Change in Control or (iv) the surrender of the option in connection with that Hostile Take-Over.
C. Upon the occurrence of a Hostile Take-Over, the Optionee shall have a thirty (30)-day period in which to surrender to the Corporation each outstanding option granted him or her under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program. The Optionee shall in return be entitled to a cash distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Take-Over Price of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to the surrendered option (whether or not the option is otherwise at the time exercisable for those shares) over (ii) the aggregate exercise price payable for such shares. Such cash distribution shall be paid within five (5) days following the surrender of the option to the Corporation. The Primary Committee shall, at the time the option with such limited stock appreciation right is granted under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program, pre-approve any subsequent exercise of that right in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph C. Accordingly, no further approval of the Primary Committee or the Board shall be required at the time of the actual option surrender and cash distribution.
D. Each option which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in full force and effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporations outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control transaction, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control transaction.
E. The grant of options under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
16.
IV. REMAINING TERMS
The remaining terms of each option granted under the Salary Investment Option Grant Program shall be the same as the terms in effect for option grants made under the Discretionary Option Grant Program.
17.
ARTICLE FOUR
STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM
I. STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS
Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below. Shares of Common Stock may also be issued under the Stock Issuance Program pursuant to share right awards which entitle the recipients to receive those shares upon the attainment of designated performance goals.
A. Purchase Price .
1. The purchase price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator, but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the issuance date.
2. Subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Seven, shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:
(i) cash or check made payable to the Corporation; |
(ii) past services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary); or | |
(iii) any other valid form of consideration permissible under the California General Corporation Law at the time such shares are issued. |
B. Vesting Provisions .
1. Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participants period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives. The elements of the vesting schedule applicable to any unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and incorporated into the Stock Issuance Agreement. Shares of Common Stock may also be issued under the Stock Issuance Program pursuant to share right awards which entitle the recipients to receive those shares upon the attainment of designated performance goals. Upon the attainment of such performance goals, fully vested shares of Common Stock shall be issued in satisfaction of those share right awards.
18.
2. Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participants unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporations receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to the Participants unvested shares of Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.
3. The Participant shall have full shareholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participants interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.
4. Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further shareholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participants purchase-money indebtedness), the Corporation shall repay to the Participant the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares and shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to the surrendered shares.
5. The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock which would otherwise occur upon the cessation of the Participants Service or the non-attainment of the performance objectives applicable to those shares. Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participants interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participants cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.
6. Outstanding share right awards under the Stock Issuance Program shall automatically terminate, and no shares of Common Stock shall actually be issued in satisfaction of those awards, if the performance goals established for such awards are not attained. The Plan Administrator, however, shall have the discretionary authority to issue shares of Common Stock under one or more outstanding share right awards as to which the designated performance goals have not been attained.
II. CHANGE IN CONTROL/HOSTILE TAKE-OVER
A. All of the Corporations outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and all the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Change in Control,
19.
except to the extent (i) those repurchase rights are to be assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the express terms of the Change in Control transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed in the Stock Issuance Agreement.
B. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more of the Corporations repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program so that those rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part upon the occurrence of a Change on Control and shall not be assignable to the successor corporation (or parent thereof), and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest at the time of such Change in Control.
C. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretionary authority to structure one or more of the Corporations repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program so that those rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest, upon the Involuntary Termination of the Participants Service within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Change in Control in which those repurchase rights do not otherwise terminate.
D. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretionary authority to structure one or more of the Corporations repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program so that those rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part upon the occurrence of a Hostile Take-Over, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall accordingly vest at the time of such Hostile Take-Over.
III. SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS
Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrators discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participants interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.
20.
ARTICLE FIVE
AUTOMATIC OPTION GRANT PROGRAM
The provisions of this Article Five reflect the amendments to the Automatic Option Grant Program which were authorized by the Board on April 21, 2000 and March 7, 2002. The March 7, 2002 amendments are subject to shareholder approval at the 2002 Annual Meeting.
I. OPTION TERMS
A. Grant Dates. Option grants shall be made on the dates specified below:
1. Each individual who is first elected or appointed as a non-employee Board member at any time on or after March 7, 2002 shall automatically be granted, on the date of such initial election or appointment, a Non-Statutory Option to purchase 100,000 shares of Common Stock, provided that individual has not previously been in the employ of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary. 2 Such individual shall receive an additional 100,000-share option grant once every four (4) years thereafter during his or her period of continued service as an Eligible Director. Each such additional 100,000-share grant shall be made immediately upon his or her completion of each subsequent four (4)-year period of continued service as an Eligible Director.
2. On the date of the 2002 Annual Shareholders Meeting, each individual with at least four (4) years of continuous service as a non-employee Board member shall automatically be granted a Non-Statutory Option to purchase 100,000 shares of Common Stock. Each such individual shall receive an additional 100,000-share option grant once every four (4) years thereafter during his or her period of continued service as an Eligible Director. Each such additional 100,000-share grant shall be made immediately upon his or her completion of each subsequent four (4)-year period of continued service as an Eligible Director, with such service to be measured from the starting point of the April 25, 2002 Annual Shareholders Meeting.
3. If a continuing non-employee Board member has not, as of the date of the 2002 Annual Shareholders Meeting, completed at least four (4) years of continuous service as an Eligible Director, then that individual shall receive his or her 100,000-share grant immediately upon his or her completion of four (4) years of service in such capacity. Such individual shall receive an additional 100,000-share option grant once every four (4) years thereafter during his or her period of continued service as an Eligible Director. Each such additional 100,000-share grant shall be made immediately upon his or her completion of each subsequent four (4)-year period of continued service as an Eligible Director.
2 Prior to April 21, 2000, the initial grant to a newly elected or appointed non-employee Board member was for 160,000 shares, as adjusted for the two 2-for-1 splits of the Common Stock. |
21.
4. On the date of each Annual Shareholders Meeting, each individual who is to continue to serve as an Eligible Director, whether or not that individual is standing for re-election to the Board at that particular Annual Meeting, shall automatically be granted a Non-Statutory Option to purchase 15,000 shares of Common Stock, whether or not that individual has served as a non-employee Board member for at least six (6) months. There shall be no limit on the number of such 15,000-share option grants any one Eligible Director may receive over his or her period of Board service, and non-employee Board members who have previously been in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) shall be eligible to receive one or more such annual option grants over their period of continued Board service. Such grant shall be in addition to any 100,000-share option grant to which such individual may be entitled to receive in the same year as that Annual Shareholders Meeting pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs A.1 through A.3 above.
B. Exercise Price .
1. The exercise price per share shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.
2. The exercise price shall be payable in one or more of the alternative forms authorized under the Discretionary Option Grant Program. Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure specified thereunder is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.
C. Option Term. Each option shall have a term of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.
D. Exercise and Vesting of Options. Each option shall be immediately exercisable for any or all of the option shares. However, any unvested shares purchased under the option shall be subject to repurchase by the Corporation, at the exercise price paid per share, upon the Optionees cessation of Board service prior to vesting in those shares. The shares subject to each 100,000-share grant shall vest, and the Corporations repurchase right shall lapse, in a series of four (4) successive equal annual installments upon the Optionees completion of each year of service as a Board member over the four (4)-year period measured from the option grant date. The shares subject to each annual 15,000-share option grant shall vest, and the Corporations repurchase right shall lapse, upon the Optionees completion of one (1) year of Board service measured from the option grant date.
22.
E. Limited Transferability of Options. Each option under this Article Five may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionees lifetime to one or more members of the Optionees family or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to Optionees former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionees estate plan or pursuant to domestic relations order. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate. The Optionee may also designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under this Article Five, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionees death while holding those options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionees death.
F. Termination of Board Service. The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time the Optionee ceases to serve as a Board member:
(i) The Optionee (or, in the event of Optionees death, the personal representative of the Optionees estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionees will or the laws of inheritance or the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of such option) shall have a twelve (12)-month period following the date of such cessation of Board service in which to exercise each such option. |
(ii) During the twelve (12)-month exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which the option is exercisable at the time of the Optionees cessation of Board service. | |
(iii) Should the Optionee cease to serve as a Board member by reason of death or Permanent Disability, then all shares at the time subject to the option shall immediately vest so that such option may, during the twelve (12)-month exercise period following such cessation of Board service, be exercised for all or any portion of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. |
(iv) In no event shall the option remain exercisable after the expiration of the option term. Upon the expiration of the twelve (12)-month exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionees cessation of Board service for any reason other than death or Permanent Disability, terminate and cease to be outstanding to the extent the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable for vested shares. |
23.
II. CHANGE IN CONTROL/ HOSTILE TAKE-OVER
A. In the event of any Change in Control while the Optionee remains a Board member, the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each outstanding option held by such Optionee under the Automatic Option Grant Program but not otherwise vested shall automatically vest in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for all the option shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock and may be exercised for any or all of those vested shares. Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, each automatic option grant shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the express terms of the Change in Control transaction.
B. In the event of a Hostile Take-Over while the Optionee remains a Board member, the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each option outstanding under the Automatic Option Grant Program but not otherwise vested shall automatically vest in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Hostile Take-Over, become exercisable for all the option shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock and may be exercised for any or all of those vested shares. Each such option shall remain exercisable for such fully-vested option shares until the expiration or sooner termination of the option term or the surrender of the option in connection with that Hostile Take-Over.
C. All outstanding repurchase rights under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall automatically terminate, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Change in Control or Hostile Take-Over.
D. Upon the occurrence of a Hostile Take-Over, the Optionee shall have a thirty (30)-day period in which to surrender to the Corporation each of his or her outstanding automatic option grants. The Optionee shall in return be entitled to a cash distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Take-Over Price of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each surrendered option (whether or not the Optionee is otherwise at the time vested in those shares) over (ii) the aggregate exercise price payable for such shares. Such cash distribution shall be paid within five (5) days following the surrender of the option to the Corporation. No approval or consent of the Board or any Plan Administrator shall be required at the time of the actual option surrender and cash distribution.
E. Each option which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in full force and effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the
24.
actual holders of the Corporations outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control transaction, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under the Automatic Option Grant Program, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control transaction.
F. The grant of options under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
III. REMAINING TERMS
The remaining terms of each option granted under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall be the same as the terms in effect for option grants made under the Discretionary Option Grant Program.
25.
ARTICLE SIX
DIRECTOR FEE OPTION GRANT PROGRAM
I. OPTION GRANTS
The Primary Committee shall have the sole and exclusive authority to determine the calendar year or years for which the Director Fee Option Grant Program is to be in effect. For each such calendar year the program is in effect, each non-employee Board member may irrevocably elect to apply all or any portion of the annual retainer fee otherwise payable in cash for his or her service on the Board for that year to the acquisition of a special option grant under this Director Fee Option Grant Program. Such election must be filed with the Corporations Chief Financial Officer prior to the first day of the calendar year for which the annual retainer fee which is the subject of that election is otherwise payable. Each non-employee Board member who files such a timely election shall automatically be granted an option under this Director Fee Option Grant Program on the first trading day in January in the calendar year for which the annual retainer fee which is the subject of that election would otherwise be payable in cash.
II. OPTION TERMS
Each option shall be a Non-Statutory Option governed by the terms and conditions specified below.
A. Exercise Price .
1. The exercise price per share shall be thirty-three and one-third percent (33-1/3%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.
2. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall be payable in one or more of the alternative forms authorized under the Discretionary Option Grant Program. Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure specified thereunder is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.
B. Number of Option Shares. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option shall be determined pursuant to the following formula (rounded down to the nearest whole number):
X = A ÷ (B x 66-2/3%), where
X is the number of option shares,
A is the portion of the annual retainer fee subject to the non-employee Board members election, and |
26.
B is the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date. |
C. Exercise and Term of Options. The option shall become exercisable in a series of twelve (12) equal monthly installments upon the Optionees completion of each calendar month of Board service during the calendar year for which the retainer fee election is in effect. Each option shall have a maximum term of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.
D. Limited Transferability of Options. Each option under this Article Six may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionees lifetime to one or more members of the Optionees family or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to Optionees former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with Optionees estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate. The Optionee may also designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under this Article Six, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionees death while holding those options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionees death.
E. Termination of Board Service. Should the Optionee cease Board service for any reason (other than death or Permanent Disability) while holding one or more options under this Director Fee Option Grant Program, then each such option shall remain exercisable, for any or all of the shares for which the option is exercisable at the time of such cessation of Board service, until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term or (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of such cessation of Board service. However, each option held by the Optionee under this Director Fee Option Grant Program at the time of his or her cessation of Board service shall immediately terminate and cease to remain outstanding with respect to any and all shares of Common Stock for which the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable.
F. Death or Permanent Disability. Should the Optionees service as a Board member cease by reason of death or Permanent Disability, then each option held by such Optionee under this Director Fee Option Grant Program shall immediately become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to that option, and the option may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term or (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of such cessation of Board service. In the event of the Optionees death while holding such option, the option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionees estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionees will or the laws of inheritance or by the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of such option.
27.
Should the Optionee die after cessation of Board service but while holding one or more options under this Director Fee Option Grant Program, then each such option may be exercised, for any or all of the shares for which the option is exercisable at the time of the Optionees cessation of Board service (less any shares subsequently purchased by Optionee prior to death), by the personal representative of the Optionees estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionees will or the laws of inheritance or by the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of such option. Such right of exercise shall lapse, and the option shall terminate, upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term or (ii) the three (3)-year period measured from the date of the Optionees cessation of Board service.
III. CHANGE IN CONTROL/HOSTILE TAKE-OVER
A. In the event of any Change in Control while the Optionee remains a Board member, each outstanding option held by such Optionee under this Director Fee Option Grant Program shall automatically accelerate so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, vest and become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. Each such outstanding option shall terminate immediately following the Change in Control, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the express terms of the Change in Control transaction. Any option so assumed or continued in effect shall remain exercisable for the fully-vested shares until the earliest to occur of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term, (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of the Optionees cessation of Board service, (iii) the termination of the option in connection with a subsequent Change in Control transaction or (iv) the surrender of the option in connection with a Hostile Take-Over.
B. In the event of a Hostile Take-Over while the Optionee remains a Board member, each outstanding option held by such Optionee under this Director Fee Option Grant Program shall automatically accelerate so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Hostile Take-Over, vest and become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. The option shall remain so exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year option term, (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-year period measured from the date of the Optionees cessation of Board service, (iii) the termination of the option in connection with a Change in Control transaction or (iv) the surrender of the option in connection with that Hostile Take-Over.
C. Upon the occurrence of a Hostile Take-Over, the Optionee shall have a thirty (30)-day period in which to surrender to the Corporation each outstanding option granted him or her under the Director Fee Option Grant Program. The Optionee shall in return be entitled to a cash distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Take-Over Price of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each surrendered option (whether or not the option is otherwise at the time exercisable for those shares) over (ii) the
28.
aggregate exercise price payable for such shares. Such cash distribution shall be paid within five (5) days following the surrender of the option to the Corporation. No approval or consent of the Board or any Plan Administrator shall be required at the time of the actual option surrender and cash distribution.
D. Each option which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporations outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control transaction, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under this Plan, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control transaction.
E. The grant of options under the Director Fee Option Grant Program shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
IV. REMAINING TERMS
The remaining terms of each option granted under this Director Fee Option Grant Program shall be the same as the terms in effect for option grants made under the Discretionary Option Grant Program.
29.
ARTICLE SEVEN
MISCELLANEOUS
I. FINANCING
The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Discretionary Option Grant Program or the purchase price of shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse, interest bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments. The terms of any such promissory note (including the interest rate and the terms of repayment) shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. In no event may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares plus (ii) any Federal, state and local income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.
II. TAX WITHHOLDING
A. The Corporations obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options or the issuance or vesting of such shares under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.
B. The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, provide any or all holders of Non-Statutory Options or unvested shares of Common Stock under the Plan (other than the options granted or the shares issued under the Automatic Option Grant or Director Fee Option Grant Program) with the right to use shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of all or part of the Withholding Taxes to which such holders may become subject in connection with the exercise of their options or the vesting of their shares. Such right may be provided to any such holder in either or both of the following formats:
Stock Withholding: The election to have the Corporation withhold, from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of such Non-Statutory Option or the vesting of such shares, a portion of those shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the percentage of the Withholding Taxes (not to exceed one hundred percent (100%)) designated by the holder.
Stock Delivery: The election to deliver to the Corporation, at the time the Non-Statutory Option is exercised or the shares vest, one or more shares of Common Stock previously acquired by such holder (other than in connection with the option exercise or share vesting triggering the Withholding Taxes) with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the percentage of the Withholding Taxes (not to exceed one hundred percent (100%)) designated by the holder.
30.
III. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN
A. The Plan became effective immediately on the Plan Effective Date. However, the Salary Investment Option Grant Program and the Director Fee Option Grant Program shall not be implemented until such time as the Primary Committee may deem appropriate. Options may be granted under the Discretionary Option Grant at any time on or after the Plan Effective Date, and the initial option grants under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall also be made on the Plan Effective Date to any non-employee Board members eligible for such grants at that time. However, no options granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Plan is approved by the Corporations shareholders. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the Plan Effective Date, then all options previously granted under this Plan shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan.
B. The Plan shall serve as the successor to the Predecessor Plans, and no further option grants or direct stock issuances shall be made under the Predecessor Plans after the Section 12 Registration Date. All options outstanding under the Predecessor Plans on the Section 12 Registration Date shall be incorporated into the Plan at that time and shall be treated as outstanding options under the Plan. However, each outstanding option so incorporated shall continue to be governed solely by the terms of the documents evidencing such option, and no provision of the Plan shall be deemed to affect or otherwise modify the rights or obligations of the holders of such incorporated options with respect to their acquisition of shares of Common Stock.
C. One or more provisions of the Plan, including (without limitation) the option/vesting acceleration provisions of Article Two relating to Changes in Control and Hostile Take-Overs, may, in the Plan Administrators discretion, be extended to one or more options incorporated from the Predecessor Plans which do not otherwise contain such provisions.
D. The Plan was amended by the Board in September 1999 (the September 1999 Restatement) to effect the following changes:
(i) increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan by an additional 10,000,000 shares; and |
(ii) revise the automatic share increase provisions of the Plan so that the number of shares of Common Stock by which the share reserve is to increase automatically on the first trading day of January each year shall be increased from 3% of the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding on the last trading day in December of the immediately preceding calendar year to 4.5% of the total number of shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock outstanding on the last trading day of December each year, beginning with the January 3, 2000 annual increase, but in no event shall any such annual increase exceed 18,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock. |
31.
The amendment was approved by the shareholders at the Special Shareholders Meeting held on November 22, 1999. |
E. The Plan was amended by the Board on February 29, 2000 (the February 2000 Restatement) to increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan by an additional 15,000,000 shares, and such increase was approved by the shareholders at the 2000 Annual Shareholders Meeting.
F. The Plan was amended by the Board on April 21, 2000 (the April 2000 Restatement) to revise the provisions of the Automatic Option Grant Program to reduce the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the automatic option grant made to each newly elected or appointed non-employee Board member from 160,000 shares of Common Stock to 80,000 shares of Common Stock.
G. The Plan was amended by the Board on April 20, 2001 (the April 2001 Restatement) to increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan by an additional 25,000,000 shares and such increase was approved by the shareholders at the 2001 Annual Shareholders Meeting.
H. The Plan was amended by the Board on March 7, 2002 in order to (i) increase the number of shares of Common Stock for which each individual who is to continue to serve as an Eligible Director shall receive an annual automatic option grant under such program from 12,000 shares of Common Stock to 15,000 shares of Common Stock and eliminate the requirement that the non-employee Board member must complete at least 6 months of service in such capacity before he or she would be eligible to receive the first such annual option grant, (ii) increase the number of shares of Common Stock for which a newly elected or appointed Eligible Director is to receive as his or her initial annual automatic option grant under such program from 80,000 shares of Common Stock to 100,000 shares of Common Stock and (iii) provide for additional 100,000-share option grants to be made to each Eligible Director periodically upon his or her completion of each four (4)-year period of continued service as an Eligible Director. The amendment was approved by the shareholders at the 2002 Annual Meeting.
I. The Plan was amended by the Board on March 21, 2003 (the March 2003 Restatement) to (a) expand the types of acceptable consideration for which shares may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program to include all items of valid consideration permissible under the California General Corporate Law and (b) increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan by an additional 13,000,000 shares. No option grants made on the basis of the 13,000,000-share increase authorized by the March 2003 Restatement shall become exercisable in whole or in part unless and until the March 2003 Restatement is approved by the shareholders at the 2003 Annual Shareholders Meeting. Should such shareholder approval not be obtained, then each option grant made pursuant to the 13,000,000-share increase authorized by the March 2003 Restatement shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, and no further option grants shall be made on the basis of that share increase. However, the provisions of the Plan as in effect immediately prior to that 13,000,000-share increase shall remain in effect, and option grants and direct stock issuances may continue to be made pursuant to those provisions of the Plan.
32.
J. The Plan shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) January 31, 2008, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as fully-vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding options in connection with a Change in Control. Should the Plan terminate on January 31, 2008, then all option grants and unvested stock issuances outstanding at that time shall continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing such grants or issuances.
IV. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
A. The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to stock options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, certain amendments may require shareholder approval pursuant to applicable laws or regulations.
B. Options to purchase shares of Common Stock may be granted under the Discretionary Option Grant and Salary Investment Option Grant Programs and shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program that are in each instance in excess of the number of shares then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained shareholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first such excess issuances are made, then (i) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding and (ii) the Corporation shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled and cease to be outstanding.
V. USE OF PROCEEDS
Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.
VI. REGULATORY APPROVALS
A. The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any stock option under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (i) upon the exercise of any granted option or (ii) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Corporations procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the stock options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.
B. No shares of Common Stock or other assets shall be issued or delivered under the Plan unless and until there shall have been compliance with all applicable requirements of Federal and state securities laws, including the filing and effectiveness of the Form S-8
33.
registration statement for the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan, and all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which Common Stock is then listed for trading.
VII. NO EMPLOYMENT/SERVICE RIGHTS
Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such persons Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.
34.
APPENDIX
The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:
A. Automatic Option Grant Program shall mean the automatic option grant program in effect under Article Five of the Plan.
B. Board shall mean the Corporations Board of Directors.
C. Change in Control shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Corporation effected through any of the following transactions:
(i) a shareholder-approved merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporations outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or | |
(ii) a shareholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporations assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or | |
(iii) the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Corporation or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Corporation), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporations outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Corporations shareholders. |
D. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
E. Common Stock shall mean the Corporations Class A Common Stock.
F. Corporation shall mean Broadcom Corporation, a California corporation, and any corporate successor to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Broadcom Corporation, which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.
G. Director Fee Option Grant Program shall mean the special stock option grant program in effect for non-employee Board members under Article Six of the Plan.
H. Discretionary Option Grant Program shall mean the discretionary option grant program in effect under Article Two of the Plan.
I. Eligible Director shall mean a non-employee Board member eligible to participate in the Automatic Option Grant Program or the Director Fee Option Grant Program in accordance with the eligibility provisions of Articles One, Five and Six.
J. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.
K. Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the Corporation shall have received written notice of the option exercise.
L. Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:
(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists. | |
(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists. | |
(iii) For purposes of any option grants made on the Underwriting Date, the Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be equal to the price per share at which the Common Stock is to be sold in the initial public offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement. |
M. Hostile Take-Over shall mean either of the following events effecting a change in control or ownership of the Corporation:
(i) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or related group of persons (other than the Corporation or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Corporation) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporations outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Corporations shareholders which the Board does not recommend such shareholders to accept, or |
A-2.
(ii) a change in the composition of the Board over a period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months or less such that a majority of the Board members ceases, by reason of one or more contested elections for Board membership, to be comprised of individuals who either (A) have been Board members continuously since the beginning of such period or (B) have been elected or nominated for election as Board members during such period by at least a majority of the Board members described in clause (A) who were still in office at the time the Board approved such election or nomination. |
N. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.
O. Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:
(i) such individuals involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than Misconduct, or | |
(ii) such individuals voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individuals place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Corporation without the individuals consent. |
P. Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).
Q. 1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
R. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.
S. Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Discretionary Option Grant, Salary Investment Option Grant, Automatic Option Grant or Director Fee Option Grant Program.
A-3.
T. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
U. Participant shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.
V. Permanent Disability or Permanently Disabled shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or to be of continuous duration of twelve (12) months or more. However, solely for purposes of the Automatic Option Grant and Director Fee Option Grant Programs, Permanent Disability or Permanently Disabled shall mean the inability of the non-employee Board member to perform his or her usual duties as a Board member by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment expected to result in death or to be of continuous duration of twelve (12) months or more.
W. Plan shall mean the Corporations 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as set forth in this document.
X. Plan Administrator shall mean the particular entity, whether the Primary Committee, the Board or the Secondary Committee, which is authorized to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to one or more classes of eligible persons, to the extent such entity is carrying out its administrative functions under those programs with respect to the persons under its jurisdiction.
Y. Plan Effective Date shall mean February 3, 1998.
Z. Predecessor Plans shall collectively mean the Corporations 1994 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan and the Special Stock Option Plan, as in effect immediately prior to the Plan Effective Date hereunder.
AA. Primary Committee shall mean the committee of two (2) or more non-employee Board members appointed by the Board to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to Section 16 Insiders and to administer the Salary Investment Option Grant Program solely with respect to the selection of the eligible individuals who may participate in such program.
BB. Salary Investment Option Grant Program shall mean the salary investment option grant program in effect under Article Three of the Plan.
CC. Secondary Committee shall mean a committee of one or more Board members appointed by the Board to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to eligible persons other than Section 16 Insiders.
A-4.
DD. Section 12 Registration Date shall mean the date on which the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act.
EE. Section 16 Insider shall mean an officer or director of the Corporation subject to the short-swing profit liabilities of Section 16 of the 1934 Act.
FF. Service shall mean the performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant or stock issuance.
GG. Stock Exchange shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.
HH. Stock Issuance Agreement shall mean the agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.
II. Stock Issuance Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under Article Four of the Plan.
JJ. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
KK. Take-Over Price shall mean the greater of (i) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the option is surrendered to the Corporation in connection with a Hostile Take-Over or, if applicable, (ii) the highest reported price per share of Common Stock paid by the tender offeror in effecting the Hostile Take-Over through the acquisition of such Common Stock. However, if the surrendered option is an Incentive Option, the Take-Over Price shall not exceed the clause (i) price per share.
LL. 10% Shareholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).
MM. Underwriting Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Corporation and the underwriter or underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock.
NN. Underwriting Date shall mean the date on which the Underwriting Agreement is executed and priced in connection with an initial public offering of the Common Stock.
A-5.
OO. Withholding Taxes shall mean the Federal, state and local income and employment withholding taxes to which the holder of Non-Statutory Options or unvested shares of Common Stock may become subject in connection with the exercise of those options or the vesting of those shares.
A-6.
Exhibit 10.5
BROADCOM CORPORATION
1998 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
(as Amended and Restated March 21, 2003)
I. | PURPOSE OF THE PLAN |
This Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to promote the interests of Broadcom Corporation by providing eligible employees with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Corporation through participation in a payroll-deduction based employee stock purchase plan designed to qualify under Section 423 of the Code.
Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.
All share numbers in this March 21, 2003 restatement reflect (i) the two-for-one split of the Common Stock which was effected on February 17, 1999 through the payment of a dividend of one additional share of Common Stock for every share of Common Stock outstanding on February 5, 1999 and (ii) the two-for-one split of the Common Stock which was effected on February 11, 2000 through the payment of a dividend of one additional share of Common Stock for every share of Common Stock outstanding on January 31, 2000.
II. | ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN |
The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to interpret and construe any provision of the Plan and to adopt such rules and regulations for administering the Plan as it may deem necessary in order to comply with the requirements of Code Section 423. Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties having an interest in the Plan.
III. | STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN |
A. The stock purchasable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares of Common Stock purchased on the open market. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance over the term of the Plan shall be limited to 6,694,509 shares. Such reserve shall consist of (i) the initial share reserve of 3,000,000 shares, (ii) an increase of 3,000,000 shares authorized by the Board on March 7, 2002 and approved by the shareholders at the 2002 Annual Meeting and (iii) an additional increase of 694,509 shares effected in January 2003 pursuant to the automatic share increase provisions of Section III.B.
B. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on the first trading day of January each calendar year during the term of the Plan, beginning with calendar year 2003, by an amount equal to twenty-five one hundredths of one percent (0.25%) of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding on the last trading day in December of the immediately preceding calendar year, but in no event shall any such annual increase exceed 1,000,000 shares. Subject to shareholder approval at the 2003 Annual Meeting, the foregoing automatic share increase provision shall be revised upward so that the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on the first trading day of January each calendar year during the remaining term of the Plan, beginning with calendar year 2004, by an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding on the last trading day in December of the immediately preceding calendar year, but in no event shall any such annual increase exceed 3,000,000 shares.
C. Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporations receipt of consideration, then appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and class of securities issuable under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number and/or class of securities by which the share reserve under the Plan is to increase each calendar year pursuant to the provisions of Section III.B, (iii) the maximum number and class of securities purchasable per Participant on any one Purchase Date, (iv) the maximum number and class of securities purchasable in total by all Participants on any one Purchase Date and (v) the number and class of securities and the price per share in effect under each outstanding purchase right in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder.
IV. | OFFERING PERIODS |
A. Shares of Common Stock shall be offered for purchase under the Plan through a series of successive offering periods until such time as (i) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall have been purchased or (ii) the Plan shall have been sooner terminated.
B. Each offering period shall be of such duration (not to exceed twenty-four (24) months) as determined by the Plan Administrator prior to the start date of such offering period. However, the initial offering period shall commence at the Effective Time and terminate on the last business day in April 2000. The next offering period shall commence on the first business day in May 2000, and subsequent offering periods shall commence as designated by the Plan Administrator.
C. Each offering period shall be comprised of a series of one or more successive Purchase Intervals. Purchase Intervals shall run from the first business day in May each year to the last business day in October of the same year and from the first business day in
2
November each year to the last business day in April of the following year. However, the first Purchase Interval in effect under the initial offering period shall commence at the Effective Time and terminate on the last business day in October 1998.
D. Should the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any Purchase Date within an offering period be less than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the start date of that offering period, then that offering period shall automatically terminate immediately after the purchase of shares of Common Stock on such Purchase Date, and a new offering period shall commence on the next business day following such Purchase Date. The new offering period shall have a duration of twenty (24) months, unless a shorter duration is established by the Plan Administrator within five (5) business days following the start date of that offering period.
V. | ELIGIBILITY |
A. Each individual who is an Eligible Employee on the start date of any offering period under the Plan may enter that offering period on such start date or on any subsequent Quarterly Entry Date within that offering period, provided he or she remains an Eligible Employee.
B. Each individual who first becomes an Eligible Employee after the start date of an offering period may enter that offering period on any subsequent Quarterly Entry Date within that offering period on which he or she is an Eligible Employee.
C. Each corporation acquired by the Corporation at any time after March 7, 2002 pursuant to a transaction in which that acquired corporation is to be maintained as a separate Corporate Affiliate shall automatically become a Participating Corporation effective as of the first Quarterly Entry Date coincident with or next following the effective date of the acquisition.
D. The date an individual enters an offering period shall be designated his or her Entry Date for purposes of that offering period.
E. To participate in the Plan for a particular offering period, the Eligible Employee must complete the enrollment forms prescribed by the Plan Administrator (including a stock purchase agreement and a payroll deduction authorization) and file such forms with the Plan Administrator (or its designate) on or before his or her scheduled Entry Date.
VI. | PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS |
A. The payroll deduction authorized by the Participant for purposes of acquiring shares of Common Stock during an offering period may be any multiple of one percent (1%) of the Cash Earnings paid to the Participant during each Purchase Interval within that offering period, up to a maximum of fifteen percent (15%). The deduction rate so authorized shall continue in effect throughout the offering period, except to the extent such rate is changed in accordance with the following guidelines:
3
(i) The Participant may, at any time during the offering period, reduce his or her rate of payroll deduction, by filing the appropriate form with the Plan Administrator. Effective for all offering periods beginning on or after May 1, 2003, the reduction shall become effective on the first pay day of the month following the month in which such form is filed, and there shall be no limit on the number of such reductions a Participant may effect during a Purchase Interval. 1 | |
(ii) The Participant may, at any time during the offering period, increase the rate of his or her payroll deduction by filing the appropriate form with the Plan Administrator. Effective for all offering periods beginning on or after May 1, 2003, the new rate (which may not exceed the fifteen percent (15%) maximum) shall become effective on the first pay day of the month following the month in which such form is filed, and there shall be no limit on the number of such increases a Participant may effect during a Purchase Interval. 2 |
B. Payroll deductions shall begin on the first pay day following the Participants Entry Date into the offering period and shall (unless sooner terminated by the Participant) continue through the pay day ending with or immediately prior to the last day of that offering period. The amounts so collected shall be credited to the Participants book account under the Plan, but no interest shall be paid on the balance from time to time outstanding in such account. The amounts collected from the Participant shall not be required to be held in any segregated account or trust fund and may be commingled with the general assets of the Corporation and used for general corporate purposes.
C. Payroll deductions shall automatically cease upon the termination of the Participants purchase right in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
D. The Participants acquisition of Common Stock under the Plan on any Purchase Date shall neither limit nor require the Participants acquisition of Common Stock on any subsequent Purchase Date, whether within the same or a different offering period.
VII. | PURCHASE RIGHTS |
A. Grant of Purchase Right. A Participant shall be granted a separate purchase right for each offering period in which he or she participates. The purchase right shall be granted on the Participants Entry Date into the offering period and shall provide the Participant with the right to purchase shares of Common Stock, in a series of successive installments over the
1 For offering periods beginning prior to May 1, 2003, no Participant may effect more than one (1) such reduction per Purchase Interval, and any such permissible reduction will become effective as soon as possible following the filing of the elected reduction with the Plan Administrator. |
2 For offering periods beginning prior to May 1, 2003, any increase in the rate of payroll deduction will only become effective as of the start of the Purchase Interval immediately following the filing of the elected increase with the Plan Administrator, and the Participant is accordingly allowed only one such increase per Purchase Interval. |
4
remainder of such offering period, upon the terms set forth below. The Participant shall execute a stock purchase agreement embodying such terms and such other provisions (not inconsistent with the Plan) as the Plan Administrator may deem advisable.
Under no circumstances shall purchase rights be granted under the Plan to any Eligible Employee if such individual would, immediately after the grant, own (within the meaning of Code Section 424(d)) or hold outstanding options or other rights to purchase, stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate.
B. Exercise of the Purchase Right. Each purchase right shall be automatically exercised in installments on each successive Purchase Date within the offering period, and shares of Common Stock shall accordingly be purchased on behalf of each Participant on each such Purchase Date. The purchase shall be effected by applying the Participants payroll deductions for the Purchase Interval ending on such Purchase Date to the purchase of whole shares of Common Stock at the purchase price in effect for the Participant for that Purchase Date.
C. Purchase Price. The purchase price per share at which Common Stock will be purchased on the Participants behalf on each Purchase Date within the offering period shall be equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Participants Entry Date into that offering period or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on that Purchase Date.
D. Number of Purchasable Shares. The number of shares of Common Stock purchasable by a Participant on each Purchase Date during the offering period shall be the number of whole shares obtained by dividing the amount collected from the Participant through payroll deductions during the Purchase Interval ending with that Purchase Date by the purchase price in effect for the Participant for that Purchase Date. However, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock purchasable per Participant on any one Purchase Date shall not exceed Six Thousand (6,000) shares, subject to periodic adjustments in the event of certain changes in the Corporations capitalization. In addition, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock purchasable in total by all Participants on any one Purchase Date in any offering period beginning on or after May 1, 2003 shall not exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand (1,200,000) shares, subject to periodic adjustments in the event of certain changes in the Corporations capitalization. However, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable prior to the start of any offering period under the Plan, to increase or decrease the limitations to be in effect for the number of shares purchasable per Participant and in total by all Participants on each Purchase Date during that offering period.
E. Excess Payroll Deductions. Any payroll deductions not applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock on any Purchase Date because they are not sufficient to purchase a whole share of Common Stock shall be held for the purchase of Common Stock on the next Purchase Date. However, any payroll deductions not applied to the purchase of Common Stock by reason of the limitation on the maximum number of shares purchasable per Participant or in total by all Participants on such Purchase Date shall be promptly refunded.
5
F. Withdrawal from Plan/Termination of Purchase Right : The following provisions shall govern the withdrawal or the termination of outstanding purchase rights:
(i) A Participant may, at any time prior to the next scheduled Purchase Date in the offering period, withdraw from the Plan by filing the appropriate form with the Plan Administrator (or its designate), and no further payroll deductions shall be collected from the Participant with respect to the offering period in which such withdrawal occurs. Any payroll deductions collected during the Purchase Interval in which such withdrawal occurs shall, at the Participants election, be immediately refunded or held for the purchase of shares on the next Purchase Date. If no such election is made at the time such withdrawal, then the payroll deductions collected with respect to the terminated right shall be refunded as soon as possible. |
(ii) In order to resume participation in the Plan, such individual must re-enroll in the Plan (by making a timely filing of the prescribed enrollment forms) on or before any subsequently scheduled Quarterly Entry Date. |
(iii) Should the Participant cease to remain an Eligible Employee for any reason (including death, disability or change in status) while his or her purchase right remains outstanding, then that purchase right shall immediately terminate, and all of the Participants payroll deductions for the Purchase Interval in which the purchase right so terminates shall be immediately refunded. However, should the Participant cease to remain in active service by reason of an approved unpaid leave of absence, then the Participant shall have the right, exercisable up until the last business day of the Purchase Interval in which such leave commences, to (a) withdraw all the payroll deductions collected to date on his or her behalf for that Purchase Interval or (b) have such funds held for the purchase of shares on his or her behalf on the next scheduled Purchase Date. In no event, however, shall any further payroll deductions be collected on the Participants behalf during such leave. Upon the Participants return to active service (i) within ninety (90) days following the commencement of such leave or (ii) prior to the expiration of any longer period for which such Participants right to reemployment with the Corporation is guaranteed by either statute or contract, his or her payroll deductions under the Plan shall automatically resume at the rate in effect at the time the leave began, unless the Participant withdraws from the Plan prior to his or her return. An individual who returns to active employment following a leave of absence which exceeds in duration the applicable (x) or (y) time period shall be treated as a new Employee for purposes of subsequent participation in the Plan and must accordingly re-enroll in the Plan (by making a timely filing of the prescribed enrollment forms) on or before his or her scheduled Entry Date into the offering period. |
6
G. Change in Control. Each outstanding purchase right shall automatically be exercised, immediately prior to the effective date of any Change in Control, by applying the payroll deductions of each Participant for the Purchase Interval in which such Change in Control occurs to the purchase of whole shares of Common Stock at a purchase price per share equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Participants Entry Date into the offering period in which such Change in Control occurs or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock immediately prior to the effective date of such Change in Control. However, the applicable limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable per Participant shall continue to apply to any such purchase, but not the limitation applicable to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock purchasable in total by all Participants.
The Corporation shall use its best efforts to provide at least ten (10)-days prior written notice of the occurrence of any Change in Control, and Participants shall, following the receipt of such notice, have the right to terminate their outstanding purchase rights prior to the effective date of the Change in Control.
H. Proration of Purchase Rights. Should the total number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased pursuant to outstanding purchase rights on any particular date exceed the number of shares then available for issuance under the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall make a pro-rata allocation of the available shares on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, and the payroll deductions of each Participant, to the extent in excess of the aggregate purchase price payable for the Common Stock pro-rated to such individual, shall be refunded.
I. Assignability. The purchase right shall be exercisable only by the Participant and shall not be assignable or transferable by the Participant.
J. Shareholder Rights. A Participant shall have no shareholder rights with respect to the shares subject to his or her outstanding purchase right until the shares are purchased on the Participants behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the Participant has become a holder of record of the purchased shares.
VIII. | ACCRUAL LIMITATIONS |
A. No Participant shall be entitled to accrue rights to acquire Common Stock pursuant to any purchase right outstanding under this Plan if and to the extent such accrual, when aggregated with (i) rights to purchase Common Stock accrued under any other purchase right granted under this Plan and (ii) similar rights accrued under other employee stock purchase plans (within the meaning of Code Section 423) of the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate, would otherwise permit such Participant to purchase more than Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) worth of stock of the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate (determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value per share on the date or dates such rights are granted) for each calendar year such rights are at any time outstanding.
7
B. For purposes of applying such accrual limitations to the purchase rights granted under the Plan, the following provisions shall be in effect:
(i) The right to acquire Common Stock under each outstanding purchase right shall accrue in a series of installments on each successive Purchase Date during the offering period on which such right remains outstanding. |
(ii) No right to acquire Common Stock under any outstanding purchase right shall accrue to the extent the Participant has already accrued in the same calendar year the right to acquire Common Stock under one (1) or more other purchase rights at a rate equal to Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) worth of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value per share on the date or dates of grant) for each calendar year such rights were at any time outstanding. |
C. If by reason of such accrual limitations, any purchase right of a Participant does not accrue for a particular Purchase Interval, then the payroll deductions which the Participant made during that Purchase Interval with respect to such purchase right shall be promptly refunded.
D. In the event there is any conflict between the provisions of this Article and one or more provisions of the Plan or any instrument issued thereunder, the provisions of this Article shall be controlling.
IX. | EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN |
A. The Plan was adopted by the Board on February 3, 1998 and became effective at the Effective Time. However, no purchase rights granted under the Plan were exercised, and no shares of Common Stock were issued hereunder, until (i) the Plan had been approved by the shareholders of the Corporation and (ii) the Corporation had complied with all applicable requirements of the 1933 Act (including the registration of the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan on a Form S-8 registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission), all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which the Common Stock is listed for trading and all other applicable requirements established by law or regulation.
B. Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the last business day in April 2008, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been sold pursuant to purchase rights exercised under the Plan or (iii) the date on which all purchase rights are exercised in connection with a Change in Control. No further purchase rights shall be granted or exercised, and no further payroll deductions shall be collected, under the Plan following such termination.
8
X. | AMENDMENT/TERMINATION OF THE PLAN |
A. The Board may alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time to become effective immediately following the close of any Purchase Interval. However, the Plan may be amended or terminated immediately upon Board action, if and to the extent necessary to assure that the Corporation will not recognize, for financial reporting purposes, any compensation expense in connection with the shares of Common Stock offered for purchase under the Plan, should the financial accounting rules applicable to the Plan at the Effective Time be subsequently revised so as to require the Corporation to recognize compensation expense in the absence of such amendment or termination.
B. In no event may the Board effect any of the following amendments or revisions to the Plan without the approval of the Corporations shareholders: (i) increase the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan, except for permissible adjustments in the event of certain changes in the Corporations capitalization, (ii) alter the purchase price formula so as to reduce the purchase price payable for the shares of Common Stock purchasable under the Plan or (iii) modify the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan.
C. On March 7, 2002, the Board amended the Plan to (i) increase the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan by an additional 3,000,000 shares and (ii) to implement an automatic share increase feature pursuant to the provisions of Section III.B. The amendment was approved by the shareholders at the 2002 Annual Meeting.
D. On October 31, 2002, the Board amended the Plan to increase the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable in total by all Participants on each Purchase Date within any offering period beginning on or after November 1, 2002 from 600,000 to 1,200,000 shares.
E. On March 21, 2003, the Board amended the Plan to (i) revise the automatic share increase provisions of Section III.B upward so that so that the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall automatically increase on the first trading day of January each calendar year during the remaining term of the Plan, beginning with calendar year 2004, by an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding on the last trading day in December of the immediately preceding calendar year, but in no event shall any such annual increase exceed 3,000,000 shares, (ii) allow Participants who withdraw from an offering period to rejoin the Plan on any subsequently scheduled Quarterly Entry Date and, effective for all of offering periods beginning on or after May 1, 2003, (iii) remove the limitation on the number of times a Participant may change his or her rate of payroll deduction during a Purchase Interval.
XI. | GENERAL PROVISIONS |
A. All costs and expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Corporation; however, each Plan Participant shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by such individual in the sale or other disposition of any shares purchased under the Plan.
9
B. Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Corporate Affiliate employing such person) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such persons employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause.
C. The provisions of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without resort to that States conflict-of-laws rules.
D. The Corporation and each Participating Corporation shall have the right to take whatever steps the Plan Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to comply with all applicable federal, state, local and employment tax withholding requirements, and the Corporations obligations to deliver shares under this Plan shall be conditioned upon compliance with all such withholding tax requirements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation and each Participating Corporation shall have the right to withhold taxes from any other compensation or other amounts which it may owe to the Participant, or to require the Participant to pay to the Corporation or the Participating Corporation the amount of any taxes which the Corporation or the Participating Corporation may be required to withhold with respect to such shares. In this connection, the Plan Administrator may require the Participant to notify the Plan Administrator, the Corporation or a Participating Corporation before the Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any shares acquired under the Plan.
10
Schedule A
Corporations Participating in
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
As of March 21, 2003
Broadcom Corporation
Altima Communications, Inc.
AltoCom, Inc.
Broadcom Asia Distribution Pte. Ltd.
Broadcom Canada Ltd.
Broadcom HomeNetworking, Inc.
Broadcom Japan K.K.
Broadcom India Private Limited
Broadcom Israel Ltd.
Broadcom Netherlands B.V.
Broadcom Singapore Pte Ltd.
Broadcom Taiwan Corporation
Broadcom UK Ltd.
ServerWorks Corporation
APPENDIX
The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:
A. Board shall mean the Corporations Board of Directors.
B. Cash Earnings shall mean the (i) base salary payable to a Participant by one or more Participating Companies during such individuals period of participation in one or more offering periods under the Plan plus (ii) all overtime payments, bonuses, commissions, current profit-sharing distributions and other incentive-type payments received during such period. Such Cash Earnings shall be calculated before deduction of (A) any income or employment tax withholdings or (B) any pre-tax contributions made by the Participant to any Code Section 401(k) salary deferral plan or any Code Section 125 cafeteria benefit program now or hereafter established by the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate. However, Cash Earnings shall not include any contributions (other than Code Section 401(k) or Code Section 125 contributions deducted from such Cash Earnings) made by the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate on the Participants behalf to any employee benefit or welfare plan now or hereafter established.
C. Change in Control shall mean either of the following shareholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:
(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporations outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, |
(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or |
(iii) the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Corporation or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Corporation), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporations outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Corporations shareholders. |
D. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
E. Common Stock shall mean the Corporations Class A common stock.
F. Corporate Affiliate shall mean any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Corporation (as determined in accordance with Code Section 424), whether now existing or subsequently established.
A-1
G. Corporation shall mean Broadcom Corporation, a California corporation, and any corporate successor to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Broadcom Corporation which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.
H. Effective Time shall mean the time at which the Underwriting Agreement was executed and the Common Stock priced for the initial public offering. Any Corporate Affiliate which becomes a Participating Corporation after such Effective Time shall designate a subsequent Effective Time with respect to its employee-Participants.
I. Eligible Employee shall mean any person who is employed by a Participating Corporation on a basis under which he or she is regularly expected to render more than twenty (20) hours of service per week for more than five (5) months per calendar year for earnings considered wages under Code Section 3401(a).
J. Entry Date shall mean the date an Eligible Employee first commences participation in the offering period in effect under the Plan. The earliest Entry Date under the Plan shall be the Effective Time.
K. Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:
(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists. |
(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists. |
(iii) For purposes of the initial offering period which began at the Effective Time, the Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be equal to the price per share at which the Common Stock was sold in the initial public offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement. |
L.
1933 Act
shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
A-2
M. Participant shall mean any Eligible Employee of a Participating Corporation who is actively participating in the Plan.
N. Participating Corporation shall mean the Corporation and such Corporate Affiliate or Affiliates as may be authorized from time to time by the Board to extend the benefits of the Plan to their Eligible Employees. The Participating Corporations in the Plan are listed in attached Schedule A.
O. Plan shall mean the Corporations 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as set forth in this document.
P. Plan Administrator shall mean the committee of two (2) or more Board members appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.
Q. Purchase Date shall mean the last business day of each Purchase Interval. The initial Purchase Date shall be October 30, 1998.
R. Purchase Interval shall mean each successive six (6)-month period within the offering period at the end of which there shall be purchased shares of Common Stock on behalf of each Participant.
S. Quarterly Entry Date shall mean the first business day in February, May, August and November each year on which an Eligible Employee may first enter an offering period. The first such Quarterly Entry Date shall be August 2, 1999.
T. Stock Exchange shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.
U. Underwriting Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Corporation and the underwriter or underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock.
A-3
BROADCOM CORPORATION
1998 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN- STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
POST APRIL 1, 2003 ENTRY DATE INTO NOVEMBER 2002 OFFERING PERIOD
I hereby elect to participate in the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP) and hereby subscribe to purchase shares of Common Stock of Broadcom Corporation (the Corporation) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the ESPP. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each of my paychecks following my entry into the offering period in the 1% multiple of my eligible cash earnings (not to exceed a maximum of 15%) specified in my attached Enrollment/Change Form.
Each offering period will be of a duration of 24 months or less and will be divided into a series of consecutive purchase intervals. Those purchase intervals will be of six months duration and begin on the first business day of May and November each year during the offering period. My participation will automatically remain in effect, in accordance with my most current payroll deduction authorization, from one purchase interval to the next within the offering period in which I join the ESPP and from one purchase interval to the next within each subsequent offering period during the remaining term of the ESPP, unless I withdraw from the ESPP or change the rate of my payroll deduction or unless my employment status changes. I may reduce the rate of my payroll deductions on one occasion per 6-month purchase interval, to become effective with the filing of the change form, and I may increase my rate of payroll deductions to become effective at the beginning of any subsequent 6-month purchase interval (May 1 or November 1). For offering periods beginning on or after May 1, 2003, I may change my rate of payroll deductions at any time, to become effective on the first pay day of the month following the month in which I file my change request with the plan administrator, and there will be no limit on the number of changes I may make per purchase interval or per offering period.
My payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of the Corporations Common Stock on the last business day of each purchase interval within each offering period in which I participate. The purchase price per share will be equal to 85% of the lower of (i) the fair market value per share of Common Stock on my entry date into that offering period or (ii) the fair market value per share on the purchase date. I will also be subject to ESPP restrictions (i) limiting the maximum number of shares which I may purchase per purchase interval and the maximum number of shares purchasable in the aggregate by all participants on any one purchase date and (ii) prohibiting me from purchasing more than $25,000 worth of Common Stock for each calendar year my purchase right remains outstanding.
I may withdraw from the ESPP at any time prior to the last business day of a purchase interval and elect either to have the Corporation refund all my payroll deductions for that interval or to have such payroll deductions applied to the purchase of Common Stock at the end of such interval. However, I may not rejoin the ESPP until a new quarterly entry date (first business day in February, May, August and November). Upon the termination of my employment for any reason (including death or disability) or my loss of eligible employee status, my participation in the ESPP will immediately cease and all my payroll deductions for the purchase interval in which my employment terminates or my loss of eligibility occurs will automatically be refunded. If I take an unpaid leave of absence, my payroll deductions will immediately cease and any payroll deductions for the purchase interval in which my leave begins will, at my election, either be refunded or applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the end of that purchase interval. If I return to active service within 90 days after the start of my leave, then my payroll deductions will at that time automatically resume at the rate in effect for me when my leave began.
The Corporation will issue a stock certificate for the shares purchased on my behalf after the end of each purchase interval and the certificate will be deposited directly in the Corporation-designated brokerage account established on my behalf. I will notify the Corporation of any disposition of shares purchased under the ESPP and I will satisfy all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements at the time of such disposition.
The Corporation has the right, exercisable in its sole discretion, to amend or terminate the ESPP at any time, with such amendment or termination to become effective immediately following the exercise of outstanding purchase rights at the end of any current purchase interval. Should the Corporation elect to terminate the ESPP, I will have no further rights to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement. I have received a copy of the Q&A Summary identifying the major features of the ESPP. I have read this Agreement and the Q&A Summary and hereby agree to be bound by the terms of both this Agreement and the ESPP. The effectiveness of this Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the ESPP.
Date: | ||||
|
|
|||
Signature of Employee |
Entry Date into Plan: | Printed Name: | |||||
|
|
Post April 30, 2003 Offering Period
BROADCOM CORPORATION
1998 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
I hereby elect to participate in the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP) and hereby subscribe to purchase shares of Common Stock of Broadcom Corporation (the Corporation) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the ESPP. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each of my paychecks following my entry into the offering period in the 1% multiple of my eligible cash earnings (not to exceed a maximum of 15%) specified in my attached Enrollment/Change Form.
Each offering period will be a duration of twenty-four months or less and will be divided into a series of consecutive purchase intervals. Those purchase intervals will be of six months duration and begin on the first business day of May and November each year during the offering period. My participation will automatically remain in effect, in accordance with my most current payroll deduction authorization, from one purchase interval to the next within the offering period in which I join the ESPP and from one purchase interval to the next within each subsequent offering period during the remaining term of the ESPP , unless I withdraw from the ESPP or change the rate of my payroll deduction or unless my employment status changes. I may change the rate of my payroll deductions at any time during the offering period, with the change to become effective on the first pay day of the month following the month in which I file my change request with the plan administrator, and there will be no limit on the number of changes I may make per purchase interval or per offering period.
My payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of the Corporations Common Stock on the last business day of each purchase interval within each offering period in which I participate. The purchase price per share will be equal to 85% of the lower of (i) the fair market value per share of Common Stock on my entry date into the offering period or (ii) the fair market value per share on the purchase date. I will also be subject to ESPP restrictions (i) limiting the maximum number of shares which I may purchase per purchase interval and the maximum number of shares purchasable in the aggregate by all participants on any one purchase date and (ii) prohibiting me from purchasing more than $25,000 worth of Common Stock for each calendar year my purchase right remains outstanding.
I may withdraw from the ESPP at any time prior to the last business day of a purchase interval and elect either to have the Corporation refund all my payroll deductions for that interval or to have such payroll deductions applied to the purchase of Common Stock at the end of such interval. However, I may not rejoin the ESPP until a new quarterly entry date (first business day in February, May, August and November). Upon the termination of my employment for any reason (including death or disability) or my loss of eligible employee status, my participation in the ESPP will immediately cease and all my payroll deductions for the purchase interval in which my employment terminates or my loss of eligibility occurs will automatically be refunded.
If I take an unpaid leave of absence, my payroll deductions will immediately cease and any payroll deductions for the purchase interval in which my leave begins will, at my election, either be refunded or applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the end of that purchase interval. If I return to active service within ninety days after the start of my leave, then my payroll deductions will at that time automatically resume at the rate in effect for me when my leave began.
The Corporation will issue a stock certificate for the shares purchased on my behalf after the end of each purchase interval and the certificate will be deposited directly in the Corporation-designated brokerage account established on my behalf. I will notify the Corporation of any disposition of shares purchased under the ESPP and I will satisfy all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements at the time of such disposition.
The Corporation has the right, exercisable in its sole discretion, to
amend or terminate the ESPP at any time, with such amendment or termination to
become effective immediately following the exercise of outstanding purchase
rights at the end of any current purchase interval. Should the Corporation
elect to terminate the ESPP, I will have no further rights to purchase shares
of Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement. I have received a copy of the Q&A
Summary identifying the major features of the ESPP. I have read this Agreement
and the Q&A Summary and hereby agree to be bound by the terms of both this
Agreement and the ESPP. The effectiveness of this Agreement is dependent upon
my eligibility to participate in the ESPP.
Date:
,200
Signature of Employee
Entry Date:
,200
Printed Name
BROADCOM CORPORATION
SECTION 1: ACTIONS
SECTION 2: PERSONNEL DATA
(Please print)
Return completed form to BRCM Shareholder Services in Irvine
For Shareholder Services Use Only:
Entered in EE
If by fax to
949-450-1484
(original not required)
Faxed to Payroll (US)
Faxed to Payroll (Intl)
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN (ESPP) ENROLLMENT / CHANGE FORM
New Enrollment
Complete 2, 3, 7 and sign Stock Purchase Agreement
Re- Enrollment
(May 1 or November 1 only)
Complete 2, 3, 7 and sign Stock Purchase Agreement
Payroll Deduction Change
Complete 2, 4, 7
Terminate Payroll Deductions
Complete 2, 5, 7
Leave of Absence
Complete 2, 6, 7
@broadcom.com
Last Name (Surname)
First Name
Middle Initial
Email
Home Address
Street
Business Telephone
City
State
Country
Zip Code
Social Security No. (U.S. Taxpayers only) | ||
|
SECTION 3: NEW ENROLLMENT Deadline for receipt is on or before first business day of February, May, August and, November.
Effective with the ESPP Enrollment Date:
First business day of February 200___, May 200___, August, 200___, November 200___;
Payroll Deduction Amount: ____% (write out % ___) of cash earnings (must be a multiple of 1% up to a maximum of 15% of cash earnings).
SECTION 4: PAYROLL DEDUCTION CHANGE
Effective with the Pay Period Beginning ___/___/200___, I authorize the following new level of payroll deductions: ____% (write out %____) of cash earnings (must be a multiple of 1% up to a maximum of 15% of cash earnings).
NOTE 4: You may reduce your rate of payroll deduction once per 6-month purchase interval to become effective as soon as possible following the filing of the change form. You may also increase your rate of payroll deduction to become effective as of the start date of the next 6-month purchase interval (May 1 or November 1 due on or before these dates). Effective for offering periods beginning on or after May 1, 2003, you may change your rate of payroll deduction at any time to become effective on the first pay day of the month following the month in which you file this change form, and there will be no limit on the number of changes you may make.
SECTION 5: TERMINATE PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS
*Effective with the Pay Period Beginning ___/___/200___, I authorize the termination of my payroll deductions.
*Not effective until discussed with and approved by BRCM Shareholder Services: By Date ___/___/200___
In connection with my voluntary termination of payroll deductions (or an approved leave of absence), I elect the following action regarding my ESPP payroll deductions to date in the current purchase interval:
Purchase Broadcom Corporation shares on next scheduled purchase date, OR | ||||
|
||||
Refund ESPP payroll deductions collected. | ||||
|
NOTE 5A: Your election to terminate your payroll deductions may not be changed, and you may not rejoin the plan until a new quarterly entry date (the first business day of February, May, August or November). You will forfeit your original subscription/enrollment price on re-enrollment.
NOTE 5B: If your employment terminates for any reason or your eligibility status changes (<20 hours/week or <5 months/year), you will immediately cease to participate in the ESPP and your ESPP payroll deductions collected in that purchase interval will automatically be refunded to you.
SECTION 6: LEAVE OF ABSENCE
In connection with my leave of absence, I elect the following action with respect to my ESPP payroll deductions to date:
Purchase shares of Broadcom Corporation on next scheduled purchase date, OR | ||||
|
||||
Refund ESPP payroll deductions collected. | ||||
|
NOTE 6: If you take an unpaid leave of absence, your payroll deductions will immediately cease. If you return to active status within 90 days after the start of your leave, your payroll deductions will at that time automatically resume at the rate in effect for you when your leave began.
SECTION 7: AUTHORIZATION
Signature of Employee: | / | Date: | ,200 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
For assistance, email espp@broadcom.com
EXHIBIT 10.20
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
This First Amendment to Lease (the "Amendment") dated August 27, 1999, is by and between THE IRVINE COMPANY ("Landlord"), and BROADCOM CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Tenant").
RECITALS
A. On August 7, 1998, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Industrial Lease ("Lease") for space in buildings located at 16215 Alton Parkway ("Building A") and 16205 Alton Parkway ("Building B") (collectively, the "Premises"). The Lease also included an agreement for temporary occupancy of a portion of the Building located at 16225 Alton Parkway ("Building C"). Except as specifically defined herein, capitalized terms are used as defined in the Lease.
B. Landlord and Tenant each desire to modify the Lease to add approximately 39,134 rentable square feet of space in Building C to the Premises which shall be referred to as Suite 200, and make such other modifications as are set forth in this Amendment.
AGREEMENT
I. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS. The Basic Lease Provisions are hereby amended as follows (section numbers refer to the Basic Lease Provision numbers):
1. Effective as of the "Commencement Date for Suite 200" (as hereinafter defined), Item 1 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
1. Premises: The Premises includes all of one (1) three (3) story building known as 16215 Alton Parkway which contains approximately 88,903 rentable square feet ("Building A"), all of one (1) two (2) story building known as 16205 Alton Parkway ("Building B") which contains approximately 63,451 rentable square feet, and the second floor of a two (2) story building known as 16225 Alton Parkway ("Building C") which floor contains approximately 39,134 rentable square feet ("Suite 200").
6. Effective as of the "Commencement Date for Suite 200", Item 6 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
From and after the Commencement Date for Suite 200, the Basic Rent shall be Two Hundred Sixty-Eight Thousand Eighty-Three Dollars and Twenty Cents ($268,083.20) per month, based on $1.40 per rentable square foot.
Basic Rent is subject to adjustment as follows:
Commencing on the first day of the twenty-fifth (25th) month of the Lease Term, the Basic Rent shall be Two Hundred Seventy-Seven Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-Seven Dollars and Sixty Cents ($277,657.60) per month, based on $1.45 per rentable square foot.
Commencing on the first day of the thirty-seventh (37th) month of the Lease Term, the Basic Rent shall be Two Hundred Eighty-Seven Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-Two Dollars ($287,232.00) per month, based on $1.50 per rentable square foot.
Commencing on the first day of the forty-ninth (49th) month of the Lease Term, the Basic Rent shall be Two Hundred Ninety-Six Thousand Eight Hundred Six Dollars and Forty Cents ($296,806.40) per month, based on $1.55 per rentable square foot.
Commencing on the first day of the sixty-first (61st) month of the Lease Term, the Basic Rent shall be Three Hundred Six Thousand Three Hundred Eighty Dollars and Eighty Cents ($306,380.80) per month, based on $1.60 per rentable square foot.
Commencing on the first day of the seventy-third (73rd) month of the Lease Term, the Basic Rent shall be Three Hundred Fifteen Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty-Five Dollars and Twenty Cents ($315,955.20) per month, based on $1.65 per rentable square foot.
8. Effective as of the Commencement Date for Suite 200, Item 8 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
8. Floor Area of Premises: Approximately 191,488 rentable square feet based on:
Building A: 88,903 Building B: 63,451 Building C: 39,134 (Suite 200) |
12. Item 12 is hereby deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
12. Address for Payments and Notices:
LANDLORD
INSIGNIA/ESG OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
1 Ada, Suite 270
Irvine, CA 92618
with a copy of notices to:
IRVINE INDUSTRIAL COMPANY
P.O. Box 6370
Newport Beach, CA 92658-6370
Attn: Vice President, Industrial Operations
TENANT
BROADCOM CORPORATION
16215 Acton Parkway
Irvine, CA
Attention: Director of Corporate Services
With additional copy sent to the same address, but to Chief Financial Officer
with a copy of notices of default only to:
Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison
550 West C Street. Suite 1300
San Diego, CA 92101
Attn: W. Scott Biel
14. Effective as of the Commencement Date for Suite 200, Item 14 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
14. Vehicle Parking Spaces: 768 spaces within the Common Area of the Project based on four (4) spaces per 1000 rentable square feet of Premises area
II. COMMENCEMENT DATE FOR SUITE 200. "Commencement Date for Suite 200" shall be the earlier of: (a) ten (10) business days following the date that (i) Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord has substantially completed the construction of the Tenant Improvements for Suite 200 in accordance with the Work Letter attached to this Amendment as Exhibit B but for minor "punch list" items identified by Landlord and Tenant in a walk-through of Suite 200 prior to the Commencement Date, which items do not preclude or materially impair Tenant from conducting
its business in Suite 200, and (ii) Landlord has provided Tenant with all parking required in the Common Area of the Project, and (iii) Landlord has obtained and provided Tenant with a certificate of occupancy or temporary certificate of occupancy for the Premises from the City of Irvine or (b) the date Tenant acquires possession or commences use of Suite 200 for any purpose other than construction or installation of equipment, furniture, fixtures or network and telecommunications cabling; or (c) December 9, 1999 (the "Outside Commencement Date"). Within ten (10) days after the Commencement Date for Suite 200 has occurred, the parties shall memorialize on a form provided by Landlord the actual Commencement Date for Suite 200.
III. RENT FOR SUITE 200. As of the Commencement Date for Suite 200, Suite 200 shall become part of the Premises and all rent payable under the Lease shall be adjusted accordingly. For example, Tenant's Share for the purpose of calculating Operating Expenses to be paid by Tenant shall be increased accordingly and the Basic Rent under the Lease shall be increased to reflect the addition of the 39,134 rentable square feet of Suite 200 based on the Basic Rent rates set forth in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions of the Lease including adjustments to Basic Rent which occur after the Commencement Date for Suite 200. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Commencement Date for Suite 200 occurs prior to the Outside Commencement Date, the Basic Rent for Suite 200 from the Commencement Date for Suite 200 to the Outside Commencement Date shall be Fifty Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-Four Dollars and Twenty Cents ($50,874.20) based on $1.30 per rentable square foot.
IV. FLOOR PLAN OF PREMISES. Exhibit A attached to this Amendment is hereby added to the Lease, and collectively with the descriptions of Building A and Building B on Exhibit A attached to the Lease, shall constitute the "Premises" as defined in Section 2.1 of the Lease.
V. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. Landlord hereby agrees to complete the Tenant Improvements for Suite 200 in accordance with the Work Letter attached to this Amendment.
VI. LANDLORD OBLIGATIONS. Landlord warrants to Tenant that the roof of Building C shall be in good condition as of the Commencement Date for Suite 200 and the HVAC system of Building C shall be in good working order as of the Commencement Date for Suite 200. If any non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the Commencement Date for Suite 200, Landlord shall, promptly after receipt of written notice from Tenant setting forth the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Landlord's cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated under its warranty set forth in this paragraph for any modification of the existing HVAC system required in connection with Tenant Improvements being constructed in Suite 200, including, without limitation, any rerouting, rebalancing, the addition or removal of supply or return vents or other adjustments to the system required to accommodate the Tenant Improvements being completed pursuant to the Work Letter.
VII. SIGNS. In addition to the Exterior Signage provided for in the Existing Lease, Tenant shall have the right to install and maintain one (1) new monument sign on Laguna Canyon Road
which substantially matches the existing monument sign on Alton Parkway which shall be oriented perpendicular to the curb and located outside the site distance triangle. The new monument sign shall be subject to the Signage Criteria for the Project and the other provisions of the Lease. Tenant shall have the right to the top position on such monument sign so long as Tenant continues to be the Dominant Tenant in Building C.
VIII. GENERAL
A. Effect of Amendments. The Lease shall remain in full force and effect except to the extent that it is modified by this Amendment.
B. Entire Agreement. This Amendment embodies the entire understanding between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the modifications set forth herein and can be changed only by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.
C. Counterparts. If this Amendment is executed in counterparts, each is hereby declared to be an original; all, however, shall constitute but one and the same amendment. In any action or proceeding, any photographic, photostatic, or other copy of this Amendment may be introduced into evidence without foundation.
D. Corporate Authority. Each individual executing this Amendment in his or her capacity as a corporate officer represents that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of such corporation and that this Amendment is binding upon such corporation in accordance with its terms.
IX. EXECUTION
Landlord and Tenant executed this Amendment as of the date as set forth above.
LANDLORD: TENANT: THE IRVINE COMPANY BROADCOM CORPORATION, a California corporation By: /s/ ROBERT E. WILLIAMS, JR By: /s/ WILLIAM J. RUEHLE -------------------------------------- ----------------------------- Robert E. Williams, Jr, President, Name: William J. Ruehle Irvine Industrial Company, a Title: Vice President and division of The Irvine Company CFO |
By: /s/ GARY A. VACARRO By: ----------------------------------------- ----------------------------- Gary A. Vacarro, Name: Senior Vice President ---------------------- Finance & Acquisitions Title: ---------------------- |
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
BETWEEN
THE IRVINE COMPANY
AND
BROADCOM CORPORATION
DATED AUGUST 27, 1999
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A Description of Premises (drawing)
EXHIBIT B Industrial Work Letter Dollar Allowance (Suite 200)
Broadcom Corporation agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any of the foregoing exhibits to the SEC upon request.
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
I. PARTIES AND DATE.
This Second Amendment to Lease (the "Amendment") dated December 10, 1999, is by and between THE IRVINE COMPANY ("Landlord"), and BROADCOM CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Tenant").
II. RECITALS.
On August 7, 1998, Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease for space in buildings located at 16215 Alton Parkway ("Building A") and 16205 Alton Parkway ("Building B") (collectively, the "Premises"), which Lease was amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated August 27, 1999, wherein approximately 39,134 rentable square feet of space located at 16225 Alton Parkway ("Suite 200") was added to the Premises (as amended, the "Lease").
Landlord and Tenant each desire to modify the Lease to add approximately 39,134 rentable square feet of space in a Building located at 16225 Alton Parkway, Suite 100, Irvine, California more particularly described on EXHIBIT A to this Amendment ("Suite 100"), adjust the Basic Rent, and make such other modifications as are set forth in "III. MODIFICATIONS" next below.
III. MODIFICATIONS.
A. Basic Lease Provisions. The Basic Lease Provisions are hereby amended as follows:
1. Effective as of the "Commencement Date for Suite 100" (as defined in Section III(C) below), Item 1 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
"1. Premises: The Premises includes all of one (1) three (3) story building known as 16215 Alton Parkway which contains approximately 88,903 rentable square feet ("Building A"), all of one (1) two (2) story building known as 16205 Alton Parkway ("Building B") which floor contains approximately 63,451 rentable square feet, and all of one (1) two story building known as 16225 Alton Parkway which floor contains 78,268 ("Building C")."
2. Item 4 is hereby amended by adding the following:
"Estimated Commencement Date for Suite 100: May 1, 2000"
3. Item 6 is hereby amended by adding the following:
"Basic Rent for Suite 100: As of the Commencement Date for Suite 100, Basic Rent for Suite 100 shall be Fifty-Four Thousand Seven Hundred Eighty-Eight Dollars ($54,788.00) per month, based on $1.40 per rentable square foot.
Basic Rent for Suite 100 is subject to adjustment as follows:
Commencing December 1, 2000, the Basic Rent for Suite 100 shall be Fifty-Six Thousand Seven Hundred Forty-Four Dollars ($56,744.00) per month, based on $1.45 per rentable square foot.
Commencing December 1, 2001, the Basic Rent for Suite 100 shall be Fifty Eight Thousand Seven Hundred One Dollars ($58,701.00) per month, based on $1.50 per rentable square foot.
Commencing December 1, 2002, the Basic Rent for Suite 100 shall be Sixty Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-Eight Dollars ($60,658.00) per month, based on $1.55 per rentable square foot.
Commencing December 1, 2003, the Basic Rent for Suite 100 shall be Sixty Two Thousand Six Hundred Fourteen Dollars ($62,614.00) per month, based on $1.60 per rentable square foot.
Commencing December 1, 2004, the Basic Rent for Suite 100 shall be Sixty Four Thousand Five Hundred Seventy-One Thousand Dollars ($64,571.00) per month, based on $1.65 per rentable square foot.
4. Effective as of the Commencement Date for Suite 100, Item 8 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
"8. Floor Area of Premises: Approximately 230,622 rentable
square feet based on: Building A: 88,903 Building B: 63,451 Building C: 78,268 |
5. Effective as of the Commencement Date for Suite 100, Item 14 shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted therefor shall be the following:
"14. Vehicle Parking Spaces: Nine Hundred Twenty-Seven (927) spaces within the Common Area of the Project based on four (4) spaces per 1000 rentable square feet of Premises area"
B. Floor Plan of Premises. EXHIBIT A attached to this Amendment is
hereby added to the Lease, and collectively with the descriptions of Building A
and Building B on Exhibit A attached to the Lease, and Suite 200 on Exhibit A
attached to the First Amendment, shall constitute the "Premises" as defined in
Section 2.1 of the Lease.
C. Tenant Improvements. Landlord hereby agrees to complete the Tenant
Improvements for Suite 100 in accordance with the provisions of EXHIBIT X-1,
Work Letter, attached to this Amendment. As used herein, the "Commencement Date
for Suite 100" shall mean the earlier to occur of: (i) ten (10) days following
the date that (A) Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord has substantially
completed the construction of the Tenant Improvements for Suite 100 in
accordance with the Work Letter attached as EXHIBIT X-1 hereto, but for minor
"punch list" items identified by Landlord and Tenant in a walk-through of Suite
100 prior to the Commencement Date of Suite 100, which items do not preclude or
materially impair Tenant from conducting its business from Suite 100, (B)
Landlord has provided Tenant with all parking required by the Lease (as amended
by this Amendment) in the Common Area of the Project, and (C) Landlord has
obtained and provided Tenant with a certificate of occupancy or temporary
certificate of occupancy for Suite 100 from the City of Irvine, or (ii) the date
Tenant acquires possession or commences use of such portion of Suite 100 for any
purpose other than construction or installation of equipment, furniture,
fixtures or network and telecommunications cabling. Possession of Suite 100
shall be tendered to Tenant on the Commencement Date for Suite 100. Within ten
(10) days after possession of Suite 100 is tendered to Tenant, the parties shall
memorialize on a form provided by Landlord the actual Commencement Date for
Suite 100. Tenant's failure to execute that form shall not affect the validity
of Landlord's determination of said date. The provisions of Sections 2.2 and 2.4
of the Lease, including without limitation, those provisions governing a
preparation and approval of a punch list, shall apply with respect to Suite 100
(with the "Commencement Date" set forth in said Sections to refer to the
"Commencement Date of Suite 100" for purposes of this Amendment).
D. Sections Deleted. The following Sections of the Lease are hereby deleted in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect: Sections 2.5 and 2.6 of the Lease.
E. Landlord's Obligations. Landlord warrants to Tenant that the roof of Building C shall be in good condition as of the Commencement Date for Suite 100 and the HVAC system of Building C shall be in good working order as of the Commencement Date for Suite 100. If any non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the Commencement Date for Suite 100, Landlord shall, promptly after receipt of written notice from Tenant setting forth the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Landlord's cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated under its warranty set forth in this paragraph for any modification of the existing HVAC system required in connection with Tenant
Improvements being constructed in Suite 100, including, without limitation, any rerouting, rebalancing, the addition or removal of supply or return vents or other adjustments to the system required to accommodate the Tenant Improvements for Suite 100 being completed pursuant to the Work Letter attached to this Amendment.
F. Contingency. Tenant understands and agrees that the effectiveness of
this Amendment is contingent upon the mutual execution of a lease surrender and
termination agreement for Suite 100 by Landlord and AST Research, Inc., the
current tenant in possession of Suite 100. If the contingency contained in this
Section III(F) is not fully satisfied on or before December 17, 1999, then
either party may terminate this Amendment by giving written notice to the other
at any time thereafter (but prior to Landlord's notice of full satisfaction of
this contingency), and Tenant shall thereupon be free to proceed under the
provisions contained in Section 2.6 of the Lease.
IV. GENERAL.
A. Effect of Amendments. The Lease shall remain in full force and effect except to the extent that it is modified by this Amendment.
B. Entire Agreement. This Amendment embodies the entire understanding between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the modifications set forth in "III. MODIFICATIONS" above and can be changed only by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.
C. Counterparts. If this Amendment is executed in counterparts, each is hereby declared to be an original; all, however, shall constitute but one and the same amendment. In any action or proceeding, any photographic, photostatic, or other copy of this Amendment may be introduced into evidence without foundation.
D. Defined Terms. All words commencing with initial capital letters in this Amendment and defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning in this Amendment as in the Lease, unless they are otherwise defined in this Amendment.
E. Corporate and Partnership Authority. If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, or is comprised of either or both of them, each individual executing this Amendment for the corporation or partnership represents that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of the corporation or partnership and that this Amendment is binding upon the corporation or partnership in accordance with its terms.
F. Attorneys' Fees. The provisions of the Lease respecting payment of attorneys' fees shall also apply to this Amendment.
V. EXECUTION.
Landlord and Tenant executed this Amendment on the date as set forth in
"I. PARTIES AND DATE." above.
LANDLORD: TENANT: THE IRVINE COMPANY BROADCOM CORPORATION, a California corporation By: /s/ RICHARD G. SIM By: /s/ WILLIAM J. RUEHLE ------------------------------------ ----------------------------- Richard G. Sim, Group President, Name: William J. Ruehle Investment Properties Title: Vice President and CFO By: /s/ ROBERT E. WILLIAMS, JR By: ------------------------------------ ----------------------------- Robert E. Williams, Jr., Name: President, Irvine Industrial ---------------------- Company, a division of The Title: Irvine Company ---------------------- |
Exhibit 10.21
LEASE AGREEMENT
by and between
M-D DOWNTOWN SUNNYVALE, LLC
("LANDLORD")
and
BROADCOM CORPORATION
("TENANT")
DATED AS OF MAY 18, 2000
BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
Lease Date: May 18, 2000 Landlord: MD-Downtown Sunnyvale, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company Managing Agent: The Mozart Development Company Landlord's and Managing Agent's Address: c/o The Mozart Development Company 1068 East Meadow Circle Palo Alto, CA 94303 Attn: James Freitas & John Mozart Tenant: Broadcom Corporation, a California corporation TENANT'S ADDRESS: FOR NOTICE FOR BILLING 16215 Alton Parkway Same as for Notice Irvine, CA 92618 Attn: Director of Attn: Accounts payable Corporate Services with a copy to: The Premises Attn: Group Controller Land: The real property outlined on Exhibit "A" attached hereto. Building: A five-story building at the corner of Washington and Mathilda Avenues in Sunnyvale, currently in the planning and design stage, to be constructed on a portion of the Land in the location and configuration generally shown on Exhibit "A" in accordance with this Lease, which shall include a three to four level underground parking garage (the "Phase I Garage"). Premises: All space located in the entire Building, exclusive of (i) approximately 3,000 square feet of space that will be located on the ground floor generally in the area outlined on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit "A-1", which shall be designated more specifically on Landlord's Plans (the "Excluded Space"), and (ii) the Phase I Garage. Phase I: The Land, the Building (including the Premises, the Excluded Space and the Phase I Garage) and any other improvements located on or under the Land. Project: The Project shall consist of Phase I. The Project may be expanded to include other land and improvements and/or reconfigured in accordance with Paragraph 1. Rentable Area of the Premises: Approximately 121,000 rentable square feet. The Premises will be measured for the purposes of rentable square footage to the exterior surface of the outside walls or exterior glass lines, not including exterior planters, with no deductions for vertical penetrations or architectural details (such that, among other things, there are no deductions for indentiations or additions for ledges or cornices). |
Within thirty (30) days after substantial completion of the Base Building, Landlord will provide to Tenant a certification of Landlord's architect with respect to its calculations of the actual Rentable Area of the Premises, and the Rentable Area shown in such certification shall be conclusive and binding on the parties for purposes of calculating Monthly Base Rent, Tenant's Share and the Tenant Allowance hereunder and not subject to remeasurement; provided, however, that Tenant shall have a period of fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such certification to verify Landlord's architect's measurements and calculation (without conducting a physical remeasurement of the Premises) and, if Tenant discovers an error in Landlord's architect's determination of Rentable Area in excess of one percent (1%) of the stated Rentable Area, Landlord shall cause Landlord's architect to recalculate and recertify the Rentable Area and such recalculation shall be conclusive and binding on the parties. If the Rentable Area of the Premises has not been vertified prior to the Commencement Date, Monthly Base Rent, Tenant's Share and the Tenant Allowance shall be determined based on Landlord's architect's initial determination of the Rentable Area, and a retroactive adjustment (if and as appropriate) shall be made to Monthly Base Rent, Tenant's Share and/or the Tenant Allowance at such time as the Rentable Area is finally verified as provided in this paragraph. Parking Spaces: 360 spaces (with the portion of such spaces that are "compact" spaces not to exceed the percentage allowed by applicable Laws that affect the Project; provided, however, that such percentage of the parking spaces that are "compact" spaces shall not exceed 10% unless such greater percentage is required by applicable Laws) will be provided for Tenant's use in accordance with Paragraph 33. Tenant's Use of the Premises: General office, sales, research and development (excluding uses that involve the use of Hazardous Substances, as defined in Paragraph 39, beyond levels typical for office use). Lease Term: Ten (10) years (the "Initial Term"), with the right to extend for two (2) additional five (5) year terms (each an "Extension Term") in accordance with Paragraph 42. Tenant also shall have a limited right to holdover for a period of three months (the "Holdover Term") in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Paragraph 14(a). The Initial Term, any Extension Term(s) and/or any Holdover Term shall collectively be defined as the "Term". |
Scheduled Rent Commencement Date: Ninety (90) days after the Delivery Date.
Tenant Allowance: $40 per rentable square foot of the Rentable Area of the Premises. Monthly Base Rent: $3.35 per rentable square foot of the Rentable Area of the Premises. Monthly Base Rent Adjustment: On each anniversary of the Commencement Date, the Monthly Base Rent shall increase by four percent (4%) of the Monthly Base Rent for the immediately prior year. Tenant's Share: 97.58% Security Deposit: None. Guarantor of Lease: None. Landlord's Broker: Dennis Chambers and Steve Horton of CPS |
Tenant's Broker: Kim Josephson of Real Estate & Logistics Technology and Jerry Inguagiato of CB Richard Ellis |
Broker's Fee or Commission, if any, paid by: Landlord, pursuant to separate agreement
The foregoing Basic Lease Information is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease. Each reference in this Lease to any of the Basic Lease Information shall mean the respective information hereinabove set forth and shall be construed to incorporate all of the terms provided under the particular paragraph pertaining to such information. In the event of any conflict between any Basic Lease Information and the Lease, the latter shall control.
LANDLORD:
M-D DOWNTOWN SUNNYVALE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By: /s/ JOHN MOZART ------------------------------- Its: President ------------------------------- |
TENANT:
BROADCOM CORPORATION,
a California corporation
By: /s/ WILLIAM J. RUEHLE ------------------------------- Its: Vice-President and CFO ------------------------------- |
LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the "Lease") is made and entered into as of May 18, 2000, by and between M-D DOWNTOWN SUNNYVALE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (herein called "Landlord"), and BROADCOM CORPORATION, a California corporation (herein called "Tenant").
1. PREMISES AND PROJECT.
(a) PREMISES. Upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord, the "Premises" (as defined in the Basic Lease Information).
(b) ACQUISITION OF THE LAND. Landlord currently is negotiating a Disposition and Development Agreement (as it may be revised prior to execution, or amended thereafter from time to time, the "DDA") with the Sunnyvale Redevelopment Agency ("City") that would give Landlord the right to acquire the Land, plus additional land generally outlined on the Potential Project Site Plan attached hereto as Exhibit "B" (the "Additional Land"), and construct the Building and additional buildings and parking facilities (which may be connected to, and operated and managed collectively with, the Phase I Garage and/or the City Garage (as defined below)) thereon. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not acquired the Land nor constructed the Building as of the date of this Lease. Landlord may elect, in Landlord's sole discretion, (i) to acquire all, a portion of, or none of the Land and/or the Additional Land, and to acquire the Additional Land prior to, simultaneously with, or after Landlord acquires the Land. If Landlord acquires the portion of the Additional Land on which Building III will be located as shown on Exhibit "B", pursuant to the DDA Landlord would then be obligated to build an underground public parking facility (the "City Garage") under certain adjacent land owned by the City, which underground parking facility would be connected physically to the Project Garage (as defined below), and in addition would be obligated to grant the City the right, pursuant to a Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions and Reciprocal Easement Agreement (Downtown Sunnyvale Parking Structures, in the form attached to the DDA or such other form as may be agreed upon between City and Landlord (such document being defined as the "Parking REA"), to use the Project Garage for parking in up to 320 parking stalls in evening and weekend hours as specified in the DDA, and also to use the entire Project Garage for "special events" parking in evening and weekend hours up to eight times per year as specified by the City (such rights, and any other similar parking rights granted to the City pursuant to the DDA, the Parking REA or other approvals in connection with Landlord's initial development of the Project, the "City Parking Rights"). The Parking REA also shall provide for the allocation of certain shared costs between the City Garage and the Project Garage and such other matters and Landlord and City may mutually agree, provided that the costs of maintenance, repair and operation of the Project Garage will be allocated between the City Garage and Project Garage in a reasonable manner taking into account the proportionate use and/or space available to the City and the Project. All parking rights of Tenant hereunder, and of the other tenants in the Project, are subject to the City Parking Rights.
(c) PROJECT. The term "Project" shall mean Phase I (as defined in the Basic Lease Information). In addition, if Landlord (or one or more affiliates of Landlord) acquires any or all of the Additional Land, at Landlord's sole election (exercisable by delivering written notice thereof to Tenant) the term "Project" may be revised to include such Additional Land and any of the buildings, parking structures and improvements constructed on the Additional Land that is acquired by Landlord (or one or more affiliates of Landlord) that Landlord designates as being included in the Project (such Additional Land and improvements being defined herein as the "Future Phases"). Landlord may expand the land and improvements that are included in the "Project" to include (i) all or any portion of the Future Phases, and/or (ii) any other property acquired by Landlord or its affiliates (as such term is defined at any given time), regardless of whether the Future Phases or any such other property is leased to Tenant or leased to, sold to or occupied by a third party or third parties. Such expansion may include parking facilities that are physically connected to the Phase I Garage and, at Landlord's sole election, are jointly operated with the Phase I Garage (the Phase I Garage, together with all other parking facilities included in the Project as is exists from time to time (if any), being defined herein as the "Project Garage"). Landlord shall deliver written notice to Tenant of Landlord's intent to expand the Project, identifying the property and improvements which will be added to the Project and including a new Exhibit "A" reflecting the addition to the Project. Any such Project Expansion shall be effective on the date designated by Landlord in its notice to Tenant. The development of
the Project (including for purposes of this definition both Phase I and the
Future Phases, to the extent Landlord elects to acquire and develop them)
as contemplated or required by the DDA shall be defined in this Lease as
the "Initial Development", and shall include, without limitation, (i) the
acquisition of the Land and any Additional Land, (ii) construction of the
Building, the Project Garage, and all other buildings and improvements
(including any necessary demolition) to be constructed on the Land or
Additional Land, (iii) creation, filing and recordation of the Initial
Parcel Map (as defined below), the Parking REA, the Initial CC&Rs (as
defined below), and any other Encumbrances contemplated by the DDA, and
(iv) any and all other activities, actions, requirements, assessments,
approvals, documents, instruments and similar items that are, in Landlord's
sole discretion, necessary or desirable in connection therewith.
(d) RECONFIGURATION/PARCEL MAP. In connection with the Initial Development, Landlord intends to file one or more parcel maps that will, at Landlord's sole election, either (A) cause the airspace to be occupied by the Building (excluding the Phase I Garage) to consist of one legal parcel, and the airspace to be occupied by each additional building in the Project to consist of a separate legal parcel, and the Project Garage and Project Common Area collectively to consist of a separate legal parcel, or (B) cause Phase I to consist of one legal parcel and, if Landlord acquires any of the Additional Land, cause the Additional Land to consist of one or more separate legal parcels (any such parcel map being defined as the "Initial Parcel Map"). Any Initial Parcel Map shall be filed in Landlord's sole discretion. Landlord reserves the right, in connection with the filing of any Initial Parcel Map, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without constituting an eviction (constructive or otherwise), and without entitling Tenant to any abatement of Rent or to terminate this Lease or otherwise releasing Tenant from any of Tenant's obligations under this Lease, to reconfigure the parcels in any Initial Parcel Map, or to file a different parcel map, even if such map would cause a reduction in the size of the Land, so long as the size of the building envelope in which the Building is or will be located is not materially affected by such action, the Project continues to be in compliance with all applicable Laws (including, without limitation, city parking requirements and other development approvals and land use regulatory requirements), Tenant's Permitted Use of the Premises as allowed by this Lease is not materially impaired thereby, and the Minimum Parking continues to be available to Tenant as provided in Paragraph 33. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to minimize any additional assessments against the Project, any increases in Tenant's cost of occupancy and any reductions in Tenant's rights under this Lease (other than assessments, costs and limitations on Tenant's rights specifically contemplated by the DDA and/or this Lease), as a result solely of any conditions of approval associated with such reconfiguration or different parcel map, so long as in Landlord's reasonable business judgment, (i) such efforts will not materially and adversely interfere with Landlord's ability to obtain any necessary approvals or permits in connection with the development of or construction on any portion of the Project, or otherwise have a net detrimental impact on the Project, and (iii) the resulting savings in assessments and costs will exceed any economic detriment to the Project resulting from such efforts (such as by the imposition of additional conditions or requirements); provided, however, that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for failure to so minimize assessments, costs or limitations despite Landlord's commercially reasonable best efforts. Landlord shall deliver written notice to Tenant of any Initial Parcel Map and any resulting alteration of the boundaries of Phase I. Any reconfiguration of the Land shall be effective on the date any such Initial Parcel Map is filed. On the effective date of such Initial Parcel Map, the description of the Land and of Phase I shall automatically be revised (if applicable), and the terms and conditions of the original Lease shall remain in full force and effect except that any revised Exhibits A and/or B provided by Landlord to Tenant with its written notice reflecting the location of the newly configured Land and/or Phase I shall become part of this Lease. The Base Rent shall not be revised as a result of any Initial Parcel Map. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in connection with the creation and filing of the Initial Parcel Map and/or any other subdivision or lot line adjustment process with respect to the Land or Project generally. In addition to filing the Initial Parcel Map as provided herein, at any time during the Term, Landlord may reduce the land and improvements that are included in the Project, subdivide the Project, or otherwise reconfigure the Project in any way, so long as in connection with such reconfiguration (other than the Initial Parcel Map) the size of the building envelope in which the Building is or will be located is not materially affected by such action, the Project continues to be in compliance with all applicable Laws (including, without limitation, city parking requirements and other development approvals and land use regulatory requirements), Tenant's Permitted Use of the Premises as allowed by this Lease is not impaired thereby, and the Minimum Parking continues to be available to Tenant as provided by Paragraph 33, and Tenant's cost of occupancy of the Premises are not materially increase and/or Tenant's rights under this Lease are not materially diminished as a result solely of such reconfiguration (except as required by applicable governmental authority, quasi-governmental authority, or Laws), unless Tenant consents to such reconfiguration in writing in advance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Upon Landlord's request,
Tenant shall execute and deliver any documents or instruments reasonably required in connection with the Initial Parcel Map and/or any other subdivision or lot line adjustment process in connection with this Paragraph 1(d)(i).
(e) CONSTRUCTION OF FUTURE PHASES. Landlord may construct additional buildings and improvements on the Land or Additional Land in such locations as Landlord may determine, in its sole discretion. Tenant acknowledges that during any such construction and development, Landlord, its tenants, and their respective employees, contractors and agents will require access across and through the Project Common Area for purposes of construction and development of additional buildings and improvements in the Project (as it may exist from time to time) and use of portions of the Project Common Area for construction staging in connection with such construction and development, including, without limitation, for the storage of all necessary materials, tools and equipment. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any interference with Tenant's use of the Project Common Area with respect to such construction and development activities or any noise, vibration, or other disturbance to Tenant's business at the Premises which may result from such activities, so long as the Building's structural components and Building Systems are not materially adversely affected by such activities, the Project continues to be in compliance with all applicable Laws, Tenant at all times has reasonable access to the Building and use of the Minimum Parking as provided in Paragraph 33, and Landlord takes commercially reasonable steps to minimize any material adverse effect on Tenant's Permitted Use of the Premises arising from such activities. Landlord shall, at Landlord's expense, repair any damage to the Building's structural components or Building Systems that results from Landlord's construction and development activities, provided that Landlord's obligation to make any such particular repair shall not commence until Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of any circumstances which Tenant believes may trigger Landlord's obligations. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in connection with any construction or development activities with respect to any such construction of buildings or improvements, including, without limitation, by cooperating in any parking restrictions and limitations during such activities as more specifically provided in Paragraph 33.
(f) COMMON AREA. The term "Common Area" or "Project Common Area" shall mean all areas and facilities within the Project that are not designated by Landlord, from time to time, for the exclusive use of Tenant or any other tenant or other occupant of the Project, that are located outside the building envelopes of the Building and of any other buildings now or hereafter located in the Project. Project Common Areas shall include, without limitation, the Project Garage, facilities and equipment servicing the Project as a whole or the Project Garage, access and perimeter roads and ramps, pedestrian sidewalks, landscaped areas, plaza areas, trash enclosures, recreation areas and the like.
(g) CC&RS. The operation of the Project Common Area (including the Project Garage), and access to, from and between various portions of the Project Common Area, may, at Landlord's election, be governed by conditions, covenants and restrictions and/or reciprocal easements and/or reciprocal licenses (any of the foregoing being defined herein collectively as "CC&Rs"), as are required by or pursuant to the DDA, in connection with the Initial Parcel Map, or as Landlord may otherwise determine in its discretion are necessary or desirable in connection with the Initial Development (such CC&Rs in connection with the DDA or Initial Development being defined herein collectively as the "Initial CC&Rs") between the owners of portions of the Project, including, without limitation, in order to provide necessary or appropriate access over, across and from the Common Area (including any ramps between the parking structures, roadways and drive aisles located thereon) to other portions of the Common Area and/or to any other property which is included in the Project, and/or that encumber portions of the Project for the benefit of other portions of the Project or the adjacent City property (or reciprocally benefit each other), and/or in order to provide sufficient parking for any portion of the Project or in connection with the City Parking Rights, and/or that allocate costs of the operation, maintenance, repair Project and/or Project Common Area among the owners of portions of the Project in a reasonable and customary manner. Without limiting the foregoing, if (and from and after such time as) the Project is expanded to include Future Phases, the Initial CC&Rs (or subsequent CC&Rs) shall provide for the following: (i) elevator and stairwell access from the Phase I Garage to the exterior Project Common Area through a corridor located on the ground floor of the Building (in the Premises) from the elevator and stairwell to the exterior Project Common Area in the general location and configuration shown on the attached Exhibit "A-2" and as more specifically shown on Landlord's Plans (as defined in the Work Letter) (such access area being defined herein as the "Dedicated Garage Exit Area"), which access right shall burden the Dedicated Garage Exit Area of the Premises for the benefit of other portions of the Project, provided that such corridor shall be physically partitioned from the remainder of the Premises such that Tenant shall have the right to
limit, prevent or lock any direct access to the remainder of the Premises from such corridor; and (ii) elevator and stairwell access from the portion of the Project Garage located under each building in the Project to the exterior Project Common Area through a corridor located on the ground floor of each such building from the elevator and stairwell to the exterior Project Common Area in a substantially similar location and configuration as the Dedicated Garage Exit Area, which access right shall burden the applicable Future Phase for the benefit of the Premises and other Future Phases of the Project. The Initial CC&Rs may be recorded against the Project by Landlord at any time, at Landlord's election, and will at all times be superior in priority to this Lease, provided that the Initial CC&Rs do not materially adversely affect Tenant's Permitted Use of the Premises, Tenant's Minimum Parking as provided in Paragraph 33, or reasonable access to the Premises, except as contemplated by this Lease or the DDA. Landlord shall have the right to make reasonable modifications to the Initial CC&Rs during the Term, or to create additional CC&Rs affecting all or portions of the Project, provided that such modifications or additional CC&Rs do not materially adversely affect Tenant's Permitted Use of the Premises, Minimum Parking as provided in Paragraph 33 or access to the Premises, and Tenant's cost of occupancy of the Premises are not materially increased and/or Tenant's rights under this Lease are not materially diminished as a result solely of such modifications or additional CC&Rs (except as required by applicable governmental authority, quasi-governmental authority, or Laws), unless Tenant consents to such modifications or additional CC&Rs in writing in advance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
(h) USE OF THE PREMISES AND COMMON AREA. Tenant may use and occupy the Premises for the purposes specified in the Basic Lease Information ("Permitted Use"), subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, and for no other use or purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to grant or withhold consent to a use other than the Permitted Use in its sole discretion. Tenant shall be entitled to the nonexclusive use of the Common Area with Landlord and other occupants (if any) of the Project in accordance with the limitations and restrictions in this Lease and the Rules and Regulations established by Landlord from time to time; provided, however, that if Landlord reconfigures the Project or sells a portion of the Project (including, without limitation, if the Project Garage is owned by an entity other than Landlord), Landlord shall assure to Tenant that Tenant shall continue to have reasonable access to the Premises and Tenant's Minimum Parking as provided in Paragraph 33 through the Initial CC&Rs or subsequent CC&Rs or other like mechanism. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Basic Lease Information or in this Lease, Tenant understands and agrees that (a) the Parking REA, the Initial CC&Rs and such additional CC&Rs as Landlord may elect to record against the Project as provided in Paragraph 1(g) , and/or (b) a ground lease, and /or (c) certain other Encumbrances recorded in the official records of Santa Clara County (collectively, the Parking REA, the Initial CC&Rs, any additional CC&Rs, any ground lease and any Encumbrances are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Encumbrances") may encumber the Land and/or Project now or in the future, and that Tenant's occupancy and use of the Premises and use of the Project Common Area may be restricted by such Encumbrances. If necessary, Tenant shall execute such documents as are reasonably necessary to cause this Lease to become subordinate to any such Encumbrances, provided that Tenant shall have been provided with a true, correct and complete copy thereof prior to the date hereof or, with respect to future CC&Rs, ground lease or Encumbrance, prior to its effective date, and any approval given by Landlord hereunder shall be limited to the matters covered by such approval with respect to this Lease only and shall not be interpreted to include any approval or consent in respect of the CC&R's, ground lease or Encumbrance; provided, however, that such Encumbrances that are not created and/or recorded in connection with the Initial Development shall not materially adversely affect Tenant's Permitted Use of the Premises, Minimum Parking as provided in Paragraph 33 or access to the Premises, and do not materially increase Tenant's cost of occupancy of the Premises or materially restrict Tenant's rights under this Lease except as required by applicable governmental authority, quasi-governmental authority, or Laws, unless Tenant consents to such Encumbrance in writing in advance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
2. TERMS AND POSSESSION.
(a) TERM. The term of this Lease (the "Term") shall commence on the Commencement Date (as defined below) and, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the express provisions of this Lease, shall expire on the date that is one day prior to the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date (subject to extension in accordance with Paragraph 42 to the date that is one day prior to the fifth anniversary of any exercised Extension Term) (such date being the "Expiration Date"). The "Commencement Date" shall be the earlier to occur of (i) the Scheduled Rent Commencement Date set forth in the Basic Lease Information, (ii) the date on which Tenant has
substantially completed the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Work Letter, or (iii) the date upon which Tenant actually commences business in any portion of the Premises.
(b) DELIVERY DATE. The "Delivery Date" shall be the date on which Landlord has (i) completed the construction components of the Base Building required to be completed by Landlord in order for the "Initial Tenant Work Date" (as defined in the Work Letter) to occur, and (ii) tendered possession of the Premises to Tenant subject to Landlord's continuing right to access the Premises and take all steps required to complete the Base Building. All of the rights and obligations of the parties under this Lease (other than Tenant's obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges for Expenses and Taxes) shall commence on the Delivery Date. Tenant shall be deemed to occupy the Premises from and after the Delivery Date. Within five (5) business days after the Delivery Date, the parties shall execute a letter confirming the Delivery Date and certifying that Tenant has accepted delivery of the Premises (the "Delivery Date Memorandum"). Either party's failure to request execution of, or to execute, the Delivery Date Memorandum shall not in any way alter the Delivery Date.
(c) CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS. Completion of the Base Building (as defined in the Work Letter) by Landlord and the Tenant Improvements by Tenant shall be governed by the terms and conditions of Work Letter which is attached hereto as Exhibit "C". Tenant's obligation to construct the Tenant Improvements pursuant to the Work Letter is independent of, and in addition to, Tenant's obligation to pay Rent under this Lease. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that to Landlord's best knowledge, upon substantial completion of the Base Building Improvements, the Land and Building will not be in violation of any applicable Laws, subject to completion of the Tenant Improvements to the extent such completion is required for compliance with any Law ("Landlord's best knowledge" being defined for such purposes as the current actual knowledge of James Freitas after reasonably appropriate and diligent inquiry in connection with the acquisition of the Land and design and construction of the Base Building). Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, to Tenant's best knowledge, upon substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements, the Premises will not be in violation of any applicable Laws ("Tenant's best knowledge" being defined for such purposes as the current actual knowledge of Tom Porter after reasonably appropriate and diligent inquiry in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements). Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not made any representation or warranty with respect to the construction of the Base Building or the condition of the Premises or the Project Common Area, or with respect to the suitability or fitness of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant's permitted use or for any other purpose. By occupying the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the same as suitable for the purpose herein intended, subject to completion of items on Landlord's architect's punch list with respect to the Base Building. In connection with the construction of the Base Building, Landlord shall obtain customary construction warranties for the Building skin and windows for a period of not less than one year, and for the roof for a period of not less than ten years. Upon Tenant's request, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to enforce such warranties. If Tenant is not satisfied, in Tenant's reasonable discretion, with Landlord's actions in enforcing such warranties, Tenant may upon written notice to Landlord take any actions necessary in Tenant's reasonable judgment to enforce such warranties directly, and Landlord shall take all commercially reasonable action to cooperate with Tenant, including assigning to Tenant Landlord's rights with respect to such warranties.
(d) CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. After substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter), Tenant shall immediately apply for, and use best efforts to obtain within fifteen (15) business days, a certificate of occupancy (or equivalent documentation) for the Premises. Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord copies of the certificate of occupancy, and all other permits, consents and approvals from the appropriate governmental agencies which are necessary for occupancy and operation of the Premises as contemplated by this Lease to the extent they are requested by Landlord. Tenant shall, no later than ninety (90) days after the date of issuance by the City of Sunnyvale of a Certificate of Occupancy or its equivalent concerning the Tenant Improvements, occupy a portion of the Premises. This Paragraph 2(d) shall not be construed as an obligation of Tenant to continuously occupy the Premises.
(e) MILESTONES. The parties have set forth certain events which must occur prior to or during the acquisition of the Land and construction of the Base Building (each, a "Milestone"), which must be accomplished by Landlord on or before certain prescribed dates or Tenant and/or Landlord, as applicable, shall have
the right to terminate this Lease in accordance with this Paragraph 2(e). The Milestones to which Landlord and Tenant have agreed are as follows:
(i) Landlord shall have acquired title to the Land on or before October 31, 2000.
(ii) Landlord shall have commenced construction of the Base Building on or before January 31, 2001.
(iii) The Base Building shall be substantially complete (as defined in the Work Letter) on or before July 31, 2002.
Landlord shall, in good faith and using commercially reasonable diligent
efforts, attempt to achieve each Milestone, and to achieve the actions
associated with such Milestone, as soon as commercially reasonable. If any
Milestone is not achieved by the applicable date (as such date may be
extended as provided below), Tenant shall have the right to terminate this
Lease by written notice to Landlord at any time within five (5) days after
the applicable date as so extended. If Tenant does not elect to terminate
this Lease within such five (5) day period, Tenant shall again have the
option to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord
within five (5) business days after the thirtieth (30th) day following the
applicable date as so extended, and each thirtieth (30th) day thereafter
(each such date, together with the initial applicable date as so extended,
a "Window Date"), if the applicable Milestone has not occurred on or before
any such Window Date. In addition to Tenant's termination rights as
provided in this Paragraph, if the Milestone set forth in clause (i) above
is not accomplished, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this
Lease by written notice to Tenant within the same five day period after any
Window Date as applicable to Tenant's right to terminate. If Tenant or
Landlord, if applicable, does not deliver written notice of termination to
Landlord within any such five day period after a Window Date, all rights
and obligations of the parties under this Lease shall continue
notwithstanding the delay in achieving such Milestone. Tenant's sole and
exclusive remedy in the event of Landlord's failure to achieve any
Milestone shall be to terminate this Lease as provided in this Paragraph
2(e). If Tenant exercises a termination right pursuant to this Paragraph
and Landlord believes that the applicable Milestone was achieved by the
appropriate Window Date, the parties agree to submit the dispute concerning
Landlord's failure to substantially complete and Tenant's resulting right
to terminate the Lease to binding arbitration pursuant to the provisions of
Paragraph 45. Each Milestone shall be extended as follows: (A) one day for
each day of delay caused by Tenant Delays (as defined in the Work Letter);
(B) one day for each day of delay caused by casualty, natural disaster,
acts of the government, labor strikes, or other causes outside the
reasonable control of Landlord or Tenant, as applicable ("Force Majeure
Events"); and (C) by the amount of time required to complete any
arbitration process resulting from disputes between Landlord and Tenant
under this Lease or the Work Letter plus an additional thirty (30) days.
3. RENT; RENT ADJUSTMENTS; ADDITIONAL CHARGES FOR EXPENSES AND TAXES.
(a) MONTHLY BASE RENT AND ADDITIONAL CHARGES. Tenant's obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges for Expenses and Taxes hereunder shall commence on the Commencement Date. Commencing on the Commencement Date and throughout the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall the monthly base rent specified in the Basic Lease Information, as adjusted pursuant to Paragraph 3(b) (as so adjusted from time to time, "Monthly Base Rent"), on the first day of each month, in advance, with the first month's Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges for Expenses and Taxes (as defined below) due upon execution of this Lease, in lawful money of the United States (without any prior demand therefor and without deduction or offset whatsoever, except as expressly provided in this Lease) to Landlord or its Managing Agent at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord or its Managing Agent may from time to time designate in writing. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all charges and other amounts whatsoever as provided in this Lease ("Additional Charges") at the place where the Monthly Base Rent is payable, and Landlord shall have the same remedies for a Default in the payment of Additional Charges as for a Default in the payment of Monthly Base Rent. As used herein, the term "Rent" shall include all Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges (including, without limitation, Additional Charges for Real Estate Taxes and Expenses pursuant to Paragraph 3(c) below, and Additional Charges pursuant to Paragraphs 5(c), 6, 7(e), 8, 10(d) and (f), 20(c) and 23). If the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or the Expiration Date occurs on
a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges for such fractional month shall be prorated on a daily basis.
(b) ANNUAL ADJUSTMENTS IN MONTHLY BASE RENT. The Monthly Base Rent under Paragraph 3(a) shall be adjusted throughout the Term (including any Extension Term(s)) as provided in the Basic Lease Information under the heading "Monthly Base Rent Adjustment".
(c) ADDITIONAL CHARGES FOR EXPENSES AND TAXES.
(i) DEFINITIONS OF ADDITIONAL CHARGES: For purposes of this Paragraph 3(c), the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:
(A) "TAX YEAR" shall mean each twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing January 1st of the calendar year during which the Commencement Date of this Lease occurs, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Tax Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period and, in the event of any such change, Tenant's Share of Real Estate Taxes (as hereinafter defined) shall be equitably adjusted for the Tax Years involved in any such change.
(B) "TENANT'S SHARE" shall mean the Rentable Area of the Premises divided by the total rentable area of the Building. Initially, Tenant's Share is estimated to be the percentage figure specified in the Basic Lease Information (subject to change based on measurement of the actual Rentable Area and rentable area of the Building as provided in the Basic Lease Information).
(C) "REAL ESTATE TAXES" shall mean (i) to the extent the Building (or the Building excluding the Phase I Garage) is assessed separately from any other real property, all taxes, assessments and charges levied upon or with respect to the Building, plus the Building Share of all taxes, assessments and charges levied with respect to the Project Common Area not included with the Building assessment or any personal property of Landlord used in the operation thereof, or (ii) to the extent the Project is assessed as a whole, the Building Share of all taxes, assessments and charges levied upon or with respect to the Project or any personal property of Landlord used in the operation thereof, or Landlord's interest in the Project or such personal property. Real Estate Taxes shall include, without limitation, all general real property taxes and general and special assessments, charges, fees or assessments for transit and/or parking (including in connection with inclusion of the Building or Project in a parking or transit district), housing, police, fire or other governmental services or purported benefits to the Building or Project (provided, however, that any refunds of Real Estate Taxes paid by Tenant shall be credited against Tenant's further obligation to pay Real Estate Taxes during the Term or refunded to Tenant if received by Landlord within one year after the Expiration Date), service payments in lieu of taxes, and any tax, fee or excise on the act of entering into this Lease, or any other lease of space in the Project, or on the use or occupancy of the Project or any part thereof, or on the rent payable under any lease or in connection with the business of renting space in the Project, that are now or hereafter levied or assessed against Landlord by the United States of America, the State of California, or any political subdivision, public corporation, district or any other political or public entity, and shall also include any other tax, fee or other excise, however described, that may be levied or assessed as a substitute for, or as an addition to, in whole or in part, any other Real Estate Taxes, whether or not now customary or in the contemplation of the parties on the date of this Lease. Real Estate Taxes shall not include franchise, transfer, inheritance or capital stock taxes or income taxes measured by the net income of Landlord from all sources unless, due to a change in the method of taxation, any of such taxes is levied or assessed against Landlord as a substitute for, in whole or in part, any other tax that would otherwise constitute a Real Estate Tax. Additionally, the following shall be excluded from "Real Estate Taxes": (a) all costs and fees (other than general real property taxes) payable in connection with Landlord's further development of the Project, provided that such exclusion shall expressly not apply to costs and fees payable in connection with
or related in any way to the Initial Development, Tenant
Alterations or development requested or consented to by Tenant,
(b) penalties arising from Landlord's failure to timely pay any
tax liability, unless such failure is the result of Tenant's
failure to timely pay its tax obligations hereunder, and (c)
property transfer taxes, stamp or recording taxes attributable to
Landlord's transfer of ownership of the Project or any interest
of Landlord therein. Tenant and Landlord acknowledge that
Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of
California in the June, 1978 election and that assessments,
taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental
agencies for such purposes as fire protection, street, sidewalk,
road, utility construction and maintenance, refuse removal and
for other governmental services which may formerly have been
provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is
the intention of the parties that all new and increased
assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges due to any cause
whatsoever are to be included within the definition of Real
Estate Taxes for purposes of this Lease; provided, however, that
Landlord shall obtain Tenant's prior written consent (which shall
not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) for any new
or increased assessment that is not related to the Initial
Development and that is within Landlord's control and not
included within the assessments covered by Proposition 13,
provided further that the foregoing shall not be interpreted to
require Tenant's consent to any sale, refinancing, alteration or
construction by Landlord with respect to the Project (except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Lease) or to exclude any new
or increased assessment covered by Proposition 13 resulting from
any such action from the definition of Real Estate Taxes.
Additionally, Real Estate Taxes shall not include any assessments
or like charges to pay for any remediation of contamination from
any Hazardous Substance (defined in Paragraph 39 hereof) existing
as of the Commencement Date unless introduced in, on, under or
about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant's employees, agents,
contractors or invitees. Real Estate Taxes also shall not include
any taxes attributable to any new construction on the Project
that increases the rentable area of the Project, or any increase
in any Real Estate Taxes directly attributable to such new
buildings or improvements, until such time as such new buildings
or improvements are leased and occupied by tenants paying such
building's share of Real Estate Taxes assessed against the
Project; provided, however, that Real Estate Taxes shall include
the Building Share of any new taxes or increases in Real Estate
Taxes attributable to the Project Garage, the City Garage or
Parking REA, or similar new construction, buildings or
improvements that are used for parking or other Common Area uses
(or the proportionate amount of any such new taxes or increase
attributable to the portion of any new construction, buildings or
improvements used for parking or other Common Area uses). Real
Estate Taxes shall also include reasonable legal fees, costs and
disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings to contest,
determine or reduce Real Estate Taxes; provided that such fees,
costs and disbursements do not exceed the actual savings in Real
Estate Taxes obtained by Tenant over the Term of the Lease. If
any assessments are levied on the Building or Project, Tenant
shall have no obligation to pay more than that amount of annual
installments of principal and interest that would become due
during the Term had Landlord elected to pay the assessment in
installment payments, even if Landlord pays the assessment in
full.
(D) "BUILDING SHARE" shall mean, during any period of time when the Project consists of more than Phase I, the Rentable Area in the Building, divided by the total rentable area in the Project, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion.
(E) "EXPENSES" shall mean the total costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Building and the Project Common Area, including, without limitation (i) the cost of air conditioning, electricity, steam, heating, mechanical, ventilating, elevator systems and all other utilities, to the extent provided by Landlord, and the cost of supplies and equipment and maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of repairs and general maintenance and cleaning; (iii) the Building Share of the cost of fire, extended coverage, boiler, sprinkler, public liability, property damage, rent, earthquake (if Landlord elects to obtain it) and other insurance for the Project obtained by Landlord, or otherwise obtained by Landlord in connection with the Project, all including, without limitation, insurance premiums and any deductible amounts paid by
Landlord, including, without limitation, the insurance required by Paragraph 10(f); (iv) fees, charges and other costs directly related to the operation of the Project (as distinct from the operation of the partnership which owns the Project), including management fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, fees of all independent contractors engaged by Landlord directly related to the operation of the Project or reasonably charged by Landlord if Landlord performs management services in connection with the Project, (though the management fee shall not exceed the cap noted in the following paragraph); (v) the cost of any capital improvements made to the Building, and the Building Share of the cost of any capital improvements made to the Project Common Area, after the Commencement Date (a) as a labor saving device or to effect other economies in the operation or maintenance of the Building or the Project Common Area (from which a reasonable person would anticipate that savings would actually result), (b) to repair or replace capital items which are no longer capable of providing the services required of them (other than in connection with a casualty which is addressed by Paragraph 21), or (c) that are made to the Building or the Project Common Area after the date of this Lease and are required under any Laws (as defined in Paragraph 6) (excluding, however, any capital improvements required by Laws that are Tenant's responsibility under Paragraph 6, which shall be paid directly by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 6), where such capital improvements were not required under any such Laws to be completed with respect to the Project prior to the date the Lease was executed; and the costs of capital improvements incurred by Landlord which are the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be amortized over the useful life of the capital item in question as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), together with interest on the unamortized balance at the greater of (x) the rate paid by Landlord on funds borrowed from an institutional lender for the purpose of constructing such capital improvements; or (y) 10% per annum; provided, however, the amount of the cost of capital improvements which may be included within Expenses pursuant to this clause (v) shall be the greater of (I) the amount that would be payable pursuant to the foregoing amortization or (II) $.02 per square foot of the Rentable Area of the Premises per month (and to the extent the amount under this clause (II) exceeds the amount that would be payable under clause (I), such excess shall be credited against the unamortized balance of the cost of capital improvements in the inverse order in which they would be payable by Tenant under clause (i)); and (vi) any other reasonable expenses of any other kind whatsoever reasonably incurred in managing, operating, maintaining and repairing the Building, including, but not limited to, costs incurred or assessed pursuant to the Parking REA, the Initial CC&Rs, any other CC&Rs, any ground lease or any Encumbrances, and the Building's Share of Project Common Expenses; provided, however, that except to the extent the following are in connection with or related to the Initial Development, Landlord shall obtain Tenant's prior written consent before imposing or allowing any additional charges, assessments, costs or fees to be levied on the Project by any entity over which Landlord exerts control, directly or indirectly, and before entering into any agreement making the Project subject to or a member of an ownership association (other than pursuant to the Parking REA or the Initial CC&Rs), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned by Tenant. "Project Common Expenses" shall mean any expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project Common Area and any other Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord for the benefit of the Project as a whole, including, but not limited to, the cost of maintaining any traffic improvements, surface parking lots and facilities located in the Project Common Area, landscaping, and any costs allocated to the Project Common Area (or the Project as a whole) pursuant to the Parking REA. Any "deductible" amounts relating to capital improvements required to be paid by Tenant hereunder in connection with any property or earthquake insurance policy carried by Landlord shall be amortized over the useful life of the restoration work to which such deductible amount relates in accordance with GAAP, in the same manner as other capital improvements that are included in Expenses as provided above.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Expenses shall not include, and in no event shall Tenant have any obligation to pay for pursuant to this Paragraph 3 or Paragraph 7(b), (aa) the acquisition cost of the Land or Additional Land, and the initial construction cost of any new buildings or improvements on the Project that increase the rentable area of the Project (or any additional operating expenses incurred during the course of construction and as a direct result of such construction) other than
costs in connection with construction of the Building or Future Phases
that are otherwise payable by Tenant hereunder; (bb) the cost of
providing tenant improvements to Tenant or any other tenant and costs
of preparing any other premises in the Project for occupancy by any
other tenant, including brokerage commissions, attorneys fees and
other fees incurred in connection with the leasing thereof; (cc) any
rent payable pursuant to a ground lease, and debt service (including,
but without limitation, interest, principal and any impound payments)
required to be made on any mortgage or deed of trust recorded with
respect to all or any portion of the Project other than debt service
and financing charges imposed pursuant to Paragraph 3(c)(1)(E)(v)
above; (dd) the cost of special services, goods or materials provided
to any tenant; (ee) depreciation; (ff) the portion of a management fee
paid to Landlord or affiliate in excess of three percent (3%) of
Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges for Expenses and Taxes
(excluding the management fee); (gg) costs occasioned by Landlord's
fraud or willful misconduct under applicable laws; (hh) costs for
which Landlord has a right of and has received reimbursement from
others; (ii) costs to correct any construction or design defects in
the original construction of the Base Building; (jj) repairs,
replacement and upgrades to the structural elements of the Base
Building (e.g.. steel frame and slab) and structural components of the
roof (not including the roof membrane above the concrete over metal
deck), other than capital improvements pursuant to Paragraph
3(c)(1)(D)(v) above; (kk) environmental pollution remediation related
costs for which Landlord has indemnified Tenant pursuant to Paragraph
39(c); (ll) advertising or promotional expenditures; (mm) leasing or
sales commissions; (nn) repairs, restoration or other work occasioned
by condemnation, or by fire, wind, the elements or other casualty to
the extent of amounts paid or payable under any insurance policy
maintained by Landlord covering the Project or any portion thereof;
(oo) compensation paid to any employee of Landlord other than
maintenance and property management personnel below the level of
project manager, directly associated with the operation and
maintenance of the Building or Project (it being agreed that the
salaries of such management personnel at or above the level of project
manager are covered by the management fee); (pp) repairs, alterations,
additions, improvements or replacements made to rectify or correct any
condition with respect to the Project that is in violation of
applicable Laws on the date of execution of this Lease by Landlord and
Tenant; (qq) Landlord's general overhead expenses in excess of the
property management fee; (rr) legal fees, accountants' fees and other
expenses incurred in connection with disputes with Tenant (except to
the extent such expenses are Tenant's responsibility pursuant to this
Lease) or associated with the defense of Landlord's title to or
Landlord's interest in the Project or any part thereof; (ss)
charitable or political contributions of Landlord; (tt) interest,
penalties or other costs arising out of Landlord's failure to make
timely payments of its obligations, to the extent not caused by
Tenant's failure to make such payments when due under this Lease; (uu)
costs or fees payable to public authorities in connection with any
future construction and/or improvements to the Project, including fees
for transit, housing, schools, open space, child care, arts programs,
traffic mitigation measures, environmental impact reports, traffic
studies, and transportation system management plans Project (other
than any of the foregoing in connection with the Initial Development,
Alterations to the Project made by or for Tenant, and construction or
improvements required to comply with Laws or this Lease, all of which
are expressly included in Expenses); and (vv) reserves for Expenses or
Real Estate Taxes, except as expressly provided herein. All costs and
expenses shall be determined in accordance with GAAP which shall be
consistently applied (with accruals appropriate to Landlord's
business).
(F) "EXPENSE YEAR" shall mean each twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing January 1 of the calendar year during which the Commencement Date of the Lease occurs, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant's Share of Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for the Expense Years involved in any such change.
(ii) PAYMENT OF REAL ESTATE TAXES:
(A) Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Charges one-twelfth (1/12th) of Tenant's Share of Real Estate Taxes for each Tax Year on or before the first day of each month during such Tax Year, in advance, in an amount reasonably estimated by Landlord and billed by Landlord to Tenant, and Landlord shall
have the right initially to determine monthly estimates and to revise such estimates from time to time. With reasonable promptness after Landlord has received the tax bills for any Tax Year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a statement (herein called "Landlord's Tax Statement") setting forth the amount of Real Estate Taxes for such Tax Year and Tenant's Share thereof. If the actual Tenant's Share of Real Estate Taxes for such Tax Year exceed the estimated Tenant's Share of Real Estate Taxes paid by Tenant for such Tax Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the difference between the amount paid by Tenant and the actual Tenant's Share of Real Estate Taxes within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of Landlord's Tax Statement, and if the total amount paid by Tenant for any such Tax Year shall exceed the actual Tenant's Share of Real Estate Taxes for such Tax Year, such excess shall be credited against the next installment of Real Estate Taxes due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder or if the Term has ended it shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days. If it has been determined that Tenant has overpaid Real Estate Taxes during the last year of the Lease Term, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for such overage on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following the Expiration Date. No delay by Landlord in providing Landlord's Tax Statement shall be deemed a default by Landlord or a waiver of Landlord's right to require payment of the actual or estimated sums of Real Estate Taxes. Tenant's liability for Real Estate Taxes hereunder shall be prorated to reflect the Commencement Date and the date of expiration or termination of this Lease. In the case of any Real Estate Taxes which may be evidenced by bonds or which may be paid in annual or other periodic installments, Landlord shall cause such bonds or assessments to be paid in installments over the maximum period permitted by law, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying only the installments which become due and payable during the Term, or at Landlord's sole option, Landlord may pay the bond or assessment in full but only charge Tenant for principal and interest that would have become due during the Term had Landlord elected to pay the bond or assessment in installment payments; provided, however, that Landlord shall not initiate or consent to the imposition of any such bonds or assessments other than those evidenced by a lien in effect as of the date of execution of this Lease.
(B) Notwithstanding clause (A) above, but subject to the last sentence of this clause (B), during any period of time that Tenant is the sole tenant of the Building, and the Building is separately assessed, Tenant shall not be required to pay Tenant's Share of Real Estate Taxes in monthly installments; and in lieu thereof, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a statement (herein called "Landlord's Tax Statement") setting forth the amount of Real Estate Taxes for each Tax Year with reasonable promptness after Landlord has received the tax bills for the Building in such Tax Year. Tenant shall then pay to Landlord actual Real Estate Taxes in installments, twice each Tax Year, no later than thirty (30) days prior to the delinquency date of each Real Estate Tax installment (or such earlier time as may be required by any Mortgagee). Tenant's right to pay Real Estate Taxes when due as set forth in this clause (B) shall not apply (i) if any Mortgagee requires monthly estimated payments (provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts [without incurring additional cost, paying additional fees or making other concessions], to attempt to persuade any Mortgagee to not require impounds), or (ii) at Landlord's election, after any failure by Tenant to pay any installment of Real Estate Taxes when due hereunder.
(C) RIGHT TO CONTEST TAXES: Tenant shall have the right, by
appropriate proceedings, to protest or contest any assessment,
reassessment or allocation of Real Estate Taxes payable by Tenant
hereunder, in whole or in part, in accordance with this clause
(iii), and provided that any such proceeding and Tenant's
participation therein does not result in a violation of any
Mortgage. Tenant may act in its own name and/or the name of
Landlord, and Landlord shall, at Tenant's request and expense,
cooperate with Tenant in any way Tenant may reasonably require in
connection with such contest. Tenant may utilize any legal
procedure for payment under protest, if available, provided that,
if required by Landlord's Mortgagee or a prospective purchaser of
the Project, Tenant shall utilize a legal procedure for payment
that is satisfactory to such Mortgagee or prospective purchaser,
as applicable. Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend
Landlord and the Project from any liens, liabilities or damages
arising out of any contest of Real Estate Taxes by Tenant and
shall pay any Real Estate Taxes ultimately determined to be due,
together with any interest or penalties charged by the taxing
entity. If a reduction in property taxes and/or
assessments included in Real Estate Taxes previously paid by Tenant is obtained for any year of the Term during which Tenant paid Real Estate Taxes, then Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit against Tenant's next due obligations for Real Estate Taxes or, if none or if Landlord receives a cash payment of any such amounts and/or interest on any such amounts (as opposed to a credit against future Real Estate Taxes for such amounts and/or such interest), refund such amounts and/or interest to Tenant within thirty (30) days based on such adjustment.
If at least twenty (20) days prior to the last day for filing application for abatement of Real Estate Taxes for any tax year, Tenant shall give notice to Landlord that Tenant desires to file an application or abatement of Real Estate Taxes for said tax year and, if within ten (10) days after the receipt of said notice, Landlord shall not give notice to Tenant that it shall file such application, Tenant shall have the right either in its own name or in the name of Landlord, but at its own cost and expense to file such application. If within ten (10) days after receipt by Landlord of such notice by Tenant, Landlord shall give Tenant notice that Landlord shall file such application, Landlord shall file the same prior to the expiration of the time for filing of the same, at its own cost and expense. In the event, notwithstanding the foregoing, if any abatement by whomever prosecuted shall be obtained, the cost and expense of obtaining the same shall be a first charge upon the said abatement. If Tenant shall file an application for abatement pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph, Tenant will prosecute the same to final determination with due diligence and shall not, without Landlord's written consent (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) settle, compromise or discontinue the same, except, however, Tenant may discontinue the prosecution of the same at any time after giving Landlord notice thereof and an opportunity to take over the prosecution of the same. If Landlord shall file an application for abatement for any tax year after having received notice from Tenant that Tenant desires to file an application for abatement for said tax year, Landlord shall prosecute the same to final determination with due diligence and shall not, without Tenant's written consent (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), settle, compromise or discontinue the same, except, however, Landlord may discontinue the prosecution of the same at any time after giving Tenant notice thereof and an opportunity to take over the prosecution of the same. If either party shall prosecute an application for abatement, the other party will cooperate and furnish any pertinent information in its files reasonably required by the prosecuting party.
Neither the filing of an application for abatement of Real Estate Taxes, nor the prosecution of any other proceedings contesting the amount or validity of any Real Estate Taxes, shall relieve Tenant of its obligations to pay Real Estate Taxes as and when provided herein. All abatements attributable to Real Estate Taxes previously paid by Tenant shall belong to Tenant less the costs and expenses reasonably incurred in obtaining such abatement.
(iii) PAYMENT OF EXPENSES: Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Charges one-twelfth (1/12th) of Tenant's Share of the Expenses for each Expense Year on or before the first day of each month of such Expense Year, in advance, in an amount reasonably estimated by Landlord and billed by Landlord to Tenant, and Landlord shall have the right initially to determine monthly estimates and to revise such estimates from time to time. With reasonable promptness after the expiration of each Expense Year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a statement (herein called "Landlord's Expense Statement"), setting forth in reasonable detail the Expenses for such Expense Year and Tenant's Share thereof. If the actual Tenant's Share of Expenses for such Expense Year exceed the estimated Tenant's Share of Expenses paid by Tenant for such Expense Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the difference between the amount paid by Tenant and the actual Tenant's Share of Expenses within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of Landlord's Expense Statement, and if the total amount paid by Tenant for any such Expense Year shall exceed the actual Tenant's Share of Expenses for such Expense Year, such excess shall be credited against the next installment of the estimated Expenses due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder or if the Term has ended it shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days. Any utility rebates for the Project which Landlord receives for payments made by Tenant shall be forwarded to Tenant so long as such rebate is received within one year following the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the Lease. If it has been determined that Tenant has overpaid Expenses during the last year
of the Lease Term (including rebates of utilities applicable to Tenant), then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for such overage on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following the Expiration Date.
(iv) OTHER: To the extent any item of Real Estate Taxes or
Expenses is payable by Landlord in advance of the period to which it
is applicable (e.g. insurance and tax escrows required by Landlord's
Lender), or to the extent that prepayment is customary for the service
or matter, Landlord may (i) include such items in Landlord's estimate
for periods prior to the date such item is to be paid by Landlord and
(ii) to the extent Landlord has not collected the full amount of such
item prior to the date such item is to be paid by Landlord, Landlord
may include the balance of such full amount in a revised monthly
estimate for Additional Charges. If the Commencement Date or
Expiration Date shall occur on a date other than the first day of a
Tax Year and/or Expense Year, Tenant's Share of Real Estate Taxes and
Expenses, for the Tax Year and/or Expense Year in which the
Commencement Date occurs shall be prorated.
(v) AUDIT: Within ninety (90) days after receipt of any Expense Statement or Tax Statement from Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to examine and copy Landlord's books and records relating to such Expense Statements and Tax Statements, or cause an independent audit thereof to be conducted by a certified public accountant or Tenant. If the audit conclusively proves that Tenant has overpaid either Expenses or Real Estate Taxes, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant within thirty (30) days for such overage together with interest on such overpayment at the Default Rate (as defined in 3(d) below), and if such overage exceeds four percent (4%) of the actual amount of Expenses or Real Estate Taxes paid by Landlord for the Tax or Expense Year covered by such audit, then Landlord shall bear the reasonable cost of such audit, up to a maximum cost of $5,000. If Tenant fails to object to any such Expense Statement or Tax Statement or conduct an independent audit thereof within ninety (90) days after receipt thereof, such Expense Statement and/or Tax Statement shall be final and shall not be subject to any audit, challenge or adjustment. All information obtained through any audit by Tenant and any compromise, settlement or adjustment reached between Landlord and Tenant relative to the results of such audit shall be held in strict confidence by the Tenant.
(d) LATE CHARGES. Tenant recognizes that late payment of any Monthly Base Rent or Additional Charges will result in administrative expenses to Landlord, the extent of which additional expense is extremely difficult and economically impractical to ascertain. Tenant therefore agrees that if Tenant is in Default in the payment of any Monthly Base Rent or Additional Charges, the amount of such unpaid Monthly Base Rent or Additional Charges shall be increased by a late charge to be paid to Landlord by Tenant in an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the amount of the delinquent Monthly Base Rent or Additional Charges. In addition, any outstanding Monthly Base Rent, Additional Charges, late charges and other outstanding Rent amounts shall accrue interest at an annualized rate of the lesser of (i) the greater of 10% or The Federal Reserve Discount Rate plus 5% until paid to Landlord, or (ii) the maximum rate permitted by law ("the Default Rate"). Tenant agrees that such amount is a reasonable estimate of the loss and expense to be suffered by Landlord as a result of such late payment by Tenant and may be charged by Landlord to defray such loss and expense. The provisions of this Paragraph 3(d) in no way relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent or Additional Charges on or before the date on which they are due, nor do the terms of this Paragraph 3(d) in any way affect Landlord's remedies pursuant to Paragraph 19 in the event any Monthly Base Rent or Additional Charges are unpaid after the date due.
4. RESTRICTIONS ON USE.
(a) Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or the Project or injure or annoy them, nor use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose, nor shall Tenant cause or maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not commit or suffer the commission of any waste in, on or about the Premises.
(b) Tenant shall have the right to use the courtyard areas of the Project Common Areas for Tenant's social and/or business functions with no additional rent for such use payable by Tenant, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 4(b). Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord requesting to reserve particular space in the Project Common Areas for such functions at least five (5) days, and no earlier than thirty (30)
days, prior to such proposed function. Landlord may grant similar rights to other tenants and occupants of the Project, and Tenant's rights under this paragraph shall be subject to the rights of such other tenants and occupants and any reasonable, non-discriminatory system Landlord incorporates to address conflicting reservations of the same space by more than one tenant or occupant of the Project. Tenant's use of the courtyard areas pursuant to this paragraph shall be on the following terms and conditions: (i) Tenant may conduct up to twelve (12) such functions within any calendar year; (ii) such functions shall be limited to a reasonable number of people consistent with applicable fire, health and safety laws, and shall comply with any applicable requirements of the DDA, REA, CC&Rs and/or other Encumbrances; (iii) the insurance, indemnity and nonliability obligations and provisions contained herein and in the Rules and Regulations , respectively (including Tenant's obligations to carry liquor law liability insurance if alcoholic beverages are served or consumed during such functions), shall apply to and govern any claims, liabilities, costs or expenses arising from any such function, (iv) no such proposed functions shall, in Landlord's reasonable determination, unreasonably disrupt either other tenants of the Project, or the operation or maintenance of the Common Areas, (v) Tenant shall comply with the obligations of the Rules and Regulations of Exhibit "D" attached hereto relating to such use, and (v) Tenant shall pay any and all Landlord's reasonable costs of preparation for, supervision of and/or clean-up in connection with, such functions.
5. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.
(a) TENANT'S COMPLIANCE OBLIGATIONS. Tenant shall not use the Project or permit anything to be done in or about the Project which will in any way conflict with any present and future laws, statutes, ordinances, resolutions, regulations, proclamations, orders or decrees of any municipal, county, state or federal government or other governmental or regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Project, or any portion thereof, whether currently in effect or adopted in the future and whether or not in the contemplation of the parties hereto (collectively, "Laws"), and Tenant shall promptly, at its sole expense, maintain the Premises, any Alterations (as defined in Paragraph 7 below) permitted hereunder and Tenant's use and operations thereon in strict compliance at all times with all Laws. "Laws" shall include, without limitation, all Laws relating to health and safety (including, without limitation, the California Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1973 and the California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986, including posting and delivery of notices required by such Laws with respect to the Premises), disabled accessibility (including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. section 12101 et seq.), Hazardous Substances, and all present and future life safety, fire, sprinkler, seismic retrofit, transportation demand management plan, building code and municipal code requirements; provided however, that Tenant's obligation to comply with Laws relating to Hazardous Substances is subject to the terms and conditions of Paragraph 39, and Tenant shall not be responsible for compliance with clean-up provisions of any Laws with respect to Hazardous Substances except to the extent of any release caused by the Tenant or any of its servants, employees, contractors, agents, licensees or invitees (collectively, including Tenant, the "Tenant Parties") or otherwise included in Tenant's indemnity contained in Paragraph 39. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord, and not Tenant, shall be responsible for correcting any condition with respect to the Common Area, or the exterior or structural portions of the Building (but not with respect to the interior of the Premises), which is in violation of applicable Laws (subject to Tenant's obligation to pay such costs to the extent they are included as Expenses under Paragraph 3(c)(1)(D)), except to the extent such condition is caused by the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of the Tenant Parties, or such violation results from Tenant's particular use of the Premises, or such condition will be altered in connection with the installation of the Tenant Improvements or any Alterations. Tenant shall be responsible for compliance of the Tenant Improvements with all Laws. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Paragraph 5(a), Tenant shall not be required to make any structural alterations to the Premises in order to comply with Laws unless the requirement that such alterations be made is triggered by any of the following (or, if such requirement results from the cumulative effect of any of the following when added to other negligent or intentional acts, omissions, or events, to the extent such alterations are required by any of the following): (i) the installation, use or operation of the Tenant Improvements, any Alterations, or any of Tenant's trade fixtures or personal property; (ii) the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of any of the Tenant Parties; or (iii) the particular use or particular occupancy or manner of use or occupancy of the Premises by the Tenant Parties. Any alterations that are Tenant's responsibility pursuant to this Paragraph 5 shall be made in accordance with Paragraph 6 below, at Tenant's sole cost. The parties acknowledge and agree that Tenant's obligation to comply with all Laws as provided in this paragraph (subject to the limitations contained herein) is a material part of the bargained-for consideration under this Lease. Tenant's obligations under this Paragraph and under Paragraph 7(c) below shall include, without limitation, the responsibility of Tenant to make substantial or structural repairs and alterations to the Premises to the extent
provided above, regardless of, among other factors, the relationship of the cost of curative action to the Rent under this Lease, the length of the then remaining Term hereof, the relative benefit of the repairs to Tenant or Landlord, the degree to which the curative action may interfere with Tenant's use or enjoyment of the Premises, and the likelihood that the parties contemplated the particular Law involved.
(b) COMPLIANCE WITH AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree and acknowledge that the Premises, the Building and/or the Project may be subject to, among other Laws, the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, a federal law codified at 42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq., including, but not limited to Title III thereof, and all regulations and guidelines related thereto, together with any and all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and statutes now or hereafter enacted by local or state agencies having jurisdiction thereof, as the same may be in effect on the date of this Lease and may be hereafter modified, amended or supplemented, including, without limitation, all requirements of Title 24 of the State of California Code (collectively, the "ADA"). Any Tenant Improvements to be constructed hereunder shall be in compliance with the requirements of the ADA, and all costs incurred for purposes of compliance of such Tenant Improvements therewith shall be a part of and included in the costs of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall be solely responsible for conducting its own independent investigation of this matter and for ensuring that the design of all Tenant Improvements strictly complies with all requirements of the ADA. If any barrier removal work or other work is required to the Base Building or the Common Area under the ADA, then such work shall be the responsibility of Landlord at Landlord's sole cost and expense (subject to Tenant's obligation to pay such costs to the extent they relate to future violations and are included in Expenses under Paragraph 3(c)(1)(D)); provided, if such work is required under the ADA as a result of Tenant's particular use of the Premises or the design or installation of any Tenant Improvements or Alterations (as hereinafter defined) made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, then such work shall be performed by Tenant at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. Within ten (10) days after receipt, Tenant shall advise Landlord in writing, and provide Landlord with copies of (as applicable), any notices alleging violation of the ADA relating to any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Project; any claims made or threatened orally or in writing regarding noncompliance with the ADA and relating to any portion of the Premises, the Building, or the Project; or any governmental or regulatory actions or investigations instituted or threatened regarding noncompliance with the ADA and relating to any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Project.
(c) TRAFFIC MITIGATION. The parties anticipate that, in connection with and/or as a condition to approval of the Initial Development, the City and/or other governmental agencies or quasi-governmental agencies will require the implementation of a transportation demand management plan and/or one or more similar programs to reduce the traffic generated by the Project and to facilitate the use of public transportation (any such program, a "TDM"). A TDM may apply to (and measure required alternative transportation use) based on the Project as a whole, or based on each building included in the Project, or based on the Premises occupied by each or certain tenant(s) in the Project. Tenant hereby agrees to designate one of its employees to act as a liaison with Landlord or with the City or other entity enforcing the TDM, as appropriate, to facilitate and coordinate any TDM. Tenant shall comply with the requirements of any TDM that applies in whole or in part to the Premises, at Tenant's cost with respect to both compliance costs and any penalties resulting from Tenant's failure to comply with program requirements. If any TDM applies to the Project as a whole, or to a portion of the Project that includes more than the Premises, (i) Tenant shall pay as Expenses the Tenant's Share of the Building Share of any compliance costs with respect to such TDM, and (ii) Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand, as an Additional Charge, any penalties that are imposed under any such TDM to the extent such penalties result from Tenant's failure to comply with the requirements of such TDM, including, without limitation, by failure to timely comply with any reporting requirements or by failure of Tenant to meet any thresholds or other standards imposed by such TDM with respect to traffic, public transportation or other similar matters included in such TDM. If any TDM is imposed that applies only to Tenant or only to the Premises, Tenant shall be solely responsible for compliance with such TDM, including, without limitation, by satisfying any survey or reporting requirements thereunder directly to the entity enforcing such TDM, and by paying any penalties or costs imposed thereunder directly to the entity enforcing such TDM, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord against any claims, suits, costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees), damage, liability, and losses, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, by reason of Tenant's failure to comply with, or violation of, any such TDM that applies solely to Tenant or the Premises.
(d) INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises or bring or keep anything therein which will in any way increase the rate of any insurance upon the
Project or any of its contents (unless Tenant agrees to pay for such increase) or cause a cancellation of any insurance on the Project or otherwise violate any requirements, guidelines, conditions, rules or orders with respect to such insurance. Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense promptly comply with the requirements of the Insurance Services Office (ISO), board of fire underwriters, or other similar body now or hereafter constituted relating to or affecting Tenant's use or occupancy of the Project (other than in situations where compliance involves repair, maintenance or replacement of items that Landlord is expressly required to repair, maintain or replace under this Lease).
(e) NO LIMITATION ON OBLIGATIONS. The provisions of this Paragraph 5 shall in no way limit Tenant's maintenance, repair and replacement obligations under Paragraph 7 or Tenant's obligation to pay Expenses under Paragraph 3(c). The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in an action against Tenant, whether Landlord is a party thereto or not, that Tenant has so violated any such Law shall be conclusive of such violation as between Landlord and Tenant.
6. ALTERATIONS.
(a) After completion of the Tenant Improvements (which shall be governed by the Work Letter), Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made any additional alterations, additions or improvements (herein referred to individually as an "Alteration", and collectively as the "Alterations") in, on or to the Premises or any part thereof without the prior written consent of Landlord. Failure of Landlord to give its approval within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of Tenant's written request for approval shall constitute disapproval by Landlord. Any Alterations in, on or to the Premises, except for Tenant's trade fixtures and movable furniture and equipment, shall be the property of Tenant during the Term and shall become Landlord's property at the end of the Term without compensation to Tenant. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to Alterations that (i) do not materially affect the structure of the Building or its electrical, plumbing, HVAC, security or other systems, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Premises and do not otherwise affect the exterior appearance of the Building, (iii) are consistent with Tenant's Permitted Use hereunder; (iv) do not require any application to a political jurisdiction for rezoning, general plan amendment, variance, conditional use permit or architectural review approval, (v) will not interfere with the use and occupancy of any other portion of the Project by Landlord or by any other tenants or occupants or their invitees, or by any other party with the right to use any portion of the Project, (vi) comply with any ground lease, the Parking REA, the Initial CC&Rs, any other CC&Rs, any other Encumbrances, and any Mortgages, and (vii) do not adversely affect the value or marketability of Landlord's reversionary interest upon termination or expiration of this Lease.
(b) Notwithstanding Paragraph 6(a), Tenant may make Alterations to the Premises without Landlord's prior consent so long as (x) such Alterations comply with items (i) through (vii) in Paragraph 6(a), and (y) the cost of each such Alteration (or group of Alterations, if occurring substantially at the same time and as part of a single project) does not exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (any such Alterations being defined herein as "Permitted Alterations"). Tenant shall be required to notify Landlord in writing before making any Permitted Alterations and within thirty (30) days after completion of such Permitted Alterations, and at Landlord's request shall provide Landlord with accurate as-built drawings of any Permitted Alterations.
(c) Any Alterations consented to by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph
6(a), and any Permitted Alterations, shall be made by Tenant, at Tenant's
sole cost and expense, in accordance with plans and specifications
reasonably approved by Landlord, and any contractor or person selected by
Tenant to make the same must first be reasonably approved in writing by
Landlord. With respect to any Alterations that affect the structure of the
Building, the Building Systems, or any portion of the Project outside the
Premises, at Landlord's option the Alterations shall be made by Landlord,
or by a contractor specified by Landlord, for Tenant's account and Tenant
shall reimburse Landlord for the actual third-party costs incurred by
Landlord in connection therewith as an Additional Charge, within twenty
(20) days after receipt of a statement from Landlord therefor.
(d) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord in the review of any Alterations made by Tenant, including fees charged by Landlord's contractors or consultants to review plans and specifications, and such obligation shall be an Additional Charge. Landlord's consent to any Alterations shall not obligate Landlord to repair, maintain, insure or otherwise assume
any responsibility or liability with respect to any such Alteration. In addition, notwithstanding Landlord's review, Tenant and not Landlord shall be responsible for compliance of the Alterations, and plans and specifications therefor, with all applicable Laws, and Landlord shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors therein.
(e) Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, Tenant shall upon demand by Landlord, at Landlord's election either (i) at Tenant's sole cost and expense, forthwith and with all due diligence remove any Alterations made by or for the account of Tenant, designated by Landlord to be removed (provided, however, that upon the written request of Tenant prior to installation of such Alterations, Landlord shall advise Tenant at that time whether or not such Alterations must be removed upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease), and restore the Premises to substantially its original condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to normal wear and tear and the rights and obligations of Tenant concerning casualty damage pursuant to Paragraph 20 or (ii) pay Landlord the reasonable estimated cost thereof.
(f) All wiring, circuit breakers, transformers, cabling, plumbing, heating and sprinkling systems, fixtures and outlets, vaults, paneling, molding, shelving, radiator enclosures, flooring, HVAC equipment and HVAC ducts shall be deemed to be real estate fixtures and at all times after installation be and remain Landlord's property, whether or not attached to or built into the Premises; provided, however, that any HVAC equipment installed by Tenant to handle loads in excess of the HVAC capacity required to operate the Building as a first-class office building and electrical systems for backup emergency power may be removed by Tenant at any time prior to the expiration of the Term as long as Tenant repairs any damage to the Building and Common Area which may result from such removal. Any trade fixtures, furniture and trade equipment installed by the Tenant which may be removed from the Premises without injury thereto (including, without limitation, demountable partitions, refrigerators and other kitchen appliances, computer racking and similar demountable fixtures) (collectively, "Trade Fixtures") shall remain the property of the Tenant and shall be removed by the Tenant, at the Tenant's sole cost and expense, from the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord acknowledges Tenant's right to finance and to secure under the Uniform Commercial Code, Tenant's inventory, furnishings, furniture, equipment, machinery, leasehold improvements and other personal property located at the Property, other than the fixtures, equipment and other improvements required to be titled in the name of Landlord, and Landlord agrees, at Tenant's cost and expenses, to execute Landlord's lien waiver forms with respect to such financed personal property and other similar documentation (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; provided that such waivers shall not increase Landlord's obligations or limit Landlord's rights and remedies under this Lease) in favor of any purchase money seller, Landlord or lender who has financed or may finance in the future such items, which documentation will provide such purchase money seller, Landlord or lender a reasonable period of time to remove such financed personal property (but in no event to exceed the time of Tenant's right to possession of the Premises).
7. REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE.
(a) LANDLORD'S OBLIGATIONS.
(i) Landlord shall maintain, repair and replace, at its sole cost and expense, except as provided in Paragraph 7(c), the exterior (excluding windows and window frames), roof structure (but not the roof membrane) and structural portions of the Building (including load bearing walls and foundations).
(ii) Landlord shall maintain, repair and replace the parking areas, courtyards, sidewalks, entryways, lawns, fountains, landscaping and other similar facilities located in the Common Area.
All costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the foregoing obligations shall be payable by Tenant as Additional Charges in accordance with Paragraph 3(c) to the extent they are properly included in Expenses thereunder. Landlord's obligations under this Paragraph 7(a) with respect to any particular repair, replacement or maintenance requirement, shall not commence until Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of any circumstances which Tenant believes may trigger Landlord's obligations. If Landlord fails after thirty (30) days' written notice by Tenant (or such lesser period as may be reasonable if such failure materially interferes with Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises or threatens material damage to Tenant's property or material harm to Tenant's employees, even if
such shorter period of time is less than the cure period provided in
Paragraph 19(b) before such failure would be a "default" by Landlord under
this Lease) to proceed with due diligence to make repairs required to be
made by Landlord under this Paragraph 7(a), the same may be made by Tenant
at the expense of Landlord, so long as Tenant first provides Landlord with
an additional notice and an additional five (5) business days (or, in the
event of an emergency that threatens material damage to Tenant's property
or material harm to Tenant's employees, one (1) business day) to either (i)
dispute Landlord's obligation and submit such dispute to arbitration
pursuant to Paragraph 45, (ii) commence cure, or (iii) by written notice to
Tenant within such five business day period after receipt of such notice,
designate the contractor Tenant shall use in connection with any such
repair by Tenant in which event Tenant shall only make such repairs using
such designated contractor. If Landlord fails to dispute such obligation,
commence cure or to so designate a contractor, Tenant may proceed with an
experienced, duly licensed and adequately insured contractor selected by
Tenant. Any expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with the preceding
sentence shall be reimbursed (with interest at the rate of 8.5% from the
date on which Tenant incurs such costs) within thirty (30) days after
submission of a bill or statement therefor to Landlord. Tenant shall have
no right to offset any such amounts against Rent hereunder. If Landlord
disputes Tenant's right to cure Landlord's default or the reasonableness of
the costs incurred by Tenant, Landlord shall submit such dispute to binding
arbitration pursuant to Paragraph 45 below within thirty (30) business days
after Tenant's demand. If Landlord fails to either reimburse Tenant or
dispute Tenant's demand pursuant to the previous sentence within thirty
(30) business days after Tenant's demand, Tenant may submit such dispute to
binding arbitration pursuant to Paragraph 45.
(b) TENANT'S OBLIGATIONS. Tenant shall maintain, repair and replace, to the extent necessary to maintain the Building in good operating order and first-class condition, at its sole cost and expense, all portions of the Premises which are not Landlord's obligations under Paragraph 7(a), including, without limitation, (i) the roof membrane, windows, and window frames; (ii) the building systems serving the Premises for electrical, mechanical, HVAC and plumbing and all controls appurtenant thereto, and any elevators in the Building (collectively, including elevators, "Building Systems"); and (iii) the interior portion of the Building, the Tenant Improvements, the Alterations, and any additional tenant improvements, alterations or additions installed by or on behalf of Tenant within the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for the expense of installation, operation, and maintenance of its telephone and other communications cabling from the point of entry into the Building to the Premises and throughout the Premises; though Landlord shall have the right to perform such work on behalf of Tenant in Common Areas, provided Landlord performs such work in coordination with Tenant and its contractors in such a manner as will accommodate Tenant's reasonable objectives with respect thereto. The Premises shall at all times be maintained by Tenant in the condition of a first-class office building. Tenant's obligations under this Paragraph 7 include, without limitation, the replacement, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, of any portions of the Premises or Building Systems which are not Landlord's express responsibility under Paragraph 7(a), if it would be commercially prudent to replace, rather than repair, such portions of the Premises, regardless of whether such replacement would be considered a capital expenditure. Tenant hereby waives and releases its right to make repairs at Landlord's expense under Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect. In addition, Tenant hereby waives and releases its right to terminate this Lease under Section 1932(1) of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.
(c) ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF TENANT. The purpose of Paragraph 7(a) and 7(b) is to define the obligations of Landlord and Tenant to perform various repair and maintenance functions; the allocation of the costs therefor are covered under this Paragraph 7(c) and Paragraph 3. Tenant shall bear the full cost of repairs or maintenance interior or exterior, structural or otherwise, to preserve the Premises and the Building in good working order and first-class condition, arising out of (i) the existence, installation, use or operation of any Tenant Improvements, Alterations, or any of Tenant's trade fixtures or personal property; (ii) the moving of Tenant's property or fixtures in or out of the Building or Project or in and about the Premises; (iii) the particular use or particular occupancy or manner of use or occupancy of the Premises by any Tenant Party; or (iv) except to the extent any claims arising from any of the foregoing are reimbursed by insurance carried by Landlord, are covered by the waiver of subrogation in Paragraph 11 or are otherwise provided for in Paragraph 20, the acts, omissions or negligence of any Tenant Parties.
(d) MAINTENANCE SERVICE CONTRACTS. In connection with Tenant's maintenance and repair obligations contained in this Paragraph 7, Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, enter into regularly scheduled
preventive maintenance service contracts with maintenance contractors approved by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, for servicing all Building Systems, elevators and equipment within the Premises, and shall provide copies of such contracts and periodic maintenance reports to Landlord. At Landlord's option at any time in which Tenant is in Default hereunder, maintenance service contracts shall be prepaid on an annual basis. Each maintenance service contract shall specifically name Landlord as a third party beneficiary, with the right to receive copies of all notices delivered under such contract and the ability to exercise Tenant's rights thereunder, at Landlord's election, in connection with any cure of Tenant's default by Landlord, or any assumption by Landlord of Tenant's maintenance obligations with respect to Building Systems, pursuant to Paragraph 7(e) below.
(e) CURE RIGHTS. Tenant shall have a period of thirty (30) days from the date of written notice from Landlord within which to cure any failure to fulfill any of its obligations under this Paragraph 7; provided, however, that if such failure is curable but cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall have such additional time as may be reasonably required to cure (not to exceed sixty (60) additional days) so long as Tenant commences such cure within such (30) day period and diligently prosecutes such cure to completion. Landlord shall have the rights set forth in Paragraph 23 with respect to any failure of Tenant to perform its obligations under this Paragraph 7. In addition, Landlord may elect, by delivery of written notice to Tenant, to assume Tenant's maintenance obligations with respect to the Building Systems under Paragraph 7(b)(ii) if Tenant does not cure any breach of such obligations, or if Tenant has failed to perform such obligations more than once in any twelve month period (without benefit of cure periods) upon the second such failure. If Landlord assumes such obligations, all costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be included in Expenses payable by Tenant as Additional Charges in accordance with Paragraph 4(c). The remedies described in this paragraph are cumulative and in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have at law or under this Lease.
(f) NO ABATEMENT. Except to the extent any claims arising from any of the foregoing are reimbursed by rental abatement insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord, are covered by the waiver of subrogation in Paragraph 11 or are otherwise provided for in Paragraph 20, there shall be no abatement of Rent with respect to, and except for Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord shall not be liable for any injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from, any repairs, maintenance, alteration or improvement in or to any portion of the Project, including the Premises, or in or to the fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein.
8. LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises free from any liens arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within ten (10) days following the imposition of any such lien, cause the same to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including without limitation by the payment of the claim giving rise to such lien or by the posting of a bond. All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be considered Additional Charges and shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant on demand with interest from the date incurred by Landlord at the Default Rate. Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices permitted or required by law, or which Landlord shall deem proper, for the protection of Landlord, the Premises, the Project and any other party having an interest therein, from mechanics' and materialmen's liens, and Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord at least fifteen (15) business days' prior to commencement of any construction on the Premises.
9. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, Tenant shall not directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, sell, assign, encumber, pledge or otherwise transfer or hypothecate all or any part of the Premises or Tenant's leasehold estate hereunder (collectively, "Assignment"), or permit the Premises to be occupied by anyone other than Tenant or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof (collectively, "Sublease"), without Landlord's prior written consent in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Without otherwise limiting the criteria upon which Landlord may withhold its consent to any proposed Sublease or Assignment, if Landlord withholds its consent where either (i) the creditworthiness of the proposed Sublessee or Assignee is not reasonably acceptable to Landlord, or (ii) the proposed Sublessee's or Assignee's use of the Premises is not in compliance with the Permitted Use as described in the Basic Lease Information, such withholding
of consent shall be presumptively reasonable. If Landlord consents to the Sublease or Assignment, Tenant may thereafter enter into a valid Sublease or Assignment upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 9.
(b) If Tenant desires at any time to enter into an Assignment of this Lease or a Sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof for which Landlord's consent is required, it shall first give written notice to Landlord of its desire to do so, which notice shall contain (i) the name of the proposed assignee, subtenant or occupant; (ii) the name of the proposed assignee's, subtenant, or occupant's business to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) the terms and provisions of the proposed Assignment or Sublease; and (iv) such financial information as Landlord may reasonably request concerning the proposed assignee, subtenant or occupant.
(c) At any time within fifteen (15) days after Landlord's receipt of
the notice specified in Paragraph 9(b), Landlord may by written notice to
Tenant elect to (i) consent to the Sublease or Assignment; or (ii)
disapprove the Sublease or Assignment. In addition, unless Tenant has
previously delivered an Availability Notice to Landlord with respect to the
portion of the Premises covered by such proposed Sublease or Assignment
within the previous 120 days as provided in Paragraph 9(d), Landlord may
elect to terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises that is
specified in such notice, with a proportionate abatement in Monthly Base
Rent and Additional Charges for Expenses and Taxes, if such notice is with
respect to (x) any proposed Assignment, or (y) any proposed Sublease and
either (I) such Sublease has a term (including any renewal or extension
options) that either is coterminous with the Term or expires within the
last twelve (12) months of the Term, or (II) after giving effect to such
Sublease, the original Tenant will occupy less than fifty percent (50%) of
the Rentable Area of the Premises for a period in excess of twenty-four
(24) consecutive months. If Landlord elects to terminate the Lease as to a
portion of the Premises pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence,
Tenant shall at all times provide reasonable and appropriate access to such
portion of the Premises and use of any common facilities within the
Building (including, at Landlord's election and as reasonable under the
circumstances, by the designation of "building common areas" as appropriate
for the use of and access to the recaptured space, including provision of
any utilities and services for such recaptured space), Tenant's Share shall
be modified (based on the remaining Rentable Area of the Premises divided
by the total rentable area in the Building, as determined by Landlord in
its reasonable discretion), Tenant's Minimum Parking shall be reduced by
multiplying the number of parking spaces included in Tenant's Minimum
Parking by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the remaining
Rentable Area of the Premises and the denominator of which shall be the
Rentable Area of the entire Premises as of the Delivery Date (determined as
provided in the Basic Lease Information) and Tenant's rights with respect
to any monument or other Project signage and the roof space (for Satellite
Antennae) shall be reduced in the same proportion as the Minimum Parking,
except that so long as Tenant is the largest occupant in the Building
Tenant shall continue to have the use of any available Building top signage
(subject to the requirements of Paragraph 38). Promptly after request from
Landlord, Tenant shall enter into any amendment to this Lease or other
documentation reasonably requested by Landlord in connection with any such
termination of this Lease as to a portion of the Premises (which shall
include provisions creating building common area and regarding the other
modifications to the extent set forth in the preceding sentence). Failure
by Landlord to either consent to or disapprove a proposed Assignment or
Sublease within the fifteen (15) business day time period specified above
shall be deemed to be Landlord's approval thereof, so long as Tenant's
request includes the following statement in capitalized and boldfaced
letters: BY FAILING TO RESPOND TO THIS REQUEST, YOU WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE
APPROVED THE LEASE ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE DESCRIBED HEREIN.
(d) At Tenant's option, Tenant may notify Landlord in writing if Tenant wishes to Assign or Sublease any portion of the Premises, prior to commencing negotiations for an Assignment or Sublease with another party and without the required information set forth in Paragraph 9(b), if such Assignment or Sublease would be subject to Landlord's termination right provided above (such notice being the "Availability Notice"), and Landlord shall have the option, by written notice to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after receiving any Availability Notice, to terminate this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises as provided above. If Landlord declines or fails timely to elect to terminate this Lease with respect to such portion of the Premises, Tenant shall have the right, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of such fifteen (15) day period, to enter into an Assignment or Sublease with respect to the portion of the Premises designated in the Availability Notice, subject to Landlord's consent and the other provisions of this Paragraph 9, except that Landlord shall not have the further right to terminate with respect to such Assignment or Sublease. If Tenant fails to enter into an Assignment or Sublease within such one hundred twenty (120) day period, or upon expiration of any Sublease entered into within such one
hundred twenty (120) day period, Landlord's rights under this Paragraph 9 to terminate the Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises upon any future proposed Sublease or Assignment shall revive. If Landlord consents to the Sublease or Assignment within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Tenant's notice as provided above, Tenant may thereafter within one hundred twenty (120) days after Landlord's consent, but not later than the expiration of said one hundred twenty (120) days, enter into such Assignment or Sublease of the Premises or portion thereof upon the terms and conditions set forth in the notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 9(b). However, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any rent or other consideration realized by Tenant under any and all Subleases in excess of the Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges payable hereunder (or the amount thereof proportionate to the portion of the Premises subject to such Sublease(s)), including, without limitation, any sums paid for the sale or rental of the Tenant Improvements, after first deducting from such excess costs reasonably incurred for tenant improvements installed by Tenant (commensurate with a standard office build-out) to obtain the Sublease or Assignment in question, each of which are installed in that portion of the Premises which is the subject of the Sublease or Assignment and which unamortized costs shall be amortized on a straight line basis (without interest) over the term of the Sublease or Assignment in equal installments, and after deducting therefrom any customary brokers' commissions that Tenant has incurred in connection with such Sublease.
(e) No consent by Landlord to any Assignment or Sublease by Tenant shall relieve Tenant of any obligation to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, whether arising before or after the Assignment or Sublease. The consent by Landlord to any Assignment or Sublease shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to obtain Landlord's express written consent to any other Assignment or Sublease. Any Assignment or Sublease that is not in compliance with this Paragraph 9 shall be void and, at the option of Landlord, shall constitute a material Default by Tenant under this Lease. The acceptance of Monthly Base Rent or Additional Charges by Landlord from a proposed assignee or sublessee shall not constitute the consent to such Assignment or Sublease by Landlord.
(f) The following shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of Tenant's interest in this Lease: (i) any dissolution, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of Tenant; and (ii) if the capital stock of Tenant is not publicly traded, the sale or transfer to one person or entity stock possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of Tenant's stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote for the election of directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 9, Tenant may enter into any of the following transfers (a "Permitted Transfer") without Landlord's prior written consent: (1) Tenant may assign its interest in the Lease to a corporation, partnership, professional corporation, limited liability company, or limited liability partnership ("Transfer Entity") which results from a merger, consolidation or other reorganization, so long as immediately following such transaction the surviving Transfer Entity satisfies each of the Transfer Standards (as defined below) or the obligations of such Transfer Entity are guaranteed (by documentation that is in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord in its reasonable discretion) by Tenant or an Affiliate (as defined below) satisfying each of the Transfer Standards; and (2) Tenant may assign this Lease to a Transfer Entity which purchases or otherwise acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, so long as immediately following such transaction such acquiring corporation satisfies each of the Transfer Standards. For purposes of this Paragraph 9(f), the Transfer Standards shall mean each of the following, as reflected in audited financial statements (which include an unqualified certification by a licensed certified pubic accountant reasonably acceptable to Landlord) provided to Landlord: (a) if Tenant leases space in only one Building as of the effective date of the transfer: (i) a net worth of at least Five Hundred Million Dollars ($500,000,000); (iii) unencumbered and unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and third party marketable securities with liquidity of 90 to 360 days (collectively, "Liquid Assets") of One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000); and (iii) an operating profit of not less than Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) for the prior twelve (12) months (combined operations of pre-existing entities); or (b) if Tenant leases space in more than one building in the Project as of the effective date of the transfer: (i) a net worth of at least Five Hundred Million Dollars ($500,000,000); (ii) Liquid Assets of the One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000); and (iii) an operating profit of not less than Eighty Million Dollars ($80,000,000) for the prior twelve (12) months (combined operations of pre-existing entities);.
(g) Each assignee pursuant to an Assignment as provided in this Paragraph 9 shall assume all obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and shall be and remain liable jointly and severally with Tenant for the payment of Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges, and for the performance of all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained on Tenant's part to be performed for the Term. No Assignment shall be binding on Landlord unless the assignee or Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a counterpart of the Assignment and an
instrument in recordable form that contains a covenant of assumption by the assignee satisfactory in substance and form to Landlord, consistent with the requirements of this Paragraph 9(g), but the failure or refusal of the assignee to execute such instrument of assumption shall not release or discharge the assignee from its liability as set forth above. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, no Sublease shall be binding on Landlord unless and until Landlord shall agree in writing following termination of this Lease to recognize such sublessee and such sublessee agrees in writing to attorn to Landlord on the terms and conditions of the sublease (including the obligations under this Lease to the extent that they relate to the portion of the Premises subleased), and any Sublease entered into by Tenant hereunder shall include an obligation by the sublessee to so attorn to Landlord if Landlord, in Landlord's sole discretion, elects to recognize such Sublease upon any termination of this Lease.
(h) Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord's consent and without triggering Landlord's rights under Paragraph 10(c), but with written notice to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior thereto, to enter into an Assignment of Tenant's interest in the Lease or a Sublease of all or any portion of the Premises to an Affiliate (as defined below) of Tenant, provided that (i) in connection with an Assignment that is not a Sublease, the Affiliate delivers to Landlord concurrent with such Assignment a written notice of the Assignment and an assumption agreement whereby the Affiliate assumes and agrees to perform, observe and abide by the terms, conditions, obligations, and provisions of this Lease arising from and after the effective date of the assignment; and (ii) the assignee or sublessee remains an Affiliate throughout the term of this Lease (and, in connection with an Assignment that is not a Sublease, the assumption agreement shall contain provisions consistent with the provisions of this subparagraph allowing Landlord to terminate this Lease at such time as the entity is no longer an Affiliate of the original Tenant). If this Lease is assigned or sublet to an Affiliate and thereafter any circumstance occurs which causes such assignee or sublessee to no longer be an Affiliate of the assigning or subleasing Tenant, Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Landlord, which notice, to become effective, shall refer to Landlord's right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this subparagraph, in the event of an Assignment, or to cause Tenant to terminate the Sublease, in the event of a Sublease ("Affiliation Termination Notice"). Following occurrence of the circumstance giving rise to the discontinuation of such assignee or sublessee being an Affiliate ("Affiliate Termination") of the assigning or subleasing Tenant, Landlord shall be entitled to terminate this Lease in the event of an Assignment, or to cause Tenant to terminate the Sublease in the event of a Sublease, unless Landlord has given its prior written consent to such circumstance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord so long as, in the event of an Assignment, such assignee (after giving effect to such circumstance) has financial strength (as demonstrated by audited financial statements) equal to or greater than the assigning or subleasing Tenant (including its net worth) as of the date of execution of this Lease, or the assigning or subleasing Tenant executes a guaranty in usual form reasonably acceptable to Landlord (however, this does not imply that Tenant would be released without such guaranty). No Sublease or Assignment by Tenant made pursuant to this Paragraph shall relieve Tenant of Tenant's obligations under this Lease. As used in this paragraph, the term "Affiliate" shall mean and collectively refer to a corporation or other entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, by means of an ownership of either (aa) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting shares of stock or partnership or other ownership interests, or (bb) stock, or partnership or other ownership interests, which provide the right to control the operations, transactions and activities of the applicable entity.
(i) Landlord acknowledges that Tenant's business in the Premises may require the installation of certain communications equipment by certain licensees and customers of Tenant (collectively, "Customers") in order for such Customers to interconnect with Tenant's equipment in the Premises or to permit Tenant to manage or operate such Customers' equipment, and so long as such Customers are not granted possessory rights to any portion of the Premises (whether as assignees, sublessees, licensees, or in any other capacity), these contracts with the Customers shall not require Landlord's consent, and these Customer contracts do hereby have the Landlord's consent at no consideration to Landlord for the limited purpose of permitting the services and uses described above and so long as Tenant causes such Customers to comply, and all such services and uses are conducted in a manner in compliance with, all of the terms and conditions of this Lease.
10. INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant Parties or Tenant's breach of this Lease, Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and defend Tenant against any and all claims or liability for any injury or damage to any person or property including any reasonable attorney's
fees (but excluding any consequential damages or loss of business) occurring in, on, or about the Project to the extent such injury or damage is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, servants, contractors, employees (collectively, including Landlord, "Landlord Parties").
(b) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord Parties for any injury or damage to any person or property in or about the Premises by or from any cause whatsoever (other than the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord Parties), and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, whether caused by water leakage of any character from the roof, walls, basement, or other portion of the Premises or the Building, or caused by gas, fire, oil, electricity, or any cause whatsoever, in, on, or about the Premises, the Project or any part thereof (other than that caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord Parties). Tenant acknowledges that any casualty insurance carried by Landlord will not cover loss of income to Tenant or damage to the Alterations in the Premises installed by Tenant or Tenant's personal property located within the Premises (except as provided in Paragraph 10(f) below). Tenant shall be required to maintain the insurance described in Paragraph 10(d) below during the Term.
(c) Except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of Landlord Parties, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord
harmless from and defend Landlord against any and all claims or liability
for any injury or damage to any person or property whatsoever: (i)
occurring in or on the Premises; or (ii) occurring in, on, or about any
other portion of the Project to the extent such injury or damage shall be
caused by the negligence or willful misconduct by the Tenant Parties.
Tenant further agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, and
defend Landlord against, any and all claims, losses, or liabilities
(including damage to Landlord's property) arising from (x) any breach of
this Lease by Tenant, (y) any matter referred to in Paragraph 10(g), and/or
(z) the conduct of any work or business of Tenant Parties in or about the
Project, including, but not limited to any release, discharge, storage or
use of any Hazardous Substance. In the event of a discrepancy between the
terms of this paragraph and the terms of Paragraph 39 of the Lease
concerning Hazardous Substance liability, the latter shall control.
(d) Tenant shall procure at its cost and expense and keep in effect during the Term (and during the construction period for the Tenant Improvements) the following insurance:
(i) Commercial general liability insurance on an occurrence form, including contractual liability, with a minimum combined single limit of liability of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000). Such insurance shall name Landlord, any Mortgagee, any ground lessor, and such other parties as Landlord may request as additional insureds, shall specifically include the liability assumed hereunder by Tenant, and shall provide that it is primary insurance, and not excess over or contributory with any other valid, existing and applicable insurance in force for or on behalf of Landlord, and shall provide that Landlord shall receive thirty (30) days' written notice from the insurer prior to any cancellation or change of coverage. The limits of such insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant hereunder, and Tenant is responsible for ensuring that the amount of liability insurance carried by Tenant is sufficient for Tenant's purposes.
(ii) Business interruption insurance, insuring Tenant for a period of twelve (12) months against losses arising from the interruption of Tenant's business, and for lost profits, and charges and expenses which continue but would have been earned if the business had gone on without interruption, insuring against such perils, in such form and with such deductible amount as are commercially reasonable;
(iii) "Special" (also known as "all risk") property insurance (including, without limitation, boiler and machinery (if applicable); sprinkler damage, vandalism and malicious mischief) on all of Tenant's personal property. Such insurance shall be in an amount equal to full replacement cost of the aggregate of the foregoing and shall provide coverage comparable to the coverage in the standard ISO All Risk form, when such form is supplemented with the coverages required above. During the Term of this Lease, the proceeds from any such policy or policies of insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the fixtures and equipment so insured. Landlord shall have no interest in the insurance upon Tenant's Trade Fixtures or personal property (other than as necessary to enforce Tenant's obligations with respect to such insurance under this Lease) and will sign all documents reasonably necessary in
connection with the settlement of any claim or loss by Tenant in connection with such insurance. Landlord will not carry insurance on Tenant's Trade Fixtures or personal property possessions.
(iv) Worker's compensation insurance with limits as may be required by law.
(v) Such other insurance as may be required by Laws, or by Landlord to the extent it is commercially reasonable for tenants to be required to carry such other insurance under similar leases with respect to similar property in similar locations.
Insurance required under this Paragraph 10(d) shall be in companies rated "A-" VIII or better in "Best's Insurance Guide." Tenant shall deliver copies of policies of such insurance and certificates naming the additional insureds thereof to Landlord on or before the date Tenant commences work on the Tenant Improvements, and thereafter at least thirty (30) days before the expiration dates of expiring policies; and, in the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificates, Landlord may, at its option, procure same for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Charges within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.
(e) The provisions of this paragraph 10 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such expiration or termination.
(f) Landlord shall maintain insurance on the Project, including the
Building, the Tenant Improvements and any Alterations installed in the
Premises by Tenant at its expense to the extent Tenant provides Landlord
with all information reasonably required by Landlord or its insurer in
connection therewith (with the entire cost of any such insurance on Tenant
Improvements and Alterations to be payable directly by Tenant to Landlord
as an Additional Charge, including the incremental cost to add such
insurance to Landlord's policies and any deductibles payable with respect
to such Tenant Improvements and Alterations), against fire and risks
covered by "special" coverage (also known as "all risk") (excluding
earthquake and flood, though Landlord, at its sole option, may include this
coverage) on a 100% of "replacement cost" basis (though reasonable
deductibles may be included under such coverage). Landlord's insurance
shall also cover the improvements installed by Landlord prior to the
commencement of the Term, and the Tenant Improvements installed by Tenant
pursuant to the Work Letter, shall have a building ordinance provision, and
shall provide for rental interruption insurance covering a period of twelve
(12) full months. In no event shall Landlord be deemed a co-insurer under
such policy. Landlord shall also maintain commercial general liability
insurance on an occurrence basis in amounts not less than Three Million
Dollars ($3,000,000) per occurrence with respect to bodily injury or death
and property damage in the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing
obligations of Landlord to carry insurance, Landlord may modify the
foregoing coverages if and to the extent it is commercially reasonable to
do so. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant, upon written request, with
certificates of insurance evidencing the foregoing coverages. Tenant
acknowledges that, notwithstanding any provision of this Paragraph 10(f) or
this Lease, Landlord currently intends to carry earthquake insurance on the
Project during the Term of this Lease.
(g) Tenant acknowledges that even if Landlord installs and operates security cameras or other security equipment and/or provides any other services that could be construed as being intended to enhance security, Landlord shall have no obligation to Tenant or to any of Tenant's Parties for any damage, claim, loss or liability related to any claim that Landlord had a duty to provide security or that the equipment or services provided by Landlord were inadequate, inoperative or otherwise failed to provide adequate security. Any such claim made against Landlord by any employee, customer or invitee of Tenant shall be included within Tenant's obligation of indemnity and defense set forth in subparagraph (c) above.
11. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the parties hereto release each other (including Landlord Parties and Tenant Parties) and their respective agents, employees, successors, assignees and subtenants from all liability for injury to any person or damage to any property that is caused by or results from a risk (i) which is actually insured against, to the extent of receipt of payment under such policy (unless the failure to receive payment under any such policy results from a failure of the insured party to comply with or observe the terms and conditions of the insurance policy covering such liability, in which event, such release shall not be so limited), (ii) which is required to be insured against under this Lease, without regard to
the negligence or willful misconduct of the entity so released, or (iii) which would normally be covered by the standard form of "special" or "all risk" coverage property insurance. Landlord and Tenant shall each obtain from their respective insurers under all policies of fire, theft, and other property insurance maintained by either of them at any time during the Term insuring or covering the Building, the Premises, or the Project or any portion thereof of its contents therein, a waiver of all rights of subrogation which the insurer of one party might otherwise, if at all, have against the other party and Landlord and Tenant shall each indemnify the other against any loss or expense, including reasonable attorneys' fees, resulting from the failure to obtain such waiver.
12. SERVICES AND UTILITIES.
(a) Landlord shall provide the maintenance and repairs described in Paragraph 7(a), except for damage occasioned by the act or omission of Tenant or for which Tenant is responsible pursuant to Paragraph 7(c), which damage shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant's expense. Landlord shall cause the Excluded Space to be provided with necessary utilities and services independently of the Premises and the Building Systems servicing the Premises.
(b) Subject to the provisions elsewhere herein contained and to the Rules and Regulations, Tenant shall be responsible for arranging for, and direct payment of any and all cost of, garbage pickup, recycling, janitorial, security, transportation management and mitigation programs, water, electricity, gas, telephone, cable and digital services, and Tenant shall provide the maintenance, repair and replacement of Building Systems in connection with such utilities and services, and Tenant shall provide the maintenance, repair and services as described in Section 7(b). Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant's efforts to arrange all such services. If Landlord assumes Tenant's maintenance obligations with respect to the Building Systems pursuant to Paragraph 7(e), Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord and abide by all the reasonable regulations and requirements that Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the Building Systems.
(c) Unless such apparatus or device in included in Tenant's space plans approved by Landlord, Tenant will not without the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, use any apparatus or device in the Premises which, when used, puts an excessive load on the Building or its structure or systems, including, without limitation, electronic data processing machines, punch card machines and machines using excess lighting or voltage in excess of the amount for which the Building is designed without providing the necessary (in Landlord's reasonable discretion) alteration necessary for the safe and adequate operation of said apparatus or device.
(d) Landlord shall not be in default hereunder, nor be deemed to have
evicted Tenant, nor be liable for any damages directly or indirectly
resulting from, nor shall the rental herein reserved be abated, except as
expressly provided for in the last sentence of this paragraph, by reason of
(i) the installation, use or interruption of use of any equipment in
connection with the foregoing utilities and services; (ii) failure to
furnish or delay in furnishing any services to be provided by Landlord when
such failure or delay is caused by Acts of God or the elements, labor
disturbances of any character, any other accidents or other conditions
beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (any of the foregoing, "Force
Majeure"), or by the making of repairs or improvements to the Premises or
to the Building (except in the case of Landlord's gross negligence or
willful misconduct); or (iii) the limitation, curtailment, rationing or
restriction on use of water or electricity, gas or any other form of energy
or any other service or utility whatsoever serving the Premises or the
Project. Furthermore, Landlord shall be entitled to cooperate with the
mandatory requirements of national, state or local governmental agencies or
utilities suppliers in connection with reducing energy or other resources
consumption. If the Premises become unsuitable for Tenant's use as a
consequence of cessation of gas and electric utilities or other services
provided to the Premises resulting from a casualty covered by Landlord's
insurance, then Tenant's Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges shall
abate during the period of time in which Tenant cannot occupy the Premises
for the Permitted Uses, but only to the extent of rental abatement
insurance proceeds received by Landlord.
13. TENANT'S CERTIFICATES. Tenant, at any time and from time to time, within ten (10) days from receipt of written notice from Landlord, will execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord and, at Landlord's request, to any prospective purchaser, ground or underlying lessor or mortgagee of any part of the Project any other party acquiring an interest in Landlord, a certificate of Tenant substantially in the form attached as EXHIBIT E and
also containing any other information that may reasonably be required by any of such persons. It is intended that any such certificate of Tenant delivered pursuant to this Paragraph 13 may be relied upon by Landlord and any prospective purchaser, ground or underlying lessor or mortgagee of any part of the Project, or such other party.
14. HOLDING OVER.
(a) Provided no Default is then continuing under this Lease, Tenant
shall have the right to extend the Term for a period of three months (the
"Holdover Term") after either (i) the expiration of the Initial Term if
Tenant has not exercised its option for the first Extension Term, or (ii)
the expiration of the first Extension Term, if any, if Tenant has not
exercised the second Extension Term, or (iii) the expiration of the second
Extension Term, if any, by giving written notice to Landlord at least six
(6) months prior to expiration of the then-applicable Term (the "Holdover
Notice"). Any such Holdover Term shall be on all of the terms and
conditions of this Lease, except that the Monthly Base Rent payable shall
be one hundred four percent (104%) of the Monthly Base Rent payable in the
last full month prior to the Holdover Term. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Paragraph 14(a), if, prior to receipt of the Holdover
Notice Landlord enters into a lease for all or any portion of the Premises
with another tenant that provides for delivery to (including delivery in
order for such tenant to perform tenant improvement or cabling or trade
fixture installation work), or occupancy by, such other tenant of any
portion of the Premises prior to the expiration of the prospective Holdover
Term, all of Tenant's rights under this Paragraph 14(a) shall immediately
and automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect. If Tenant
remains in possession of all or any portion of the Premises after
expiration of the Holdover Term (if any), or if Tenant fails to exercise
its right to the Holdover Term in accordance with this Paragraph 14(a) or
Tenant's right to the Holdover Term terminates as provided in this
Paragraph 14(a) and Tenant nevertheless remains in possession of all or any
portion of the Premises after expiration of the Term, then such holdover
shall be governed by Paragraph 14(b).
(b) If Tenant (directly or through any successor-in-interest of Tenant) remains in possession of all or any portion of the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease with the written consent of Landlord, such continued possession shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month at one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Monthly Base Rent payable in the last full month prior to such termination or expiration (and shall be increased in accordance with Paragraph 3(b), together with an amount estimated by Landlord for the monthly Additional Charges for Expenses and Taxes payable under this Lease, and shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified so far as applicable. If Tenant (directly or through any successor-in-interest of Tenant) remains in possession of all or any portion of the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant's continued possession shall be on the basis of a tenancy at the sufferance of Landlord. In such event, Tenant shall continue to comply with or perform all the terms and obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that the Monthly Base Rent during Tenant's holding over shall be the greater of the then-fair market rent for the Premises (as reasonably determined by Landlord) or one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges for Expenses and Taxes payable in the last full month prior to the termination or expiration of this Lease (and shall be increased in accordance with Paragraph 3(b). In addition to Rent, Tenant shall pay Landlord for all damages proximately caused by reason of the Tenant's retention of possession. Landlord's acceptance of Rent after the termination of this Lease shall not constitute a renewal of this Lease, and nothing contained in this provision shall be deemed to waive Landlord's right of re-entry or any other right hereunder or at law. Tenant acknowledges that, in Landlord's marketing and re-leasing efforts for the Premises, Landlord is relying on Tenant's vacation of the Premises on the Expiration Date. Accordingly, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses and damages arising or resulting directly or indirectly from Tenant's failure to timely surrender the Premises, including (i) any loss, cost or damages suffered by any prospective tenant of all or any part of the Premises, and (ii) Landlord's damages as a result of such prospective tenant rescinding or refusing to enter into the prospective lease of all or any portion of the Premises by reason of such failure of Tenant to timely surrender the Premises.
15. SUBORDINATION. Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to: (i) all ground leases or underlying leases which may now exist or hereafter be executed affecting all or any portion of the Project, (ii) the Parking REA, the Initial CC&Rs, any other CC&Rs or other Encumbrances currently in effect or that Landlord may enter into in the future, and (iii) the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust which may now exist or hereafter be executed in any amount for which all or any portion of the Project, ground leases or underlying leases,
or Landlord's interest or estate in any of said items, is specified as security
(any of the foregoing, a "Mortgage", and the beneficiary or mortgagee under any
of the foregoing, a "Mortgagee") provided that this Lease shall not be subject
or subordinate to any ground or underlying lease or to any Mortgage, unless the
ground lessor or Mortgagee executes a reasonable recognition and non-disturbance
agreement which provides that neither this Lease, nor Tenant's rights nor
Tenant's possession of the Premises on the terms and conditions of this Lease
will be disturbed during the Term (including any Extension Term) so long as
Tenant is not in Default under any of the terms, covenants, conditions or
agreements of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the
right to subordinate or cause to be subordinated any such ground leases or
underlying leases or any such Mortgages to this Lease. In the event that any
ground lease or underlying lease terminates for any reason or any Mortgage is
foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant
shall, notwithstanding any subordination, attorn to and become the Tenant of the
successor in interest to Landlord at the option of such successor in interest.
Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver upon demand by Landlord and
in the form requested by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant, any
customary additional documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this
Lease with respect to any such ground leases or underlying leases or the lien of
any such Mortgage, which documents may, at any ground lessor's or Mortgagee's
request, provide, without limitation, that the ground lessor, Mortgagee and/or
any person acquiring title by reason of a foreclosure sale or an exercise of a
power of sale or by deed expressly in lieu of foreclosure shall not: (i) have
any liability for any act, omission, default or breach by Landlord under this
Lease occurring prior to the time of such acquisition by such Mortgagee or
person; (ii) be subject to any claim or offset which Tenant may have had against
Landlord which arose prior to such foreclosure, trustee sale or deed-in-lieu,
except for the obligation to fund any portion of the Tenant Allowance, which
shall be the continuing obligation of any subsequent landlord under this Lease;
(iii) be bound by any payment of Rent or any part thereof more than one month in
advance; (iv) be bound by any amendment or modification to this Lease made after
Tenant enters into any such subordination and non-disturbance agreement with
such Mortgagee and without the written consent of such Mortgagee; (v) be
obligated for the return of any security deposit or other thing of value now or
hereafter given to Landlord to secure the performance by Tenant of its
obligations under this Lease or any one or more of such obligations, except to
the extent such security deposit or thing of value has been received by such
Mortgagee or person; (vi) be required to perform, or liable for the failure to
perform, the obligations of Landlord with respect to the construction of the
Base Building (provided that Tenant shall have the rights under Section 2(e));
and (vii) be obligated to perform any repair or restoration of the Project
required as a result of any damage, destruction or condemnation, except to the
extent that such Mortgagee or other person owns the portion of the Project
damaged or condemned and insurance proceeds or condemnation awards received by
such Mortgagee or person are sufficient to fully pay the cost of such repair or
restoration.. Tenant shall execute, deliver and record any such documents within
ten (10) days after Landlord's written request.
16. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the rules and regulations attached to this Lease as EXHIBIT D and all reasonable modifications thereof and additions thereto from time to time put into effect by Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible for the nonperformance by any other Tenant or occupant of the Building or the Project of any said rules and regulations. In the event of an express and direct conflict between the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of this Lease and those set forth in the rules and regulations, as modified and amended from time to time by Landlord, this Lease shall control.
17. RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD. Landlord reserves and shall at all reasonable times, upon reasonable prior notice (except in the case of an emergency), and subject to Tenant's reasonable security precautions and the right of Tenant to accompany Landlord at all times, have the right to re-enter the Premises to supply any service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder (unless Tenant is supplying such service), to post notices of nonresponsibility or as otherwise required or allowed by this Lease or by law, and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Building (and may for that purpose erect, use, and maintain scaffolding, pipes, conduits, and other necessary structures in and through the Premises where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed), and, during normal business hours only, to inspect the Premises and to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, Mortgagees or tenants (as to prospective tenants, only during the last eighteen (18) months of the Term),. Landlord shall not be liable in any manner for any inconvenience, disturbance, loss of business, nuisance or other damage arising from Landlord's entry and acts pursuant to this Paragraph and Tenant shall not be entitled to an abatement or reduction of Monthly Base Rent or Additional Charges if Landlord exercises any rights reserved in this paragraph. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant's business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other
loss occasioned thereby, except for Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct. For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises, excluding Tenant's vaults and safes, or special security areas (designated in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem necessary or proper to open said doors in an emergency, in order to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises, and any entry to the Premises, or portion thereof obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not under any emergency circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises or any portions thereof. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts during re-entry to not unreasonably materially and adversely affect Tenant's use of the Premises or its business conducted therein.
18. INSOLVENCY OR BANKRUPTCY. The appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, or an assignment of Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or any action taken or suffered by Tenant under any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other debtor relief proceedings, whether now existing or hereafter amended or enacted, shall at Landlord's option constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant (provided that, with respect to a petition in bankruptcy, or receiver attachment, or other remedy pursued by a third party, such event shall not constitute a breach of this Lease so long as it is discharged within sixty (60) days). Upon the happening of any such event or at any time thereafter, this Lease shall terminate five (5) days after written notice of termination from Landlord to Tenant. In no event shall this Lease be assigned or assignable by operation of law or by voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise and in no event shall this Lease or any rights or privileges hereunder be an asset of Tenant under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other debtor relief proceedings.
19. DEFAULT.
(a) The failure to perform or honor any covenant, condition or
representation made under this Lease shall constitute a "Default" hereunder
by Tenant upon expiration of the appropriate grace period hereinafter
provided. Tenant shall have a period of three (3) business days from the
date of written notice from Landlord (which notice shall be in lieu of and
not in addition to the notice required by Section 1161 of the California
Code of Civil Procedure) within which to cure any failure to pay Monthly
Base Rent or Additional Charges; provided, however, that Landlord shall not
be required to provide such notice more than two (2) times during any two
(2) year period during the Term with respect to non-payment of Monthly Base
Rent or Additional Charges, the third such non-payment constituting Default
without requirement of notice. Tenant shall have a period of thirty (30)
days from the date of receipt of written notice from Landlord within which
to cure any other Default under this Lease; provided, however, that with
respect to any curable Default other than the payment of Monthly Base Rent
or Additional Charges that cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30)
days, the cure period shall be extended for an additional period of time
reasonably required to cause such cure if Tenant commences to cure within
thirty (30) days from Landlord's notice and continues to prosecute
diligently the curing thereof, provided that such cure period shall in no
event extend beyond ninety (90) days after Landlord's notice (subject to
delays by Force Majeure). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if a different
cure period is specified elsewhere in this Lease with respect to any
specific obligation of Tenant, such specific cure period shall apply with
respect to a failure of such obligation in lieu of, and not in addition to,
the cure period provided in this Paragraph 19(a); and (ii) the cure periods
specified in Paragraphs 7(e) and 23 shall apply with respect to Landlord's
rights to cure Tenant's failure to perform pursuant to Paragraphs 7(e) and
23, respectively. Upon a Default of this Lease by Tenant, Landlord shall
have the following rights and remedies in addition to any other rights or
remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity:
(i) The rights and remedies provided by California Civil Code,
Section 1951.2, including but not limited to, recovery of the worth at
the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Monthly Base Rent
and Additional Charges for the balance of the Term after the time of
award exceeds the amount of rental loss for the same period that the
Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided, as computed pursuant to
subsection (b) of said Section 1951.2;
(ii) The rights and remedies provided by California Civil Code,
Section 1951.4, that allows Landlord to continue this Lease in effect
and to enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease,
including the right to recover Monthly Base Rent and Additional
Charges as they become due, for so
long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant's right to possession; provided, however, if Landlord elects to exercise its remedies described in this Paragraph 19(a)(ii) and Landlord does not terminate this Lease, and if Tenant requests Landlord's consent to an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of the Premises at such time as Tenant is in Default, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to such assignment or sublease. Acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlord's initiative to protect its interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant's rights to possession;
(iii) The right to terminate this Lease by giving notice to Tenant in accordance with applicable law;
(iv) If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, the right and power to enter the Premises and remove therefrom all persons and property and, to store such property in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant, and to sell such property and apply such proceeds therefrom pursuant to applicable California law.
(b) Landlord shall have a period of thirty (30) days from the date of written notice from Tenant within which to cure any default of Landlord under this Lease; provided, however, that with respect to any default that cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days, the default shall not be deemed to be uncured if Landlord commences to cure within thirty (30) days from Tenant's notice and continues to prosecute diligently the curing thereof. Tenant agrees to deliver to any Mortgagee a copy of any Notice of Default served upon the Landlord in the manner prescribed by Paragraph 26 hereof, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of Notice of Assignment of Rents and Leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the Mortgagee shall have an additional thirty (30) days (provided that Tenant notifies Mortgagee concurrently with Tenant's notice to Landlord at the beginning of Landlord's thirty (30) day period; otherwise Mortgagee shall have sixty (60) days from the date on which it is noticed) within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be reasonably necessary to cure such default shall be granted if within such applicable period Mortgagee has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including, but not limited to, commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure), in which event the Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being so diligently pursued.
20. DAMAGE BY FIRE, ETC.
(a) RESTORATION OR TERMINATION. If the Premises or the Building
(including the Tenant Improvements) are damaged by fire or other casualty,
Landlord shall forthwith repair the same, provided that such repairs can be
made within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of such damage
under the laws and regulations of the federal, state and local governmental
authorities having jurisdiction thereof. In such event, this Lease shall
remain in full force and effect except that Tenant shall be entitled to a
proportionate reduction of Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges while
such repairs to be made hereunder by Landlord are being made. Such
reduction of Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges, if any, shall be
based upon the greater of (i) the proportion that the area of the Premises
rendered untenantable by such damage bears to the total area of the
Premises; or (ii) the extent to which such damage and the making of such
repairs by Landlord shall interfere with the business carried on by Tenant
in the Premises, and shall be limited to the extent of rental abatement
insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord under Landlord's casualty
insurance policy. Landlord shall, by written notice to Tenant within thirty
(30) days after the date of such damage, notify Tenant whether or not in
Landlord's reasonable opinion, based on a good faith estimate from a
third-party general contractor, such repairs can be made within two hundred
and seventy (270) days after the date of such damage and Landlord's
reasonable estimate of the time needed for such repairs, also based on a
good faith estimate from a third-party general contractor. If such repairs
cannot be made within two hundred and seventy (270) days from the date of
such damage, Landlord shall within thirty (30) days after the date of such
damage elect either to: (i) notify Tenant of Landlord's intention to repair
such damage and diligently prosecute such repairs, in which event this
Lease shall continue in full force and effect and the Monthly Base Rent and
Additional Charges shall be reduced as provided herein; or (ii) notify
Tenant of Landlord's election to terminate this Lease as of a date
specified in such notice, which date shall not be less than
thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after such notice is given and this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in such notice. If Landlord notifies Tenant that restoration or repair of the Premises will take more than two hundred and seventy (270) days, Tenant shall have a right to terminate the Lease within fifteen (15) days following receipt of Landlord's notice, by providing Landlord with written notice of its election to do so. In such event (and also in the event Landlord terminates the Lease pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence), Tenant shall have no liability for payment of the deductible under Landlord's insurance relating to such damage. In case of termination by either event, the Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges shall be reduced by a proportionate amount based upon the extent to which such damage interfered with the business carried on by Tenant in the Premises, and Tenant shall pay such reduced Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges up to the date of termination. Landlord agrees to refund to Tenant any Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges previously paid for any period of time subsequent to such date of termination. The repairs to be made hereunder by Landlord shall not include, and Landlord shall not be required to repair, any damage by fire or other cause to the property of Tenant or any repairs or replacements of any paneling, decorations, railings, floor coverings or any alterations, additions, fixtures or improvements installed on the Premises by or at the expense of Tenant other than Tenant Improvements to the extent they are covered by Landlord's insurance policies; provided, however, that to the extent Landlord's insurance policies cover any Alterations pursuant to Paragraph 10(f), Landlord shall make available to Tenant any available insurance proceeds with respect to any damage or destruction that affects such Alterations, after deducting therefrom the cost, if any, to Landlord for the recovery of such proceeds and/or of any repair to the Building or Premises or Project for which Landlord is responsible hereunder, in order for Tenant to repair and restore such Alterations, pursuant to disbursement procedures established by Landlord and/or any Mortgagee. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1932.2, and Section 1933.4, of the Civil Code of California. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if a Major Casualty (as defined below) occurs with respect to any portion of the Building, and the net insurance proceeds obtained as a result of such casualty are ninety percent (90%) or a lesser percentage of the cost of restoration, rebuilding or replacement, then Landlord shall not be obligated to undertake such restoration, rebuilding or replacement unless Landlord elects to do so in writing, provided that Landlord's election not to restore shall be deemed Landlord's election to terminate. For the purpose of this Lease, a "Major Casualty" shall mean a casualty that renders unusable twenty percent (20%) or more of the Net Rentable Area of the Building or which materially adversely affects the use of such Building.
(b) CASUALTY AT END OF TERM. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if during the twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the Term, either of the Building or a substantial portion thereof are damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, either Tenant or Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease as of the date of such damage or destruction by written notice to the other party given within thirty (30) days after such damage or destruction, in which event Landlord shall make a proportionate refund to Tenant of such Rent as may have been paid in advance. For purposes of this paragraph, a "substantial portion" shall mean fifty percent (50%) of the Building.
(c) UNINSURED CASUALTY. Notwithstanding Paragraph 20(a), and subject to the termination right in Paragraph 20(b), in the event of a total or partial destruction of the Premises (i) by a casualty of a type not required to be insured against by Landlord under the terms of this Lease, or (ii) under circumstances where Landlord has been required by any Mortgagee to utilize substantially all of the insurance proceeds to pay down the Mortgage (substantially all, for such purpose, being defined as ninety percent (90%) or more of the cost of restoration), which destruction exceeds five percent (5%) of the replacement cost of the Building, this Lease shall automatically terminate, unless (x) Landlord elects to reconstruct the Building (not including the Tenant Improvements), and (y) the damage can be reconstructed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of such damage. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects not to reconstruct, Tenant may by written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlord's election, request that Landlord undertake such reconstruction on the condition that the cost incurred by Landlord for such reconstruction (less any insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord and available to Landlord for application to such reconstruction) shall be amortized over the useful life of the Building (except that the cost for reconstruction of any Tenant Improvements shall be paid by Tenant in its entirety within thirty (30) days after receipt
of an invoice therefor), and shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord as an Additional Charge together with interest at the Default Rate; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay for any portion of the useful life of the Base Building Improvements which extends beyond the Expiration Date (as it may be extended by the Extension Term(s)). Landlord shall respond to Tenant's request, in Landlord's sole discretion, within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof. If Landlord reconstructs the Building pursuant to this Paragraph 20(c), Tenant shall be obligated to reconstruct the Tenant Improvements, at Tenant's cost.
21. EMINENT DOMAIN. If any part over fifteen percent (15%) of the Premises
shall be taken or appropriated under the power of eminent domain or conveyed in
lieu thereof, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease at its option.
In such event, Landlord shall receive (and Tenant shall assign to Landlord upon
demand from Landlord) any income, rent, award or any interest therein which may
be paid in connection with the exercise of such power of eminent domain, and
Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any part of sum paid by virtue
of such proceedings, whether or not attributable to the value of the unexpired
term of this Lease except that Tenant shall be entitled to petition the
condemning authority for the following: (i) the then unamortized cost of any
Alterations or Tenant Improvements paid for by Tenant from its own funds (as
opposed to any allowance, including the Tenant Allowance, provided by Landlord);
(ii) the value of Tenant's trade fixtures; (iii) Tenant's relocation costs; and
(iv) Tenant's goodwill, loss of business and business interruption. If a part of
the Premises shall be so taken or appropriated or conveyed and neither party
hereto shall elect to terminate this Lease and the Premises have been damaged as
a consequence of such partial taking or appropriation or conveyance, Landlord
shall restore the Premises continuing under this Lease at Landlord's cost and
expense; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to repair or
restore any injury or damage to the property of Tenant or to make any repairs or
restoration of any Alterations or any Tenant Improvements installed on the
Premises by or at the expense of Tenant. Thereafter, the Monthly Base Rent and
Additional Charges to be paid under this Lease for the remainder of the Term
shall be proportionately reduced, such that thereafter the amounts to be paid by
Tenant shall be in the ratio that they are of the portion of the Premises not so
taken bears to the total area of the Premises prior to such taking.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 21, if the
temporary use or occupancy of any part of the Premises shall be taken or
appropriated under power of eminent domain during the Term, this Lease shall be
and remain unaffected by such taking or appropriation and Tenant shall continue
to pay in full all Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges payable hereunder by
Tenant during the Term. In the event of any such temporary appropriation or
taking, Tenant shall be entitled to receive that portion of any award which
represents compensation for the use of or occupancy of the Premises during the
Term, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive that portion of any award which
represents the cost of restoration of the Premises and the use and occupancy of
the Premises after the end of the Term. If such temporary taking is for a period
longer than two hundred and seventy (270) days and unreasonably interferes with
Tenant's use of the Premises or the Common Area, then Tenant shall have the
right to terminate the Lease. Landlord and Tenant understand and agree that the
provisions of this Paragraph 21 are intended to govern fully the rights and
obligations of the parties in the event of a Taking of all or any portion of the
Premises. Accordingly, the parties each hereby waives any right to terminate
this Lease in whole or in part under Sections 1265.120 and 1265.130 of the
California Code of Civil Procedure or under any similar Law now or hereafter in
effect.
22. SALE BY LANDLORD. If Landlord sells or otherwise conveys its interest in the Premises, Landlord shall be relieved of its obligations under the Lease from and after the date of sale or conveyance (including the obligations of Landlord under Paragraph 39), only when the successor assumes in writing the obligations to be performed by Landlord on and after the effective date of the transfer, whereupon Tenant shall attorn to such successor.
23. RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM. All covenants and agreements to be
performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by
Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and without any abatement of Monthly
Base Rent or Additional Charges. If Tenant shall default in the payment of any
sum of money, other than Monthly Base Rent or Additional Charges, required to be
paid by it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be
performed hereunder (including, without limitation, Tenant's obligation to
maintain and repair the Premises and Building Systems pursuant to Paragraph
7(b)), and either (i) such failure continues, and Tenant does not commence cure
of such failure, for ten (10) days after notice thereof by Landlord as provided
in Paragraph 19(a) (except in the event of emergency, when no cure period shall
be required but Landlord shall make reasonable good faith efforts to notify
Tenant prior to commencing such emergency cure), or (ii) having commenced such
cure Tenant does not diligently prosecute the curing thereof, or (iii) if
Landlord is, in Landlord's reasonable business judgment, in a better position to
accomplish such cure or can accomplish such cure in a more efficient or
cost-effective manner than Tenant, or (iv) if a default under any CCRs, other
Encumbrance or Mortgage is, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, likely to occur
due to Tenant's failure to cure such failure in a timely
manner, then in any such situation Landlord may, but shall not be obligated so to do, and without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant's part to be made or performed as provided in this Lease. All sums so paid and costs so incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date Landlord makes such payment or incurs such cost, shall be payable as Additional Charges to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of a bill or statement therefor.
24. SURRENDER OF PREMISES.
(a) At the end of the Term or any renewal thereof or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant will peaceably deliver to Landlord possession of the Premises, together with all improvements or additions upon or belonging to Landlord , by whomsoever made, in substantially the same condition as received, or first installed, subject to the terms of Paragraphs 6, 21 and 39, subject to normal wear and tear and the rights and obligations of Tenant concerning casualty damage pursuant to Paragraph 20. Tenant may, upon the termination of this Lease, remove all movable furniture and equipment belonging to Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost, provided that Tenant repairs any damage caused by such removal. Property not so removed by the Expiration Date (or in the event of an earlier termination, within five (5) days of such earlier termination date) shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant, and title to the same shall thereupon pass to Landlord. Upon such expiration or sooner termination of the Term, Tenant shall upon demand by Landlord, at Landlord's election either (i) at Tenant's sole cost and expense, forthwith and with all due diligence remove any Tenant Modifications, Tenant Improvements or Alterations made by or for the account of Tenant, designated by Landlord to be removed (provided, however, that upon the written request of Tenant prior to installation of such Tenant Modifications, Tenant Improvements or Alterations, Landlord shall advise Tenant at that time whether or not such Tenant Modifications, Tenant Improvements or Alterations must be removed upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease), and restore the Premises to its original condition as of the Delivery Date (or with respect to Tenant Modifications, restore the Base Building to its condition prior to such Tenant Modifications being made), subject to the foregoing; or (ii) pay Landlord the reasonable estimated cost thereof.
(b) The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all such subleases or subtenancies.
25. WAIVER. If either Landlord or Tenant waives the performance of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease, such waiver shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition contained herein. Furthermore, the acceptance of Rent or Additional Charges by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time Landlord accepted such Monthly Base Rent or Additional Charges. Failure by Landlord to enforce any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease for any length of time shall not be deemed to waive or to decrease the right of Landlord to insist thereafter upon strict performance by Tenant. Waiver by Landlord of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease may only be made by a written document signed by Landlord.
26. NOTICES. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, any bills, statements, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or required to be given under this Lease shall be effective only if rendered or given in writing, sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, reputable overnight carrier, or delivered personally, (i) to Tenant, at Tenant's address set forth in the Basic Lease Information, if sent prior to Tenant's taking possession of the Premises, or at any place where Tenant may be found if sent subsequent to Tenant's vacating, deserting, abandoning or surrendering the Premises; or (ii) to Landlord at Landlord's address set forth in the Basic Lease Information; or (iii) to such other address as either Landlord or Tenant may designate as its new address for such purpose by notice given to the other in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 26. Any such bill, statement, notice, demand, request or other communication shall be deemed to have been rendered or given on the date the return receipt indicates delivery of or refusal of delivery if sent by certified mail, the day upon which recipient accepts and signs for delivery from a reputable overnight carrier, or on the date a reputable overnight carrier indicates refusal of delivery, or upon the date personal delivery is made. If Tenant is notified in writing of
the identity and address of any Mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such Mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor notice of any Default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease in writing sent by registered or certified mail, and such Mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given the opportunity to cure such Default (as defined in Paragraph 19 (b)) prior to Tenant exercising any remedy available to it.
27. TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT. Prior to delinquency Tenant shall pay all taxes levied or assessed upon Tenant's equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in or about the Premises. If the assessed value of Landlord's property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon Tenant's equipment, furniture, fixtures or other personal property, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon written demand, the taxes so levied against Landlord, or the proportion thereof resulting from said increase in assessment.
28. ABANDONMENT. Tenant shall not abandon the Premises and cease performing its financial and maintenance obligations under this Lease at any time during the Term, and if Tenant shall abandon and cease performing its financial and maintenance obligations under this Lease, or surrender the Premises or be dispossessed by process of law, or otherwise, any personal property belonging to Tenant and left on the Premises shall, at the option of Landlord, be deemed to be abandoned and title thereto shall thereupon pass to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall not be allowed to vacate the Premises for any period of time unless either (a) such vacation would not result in a termination of, limitation on, or other adverse effect on, Landlord's insurance policies, or (b) Tenant pays the incremental premium costs, and assumes responsibility for any increased deductible amounts, to the extent required to cause Landlord's insurance policies to not be terminated, limited or adversely affected as a result of such vacation. For purposes of this Paragraph 28, the Tenant shall not be deemed to have abandoned the Premises solely because the Tenant is not occupying the Premises.
29. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9, the terms, covenants and conditions contained herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal and personal representatives, successors and assigns.
30. ATTORNEY'S FEES. If Tenant or Landlord brings any action for any relief against the other, declaratory or otherwise, arising out of this Lease, including any suit by Landlord for the recovery of Rent or possession of the Premises, the losing party shall pay to the prevailing party a reasonable sum for attorney's fees and costs, which shall be deemed to have accrued on the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment. "Prevailing party" shall mean the party who receives substantially the relief requested, whether by settlement, dismissal, summary judgment or judgment.
31. LIGHT AND AIR. Tenant covenants and agrees that no diminution of light, air or view by any structure which may hereafter be lawfully erected (whether or not by Landlord) shall entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent under this Lease, result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant, or in any other way affect this Lease or Tenant's obligations hereunder. Landlord has informed Tenant that it has no intention of constructing additional facilities at the Project except those facilities needed to service the Project.
32. CORPORATE AUTHORITY; FINANCIAL INFORMATION. If Tenant signs as a corporation each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant does hereby covenant and warrant that Tenant is a duly authorized and existing corporation, that Tenant has and is qualified to do business in California, that the corporation has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each and both of the persons signing on behalf of the corporation were authorized to do so . If Tenant signs as a partnership or limited liability company, each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant does hereby covenant and warrant that Tenant is a duly authorized and existing partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, that Tenant has and is qualified to do business in California, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each and both of the persons signing on behalf of the Tenant were authorized to do so and by their signatures bind the Tenant. Upon Landlord's request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing covenants and warranties. Upon Landlord's request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing covenants and warranties. Tenant hereby further covenants and warrants to Landlord that all financial information and other descriptive information regarding Tenant's business, which has been or shall be furnished to Landlord, is and shall be accurate and complete at the time of delivery to Landlord. If Landlord signs as a corporation each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf
of Landlord does hereby covenant and warrant that Landlord is a duly authorized and existing corporation, that Landlord has and is qualified to do business in California, that the corporation has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each and both of the persons signing on behalf of the corporation were authorized to do so. Upon Tenant's request, Landlord shall provide Tenant with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Tenant confirming the foregoing covenants and warranties.
33. PARKING.
(a) Tenant shall have the right to use the number of parking spaces located in the Project Garage as specified in the Basic Lease Information (which number of required parking spaces [subject to all limitations, restrictions and requirements set forth in this Paragraph 33] shall be defined as the "Minimum Parking") in common with other tenants or occupants of the Project, if any, subject to (i) the City Parking Rights, (ii) the Parking REA, (iii) the Initial CC&Rs, and (iv) any other CC&Rs, other Encumbrances and rules and regulations of Landlord for the Project Garage which may be established or altered by Landlord at any time or from time to time during the Term. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that the number of parking spaces constructed by Landlord in connection with the Initial Development of the Project shall be equal to or greater than the minimum number required by the City of Sunnyvale for the Project, and that Landlord will not thereafter voluntarily reduce the number of parking spaces available to the Project below such minimum number except as may be required by Law, development or land use requirements of the City, or in connection with condemnation. A portion of Tenant's Minimum Parking shall consist of fifty reserved parking spaces located in the Phase I Garage, provided that other than marking and striping the appropriate number of parking spaces as designated for Tenant's use, Landlord shall not be obligated to enforce Tenant's exclusive right to the Minimum Parking provided in this Paragraph 33. Landlord shall not provide any other tenant in the Project with a greater proportionate number of reserved parking spaces (taking into account the rentable area of such tenant's, and the Tenant's, leased premises). Landlord may, at its option, install a security gate and/or other access devices for the Project Garage (although Landlord shall not be obligated to do so and may discontinue it at any time during the Term), and Landlord shall provide parking passes and/or access keys or cards for the number of parking spaces included in Tenant's Minimum Parking; provided that such items are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant, and may not be transferred, assigned (except in connection with an assignment of this Lease), or subleased (except in connection with a sublease of this Lease and then in proportion to the space sublet) without Landlord's prior written approval. No charge or fee (other than the Rent payable hereunder) shall be imposed in exchange for the right of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors and invitees to have access to or from, or to park in, the Minimum Parking (except for Tenant's liability for Expenses, as set forth in Subparagraph 3(c)) for the Term; provided that Landlord, at its sole election, may charge for the use of parking spaces in the Project Garage in excess of the Minimum Parking. Tenant shall comply, and shall use best efforts to cause Tenant's employees, visitors and invitees to comply, with all rules and regulations prescribed by Landlord from time to time for the Project Garage and any other parking, including any rules, regulations, restrictions, limitations and/or requirements in connection with the City Parking Rights.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Subparagraph 33(a),
during any period of construction of the Project (including any
construction on a Future Phase), (i) as a condition to approvals and
permits in connection with such construction the City may require that a
portion of the Phase I Garage (which Landlord anticipates will not exceed
twenty-five percent (25%) of the total parking spaces in the Phase I
Garage) be made available to the public for evening and weekend parking in
order to mitigate reduction or elimination of parking in connection with
such construction, and/or (ii) either as a condition to approvals and
permits in connection with such construction, or at Landlord's election, as
all or a portion of Tenant's Minimum Parking Landlord may provide parking
to Tenant on land that is adjacent to the Project, or may provide valet
parking for Tenant's use, at Landlord's sole election, rather than parking
in the Project Garage. To the extent Landlord elects to provide valet
parking, Landlord will operate or provide a valet parking service from 8:00
a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. Tenant shall
cooperate with Landlord in connection with any limitations or restrictions
on parking, establishment of designated or restricted parking areas,
required valet parking, or any other requirements during any period of
construction of any portion of the Project.
34. MISCELLANEOUS.
(a) The term "Premises" wherever it appears herein includes and shall be deemed or taken to include (except where such meaning would be clearly repugnant to the context) the office space demised and improvements now or at any time hereafter comprising or built in the space hereby demised. The paragraph headings herein are for convenience of reference and shall in no way define, increase, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of this Lease. The term "Landlord" shall include Landlord and its successors and assigns. In any case where this Lease is signed by more than one person, the obligations hereunder shall be joint and several. The term "Tenant" or any pronoun used in place thereof shall indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals, firms or corporations, and their and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators, and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof.
(b) Time is of the essence of this Lease and all of its provisions. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of California. This Lease, together with its exhibits, contains all the agreements of the parties hereto and supersedes any previous negotiations. There have been no representations made by the Landlord or Tenant or understandings made between the parties other than those set forth in this Lease and its exhibits. This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument by the parties hereto.
(c) If for any reason whatsoever any of the provisions hereof shall be unenforceable or ineffective, all of the other provisions shall be and remain in full force and effect.
(d) Upon Tenant paying the Monthly Base Rent and Additional Charges and performing all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall have quiet and peaceful enjoyment of the Premises during the Term as against all persons or entities lawfully claiming by, through or under Landlord; subject, however, to the provisions of this Lease.
35. TENANT'S REMEDIES. In addition to Tenant's rights under Paragraph 7(a), if any default hereunder by Landlord is not cured within the applicable cure period provided in Paragraph 19(b) (including any Mortgagee's additional cure period), Tenant's exclusive remedies shall be (i) an action for specific performance, or (ii) an action for actual damages. Tenant shall look solely to Landlord's interest in the Project (including, but not limited to, net proceeds obtained by Landlord from any sale of any portion of the Project, net insurance proceeds and condemnation awards) for the recovery of any judgment from Landlord. Landlord, or if Landlord is a partnership its partners whether general or limited, or if Landlord is a corporation its directors, officers or shareholders, or if Landlord is a limited liability company its members or managers, shall never be personally liable for any such judgment. Any lien obtained to enforce such judgment and any levy of execution thereon shall be subject and subordinate to any Mortgage (excluding any Mortgage which was created as part of an effort to defraud creditors, i.e., a fraudulent conveyance); provided, however that any such judgement and any such levy of execution thereon shall not be subject or subordinated to any Mortgage that is created or recorded in the official records of the county in which the Project is located after the date of the judgement giving rise to such lien. Landlord's interest in the Project shall include any insurance proceeds received by Landlord which are not controlled by any Mortgagee or other lender. Tenant hereby waives the benefit of any Laws granting it (A) the right to perform Landlord's obligations, or (B) the right to terminate this Lease or withhold Rent on account of any Landlord default, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code.
36. REAL ESTATE BROKERS. Each party represents that it has not had dealings with any real estate broker, finder or other person with respect to this Lease in any manner, except for any broker named in the Basic Lease Information, whose fees or commission, if earned, shall be paid as provided in the Basic Lease Information. Each party shall hold harmless the other party from all damages resulting from any claims that may be asserted against the other party by any other broker, finder or other person with whom the other party has or purportedly has dealt.
37. LEASE EFFECTIVE DATE. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.
38. SIGNAGE. To the extent approved by the City of Sunnyvale and other applicable governmental authorities, Tenant shall be allowed to use a proportionate share (based on Tenant's Share) of the Building's share of any Project monument signage, and to install exterior signage and signage in the lobby of the Building, subject to this Paragraph 38. Tenant shall be responsible for the costs related to such signage. All such signage shall be in conformity with standards provided by Landlord. Such signage shall be subject to further approval from Landlord of the exact number, size, location and materials therefor (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), approval from the City of Sunnyvale (which shall be Tenant's responsibility to obtain, at Tenant's cost) and compliance with applicable governmental restrictions, including but not limited to, ordinances of the applicable city (at Tenant's cost).
39. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE LIABILITY. Tenant has received from Landlord a copy of the Phase I and Screening Level Phase II Environmental Assessment of the Undeveloped Lot located at the Corner of Caribbean Drive and Geneva Drive, Sunnyvale, California, dated February 18, 1999, prepared by McLaren /Hart Inc. (the "Environmental Report").
(a) DEFINITION OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. For the purpose of this Lease, "Hazardous Substances" shall be defined, collectively, as oil, flammable explosives, asbestos, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes, toxic or contaminated substances or similar materials, including, without limitation, any substances which are "hazardous substances," "hazardous wastes," "hazardous materials" or "toxic substances" under applicable environmental laws, ordinance or regulation.
(b) TENANT INDEMNITY. Tenant releases Landlord from any liability for, waives all claims against Landlord and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, its employees, partners, agents, subsidiaries and affiliate organizations against any and all claims, suits, loss, costs (including costs of investigation, clean up, monitoring, restoration and reasonably attorney fees), damage or liability, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, by reason of property damage (including diminution in the value of the property of Landlord), personal injury or death directly arising from or related to Hazardous Substances released, manufactured, discharged, disposed, used or stored on, in, or under the Project or Premises during the Term by any Tenant Parties. The provisions of this Tenant Indemnity regarding Hazardous Substances shall survive the termination of the Lease.
(c) LANDLORD INDEMNITY. Landlord releases Tenant from any liability for, waives all claims against Tenant and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant, its officers, employees, and agents to the extent of Landlord's interest in the Project, against any and all actions by any governmental agency for clean up of Hazardous Substances on or under the Project, including costs of legal proceedings, investigation, clean up, monitoring, and restoration, including reasonable attorney fees, if, and to the extent, arising from the presence of Hazardous Substances on, in or under the Project or Premises, except to the extent caused by the release, disposal, use or storage of Hazardous Substances in, on or about the Premises by any Tenant Parties. The provisions of this Landlord Indemnity regarding Hazardous Substances shall survive the termination of the Lease.
Tenant has informed Landlord, that except for very immaterial amounts of toxic materials incidental to its office use (e.g.. copier toner), Tenant will not use any Hazardous Substances in material amounts within the Building and shall comply with any applicable laws to the extent that it does.
40. SATELLITE ANTENNAE. During the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right, subject to relevant regulatory approvals, availability of space within the roofscreen (provided that Tenant's share of the space available within the roofscreen and allocated by Landlord for installation of Antennas shall be in the same proportion to other tenants within the Building as the Rentable Area bears to the total rentable area in the Building) and Landlord's consent (with Landlord's consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to install satellite antennae and similar telecommunications systems and equipment ("Antennae") on the roof of the Building in a location satisfactory to both Landlord and Tenant. Without otherwise limiting the criteria upon which Landlord may withhold its consent to any proposed Antennae, if Landlord withholds its consent due to concerns regarding the appearance of the Antennae or the impact on structural aspects of the Building, such withholding of consent shall be presumptively reasonable unless, in the case of appearance concerns, Tenant screens such Antennae in a manner acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Tenant shall not be charged additional rent for roof space. Prior to submitting any plans to the City of Sunnyvale or proceeding with any installation of the Antennae, Tenant shall
submit to Landlord elevations and specifications for the Antennae. Tenant shall install the Antennae at its sole expense and shall be responsible for any damage caused by the installation of the Antennae or related to the Antennae. At the end of the Term, Tenant shall remove the Antennae from their locations and repair any damage caused by such removal.
41. BACK-UP GENERATOR. Tenant shall have the right, subject to Landlord's prior written consent (with Landlord's consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to install a 250 KW back-up electrical generator, together with reasonably necessary connections from the location of such generator to the Premises and related above-ground diesel fuel storage tanks (collectively, "Generator"), either in the parking lot area of the Common Area or on the roof of the Building in a location reasonably designated by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Without otherwise limiting the criteria upon which Landlord may withhold its consent to any proposed Generator, withholding of consent shall be presumptively reasonable if Landlord withholds its consent due to concerns regarding the appearance of the Generator, its impact on structural aspects of the Building or Common Area improvements, ventilation concerns, or actual or potential loss of any parking spaces or areas for the Project due to installation of the Generator, provided that if Tenant agrees to take steps (at Tenant's expense) to mitigate any such concerns raised by Landlord in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, Landlord shall grant its consent to the Generator subject to such mitigation. All locations or areas on the Building roof or within the Common Area where the Generator is located shall be provided by Landlord without additional rent. Tenant shall install the Generator at its sole expense and with components reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and shall be responsible for maintenance of the Generator, for compliance with all applicable Laws with respect to the Generator, and for any damage caused by the installation of the Generator or related to the Generator. At the end of the Term, Tenant shall remove the Generator from the Project and repair any damage caused by such removal.
42. OPTION TO RENEW. Upon condition that (i) no Default is continuing under this Lease at the time of exercise or at the commencement of the option term, and (ii) Tenant continues to physically occupy the entire Premises, then Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term for two (2) periods of five (5) years each (each, an "Extension Term") following the initial Expiration Date or the Expiration Date as extended by the first Extension Term, as applicable, by giving written notice ("Exercise Notice") to Landlord at least eighteen (18) months prior to the Expiration of the immediately preceding Term.
43. RENT DURING EXTENSION TERM. The initial Monthly Base Rent (subject to Paragraph 3(b)) during each five (5) year Extension Term shall be the greater of the Base Rent paid during the last month of the immediately preceding Term or the Fair Market Rental Value for the Premises as of the commencement of the option term, as determined below:
(a) Within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant's Exercise Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord's estimate of the Fair Market Rental Value for the Premises, as determined below, for determining Monthly Base Rent during the ensuing Extension Term; provided, however, if Tenant's Exercise Notice is given more than eighteen (18) months before the Expiration Date, Landlord's estimate of Fair Market Rental Value may, but need not be given more than eighteen (18) months before the Expiration Date. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice from Landlord, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing that it (i) agrees with such rental rate or (ii) disagrees with such rental rate. No response shall constitute agreement. In the event that Tenant disagrees with Landlord's estimate of Fair Market Rental Value for the Premises, then the parties shall meet and endeavor to agree within fifteen (15) days after Landlord receives Tenant's notice described in the immediately preceding sentence. If the parties cannot agree upon the Fair Market Rental Value within said fifteen (15) day period, then the parties shall submit the matter to binding appraisal in accordance with the following procedure except that in any event neither party shall be obligated to start such procedure sooner than eighteen (18) months before the expiration of the Lease Term. Within fifteen (15) days of the conclusion of the period during which the two parties fail to agree (but not sooner than eighteen (18) months before the expiration of the Lease Term), the parties shall either (i) jointly appoint an appraiser for this purpose or (ii) failing this joint action, each separately designate a disinterested appraiser. No person shall be appointed or designated an appraiser unless such person has at least five (5) years experience in appraising major commercial property in Santa Clara County and is a member of a recognized society of real estate appraisers. If within thirty (30) days after the appointment, the two appraisers reach agreement on the Fair Market Rental Value for the Premises, that value shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties. If the two appraisers thus appointed cannot reach agreement on the Fair Market Rental Value for the
Premises within thirty (30) days after their appointment, then the appraisers thus appointed shall appoint a third disinterested appraiser having like qualifications within five (5) days. If within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the third appraiser a majority of the appraisers agree on the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises, that value shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties. If within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the third appraiser a majority of the appraisers cannot reach agreement on the Fair Market Rental Value for the Premises, then the three appraisers shall each simultaneously submit their independent appraisal to the parties, the appraisal farthest from the median of the three appraisals shall be disregarded, and the mean average of the remaining two appraisals shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Rental Value for the Premises and shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the appraiser appointed by it and shall share equally the fees and expenses of the third appraiser. If the two appraisers appointed by the parties cannot agree on the appointment of the third appraiser, they or either of them shall give notice of such failure to agree to the parties and if the parties fail to agree upon the selection of such third appraiser within ten (10) days after the appraisers appointed by the parties give such notice, then either of the parties, upon notice to the other party, may request such appointment by the American Arbitration Association or, on it failure, refusal or inability to act, may apply for such appointment to the presiding judge of the Superior Court of Santa Clara County, California.
(b) Wherever used throughout this Paragraph (Rent during Extension Term) the term "Fair Market Rental Value" shall mean the fair market rental value of the Premises, using as a guide the rate of monthly base rent which would be charged during the Extension Term in the Mid-Peninsula area for comparable high image, Class A office space in comparable condition, of comparable quality, as of the time that the Extension Term commences, with appropriate adjustments regarding taxes, insurance and operating expenses as necessary to insure comparability to this Lease, as the case may be, and also taking into consideration amount and type of parking, location, the existence and condition of any leasehold improvements (regardless of who paid for them and with the assumption, for purposes of determining the Fair Market Rental Value, that they are fully usable by Tenant), proposed term of lease, amount of space leased, extent of service provided or to be provided, any allowances and other concessions being granted to tenants of similar net worth and other financial condition as Tenant leasing comparable space at the time of the Exercise Notice (but also taking into account any credit enhancement provided by tenants in determining equivalency of another tenant's financial condition), and any other relevant terms or conditions (including consideration of whether or not the monthly base rent is fixed).
(c) In the event of a failure, refusal or inability of any appraiser to act, his successor shall be appointed by the party who originally appointed him, but in the case of the third appraiser, his successor shall be appointed in the same manner as provided for appointment of the third appraiser.
(d) The appraisers shall render their appraisals in writing with counterpart copies to Landlord and Tenant. The appraisers shall have no power to modify the provisions of this Lease.
(e) To the extent that a binding appraisal has not been completed prior to the expiration of any preceding period for which Monthly Base Rent has been determined, Tenant shall pay Monthly Base Rent at the rate estimated by Landlord, with an adjustment to be made once Fair Market Rental Value is ultimately determined by binding appraisal. In no event shall any such adjustment result in a decrease of the Monthly Base Rent for the Premises below the amount payable by Tenant as of the period immediately preceding the ensuing Extension Term.
(f) From and after the commencement of the Extension Term, all of the other terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall also apply; provided, however, that during the second Extension Term Tenant shall have no further rights to extend the Term.
44. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER.
(a) OFFER NOTICE. If Landlord at its sole election acquires the portion of the Additional Land on which Landlord proposed to build an approximately 130,000 square foot building as generally shown on Exhibit "B" as "Building II", and if Landlord at its sole election proceeds to build Building Two, prior to such time as Landlord has entered into initial leases of the entire rentable area of Building Two (the "Lease-up Period"), for so long as Tenant is not in Default hereunder and provided that Tenant then satisfies the Transfer Standards (applicable
to leasing space in only one building), Tenant shall have the rights described in this Paragraph 44 ("Right of First Offer") to lease additional space in Building II (the "First Right Space"). During the Lease-up Period, Landlord shall be free to negotiate and enter into letters of intent or leases with other parties for all or any portion of the First Right Space, provided that Landlord shall provide Tenant with a written "Offer Notice" if Landlord, in good faith, believes that a letter of intent that it receives from, or submits to, another party is likely to result in a letter of intent acceptable to Landlord. The Offer Notice will indicate the Monthly Base Rent Landlord is prepared to accept for the First Right Space and, if such Offer Notice is for the lease of less than the entire First Right Space, the Offer Notice will indicate which portion of the First Right Space the Offer Notice covers. Tenant shall have five (5) business days (ending at 5:00 p.m. on such fifth business day) after receipt of the Offer Notice ("Offer Notice Deadline") to deliver to Landlord the Tenant's written unconditional election to lease the space described in the Offer Notice for the Monthly Base Rent specified in the Offer Notice and otherwise on the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 44 ("Tenant's Election Notice"). If Tenant does not deliver to Landlord its Tenant Election Notice within such five (5) business day period, Landlord shall be entitled to enter into a lease with the party with whom Landlord is negotiating or, within one hundred twenty (120) days following the Offer Notice Deadline, with any other tenant for the space described in the Offer Notice, provided that any such lease shall be at a Monthly Base Rent that is not more favorable to the Tenant than that specified in the Offer Notice (and for purposes of such comparison, if any material differences in the Tenant Allowance or Landlord's Work exist between such lease and this Lease, the Monthly Base Rent will be appropriately adjusted by amortizing the material differences over the term of the lease using a discount rate of ten percent).
(b) TERMS OF LEASE OF FIRST RIGHT SPACE.
(i) The Monthly Base Rent for the First Right Space leased by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 44 shall be based on the Rentable Area of such space as determined by measurement of Landlord's architect, which such architect shall certify in writing to Landlord and Tenant. The Rentable Area for the First Right Space shall by computed in a manner consistent with the computations for the Building. The initial Monthly Base Rent for the First Right Space shall be the Monthly Base Rent specified in the Offer Notice, and shall be subject to the annual adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 3(b) of this Lease.
(ii) If Tenant elects to lease all or part of the First Right
Space pursuant to this Paragraph 44, Tenant's obligations for payment
of Rent shall commence for the First Right Space (the "First Right
Space Rent Commencement Date") on the earlier to occur of (i) ninety
(90) days after the Initial Tenant Work Date with respect to the First
Right Space (as such term is defined in the Work Letter), (ii) the
date on which Tenant has substantially completed any tenant
improvements to the First Right Space in accordance with the Work
Letter, or (iii) the date upon which Tenant actually commences
business in any portion of the Premises, subject to Tenant Delay (as
defined in the Work Letter).
(iii) If Tenant leases any First Right Space pursuant to this
Paragraph 44, in addition to the terms set forth in clauses (i) and
(ii) above, this Lease shall automatically be modified to provide as
follows:
(A) Both the Premises and the First Right Space shall be part of the "Premises" under the Lease, such that the term "Premises" as used in the Lease shall refer collectively to both the Premises and the First Right Space;
(B) In addition to Tenant's Share of Taxes and Expenses attributable to the initial Building, Tenant shall pay "Tenant Share" of Taxes and Expenses attributable to Building Two (calculated in the same manner as for the initial Building), including without limitation Project Common Expenses allocated to Building Two;
(C) Tenant's lease of the First Right Space shall be on the same terms and conditions as in effect for the Premises from time to time, except as expressly provided in this Paragraph 44;
(D) The Expiration Date of the Initial Term for entire Premises (including the initial Premises and the First Right Space) shall be determined as follows: (I) if the First Right Space leased by Tenant is less than fifty percent (50%) of the entire Rentable Area in Building Two, the Expiration Date shall the Expiration Date determined as provided in this Lease with respect to the initial Premises; and (II) if the First Right Space leased by Tenant is fifty percent (50%) or more of the entire Rentable Area in Building Two, the Expiration Date shall be the date which is ten (10) years following the First Right Space Rent Commencement Date. The initial Term shall expire on such revised Expiration Date;
(E) Tenant's rights to extend this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 42 shall apply to both the initial Premises and the First Right Space, such that Tenant may only exercise its right to either Extension Term with respect to the entire Premises, rather than only the initial Premises or the First Right Space;
(F) Landlord shall provide the same Base Building as provided for the Building, and the Tenant Improvements for the First Right Space shall be completed by Tenant on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Work Letter, and Landlord will provide a Tenant Allowance in the amount per rentable square foot of the First Right Space as provided in the Basic Lease Information;
(G) All references to percentage of destruction or taking in Paragraphs 20 and 21 shall be deemed to mean each of the Building and Second Building separately, and Landlord's and Tenant's respective rights and obligations under such Paragraphs (including, without limitation, any rights to terminate this Lease) shall apply separately to the Building and to Building Two, such that destruction or taking of the Building in a manner as to provide Tenant the right (expressly provided in this Lease) to terminate the Lease shall give Tenant the right to terminate this Lease only with respect to the Building, and destruction or taking of Building Two in a manner as to allow Tenant the right to terminate (expressly provided in this Lease) to terminate the Lease shall give Ten ant the right to terminate this Lease only with respect to Building Two;
(H) The only Milestone (as set forth in Paragraph 2(e)) with respect to the First Right Space shall be failure to substantially complete the Base Building for Building Two, and the date for satisfaction of such Milestone (subject to extension as provided in Paragraph 2(e)) shall be a date specified by Landlord in its Offer Notice, which date shall be not later than January 31, 2004 (or, if no date is specified in the Offer Notice, shall be January 31, 2004). Tenant's right to terminate during a Window for failure of such Milestone shall apply to the First Right Space only. Accordingly, if Landlord fails to achieve the Milestone of substantial completion of the First Right Space (subject to extension as provided in Paragraph 2(e)) Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease only with respect to the First Right Space, on the terms and conditions of Paragraph 2(e), but such right shall not affect the Lease with respect to the initial Premises. If Tenant exercises its right to terminate with respect to the First Right Space, from and after the effective date of such termination all of the terms and provisions of this Paragraph 44 shall terminate and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect to the First Right Space.
(iv) The parties shall execute a written confirmation of the addition of the First Right Space and the foregoing terms and conditions within thirty (30) days after either party's request, provided that failure to execute such confirmation shall not affect the automatic modification of the Lease as provided in this Paragraph 44.
(c) NO BROKERS. Neither party has had any contact or dealings regarding the Second Building through any licensed real estate broker or other person who may claim a right to a commission or finder's fee as a procuring cause of any lease that might be entered into with respect to the First Right Space as contemplated by this Paragraph 44 or otherwise, except for the broker named in the Basic Lease Information, whose fees or
commission, if earned, shall be paid by Landlord in accordance with a separate agreement with Landlord. If any other broker or finder makes a claim for a commission or finder's fee based upon any such contact, dealings, or communications, the party through whom the broker or finder makes his claim shall be responsible for such commission or fee, and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the other party in defending against such claim.
(d) SEPARATE LEASES. Landlord may elect, by delivery of written notice to Tenant after receipt of Tenant's Election Notice, to lease the First Right Space to Tenant pursuant to a separate Lease, on all of the terms and conditions, and in the form, of this Lease, but as modified consistent with this Paragraph 44. Tenant shall execute and deliver any documents deemed necessary or desirable by Landlord in connection with such election.
(e) EXPIRATION. Tenant's rights under this Paragraph 44 shall expire on the first to occur of (i) expiration of the Lease-up Period, or (ii) a foreclosure or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure on any portion of the Project by a Mortgagee.
(f) ESTOPPEL. Landlord may require that Tenant confirm by estoppel certificate or like document that Tenant's rights under this Paragraph 44 have terminated or expired or do not apply to a specific transaction that Landlord is considering or specify the reasons why Tenant believes that Tenant's rights hereunder apply to said transaction.
45. ARBITRATION. ANY CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS EXPRESSLY MADE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION PURSUANT TO THIS LEASE OR THE WORK LETTER SHALL BE SETTLED BY ARBITRATION CONDUCTED IN SAN MATEO OR SANTA CLARA COUNTY, CALIFORNIA, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COMMERCIAL RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION, AND JUDGMENT ON THE AWARD RENDERED BY THE ARBITRATOR(S) MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION. THE PREVAILING PARTY IN SUCH ARBITRATION SHALL BE ENTITLED TO ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS. "PREVAILING PARTY" SHALL MEAN THAT PARTY WHO RECEIVES SUBSTANTIALLY THE RELIEF REQUESTED, WHETHER BY SETTLEMENT OR JUDGMENT.
NOTICE: BY INITIALING IN THE SPACE BELOW YOU ARE AGREEING TO HAVE ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF MATTERS EXPRESSLY MADE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION PURSUANT TO THIS LEASE OR THE WORK LETTER DECIDED BY NEUTRAL ARBITRATION AS PROVIDED BY CALIFORNIA LAW AND YOU ARE GIVING UP ANY RIGHTS YOU MIGHT POSSESS TO HAVE THE DISPUTE LITIGATED IN A COURT OR JURY TRIAL. BY INITIALING IN THE SPACE BELOW YOU ARE GIVING UP YOUR JUDICIAL RIGHTS TO DISCOVERY AND APPEAL, UNLESS THOSE RIGHTS ARE SPECIFICALLY INCLUDED IN THE "ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES" PROVISION. IF YOU REFUSE TO SUBMIT TO ARBITRATION AFTER AGREEING TO THIS PROVISION, YOU MAY BE COMPELLED TO ARBITRATE UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE. YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION IS VOLUNTARY.
WE HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE FOREGOING AND AGREE TO SUBMIT DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE "ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES" PROVISION TO NEUTRAL ARBITRATION.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.
LANDLORD:
M-D DOWNTOWN SUNNYVALE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By: /s/ JOHN MOZART ------------------------------- Its: President ------------------------------- |
TENANT:
BROADCOM CORPORATION,
a California corporation
By: /s/ WILLIAM J. RUEHLE ------------------------------- Its: Vice-President and CFO ------------------------------- |
LEASE AGREEMENT
by and between
M-D DOWNTOWN SUNNYVALE, LLC
and
BROADCOM CORPORATION
DATED AS OF MAY 18, 2000
EXHIBITS
Exhibit "A" Phase I/Initial Project Site Plan Exhibit "A-1" Excluded Space Exhibit "A-2" Dedicated Garage Exit Exhibit "B" Potential Project Site Plan (Phase I and Future Phases) Exhibit "C" Work Letter Exhibit "C-1" List of Base Building Architectural Drawings Exhibit "D" Rules and Regulations Exhibit "E" Form of Tenant Estoppel Certificate |
Broadcom Corporation agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any of the foregoing exhibits to the SEC upon request.
EXHIBIT 10.22
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT IS REQUESTED FOR THE REDACTED PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT.
SECOND AMENDMENT
TO
PRODUCT PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This SECOND AMENDMENT TO PRODUCT PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this Amendment) is made and entered into as of the 3rd day of December, 2002 by and between GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 101 Tournament Drive, Horsham, Pennsylvania 19044, acting as the Broadband Communications Sector of Motorola, Inc. (Customer), and BROADCOM CORPORATION, a California corporation with its principal place of business at 16215 Alton Parkway, Irvine, California 92618 (Supplier), with reference to the following facts and circumstances:
A. Supplier and Customer are parties to that certain Product Purchase Agreement dated as of November 22, 2000 (the Initial Agreement) by and between Customer and Supplier.
B. Supplier and Customer amended the Initial Agreement by the Amendment to Product Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2002 (the First Amendment) by and between Customer and Supplier.
C. Supplier and Customer desire to further amend the Initial Agreement as previously amended by the First Amendment (the Initial Agreement, as so amended by the First Amendment, the Existing Agreement) in the manner set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Amendment.
(a) The Existing Agreement is hereby amended to delete Exhibit A thereto and replace it with Exhibit A attached hereto.
(b) Section 1.12 of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:
1.12 Early Access Program. During the term of this Agreement, Customer shall be entitled to full participation in any Early Access Program made available by Supplier to any customer for broadband communication products in [***] (such period to be extended for the full term of any subsequent supply agreement between Supplier and Customer for such products) and [***]. |
* Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(c) Section 4 of the Existing Agreement is revised to read in its entirety as follows: |
4. DESIGN-IN AND QUALIFICATION OF SUPPLIER PRODUCT; SUPPORT | |
4.1 Design-In and Qualification. Customer will design-in and qualify a Supplier device on a model of Customers [***] product, conditioned upon Customers final acceptance testing of the samples of the [***] already delivered by Supplier. Any Customer design award to Supplier for the [***] is contingent upon the price of the [***] being no higher than $[***]. That price is inclusive of the [***] device; [***]; a [***] license of the following Supplier tools and software for use with the purchased devices, which Supplier represents are all of the Suppliers tools and software needed for the use of the purchased devices: Suppliers [***], Suppliers [***], Suppliers [***], and technical support for all of the above. The license will permit the software to be used for the development and post-sale support of Customers products incorporating Suppliers products, will extend for the period such support is necessary, and will otherwise be on terms no less favorable to Customer than the terms contained in the Software License Agreement between Supplier and Customer dated June 24, 1999 (the Existing Software License Agreement). | |
4.2 License of Certain Software. Supplier shall also grant to Customer a [***] license to use Suppliers [***], [***], and Suppliers [***] in connection with any [***] or [***] device which includes Broadcoms [***] solutions (with or without Broadcom [***] solutions) and to copy, sublicense and distribute such software to Customers customers and end users of such [***] and [***] devices. The license will permit Customer to sell all Products purchased from Supplier and will otherwise be on terms no less favorable to Customer than the terms contained in the Existing Software License Agreement. | |
4.3 Additional Support. So long as Customer is in material compliance with its obligations under this Agreement , Supplier will provide, free of charge to Customer and as Customer may reasonably request, all reasonably necessary support, development and testing to assure success for each [***] certification wave during the term of this Agreement, including providing Customer with reasonable numbers of reference designs and [***] samples. |
(d) Sections (b) and (h) of Exhibit B to the Existing Agreement shall be amended to substitute the phrase FOB Suppliers facility in Singapore for the phrase
FOB Suppliers facility currently located at the address listed above for Supplier at the beginning of the Agreement" |
wherever it appears.
* Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
2
(e) From and after the date hereof, all references in the Existing Agreement and herein to the Agreement shall refer to the Existing Agreement, as modified by this Amendment. For all purposes of the Agreement, other than the Minimum Purchase Commitment, the term Products shall be and shall be deemed to refer to all of the original Products under the Initial Agreement (which remain covered by the Minimum Purchase Commitment) as well as all of the new Products described in Exhibit A and herein.
2. Publicity . Customer and Supplier intend to issue a joint press release regarding the general terms of this Amendment; provided, that no press release shall be issued by either party with respect to this Amendment without the consent of the other party. Each party shall treat the terms of this Agreement as Confidential Information for purposes of the Agreement.
3. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California, without reference to conflict of laws principles.
4. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. One or more counterparts of this Amendment may be delivered by telecopier, with the intention that they shall have the same effect as an original counterpart thereof.
5. No Other Amendment . Except as amended hereby, the Existing Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and all other terms and conditions of the Existing Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and are otherwise unmodified by this Amendment.
* Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their representatives thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.
GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORPORATION | BROADCOM CORPORATION | |
acting as the Broadband Communications | ||
Sector of Motorola, Inc. | ||
By: [***] | By: /s/ TIMOTHY M. LINDENFELSER | |
Name: [***] | Name: Timothy M. Lindenfelser | |
Title: [***] | Title: Vice President and General Manager, | |
Broadband Communications Business Unit |
* Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
4
Exhibit A
Exhibit A to Product Purchase Agreement
Products, Prices and Minimum Purchase Commitment
PRODUCTS, PRICES
The following are the Products referred to in this Agreement for which prices have been agreed and constitute the Products under this Agreement. The per unit prices to be paid for such Products are as set forth below for the calendar half year in which the order for the Product is made, subject to adjustment as hereinafter set forth:
The prices for the following Products would be no higher than as follows for each half-year and/or quarter through [***]:
[***]
The prices for the following Products would be no higher than as follows for each half-year through [***]:
[***]
MINIMUM PURCHASE COMMITMENT
1. The amount of Products required to be purchased by Customer and Customer Affiliates pursuant to the Minimum Purchase Commitment referred to in this Agreement shall be equal to the following percentages of the aggregate quarterly requirements of Customer and Customer Affiliates:
(a) for [***] semiconductor device(s), in whatever mix selected by Customer (whether bought individually or in an OEM or ODM product) which provide [***] (specifically the functions provided by Suppliers [***]) for [***] for the products of Customer and the Customer Affiliates, excluding (i) any semiconductor devices which provide [***] and (ii) ancillary devices such as Suppliers [***] devices (the [***] Requirements), to be calculated on the basis of [***] (taking into account all [***] programs of Customer and the Customer Affiliates requiring [***] semiconductor devices (including, without limitation, the following programs: [***])): |
* Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
5
Calendar Quarter | Percent | |
[***] | [***] |
For clarity, the parties agree that Suppliers [***] and devices [***] are not part of the Minimum Purchase Commitment contained in this paragraph 1(a). |
(b) for semiconductor device(s) (except for [***] integrated circuits, [***], [***] integrated circuits, and [***] integrated circuits), in whatever mix selected by Customer that contain [***] (specifically the functions provided by Suppliers [***], but excluding the [***] device on a standalone basis) (the [***] Requirements), to be calculated on the basis of [***] taking into account all [***] programs of Customer and the Customer Affiliates (including, without limitation, the [***] programs (including, without limitation, [***])): |
Calendar Quarter | Percent | |
|
|
|
[***] | [***] |
The [***] Requirements shall also include Customers requirements for semiconductor device(s) included within the foregoing definition of [***] Requirements that are purchased as part of an OEM or ODM product, except for components [***], such as the [***] components to be included in Customers [***] product. |
As used in this Agreement, the term Requirements shall refer collectively to the [***] Requirements and the [***] Requirements.
In connection with their annual audit of the financial statements of Customer and its Affiliates, upon the written request of Supplier delivered to Customer no later than December 1 of the year under audit, the independent certified public accountants of Customer and its Affiliates shall be requested to audit the records of Customer and its Affiliates with respect to Customers compliance with the Minimum Purchase Commitment provisions. The cost of such audit shall be borne by [***]. Customer also agrees to certify its compliance with these provisions upon reasonable request by Supplier. In addition, Supplier may engage its own accounting firm to independently audit and inspect the books and records of Customer with respect to Customers compliance with the Minimum Purchase Commitment provisions.
PRICE ADJUSTMENTS
The prices for the Products set forth above (or otherwise agreed) shall be subject to the following adjustments.
[***]
* Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
6
In connection with their annual audit of Suppliers financial statements, upon the written request of Customer delivered to Supplier no later than December 1 of the year under audit, Suppliers independent certified public accountants shall be requested to audit the records of Supplier and its Affiliates with respect to Suppliers compliance with the [***] provisions. In addition, Customer may engage its own accounting firm to independently audit and inspect the books and records of Supplier with respect to Suppliers compliance with the [***] provisions. The cost of such audit shall be borne by [***]. Supplier also agrees to certify its compliance with these provisions upon reasonable request by Customer.
Competitiveness
In furtherance of Section 1.5 of this Agreement, in the event that Customer is given in writing an arms length, bonafide offer from an independent third party (i.e. not an Affiliate of Customer and/or any Affiliate of Customer, or the Customer Affiliates) supplier capable of fulfilling orders for the quantities described in clause (A), (B), or (C), as applicable, to purchase (A) [***], (B) [***] and (C) [***] and, in the case of each of (A), (B), and/or (C), Customer has qualified such other suppliers product as production ready for such quantities and, to the extent that Customers customers require [***] for such product, such product is [***], as applicable (to the extent that the Product to which such alternative is being compared is itself [***], as applicable), then Customer shall provide written notice of all of the material financial and other relevant terms (including, without limitation, the duration of such offer) (the Offer Notice) to Supplier. The Offer Notice shall be provided regardless of whether the product offered by the third party supplier is [***]. Nothing herein shall require Customer to divulge the name of the third party making the offer. The Offer Notice will include certification by an authorized officer of Customer as to the accuracy and completeness of the foregoing, and that the Offer Notice is capable of being accepted for at least [***] days after the Offer Notice is provided to Supplier. Supplier shall have the opportunity, exercisable within [***] days after Suppliers receipt of the Offer Notice, to meet the terms set forth in the Offer Notice for the relevant product for the period stated in the Offer Notice. In the event that Supplier does not agree to meet the terms set forth in the Offer Notice within such [***] day period, Customer may then accept such offer from such other supplier on the terms set forth in the Offer Notice, without any modification and any products purchased by Customer pursuant to such offer shall be credited toward Customers Minimum Purchase Commitment to the same extent as if purchased from Supplier; provided that if at any time thereafter any material modifications are made to the terms set forth in the Offer Notice which entitled Customer under clause (A), (B), or (C) to provide the Offer Notice or if Customer does not purchase any products from such other supplier on the terms set forth in the Offer Notice within [***] from the last date on which Broadcom was permitted to deliver an acceptance of such Offer Notice hereunder, the Customer shall again be required to submit a new Offer Notice with respect thereto prior to being permitted to receive any credit for such products purchased from the third party supplier.
* Confidential treatment has been requested for the bracketed portions. The confidential redacted portion has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
7
EXHIBIT 10.23
EXECUTION COPY
Credit Agreement
between
Broadcom Corporation
and
Bank of America, N.A.
Dated as of December 23, 2002
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ---- SECTION I. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS........................................................ 1 1.01 Defined Terms.............................................................................. 1 1.02 Use of Certain Terms....................................................................... 14 1.03 Accounting Terms........................................................................... 15 1.04 Rounding................................................................................... 15 1.05 Exhibits and Schedules..................................................................... 15 1.06 References to Agreements and Laws.......................................................... 15 SECTION II. THE LOANS AND EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT...................................................... 15 2.01 The Commitment............................................................................. 15 2.02 Conversions and Continuations of Loans..................................................... 16 2.03 Prepayments................................................................................ 16 2.04 Principal and Interest..................................................................... 16 2.05 Fees....................................................................................... 17 2.06 Computation of Interest and Fees........................................................... 17 2.07 Making Payments............................................................................ 17 2.08 Funding Sources............................................................................ 17 2.09 Application of Proceeds of Collateral and Payments after an Event of Default............... 17 SECTION III. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY.................................................. 18 3.01 Taxes...................................................................................... 18 3.02 Illegality................................................................................. 20 3.03 Inability to Determine Offshore Rate....................................................... 20 3.04 Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy........................................ 20 3.05 Breakfunding Costs......................................................................... 21 3.06 Matters Applicable to all Requests for Compensation........................................ 21 3.07 Survival................................................................................... 22 SECTION IV. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT............................................ 22 4.01 Conditions of Initial Extension of Credit.................................................. 22 4.02 Conditions to all Requests for Extensions of Credit........................................ 24 SECTION V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.......................................................... 24 |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
PAGE ---- 5.01 Existence and Qualification; Power; Compliance with Laws................................... 24 5.02 Subsidiaries............................................................................... 24 5.03 Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.............................................. 24 5.04 No Legal Bar............................................................................... 25 5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect........................................... 25 5.06 Litigation................................................................................. 25 5.07 No Default................................................................................. 25 5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens............................................................... 25 5.09 Taxes...................................................................................... 26 5.10 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act............. 26 5.11 ERISA Compliance........................................................................... 26 5.12 Intangible Assets.......................................................................... 27 5.13 Compliance With Laws....................................................................... 27 5.14 Environmental Compliance................................................................... 27 5.15 Insurance.................................................................................. 27 5.16 Disclosure................................................................................. 27 5.17 Matters Relating to Collateral............................................................. 27 SECTION VI. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS................................................................... 28 6.01 Financial Statements and UCC Search Reports................................................ 28 6.02 Certificates, Notices and Other Information................................................ 29 6.03 Payment of Taxes........................................................................... 29 6.04 Preservation of Existence.................................................................. 30 6.05 Maintenance of Properties.................................................................. 30 6.06 Maintenance of Insurance................................................................... 30 6.07 Compliance With Laws....................................................................... 30 6.08 Inspection Rights.......................................................................... 30 6.09 Keeping of Records and Books of Account.................................................... 30 6.10 Compliance with ERISA...................................................................... 30 6.11 Compliance With Agreements................................................................. 30 |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
PAGE ---- 6.12 Use of Proceeds............................................................................ 31 SECTION VII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS...................................................................... 31 7.01 Indebtedness............................................................................... 31 7.02 Liens and Negative Pledges................................................................. 32 7.03 Fundamental Changes........................................................................ 33 7.04 Dispositions............................................................................... 34 7.05 Investments; Acquisitions.................................................................. 34 7.06 ERISA...................................................................................... 34 7.07 Change in Nature of Business............................................................... 35 7.08 Transactions with Affiliates............................................................... 35 7.09 Hostile Acquisitions....................................................................... 35 7.10 Margin Regulations......................................................................... 35 7.11 Financial Covenants........................................................................ 35 7.12 Change in Auditors......................................................................... 35 SECTION VIII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.......................................................... 36 8.01 Events of Default.......................................................................... 36 8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default............................................................. 38 SECTION IX. MISCELLANEOUS........................................................................... 38 9.01 Amendments; Consents....................................................................... 38 9.02 Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies......................................... 39 9.03 Attorney Costs, Expenses and Taxes......................................................... 40 9.04 Successors and Assigns; Participations..................................................... 40 9.05 Set-Off.................................................................................... 42 9.06 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies............................................................. 42 9.07 Usury...................................................................................... 43 9.08 Counterparts............................................................................... 43 9.09 Integration................................................................................ 43 9.10 Nature of Lender's Obligations............................................................. 43 9.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties................................................. 43 9.12 Indemnification by Borrower................................................................ 44 |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
PAGE ---- 9.13 Nonliability of Lender..................................................................... 44 9.14 No Third Parties Benefited................................................................. 45 9.15 Severability............................................................................... 45 9.16 Confidentiality............................................................................ 45 9.17 Further Assurances......................................................................... 46 9.18 Headings................................................................................... 46 9.19 Time of the Essence........................................................................ 46 9.20 Governing Law.............................................................................. 46 9.21 Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury........................................................... 47 |
EXHIBITS
FORM OF A Compliance Certificate B Request for Initial Extension of Credit C Request for Extension of Credit D Security Agreement E Opinion of Counsel F Notice of Termination |
SCHEDULES
5.02 Subsidiaries 7.01 Existing Indebtedness, Liens and Negative Pledges 9.02 Notice Addresses and Lending Office |
CREDIT AGREEMENT
This CREDIT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is entered into as of December 23, 2002, by and between BROADCOM CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Borrower"), and Bank of America, N.A. ("Lender").
RECITAL
Borrower has requested that Lender make a term loan, and Lender is willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
Borrower desires to secure all of the Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents by granting to Lender a First Priority Lien on certain of its Cash and Cash Equivalents.
In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
SECTION I. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
1.01 DEFINED TERMS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
"Acquisition" means the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets, capital stock or other ownership of any Person or any division or line of business of any Person.
"Affiliate" means any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, another Person. A Person shall be deemed to be "controlled by" any other Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power (a) to vote 10% or more of the securities (on a fully diluted basis) having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or managing general partners; or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.
"Agreement" means this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time.
"Applicable Amount" means a per annum rate equal to:
(a) with respect to Base Rate Loans, 0.00 percent; and
(b) with respect to Offshore Rate Loans, 0.75 percent.
"Applicable Payment Date" means, (a) as to any Offshore Rate Loan, the last day of the relevant Interest Period, any date that such Loan is prepaid or converted in whole or in part and the Maturity Date; and (b) as to any other Obligations, the last Business Day of each calendar
quarter and the Maturity Date; provided, further, that interest accruing at the Default Rate shall be payable from time to time upon demand of Lender.
"Applicable Time" means California time.
"Approved Fund" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(f).
"Attorney Costs" means and includes all reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel and the reasonable and documented allocated cost of internal legal services and all reasonable and documented out of pocket disbursements of internal counsel.
"Audited Financial Statements" means the audited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal year of Borrower.
"Base Rate" means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Lender as its "prime rate." The "prime rate" is a rate set by Lender based upon various factors including Lender's costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Lender shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
"Base Rate Loan" means a Loan which bears interest based on the Base Rate.
"Borrower" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.
"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where Lender's Lending Office is located and, if such day relates to any Offshore Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the offshore Dollar interbank market.
"Cash" means money, currency or a credit balance in a Deposit Account.
"Cash Equivalents" means, as of any date, (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States of America the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in each case maturing within one year after such date; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition
thereof, one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody's;
(c) (i) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of
creation thereof, or (ii) marketable debt securities maturing within eighteen
months after such date, and, in each case, either issued by Lender (or an
Affiliate of Lender) or having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a
rating of at least BBB from S&P or at least Baa2 from Moody's; (d) certificates
of deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing within one year after such date and
issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the
laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of
Columbia that (i) is at least "adequately capitalized" (as defined in the
regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (ii) has Tier 1
capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $100,000,000; or (e)
shares of any money market mutual fund that (i) has at least 95% of its assets
invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in subsections
(a), (b) or (c) above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000, and
(iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody's.
"Change of Control" means, with respect to any Person, an event or series of events by which:
(a) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding (i) any employee benefit plan of such Person or its subsidiaries, (ii) any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan or (iii) any Permitted Holder), becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the membership interests of such Person; or
(b) during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the
members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of such
Person cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or
equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, or (ii) whose
election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved
by individuals referred to in subsection (i) above constituting at the time of
such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent
governing body, or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other
equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in subsections
(i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at
least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body.
"Closing Date" means the date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived by Lender.
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
"Collateral" means, collectively, all of the Cash and Cash Equivalents in which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations.
"Collateral Documents" means the Security Agreement and all other instruments or documents delivered by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in order to grant to Lender a Lien on the Collateral described therein as security for the Obligations.
"Compliance Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A, properly completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.
"Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" means, as of any date of determination, for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, Shareholders' Equity of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on that date minus the Intangible Assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on that date.
"Continuation" and "Continue" mean, with respect to any Offshore Rate Loan, the continuation of such Offshore Rate Loan as an Offshore Rate Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan.
"Contractual Obligation" means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
"Conversion" and "Convert" mean, with respect to any Loan, the conversion of such Loan from or into another type of Loan.
"Debtor Relief Laws" means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States of America or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally.
"Default" means any event that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
"Default Rate" means an interest rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Amount, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus 2% per annum; provided, however, that with respect to an Offshore Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Amount) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
"Deposit Account" means a demand, time, savings, passbook or similar account maintained with a Person engaged in the business of banking, including a savings bank, savings and loan association, credit union or trust company.
"Disposition" or "Dispose" means the sale, transfer, license or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal with or without recourse of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.
"Dollar" and "$" means lawful money of the United States of America.
"Eligible Assignee" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(f).
"Environmental Laws" means all Laws relating to environmental, health, safety and land use matters applicable to any property.
"Environmental Liability" means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Laws, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and any regulations issued pursuant thereto, as amended from time to time.
"ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).
"ERISA Event" means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.
"Event of Default" means any of the events set forth in Section 8.
"Existing Credit Agreement" means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of December 21, 2001 by and between Bank of America, as lender, and Borrower, as borrower, as amended pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Limited Waiver dated as of December 12, 2002.
"Extension of Credit" means the borrowing, Conversion or Continuation of any Loan (collectively, the "Extensions of Credit").
"Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business
Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Lender on such day on such transactions as determined by Lender.
"First Priority Lien" means any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document that (a) has priority over any other Lien on such Collateral, and (b) is the only Lien (other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.02) to which such Collateral is subject.
"Fund" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(f).
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be
approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, that are
applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently
applied. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any
financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either
Borrower or Lender shall so request, Lender and Borrower shall negotiate in good
faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof
in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of Lender and
Borrower), provided that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or requirement shall
continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and
(b) Borrower shall provide to Lender financial statements and other documents
required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth
a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before
and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
"Governmental Authority" means (a) any international, foreign, federal, state, county or municipal government, or political subdivision thereof, (b) any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, department, instrumentality, central bank or public body, or (c) any court, administrative tribunal or public utility.
"Guaranty Obligation" means, as to any Person, any (a) guaranty by such Person of Indebtedness of, or other obligation payable or performable by, any other Person or (b) assurance, agreement, letter of responsibility, letter of awareness, undertaking or arrangement given by such Person to an obligee of any other Person with respect to the payment or performance of an obligation by, or the financial condition of, such other Person, whether direct, indirect or contingent, including any purchase or repurchase agreement covering such obligation or any collateral security therefor, any agreement to provide funds (by means of loans, capital contributions or otherwise) to such other Person, any agreement to support the solvency or level of any balance sheet item of such other Person or any "keep-well" or other arrangement of whatever nature given for the purpose of assuring or holding harmless such obligee against loss with respect to any obligation of such other Person; provided, however, that the term Guaranty Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guaranty Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Person in good faith.
"Hazardous Materials" means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Laws.
"Indebtedness" means, as to any Person at a particular time, all of the following:
(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
(b) any direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), banker's acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;
(c) net obligations under any Swap Contract in an amount equal to
(i) if such Swap Contract has been closed out, the termination value thereof, or
(ii) if such Swap Contract has not been closed out, the mark-to-market value
thereof determined on the basis of readily available quotations provided by any
recognized dealer in such Swap Contract;
(d) whether or not so included as liabilities in accordance with GAAP, all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, and indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
(e) lease payment obligations under capital leases or Synthetic Lease Obligations; or
(f) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
For all purposes of this Agreement, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person except for customary exceptions reasonably acceptable to Lender.
"Indemnified Liabilities" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12.
"Indemnitees" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12.
"Intangible Assets" means assets that are considered to be intangible assets under GAAP, including customer lists, goodwill, computer software, copyrights, trade names, trade marks, patents, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.
"Interest Period" means for each Offshore Rate Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the date such Offshore Rate Loan is disbursed or Continued or Converted into such Offshore Rate Loan and (b) thereafter, the period commencing on the last day of the
preceding Interest Period, and ending, in each case, on the earlier of (x) the scheduled Maturity Date, or (y) to the extent then available, one, two, or three months thereafter (as selected by Borrower); provided that:
(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
(ii) any Interest Period which begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
(iii) unless Lender otherwise consents, there may not be more than five Interest Periods for Offshore Rate Loans in effect at any time.
"Investment" means, as to any Person, any acquisition or any investment by such Person, whether by means of the purchase or other acquisition of stock or other securities of any other Person or by means of a loan, creating a debt, capital contribution, guaranty or other debt or equity participation or interest in any other Person, including any partnership and joint venture interests in such other Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
"IRS" means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
"Laws" or "Law" means all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
"Lending Office" means the office or offices of Lender described as such on Schedule 9.02, or such other office or offices as Lender may from time to time notify Borrower.
"Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement (in the nature of compensating balances, Cash collateral accounts or security interests), encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable Laws of any jurisdiction), including the interest of a purchaser of accounts receivable.
"Loan" means any advance made as provided in Section 2 (collectively, the "Loans").
"Loan Documents" means this Agreement, each Request for Extension of Credit, each Compliance Certificate, each certificate, each fee letter, the Collateral Documents, and each other instrument, document and agreement from time to time delivered in connection with this Agreement.
"Loan Party" means each of Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries from time to time executing a Loan Document, and "Loan Parties" means all such Persons, collectively.
"Long Term Cash Equivalents" means, as of any date, (a) marketable
securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest
and principal by the United States government or (ii) issued by any agency of
the United States of America the obligations of which are backed by the full
faith and credit of the United States of America, in each case maturing within
three years after such date; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any
state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such
state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within three
years after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, one of
the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody's; (c) (i)
commercial paper maturing no more than three years from the date of creation
thereof, or (ii) marketable debt securities maturing within three years after
such date, and, in each case, either issued by a Lender (or an Affiliate of a
Lender) or having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least
A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody's; (d) certificates of deposit or
bankers' acceptances maturing within three years after such date and issued or
accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the
United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that
(i) is at least "adequately capitalized" (as defined in the regulations of its
primary Federal banking regulator) and (ii) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in
such regulations) of not less than $100,000,000; or (e) shares of any money
market mutual fund that (i) has at least 95% of its assets invested continuously
in the types of investments referred to in subsections (a), (b) or (c) above,
(ii) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000, and (iii) has the highest
rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody's.
"Material Adverse Effect" means any set of circumstances or events which (a) has a material adverse effect upon the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document and (b) is material and adverse to the condition (financial or otherwise), business, assets, operations or prospects of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and which materially impairs the ability of Borrower to perform the Obligations.
"Material Subsidiaries" means one or more Subsidiaries having, alone or in the aggregate, (a) 5% or more of the gross revenue of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, or (b) 5% or more of the fair market value of the assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
"Maturity Date" means December 23, 2003.
"Minimum Amount" means, with respect to each of the following actions, the minimum amount and any multiples in excess thereof set forth opposite such action:
MINIMUM MULTIPLES IN TYPE OF ACTION AMOUNT EXCESS THEREOF ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Prepayment of, or Conversion into, Base Rate Loans $1,000,000 $ 500,000 Prepayment or Continuation of, or Conversion into, Offshore Rate Loans $1,000,000 $ 500,000 |
"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
"Multiemployer Plan" means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
"Negative Pledge" means a Contractual Obligation that restricts Liens on property.
"Net Securities Proceeds" means the Cash proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable costs and expenses associated therewith, including legal fees and expenses) from the issuance of Indebtedness (as defined in subsections (a), (e) and (f) of the definition thereof) by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
"Non-US Lender" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(f).
"Obligations" means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, Borrower arising under any Loan Document, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest that accrues after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower.
"Offshore Base Rate" has the meaning set forth in the definition of Offshore Rate.
"Offshore Rate" means for any Interest Period with respect to any Offshore Rate Loan, a rate per annum determined by Lender pursuant to the following formula:
Offshore Base Rate Offshore Rate = ------------------------------------ 1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage |
Where,
"Offshore Base Rate" means, for such Interest Period:
(a) the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by Lender to
be the offered rate that appears on the page of the Telerate screen that
displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for
deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with
a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00
a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest
Period, or
(b) in the event the rate referenced in the preceding subsection
(a) does not appear on such page or service or such page or service shall cease
to be available, the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by Lender to be
the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays an average
British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars
(for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent
to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time)
two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or
(c) in the event the rates referenced in the preceding subsections
(a) and (b) are not available, the rate per annum determined by Lender as the
rate of interest at which Dollar deposits for delivery on the first day of such
Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Offshore Rate
Loan being made, Converted or Continued and with a term equivalent to such
Interest Period would be offered by Lender's London Branch to major banks in the
offshore Dollar market at their request at approximately 4:00 p.m. (London time)
two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.
"Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" means, for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day applicable to Lender under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency liabilities"). The Offshore Rate for each outstanding Offshore Rate Loan shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.
The determination of the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage and the Offshore Base Rate by Lender shall be prima facie evidence absent demonstrable error.
"Offshore Rate Loan" means a Loan bearing interest based on the Offshore Rate.
"Organization Documents" means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws; (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the articles of formation and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership or joint venture agreement and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation with the secretary of state or other department in the state of its formation, in each case as amended from time to time.
"Outstanding Obligations" means, as of any date, and giving effect to making any Extensions of Credit requested on such date and all payments, repayments and prepayments made on such date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans.
"Participant" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(a).
"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto established under ERISA.
"Pension Plan" means any "employee pension benefit plan" (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer plan (as described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA) has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.
"Permitted Holder" means (a) any current member of Borrower's Board of Directors, (b) any current officer of Borrower, (c) any intervivos trust or public or private foundation founded by any of the individuals set forth in subsections (a) or (b), (d) any estate succeeding to the interests of any of the individuals set forth in subsections (a) or (b), (e) any heirs, legatees or devisees of any of the individuals set forth in subsections (a) or (b), and any beneficiaries of any intervivos trust set forth in subsection (c), and (f) any Affiliates of any of the foregoing.
"Person" means any individual, trustee, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, bank, business association, firm, joint venture, Governmental Authority, or otherwise.
"Plan" means any employee benefit plan maintained or contributed to by Borrower or by any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with Borrower as defined in Section 4001(b) of ERISA and insured by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation under Title IV of ERISA.
"Reportable Event" means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b)
of ERISA or the regulations thereunder, a withdrawal from a Plan described in
Section 4063 of ERISA, or a cessation of operations described in Section 4062(e)
of ERISA.
"Request for Initial Extension of Credit" means, unless otherwise specified herein, a written request substantially in the form of Exhibit B, duly completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.
"Request for Extension of Credit" means, unless otherwise specified herein, a written request substantially in the form of Exhibit C, duly completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.
"Requisite Time" means, with respect to any of the actions listed below, the time and date set forth below opposite such action (all times are in Pacific time):
APPLICABLE TYPE OF ACTION TIME DATE OF ACTION ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Delivery of Request for Extension of Credit for, or notice for: [] Prepayment of a Base Rate Loan 10:00 a.m. Same Business Day as such prepayment [] Conversion into a Base Rate Loan 10:00 a.m. 3 Business Days prior to such Conversion [] Prepayment or Continuation of, or 11:00 a.m. 3 Business Days prior to such |
APPLICABLE TYPE OF ACTION TIME DATE OF ACTION ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Conversion into, an Offshore Rate prepayment, Continuation or Loan Conversion [] Payments and prepayment of a Base Rate 12:00 p.m. On date payment is due Loan to Borrower or Lender |
"Responsible Officer" means the president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of Borrower. Any document or certificate hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of Borrower and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of Borrower.
"Security Agreement" means the Security Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower on the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, as such Security Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
"S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.
"Shareholders' Equity" means, as of any date of determination for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, shareholders' equity as of that date determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Subsidiary" of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references to a "Subsidiary" or to "Subsidiaries" in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Borrower.
"Swap Contract" means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the
International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, a "Master Agreement"), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
"Swap Termination Value" means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in subsection (a) the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include Lender).
"Synthetic Lease Obligations" means all monetary obligations of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property creating obligations which do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the Indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
"Threshold Amount" means $50,000,000.
"to the best knowledge of" means, when modifying a representation, warranty or other statement of any Person, that the fact or situation described therein is known by such Person (or, in the case of a Person other than a natural Person, known by any officer of such Person) making the representation, warranty or other statement, or with the exercise of reasonable due diligence under the circumstances (in accordance with the standard of what a reasonable Person in similar circumstances would have done) would have been known by such Person (or, in the case of a Person other than a natural Person, would have been known by an officer of such Person).
"type" of Loan means (a) a Base Rate Loan, and (b) an Offshore Rate Loan.
"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.
"Unfunded Pension Liability" means the excess of a Pension Plan's benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan's assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.
1.02 Use of Certain Terms.
(a) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, unless otherwise defined therein.
(b) As used herein, unless the context requires otherwise, the masculine, feminine and neuter genders and the singular and plural include one another.
(c) The words "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to the Loan Documents as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof. The term "including" is by way of example and not limitation. References herein to a Section, subsection or clause shall, unless the context otherwise requires, refer to the appropriate Section, subsection or clause in this Agreement.
(d) The term "or" is disjunctive; the term "and" is conjunctive. The term "shall" is mandatory; the term "may" is permissive.
1.03 ACCOUNTING TERMS. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined in this Agreement shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data required to be submitted by this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.
1.04 ROUNDING. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed in this Agreement and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a round-up if there is no nearest number) to the number of places by which such ratio is expressed in this Agreement.
1.05 EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES. All exhibits and schedules to this Agreement, either as originally existing or as the same may from time to time be supplemented, modified or amended, are incorporated herein by this reference. A matter disclosed on any Schedule shall be deemed disclosed on all Schedules.
1.06 REFERENCES TO AGREEMENTS AND LAWS. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall include all amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto (unless prohibited by any Loan Document), and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.
SECTION II. THE LOANS AND EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT
2.01 The Commitment.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Lender agrees to make Loans on the Closing Date in an aggregate amount equal to $90,000,000. Borrower may make only one borrowing hereunder. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01 and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Subject to the foregoing and the other terms and conditions hereof, Borrower may Convert, Continue and prepay Loans as set forth herein without premium or penalty.
(b) Loans made by Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by Lender in the ordinary course of business. Upon the request of Lender, the Loans may be evidenced by one or more notes, instead of or in addition to loan accounts. Lender may attach schedules to its note(s) and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto. Such notes, loan accounts and records shall be prima facie evidence absent demonstrable error of the amount of such Loans and payments thereon. Any failure so to record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of Borrower to pay any amount owing with respect to the Loans.
2.02 Conversions and Continuations of Loans.
(a) Borrower may irrevocably request a Conversion or Continuation of Loans on any Business Day in a Minimum Amount therefor by delivering a Request for Extension of Credit therefor to Lender not later than the Requisite Time therefor. All Conversions and Continuations of Loans shall constitute Base Rate Loans unless properly and timely otherwise designated in a Request for Extension of Credit therefor as set forth in the first sentence of this subsection (a).
(b) Lender shall promptly notify Borrower of the interest rate applicable to any Offshore Rate Loan upon determination of same (or upon Borrower's request with respect to Offshore Rate Loans which Borrower is considering). Lender shall from time to time notify Borrower of any change in its prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4, all funds shall be credited in immediately available funds to Borrower.
(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, an Offshore Rate Loan may be Continued or Converted only on the last day of the Interest Period for such Offshore Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default or Event of Default, no Loans may be Converted into or Continued as Offshore Rate Loans.
2.03 Prepayments. Upon notice to Lender not later than the Requisite Time therefor, Borrower may at any time and from time to time voluntarily prepay Loans in part in the Minimum Amount therefor or in full without premium or penalty. Any prepayment of an Offshore Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with the costs set forth in Section 3.05.
2.04 Principal and Interest.
(a) Except as otherwise provided hereunder, if not sooner paid, Borrower agrees to pay the outstanding principal amount of each Loan on the Maturity Date.
(b) Subject to subsection (c) below, and unless otherwise specified herein, Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan (before and after default, before and after maturity, before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws) from the date borrowed until paid in full (whether by acceleration or otherwise) on each Applicable Payment Date at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate determined in accordance with the definition of such type of Loan, plus, to the extent applicable in each case, the Applicable Amount for such type of Loan.
(c) If any amount payable by Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (after taking into account any applicable grace, notice and cure periods), it shall thereafter bear interest (after as well as before entry of judgment thereon to the extent permitted by law) at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be payable upon demand.
2.05 Fees.
ARRANGEMENT FEE. On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender an upfront fee in an amount equal to $100,000. Such upfront fee is for the credit facility committed by Lender under this Agreement and is fully earned on the date paid.
2.06 COMPUTATION OF INTEREST AND FEES. Computation of interest on Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Lender's "prime rate" shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and the actual number of days elapsed. Computation of all other types of interest and all fees shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed which results in a higher yield to Lender than a method based on a year of 365 or 366 days. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid.
2.07 MAKING PAYMENTS.
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, all payments by Borrower shall be made to Lender at its Lending Office, and all payments by Lender shall be made to Lender in the deposit account from time to time designated by Borrower to Lender, in each case not later than the Requisite Time for such type of payment. All payments received after such Requisite Time shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day. All payments shall be made in immediately available funds in lawful money of the United States of America. All payments by Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff.
(b) Subject to the definition of "Interest Period", if any payment to be made by Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall instead be considered due on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest and fees.
2.08 FUNDING SOURCES. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to obligate Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
2.09 APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS OF COLLATERAL AND PAYMENTS AFTER AN EVENT OF DEFAULT. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, if requested by Lender (a) all payments received on account of the Obligations, whether from Borrower or otherwise, shall be applied by Lender against the Obligations and (b) all proceeds received by Lender in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the
Collateral under any Collateral Document shall be applied by Lender against the applicable Secured Obligations (as defined in such Collateral Document), in each case in the following order of priority:
(i) to the payment of all documented out of pocket costs and expenses of such sale, collection or other realization, all other documented out of pocket expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by Lender in connection therewith, and all amounts for which Lender is entitled to compensation, reimbursement and indemnification under any Loan Document and all advances made by Lender thereunder for the account of the applicable Loan Party, and to the payment of all documented out of pocket costs and expenses paid or incurred by Lender in connection with the Loan Documents, all in accordance with Sections 9.03 and 9.12 and the other terms of this Agreement and the Loan Documents;
(ii) thereafter, to the payment of all other Obligations for the benefit of Lender and any assignee or participant of Lender, as applicable; and
(iii) thereafter, to the payment to or upon the order of such Loan Party or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct;
provided, however, that a reasonable portion of such proceeds may, with respect to fees, expenses and other obligations not yet payable, in the reasonable discretion of Lender, be held by Lender as Collateral for, and/or (then or at any time thereafter) applied in full or in part by Lender against the applicable Secured Obligations.
SECTION III.
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
3.01 TAXES.
(a) Any and all payments by Borrower to or for the account of
Lender under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without
deduction for any and all taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions,
assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities with
respect thereto, excluding taxes imposed on or measured by its net income, and
franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction
(or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which Lender is
organized or maintains a lending office (all such non-excluded taxes, duties,
levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges,
and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes"). If Borrower shall be
required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable
under any Loan Document to Lender, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as
necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions
applicable to additional sums payable under this Section), Lender receives an
amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made,
(ii) Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) Borrower shall pay the full
amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in
accordance with applicable Laws, and (iv) within 30 days after the date of such
payment, Borrower shall furnish to Lender the original or a certified copy of a
receipt evidencing payment thereof.
(b) In addition, Borrower agrees to pay any and all stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment
made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes").
(c) If Borrower shall be required to deduct or pay any Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to Lender, Borrower shall also pay to Lender, at the time interest is paid, such additional amount that Lender specifies as necessary to preserve the after-tax yield (after factoring in all taxes, including taxes imposed on or measured by net income) Lender would have received if such Taxes or Other Taxes had not been imposed.
(d) Borrower agrees to indemnify Lender for the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section) paid by Lender, amounts payable under Section 3.01(c) and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. Payment under this subsection (d) shall be made within 30 Business Days after the date Lender makes a demand therefor.
(e) Lender is a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America and is a United States person as defined under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
(f) If any lender becoming party to this Agreement pursuant to
Section 9.04 is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the
United States of America or any state or other political subdivision thereof
(for purposes of this Section 3.01(f), a "Non-US Lender"), such Non-US Lender
shall deliver to Borrower, on or prior to the Closing Date, and at such other
times as may be necessary in the determination of Borrower (in the reasonable
exercise of its discretion), two original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI
(or any successor forms) properly completed and duly executed by such Non-US
Lender, or, in the case of a Non-US Lender claiming exemption from United States
federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect
to payments of "portfolio interest," a form W-8BEN.
Each Non-US Lender hereby agrees, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Non-US Lender of such forms, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other evidence so delivered obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, that such Non-US Lender shall promptly (i) deliver to Borrower two original copies of renewals, amendments or additional or successor forms, properly completed and duly executed by such Non-US Lender, together with any other certificate or statement of exemption required in order to confirm or establish that such Non-US Lender is not subject to United States withholding tax with respect to payments to such Non-US Lender under the Loan Documents, or (ii) notify Borrower of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence.
Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount to any Non-US Lender under this Section 3.01 if such Non-US Lender shall have failed to satisfy the requirements of this subsection (f); provided that if such Non-US Lender shall have satisfied the requirements of this subsection (f) on the date such Non-US Lender became a lender under this Agreement, nothing in this subsection (f) shall relieve Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to Section 3.01 in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable law, treaty
or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Non-US Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Non-US Lender is not subject to withholding as described in this subsection (f).
3.02 ILLEGALITY. If Lender determines that any Laws have made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for Lender or its Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Offshore Rate Loans, or materially restricts the authority of Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the applicable offshore Dollar market, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Offshore Rate, then, on notice thereof by Lender to Borrower, any obligation of Lender to make Offshore Rate Loans shall be suspended until Lender notifies Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, Borrower shall, upon demand from Lender, prepay or Convert all Offshore Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period thereof, if Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Offshore Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Offshore Rate Loans. Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to Lender.
3.03 INABILITY TO DETERMINE OFFSHORE RATE. If, in connection with any Request for Extension of Credit involving any Offshore Rate Loan, Lender determines that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the applicable offshore dollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of the requested Offshore Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the underlying interest rate for such Offshore Rate Loan, or (c) such underlying interest rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Lender of funding such Offshore Rate Loan, Lender shall promptly notify Borrower. Thereafter, the obligation of Lender to make or maintain such Offshore Rate Loan shall be suspended until Lender revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, Borrower may revoke any pending request for an Offshore Rate Loan or, failing that, be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Base Rate Loan in the amount specified therein.
3.04 INCREASED COST AND REDUCED RETURN; CAPITAL ADEQUACY.
(a) If Lender determines that any Law or change therein or in the interpretation or administration thereof, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof:
(i) subjects Lender to any Tax, duty, or other charge with respect to any Offshore Rate Loans or its obligation to make Offshore Rate Loans, or changes the basis on which taxes are imposed on any amounts payable to Lender under this Agreement in respect of any Offshore Rate Loans;
(ii) shall impose or modify any reserve, special deposit, or similar requirement (other than the reserve requirement utilized in the determination of the Offshore Rate) relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with or other liabilities or commitments of, Lender; or
(iii) shall impose on Lender or on the offshore interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or any of such extensions of credit or liabilities or commitments;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Lender of making, Converting into, Continuing, or maintaining any Offshore Rate Loans or to reduce any sum received or receivable by Lender under this Agreement with respect to any Offshore Rate Loans, then from time to time upon demand of Lender, Borrower shall pay to Lender such additional amounts as will compensate Lender for such increased cost or reduction.
(b) If Lender determines that any change in or the interpretation of any Laws have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of Lender or compliance by Lender (or its Lending Office) or any corporation controlling Lender as a consequence of Lender's obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and Lender's desired return on capital), then from time to time upon demand of Lender, Borrower shall pay to Lender such additional amounts as will compensate Lender for such reduction.
3.05 BREAKFUNDING COSTS. Upon demand of Lender from time to time, Borrower shall promptly compensate Lender for and hold Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
(a) any Continuation, Conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or
(b) any failure by Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, Continue or Convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by Borrower;
including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by Lender in connection with the foregoing.
3.06 MATTERS APPLICABLE TO ALL REQUESTS FOR COMPENSATION. A certificate of Lender claiming compensation under this Section 3 and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be prima facie evidence of the amount thereof absent demonstrable error. In determining such amount, Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods. For purposes of this Section 3, Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Offshore Rate Loan at the Offshore Base Rate used in determining the Offshore Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the applicable offshore interbank market, whether or not such Offshore Rate Loan was in fact so funded. Lender agrees that it will use reasonable efforts to make, fund or maintain Offshore Rate Loans through another lending office of Lender if (a) as a result thereof the additional amounts that would otherwise be required to be paid to Lender pursuant to Sections 3.01 and 3.04 would be materially reduced, and (b) as determined by Lender in its sole discretion, such action would not otherwise be disadvantageous to Lender.
3.07 SURVIVAL. All of Borrower's obligations under this Section 3 shall survive payment in full of all Obligations.
SECTION IV.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT
4.01 CONDITIONS OF INITIAL EXTENSION OF CREDIT. The obligation of Lender to make the initial Extension of Credit hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a) Except as otherwise specified by Lender, Lender's receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer, each dated on, or in the case of third-party certificates, recently before the Closing Date and each in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its legal counsel:
(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement, sufficient in number for distribution to Lender and Borrower;
(ii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of Borrower as Lender may require to establish the identities of and verify the authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer thereof;
(iii) such evidence as Lender may reasonably require to verify that Borrower is duly organized or formed, validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction in which it is required to be qualified to engage in business, including certified copies of Borrower's Organization Documents, certificates of good standing and/or qualification to engage in business, tax status certificates, and the like;
(iv) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.01(e) and (f) have been satisfied, and (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since December 31, 2001 which has a Material Adverse Effect;
(v) an opinion of counsel to Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit E; and
(vi) such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as Lender reasonably may require.
(b) Borrower shall have terminated any commitments to lend or make other extensions of credit under the Existing Credit Agreement, and directed that the proceeds of the initial Extension of Credit hereunder shall be applied to repay in full all Indebtedness outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement pursuant to a notice of termination substantially in the form of Exhibit F.
(c) Lender shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that
Borrower shall have taken or caused to be taken all such actions, executed and
delivered or caused to be executed and delivered all such agreements, documents
and instruments, and made or caused to be made all such filings and recordings
(other than the filing or recording of items described in clause (ii) below)
that may be necessary or, in the opinion of Lender, desirable in order to create
in favor of Lender a valid and (upon such filing and recording) perfected First
Priority Lien in the entire Collateral. Such actions shall include the
following:
(i) Delivery to Lender of (a) the results of a recent search, by a Person satisfactory to Lender, of all effective UCC financing statements and fixture filings and all judgment and tax lien filings which may have been made with respect to any personal or mixed property of any Loan Party, together with copies of all such filings disclosed by such search, and (b) UCC termination statements duly executed by all applicable Persons for filing in all applicable jurisdictions as may be necessary to terminate any effective UCC financing statements or fixture filings disclosed in such search (other than any such financing statements or fixture filings in respect of Liens permitted to remain outstanding pursuant to the terms of this Agreement);
(ii) Delivery to Lender of UCC financing statements duly executed by Borrower with respect to all Collateral of Borrower, for filing in all jurisdictions as may be necessary or, in the opinion of Lender, desirable to perfect the security interests created in such Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents; and
(iii) Evidence of the deposit of Cash and Cash Equivalents in an aggregate amount of $90,000,000 in an account or accounts maintained by Borrower with Lender or an Affiliate of Lender and the completion of all other actions necessary to perfect Liens in respect of such Cash and Cash Equivalents pursuant to the Collateral Documents.
(d) Any fees required to be paid on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.
(e) The representations and warranties made by Borrower herein, or which are contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be correct on and as of the Closing Date.
(f) Borrower shall be in compliance with all the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(g) Borrower shall have paid all Attorney Costs of Lender to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of Attorney Costs as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of Attorney Costs incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude final settling of accounts between Borrower and Lender).
(h) Lender shall have received a Request for Initial Extension of Credit on or prior to the Closing Date.
4.02 CONDITIONS TO ALL REQUESTS FOR EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT. In
addition to any applicable conditions precedent set forth elsewhere in this
Section 4 or in Section 2, the obligation of Lender to honor any Request for
Extension of Credit is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a) no Default or Event of Default exists, or would result from such proposed Extension of Credit.
(b) Lender shall have timely received a Request for Extension of Credit by the Requisite Time therefor.
(c) Lender shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to it, such other assurances, certificates, documents or consents related to the foregoing as Lender reasonably may require.
Each Request for Extension of Credit by Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) have been satisfied on and as of the date of such Extension of Credit.
SECTION V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that:
5.01 EXISTENCE AND QUALIFICATION; POWER; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Borrower is a corporation duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the state of its incorporation or organization, has the power and authority and the legal right to own and operate its properties, to lease the properties it operates and to conduct its business, is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, and is in compliance with all Laws except to the extent that lack of qualification or noncompliance does not have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.02 SUBSIDIARIES. All of the Subsidiaries of Borrower as of the Closing Date and their jurisdictions of organization are listed on Schedule 5.02 and Schedule 5.02 correctly sets forth, as of the Closing Date, the ownership interest of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries in each of the Subsidiaries of Borrower identified therein.
5.03 POWER; AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEABLE OBLIGATIONS. Borrower has the power and authority and the legal right to make, deliver and perform each Loan Document, and Borrower has power and authority to borrow hereunder and has taken all necessary action to authorize the borrowings on the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party. No consent or authorization of, filing with, or other act by or in respect of any Governmental Authority or any other person is required in connection with the borrowings hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. The Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by Borrower, and constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower,
enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the effect of Debtor Relief Laws, the effect of equitable principles (whether applied in an action at law or a suit in equity), and the other exceptions and qualifications set forth in the legal opinion furnished to Lender pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(v).
5.04 NO LEGAL BAR. The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and compliance with the provisions thereof have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of Borrower and do not and will not (a) violate or conflict with, or result in a breach of, or require any consent under (i) any Organization Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any applicable Laws, rules, or regulations or any order, writ, injunction, or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator, or (iii) any Contractual Obligation of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or by which any of them or any of their property is bound or subject, (b) constitute a default under any such agreement or instrument, or (c) except as contemplated hereby, result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of the properties of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
5.05 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; NO MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT.
(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby.
(b) Since December 31, 2001, there has been no event or circumstance which has a Material Adverse Effect.
5.06 LITIGATION. Except as disclosed in Borrower's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or prior to December 31, 2001, no litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before an arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower after due and diligent investigation, threatened by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.07 NO DEFAULT. Neither Borrower nor any its Subsidiaries are in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation which has a Material Adverse Effect, and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from the consummation of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or the making of the Extensions of Credit hereunder.
5.08 OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTY; LIENS. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have valid fee or leasehold interests in all real property which they use in their respective businesses, and
Borrower and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all their other property, and none of such property is subject to any Lien, except as permitted in Section 7.02.
5.09 TAXES. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns which are required to be filed, and have paid, or made provision for the payment of, all taxes with respect to the periods, property or transactions shown to be due on said returns, or pursuant to any assessment received by Borrower or its respective Subsidiaries, except (a) such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which adequate reserves have been established and maintained, and (b) immaterial taxes; provided, however, that in each case no material item or portion of property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is in jeopardy of being seized, levied upon or forfeited.
5.10 MARGIN REGULATIONS; INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT; PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT.
(a) Borrower is not engaged, and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of "purchasing" or "carrying" "margin stock" within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time hereafter in effect. No part of the proceeds of any Extensions of Credit hereunder will be used for "purchasing" or "carrying" "margin stock" as so defined or for any purpose which violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulations T, U or X of such Board of Governors.
(b) Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is a "holding company," or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, or (ii) is or is required to be registered as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
5.11 ERISA COMPLIANCE.
(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.
(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that has a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to
occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) neither
Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur,
any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other
than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither
Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur,
any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under
Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or
4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither Borrower nor
any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to
Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.
5.12 INTANGIBLE ASSETS. Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intangible assets that are used in the conduct of their respective businesses as now operated except where failure to own or possess the same has a Material Adverse Effect, and none of such items, to the best knowledge of Borrower, conflicts with the valid trademark, trade name, copyright, patent, patent right or intangible asset of any other Person to the extent that such conflict has a Material Adverse Effect.
5.13 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all Laws and applicable orders of any Governmental Authority that are applicable to it, noncompliance with which has a Material Adverse Effect.
5.14 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE. Existing Environmental Laws and claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on the respective businesses, operations and properties of Borrower and its Subsidiaries do not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.15 INSURANCE. The properties of Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as Borrower has determined in good faith to be necessary.
5.16 DISCLOSURE. No statement, information, report, representation, or warranty made by Borrower in any Loan Document or furnished to Lender in connection with any Loan Document contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading, and Borrower has disclosed to Lender all facts and circumstances which can reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.17 MATTERS RELATING TO COLLATERAL.
(a) The execution and delivery of the Collateral Documents by Borrower, together with (i) the actions taken on or prior to the date hereof pursuant to Sections 4.01(c) and (ii) the delivery to Lender of any Collateral not delivered to Lender at the time of execution and delivery of the applicable Collateral Document (all of which Collateral has been so delivered) are effective to create in favor of Lender, as security for the Secured Obligations (as defined in the applicable Collateral Document in respect of any Collateral), a valid and perfected First Priority
Lien on all of the Collateral, and all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and maintain the perfection and First Priority Lien status of such Liens have been duly made or taken and remain in full force and effect, other than the filing of any UCC financing statements delivered to Lender for filing (but not yet filed) and the periodic filing of UCC continuation statements in respect of UCC financing statements filed by or on behalf of Lender.
(b) No authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or regulatory body is required for either (i) the pledge or grant by Borrower of the Liens purported to be created in favor of Lender pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents or (ii) the exercise by Lender of any rights or remedies in respect of any Collateral (whether specifically granted or created pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents or created or provided for by applicable law), except for filings or recordings contemplated by Section 5.17(a) and except as may be required, in connection with the disposition of any Collateral, by laws generally affecting the offering and sale of securities.
(c) Except such as may have been filed in favor of Lender as contemplated by Section 5.17(a) no effective UCC financing statement or other instrument similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any filing or recording office.
(d) The pledge of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents does not violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(e) All information supplied to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower or any other Loan Party with respect to any of the Collateral (in each case taken as a whole with respect to any particular Collateral) is accurate and complete in all material respects.
SECTION VI. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Obligation remains unpaid or unperformed, Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of Borrower's reporting covenants), cause each Subsidiary to:
6.01 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND UCC SEARCH REPORTS. Deliver to Lender in form and detail satisfactory to Lender:
(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 100 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, audited and accompanied by an opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to Lender, which opinion shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and shall not be subject to any qualifications or exceptions as to the scope of the audit nor to any qualifications and exceptions not reasonably acceptable to Lender; and
(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 50 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated
statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of Borrower's fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
(c) As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 6.02(b), Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under Section 6.01(a) or (b), but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in Section 6.01(a) and (b) at the times specified therein.
6.02 CERTIFICATES, NOTICES AND OTHER INFORMATION. Deliver to Lender in form and detail satisfactory to Lender:
(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower;
(b) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of Borrower, and copies of all annual and quarterly reports which Borrower may file or be required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to Lender pursuant hereto;
(c) promptly after the occurrence thereof becomes known or should have become known to a Responsible Officer or the general counsel of Borrower, notice of any Default or Event of Default;
(d) promptly after the occurrence thereof becomes known to a Responsible Officer or the general counsel of Borrower, notice of any Material Adverse Effect; and
(e) promptly, such other data and information as from time to time may be reasonably requested by Lender.
Each notice under Section 6.02 (c) or (d) pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.
6.03 PAYMENT OF TAXES. Pay and discharge when due all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges, Liens or levies imposed on Borrower or its Subsidiaries or on its income or profits or any of its property, except for any such tax, assessment, charge, or levy permitted under Section 7.02(c) or excepted from Section 5.09; provided, however, in the case of a charge or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, no such obligation or liability need be paid or discharged so long as (i) it is being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (ii) adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by Borrower, and (iii) such contest proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such charge or claim.
6.04 PRESERVATION OF EXISTENCE. Preserve and maintain its existence, licenses, permits, rights, franchises and privileges necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except where failure to do so does not have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.05 MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES. Maintain, preserve and protect all of its properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good order and condition, subject to wear and tear in the ordinary course of business, and not permit any waste of its properties, except where failure to do so does not have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.06 MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE. Maintain liability and casualty insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies in such amounts with such deductibles and against such risks as Borrower has determined in good faith to be necessary.
6.07 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.
(a) Comply with the requirements of all applicable Laws and orders of any Governmental Authority, noncompliance with which has a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Conduct its operations and keep and maintain its property in compliance with all Environmental Laws, noncompliance with which has a Material Adverse Effect.
6.08 INSPECTION RIGHTS. At any time during regular business hours and as often as reasonably requested, upon reasonable prior notice, permit Lender, or any employee, agent or representative thereof upon execution of Borrower's standard confidentiality agreement for visitors and contractors and at Lender's sole cost and expense, to examine, audit and make copies and abstracts from Borrower's records and books of account and to visit and inspect its properties and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with any of its officers and key employees for the sole purpose of determining compliance with and monitoring the Loans, and, upon request, furnish promptly to Lender true copies of all financial information and internal management reports made available to its senior management.
6.09 KEEPING OF RECORDS AND BOOKS OF ACCOUNT. Keep adequate records and books of account reflecting all financial transactions in conformity with GAAP, consistently applied, and in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary.
6.10 COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA. Cause, and cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to: (a) maintain each Plan in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state law; (b) cause each Plan which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code to maintain such qualification; and (c) make all required contributions to any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code.
6.11 COMPLIANCE WITH AGREEMENTS. Promptly and fully comply with all Contractual Obligations to which any one or more of them is a party, except for any such Contractual
Obligations (a) the performance of which would cause a Default or Event of Default, (b) then being contested by any of them in good faith by appropriate proceedings, or (c) if the failure to comply therewith does not have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.12 USE OF PROCEEDS. Use the proceeds of Extensions of Credit for lawful general corporate purposes not otherwise in contravention of this Agreement, including Acquisitions to the extent permitted hereunder and the repayment of Indebtedness outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement.
SECTION VII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Obligations remain unpaid or unperformed, Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly do any of the following without the written consent of Lender:
7.01 INDEBTEDNESS. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;
(b) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof, provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to the premium or other amount paid, and fees and expenses incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any utilized commitments thereunder;
(c) intercompany Guaranty Obligations of Borrower or any Subsidiaries guarantying Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary;
(d) Indebtedness arising from the honoring of a check, draft or similar instrument against insufficient funds or the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business;
(e) trade and other accounts payable in the ordinary course of business in accordance with customary trade terms and which are not overdue for a period of more than 90 days;
(f) deferred taxes;
(g) Indebtedness of Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries and of any Subsidiary to Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
(h) Indebtedness that is (i) convertible into the capital stock of Borrower, (ii) subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations and (iii) due after the Maturity Date;
(i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000 at any time;
(j) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(i) and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof, provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to the premium or other amount paid, and fees and expenses incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any utilized commitments thereunder;
(k) Indebtedness of any Person assumed by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower, in each case as a result of any Acquisition of such Person permitted under Section 7.05 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions of such Indebtedness, provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to the premium or other amount paid, and fees and expenses incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any utilized commitments thereunder; provided further that such Indebtedness is not incurred in connection with any such Acquisition or in anticipation thereof; and
(l) Indebtedness in the form of contingent obligations in respect of letters of credit in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time.
7.02 LIENS AND NEGATIVE PLEDGES. Incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien or Negative Pledge upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;
(b) Liens and Negative Pledges existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that the property covered thereby is not increased, and any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 7.01(b);
(c) Liens for taxes or other governmental charges not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
(d) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's, repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person; and in the case of a Lien with respect to any portion of the Collateral, such contest proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral on account of such Lien;
(e) pledges or deposits in connection with worker's compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation or statutory obligations in the ordinary course of business, so long as no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced with respect to any portion of the Collateral on account thereof;
(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
(h) attachment, judgment or other similar Liens arising in connection with litigation or other legal proceedings (and not otherwise a Default hereunder) in the ordinary course of business that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, adequate reserves have been set aside and no material property is subject to a material risk of loss or forfeiture or the claims in respect of such Liens are fully covered by insurance (subject to ordinary and customary deductibles);
(i) Liens on any asset existing at the time of acquisition of such asset by Borrower or a Subsidiary, or Liens to secure the payment of all or any part of the purchase price of an asset upon the acquisition of such asset by Borrower or a Subsidiary; provided that the Lien shall apply only to the asset so acquired;
(j) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.01(k); provided that such Liens apply only to the assets acquired in connection with the permitted Acquisition or the assets of the Person that becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower as a result of the permitted Acquisition;
(k) Liens on property, assets or revenues other than inventory and receivables securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.01 in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time; and
(l) replacements, extensions and renewals of Liens permitted under subsections (i) and (j) of this Section 7.02.
7.03 FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES. Merge or consolidate with or into any Person or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself, or permit or suffer any liquidation or dissolution or sell all or substantially all of its assets, except, that so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom:
(a) Borrower may merge with any Person, so long as Borrower is the continuing or surviving Person;
(b) any Subsidiary may merge with (i) Borrower provided that Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation, (ii) any other Subsidiary, and (iii) any other Person, so long as such other Person will, as a result of making such merger and all other contemporaneous related transactions, become a Subsidiary; provided that when any wholly-owned Subsidiary is merging into another Subsidiary, the wholly-owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person;
(c) any Subsidiary may sell all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise), to Borrower or to another Subsidiary; provided that when any wholly-owned Subsidiary is selling all or substantially all of its assets to another Subsidiary, the Subsidiary acquiring such assets shall be a wholly-owned Subsidiary; and
(d) any Subsidiary which is not a Material Subsidiary may liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself or suffer any liquidation or dissolution.
7.04 DISPOSITIONS. Make any Disposition of all or substantially all of the property of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
7.05 INVESTMENTS; ACQUISITIONS. If a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result thereof, make any Investment or Acquisition except:
(a) Investments existing on the date hereof and disclosed to Lender in writing on or prior to the date hereof;
(b) Cash and Cash Equivalents;
(c) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of Borrower and Subsidiaries;
(d) Investments of any Subsidiary in Borrower or another Subsidiary;
(e) Investments of Borrower in its Subsidiaries;
(f) extensions of credit to customers or suppliers of Borrower and Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and any Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof;
(g) Guaranty Obligations permitted by Section 7.01;
(h) Investments permitted by Section 7.03;
(i) Acquisitions, provided that (i) the total purchase price is paid solely in shares of the capital stock of Borrower and (ii) Borrower shall have delivered a Compliance Certificate to Lender demonstrating that, after giving effect to such proposed Acquisition, Borrower shall be in compliance with the requirements of Section 7.11;
(j) Long Term Cash Equivalents; and
(k) additional Investments and Acquisitions not exceeding $250,000,000 in the aggregate.
7.06 ERISA. At any time engage in a transaction which could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, or permit any Pension Plan to (a) engage in any non-exempt "prohibited transaction" (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code); (b) fail to comply with ERISA or any other applicable Laws; or (c) incur any material "accumulated funding deficiency" (as
defined in Section 302 of ERISA), which, with respect to each event listed above, has a Material Adverse Effect.
7.07 CHANGE IN NATURE OF BUSINESS. Make any change in the nature of the business of Borrower as conducted and as proposed to be conducted as of the date hereof.
7.08 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Enter into any transaction or
series of transactions of any kind with any Affiliate of Borrower which,
individually or in the aggregate, would exceed the Threshold Amount, other than
(i) arm's-length transactions with Affiliates that are otherwise permitted
hereunder and (ii) transactions with any Person who is an Affiliate of Borrower
solely as a result of Borrower or any Subsidiary having an investment in such
Person.
7.09 HOSTILE ACQUISITIONS. Use the proceeds of any Loan in connection with the acquisition of a voting interest of 5% or more in any Person if such acquisition is opposed by the board of directors or management of such Person.
7.10 MARGIN REGULATIONS. Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Extensions of Credit hereunder for "purchasing" or "carrying" "margin stock" as so defined or for any purpose which violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulations U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
7.11 FINANCIAL COVENANTS.
(A) CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE NET WORTH. Permit Consolidated Tangible
Net Worth as of the end of any fiscal quarter of Borrower to be less than (i)
the sum of (A) 60% of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as of September 30, 2002,
plus (B) an amount (to be calculated on a quarterly basis) equal to 100% of the
aggregate increases in Shareholders' Equity of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
after the date hereof by reason of the issuance and sale of capital stock of
Borrower (including upon any conversion of debt securities of Borrower into such
capital stock, but excluding any increases in Shareholders' Equity of Borrower
and its Subsidiaries resulting from the issuance of capital stock of Borrower
pursuant to performance-based earnouts in connection with Acquisitions), minus
(ii) the sum of the following for such fiscal quarter: (A) 100% minus Borrower's
effective tax rate (expressed as a percentage) times the amount of in-process
R&D write-offs associated with Acquisitions and taken within 90 days of the
consummation thereof and (B) non-cash reductions in deferred tax assets that
result from non-cash impairment charges.
(B) UNENCUMBERED CASH. Permit the amount of unencumbered Cash, Cash Equivalents and Long Term Cash Equivalents maintained by Borrower and its Subsidiaries to be less than $200,000,000 at any time.
7.12 CHANGE IN AUDITORS. Change the certified public accountants auditing the books of Borrower except to another certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to Lender.
SECTION VIII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
8.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default:
(a) Borrower fails to pay any principal on any Outstanding Obligation (other than fees) within two days after the date when due; or
(b) Borrower fails to pay any interest on any Outstanding Obligations, any fees due hereunder, or any other fees or amount payable to Lender under any Loan Document, in each case within five days after Lender notifies Borrower that such interest, fees or other amounts are due; or
(c) Any default occurs in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 6.02(d), 6.04, 7.03, 7.09, 7.10 or 7.11; or
(d) Any default occurs in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 6.01, 6.02(a), 6.02(b), 6.02(c), 6.02(e), 6.08, 7.01, 7.02, 7.04-7.08, or 7.12 and such default continues for three days after Lender notifies Borrower;
(e) The occurrence of an Event of Default (as such term is or may hereafter be specifically defined in any other Loan Document) under any other Loan Document; or Borrower fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after Lender notifies Borrower; or
(f) Any representation or warranty in any Loan Document or in any certificate, agreement, instrument or other document made or delivered by Borrower pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document proves to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
(g) (i) Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries which, alone or together, constitute Material Subsidiaries, (x) defaults beyond applicable cure, grace and notice periods in any payment when due of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount or (y) defaults beyond applicable cure, grace and notice periods in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, Indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount to be demanded or become due (automatically or otherwise) prior to its stated maturity, or any Guaranty Obligation in such amount to become payable or Cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded, or Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is unable or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature, and such default continues for three days after Lender notifies Borrower; or (ii) the occurrence under any Swap Contract of an Early Termination Date (as
defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (x) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (y) the occurrence of any Termination Event under such Swap Contract (as defined therein) as to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) as a result of which, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by Borrower or such Subsidiary is greater than the Threshold Amount and such Early Termination Date shall not have been rescinded within three days after Lender notifies Borrower; or
(h) Any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than the agreement of Lender or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be null and void, invalid or unenforceable in any material respect; or Borrower denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or Lender shall not have or shall cease to have a valid and perfected First Priority Lien in any Collateral purported to be covered by any Collateral Document, for any reason other than the failure of Lender to take any action within its control; or
(i) (i) A final judgment against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is entered for the payment of money in excess of the Threshold Amount, or any non-monetary final judgment is entered against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which has a Material Adverse Effect and, in each case, if such judgment remains unsatisfied without procurement of a stay of execution within (A) 45 calendar days after the date of entry of judgment or, (B) if earlier, five days prior to the date of any proposed sale, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 45 calendar days after its issue or levy; or
(j) Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries which, alone or together, constitute Material Subsidiaries, institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under Debtor Relief Laws, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of that Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under Debtor Relief Laws relating to any such Person or to all or any part of its property is instituted without the consent of that Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
(k) (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; (ii) the aggregate amount of Unfunded Pension Liability among all Pension Plans at any time exceeds the Threshold Amount; or (iii) Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or
(l) There occurs any Change of Control of Borrower.
8.02 REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT. Without limiting any other rights or remedies of Lender provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, the Loan Documents, or by applicable Law, or in equity, or otherwise:
(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default other than an Event of Default described in Section 8.01(j), Lender may declare all or any part of the unpaid principal of all Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts payable under the Loan Documents to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the same shall become and be immediately due and payable, without protest, presentment, notice of dishonor, demand or notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrower.
(b) Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in
Section 8.01(j), all obligations of Lender under the Loan Documents shall
automatically terminate without notice to or demand upon Borrower, which are
expressly waived by Borrower, and the unpaid principal of all Loans, all
interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts payable under the Loan
Documents shall be immediately due and payable, without protest, presentment,
notice of dishonor, demand or notice of any kind, all of which are expressly
waived by Borrower.
(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender, without notice to (except as expressly provided for in any Loan Document) or demand upon Borrower, which are expressly waived by Borrower (except as to notices expressly provided for in any Loan Document), may proceed to protect, exercise and enforce its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents against Borrower and such other rights and remedies as are provided by Law or equity.
(d) The order and manner in which Lender's rights and remedies are to be exercised shall be determined by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion. Regardless of how Lender may treat payments for the purpose of its own accounting, for the purpose of computing the Obligations hereunder, payments shall be applied first, to costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by Lender, second, to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans to and including the date of such application, third, to the payment of the unpaid principal of the Loans, and fourth, to the payment of all other amounts (including fees) then owing to Lender under the Loan Documents. No application of payments will cure any Event of Default, or prevent acceleration, or continued acceleration, of amounts payable under the Loan Documents, or prevent the exercise, or continued exercise, of rights or remedies of Lender hereunder or thereunder or at Law or in equity.
SECTION IX. MISCELLANEOUS
9.01 AMENDMENTS; CONSENTS. No amendment, modification, supplement, extension, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, no approval or consent thereunder, and no consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom shall be effective unless in writing signed by Lender and Borrower and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
9.02 NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS; FACSIMILE COPIES.
(a) General. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all
notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing
(including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed,
faxed or delivered to the address, facsimile number or (subject to subsection
(c) below) electronic mail address specified for notices to the applicable party
on Schedule 9.02; or to such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail
address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other party. All
notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by
telephone shall be made to the telephone number specified for notices to the
applicable party on Schedule 9.02, or to such other telephone number as shall be
designated by such party in a notice to the other party. All such notices and
other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to
occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if
delivered by hand or by courier, one Business Day after the day on which signed
for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four
Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by
facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if
delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the
provisions of subsection (c) below), when delivered; provided, however, that
notices and other communications to Lender pursuant to Section 2 shall not be
effective until actually received by Lender which shall be conclusively
determined to have occurred upon telephonic confirmation with a representative
of Lender at GPO - Credit Services 6910, Mail Code: CA4-706-05-11, 1850 Gateway
Blvd, Concord, California 94520, (925) 675-8768. In no event shall a voicemail
message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.
(b) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures. Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties and Lender. Lender may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided, however, that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.
(c) Limited Use of Electronic Mail. Electronic mail and Internet and intranet websites may be used only to distribute routine communications, such as financial statements and other information as provided in Section 6.02, and to distribute Loan Documents for execution by the parties thereto, and may not be used for any other purpose. No other legally-binding and/or time-sensitive communication or Request for Extension of Credit may be sent by electronic mail, facsimile or telephone without the consent of the intended recipient in each instance; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may deliver Requests for Extension of Credit to Lender by telephone and facsimile by the required time provided that any such telephonic notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery by facsimile of a Request for Extension of Credit to Lender on or before the proposed date of Conversion or Continuation, as applicable.
(d) Reliance by Lender. Lender shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic and facsimile notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not
preceded or followed by any other form of notice or confirmation specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. Borrower shall indemnify Lender, its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other communications with Lender may be recorded by Lender, and Borrower hereby consents to such recording.
9.03 ATTORNEY COSTS, EXPENSES AND TAXES. Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse Lender for all reasonable and documented out of pocket and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs, (b) to pay or reimburse Lender for all reasonable and documented out of pocket and expenses incurred in connection with (i) creating or perfecting Liens in favor of Lender, and (ii) the custody or preservation of any of the Collateral, and (c) to pay or reimburse Lender for all documented out of pocket and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such documented out of pocket and expenses incurred in connection with the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral, during any "workout" or restructuring in respect of the Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), including all Attorney Costs. The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all search, filing, recording, title insurance and appraisal charges and fees and taxes related thereto, and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender and the cost of independent public accountants and other outside experts retained by Lender. All amounts due under this Section 9.03 shall be payable within 45 days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section shall survive the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.
9.04 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; PARTICIPATIONS.
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns permitted hereby, except that Borrower may not assign or otherwise
transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written
consent of Lender and Lender may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its
rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance
with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of
participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) of this
Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject
to the restrictions of subsection (e) of this Section (and any other attempted
assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in
this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any
Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns
permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (c) of this
Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any
legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b) Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees a portion not less than $20,000,000 of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Loans not less than $20,000,000 at the time owing to it) pursuant to documentation acceptable to Lender and the assignee; provided, however, Lender shall not assign, individually or in the aggregate, more than $80,000,000 of its rights and obligations under this Agreement. From and after the effective date specified in such documentation, such Eligible Assignee shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by Lender, have the rights and obligations of Lender under this Agreement, and Lender shall, to the extent of the interest so assigned, be released from its obligations under this Agreement. Upon request, Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver new or replacement notes to Lender and the assignee, and shall execute and deliver any other documents reasonably necessary or appropriate to give effect to such assignment and to provide for the administration of this Agreement after giving effect thereto. In the event that Lender so assigns any portion of the Loans, Borrower and Lender agree that this Agreement shall be amended pursuant to a mutually agreed upon amendment in order to provide that (i) Lender shall act as agent for itself and all such assignees, (ii) amendments, modifications and waivers of provisions of this Agreement (other than those that reduce the principal amount of any Loan, postpone the scheduled final maturity date of any Loan, postpone the date on which any interest or fees are payable, decrease the interest rate borne by any Loan (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate applicable to any of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c)) or the amount of fees payable hereunder or increase the maximum duration of interest periods, which shall not be effective without the written consent of all lenders) shall not be effective without the written consent of lenders holding 51% or more of the Loans and (ii) Requests for Extension of Credit, payments and Compliance Certificates shall be delivered to the agent.
(c) Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Borrower, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or Borrower or any of Borrower's Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a "Participant") in all or a portion of Lender's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Loans); provided that (i) Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) Lender shall remain solely responsible to Borrower for the performance of such obligations and (iii) Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with Lender in connection with Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which Lender sells such a participation shall provide that Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that Lender will not, without the consent of Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification that would (i) postpone any date upon which any payment of money is scheduled to be made to such Participant, (ii) reduce the principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable to such Participant (provided, however, that Lender may, without the consent of Participant, (A) amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or to reduce any fee payable hereunder and (B) waive the right to be paid interest at the Default Rate), or (iii) release all or any material part of the Collateral. Subject to subsection (d) of this Section, Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b)
of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.05 as though it were Lender.
(d) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater
payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than Lender would have been entitled to
receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the
sale of the participation to such Participant is made with Borrower's prior
written consent. A Participant that is not a "United States person" within the
meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and/or a Non-US Lender shall not be
entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless Borrower is notified of the
participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the
benefit of Borrower, to provide to Lender such tax forms prescribed by the IRS
as are necessary or desirable to establish an exemption from, or reduction of,
U.S. withholding tax, including without limitation the materials described in
Section 3.01(f).
(e) Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under any note) to secure obligations of Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for Lender as a party hereto.
(f) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:
"Eligible Assignee" means (a) an Affiliate of Lender; (b) an Approved Fund; and (c) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by Borrower (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such approval shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
"Fund" means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.
"Approved Fund" means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) Lender or (b) an Affiliate of Lender.
9.05 SET-OFF. In addition to any rights and remedies of Lender or any assignee or participant of Lender or any Affiliates thereof (each, a "Proceeding Party") provided by law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Proceeding Party is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to Borrower, any such notice being waived by Borrower to the fullest extent permitted by law, to proceed directly, by right of set-off, banker's lien, or otherwise, against any assets of Borrower which may be in the hands of such Proceeding Party (including all general or special, time or demand, provisional or other deposits and other indebtedness owing by such Proceeding Party to or for the credit or the account of Borrower) and apply such assets against the Obligations, irrespective of whether such Proceeding Party shall have made any demand therefor and although such Obligations may be unmatured.
9.06 NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No failure by Lender to exercise, and no delay by Lender in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege
under any Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein or therein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law. Any decision by Lender not to require payment of any interest (including Default Interest), fee, cost or other amount payable under any Loan Document or to calculate any amount payable by a particular method on any occasion shall in no way limit or be deemed a waiver of Lender's right to require full payment thereof, or to calculate an amount payable by another method that is not inconsistent with this Agreement, on any other or subsequent occasion.
9.07 USURY. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
any Loan Document, the interest and fees paid or agreed to be paid under the
Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest
permitted by applicable Law (the "Maximum Rate"). If Lender shall receive
interest or a fee in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excessive
interest or fee shall be applied to the principal of the Outstanding Obligations
or, if it exceeds the unpaid principal, refunded to Borrower. In determining
whether the interest or a fee contracted for, charged, or received by Lender
exceeds the Maximum Rate, Lender may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law,
(a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or
premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects
thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal
parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the
Obligations.
9.08 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
9.09 INTEGRATION. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents and any letter agreements referred to herein, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control and govern; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of Lender in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.
9.10 NATURE OF LENDER'S OBLIGATIONS. Nothing contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and no action taken by Lender pursuant hereto or thereto may, or may be deemed to, make Lender a partnership, an association, a joint venture or other entity with Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower.
9.11 SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by Lender, regardless of any investigation made by Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default as of the Closing
Date, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied.
9.12 INDEMNIFICATION BY BORROWER. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless Lender, its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (collectively the "Indemnitees") from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) the commitment hereunder, any Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (c) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities"), in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. No Indemnitee shall have any liability for any indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). All amounts due under this Section 9.12 shall be payable within 45 days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section shall survive repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations.
9.13 NONLIABILITY OF LENDER. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that:
(a) Any inspections of any property of Borrower made by or through Lender are for purposes of administration of the Loan Documents only, and Borrower is not entitled to rely upon the same (whether or not such inspections are at the expense of Borrower);
(b) By accepting or approving anything required to be observed, performed, fulfilled or given to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents, Lender shall not be deemed to have warranted or represented the sufficiency, legality, effectiveness or legal effect of the same, or of any term, provision or condition thereof, and such acceptance or approval thereof shall not constitute a warranty or representation to anyone with respect thereto by Lender;
(c) The relationship between Borrower and Lender created by this Agreement is, and shall at all times remain, solely that of borrower and lender; Lender shall not under any
circumstance be deemed to be in a relationship of confidence or trust or a fiduciary relationship with Borrower or its Affiliates, or to owe any fiduciary duty to Borrower or its Affiliates as a consequence of this Agreement; by virtue of entering into this Agreement, Lender does not undertake or assume any responsibility or duty to Borrower or its Affiliates to select, review, inspect, supervise, pass judgment upon or inform Borrower or its Affiliates of any matter in connection with their property or the operations of Borrower or its Affiliates; Borrower and its Affiliates shall rely entirely upon their own judgment with respect to such matters; and any review, inspection, supervision, exercise of judgment or supply of information undertaken or assumed by Lender in connection with this Agreement relative to such matters is solely for the protection of Lender and neither Borrower nor any other Person is entitled to rely thereon; and
(d) Lender shall not be responsible or liable to any Person for any loss, damage, liability or claim of any kind relating to injury or death to Persons or damage to property caused by the actions, inaction or negligence of Borrower and/or its Affiliates and Borrower hereby indemnifies and holds Lender harmless from any such loss, damage, liability or claim.
9.14 NO THIRD PARTIES BENEFITED. This Agreement is made for the purpose of defining and setting forth certain obligations, rights and duties of Borrower and Lender in connection with the Extensions of Credit, and is made for the sole benefit of Borrower and Lender, and Lender's successors and assigns. Except as provided in Sections 9.04 and 9.12, no other Person shall have any rights of any nature hereunder or by reason hereof.
9.15 SEVERABILITY. Any provision of the Loan Documents that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
9.16 CONFIDENTIALITY. Lender and each participant and assignee
shall use any confidential non-public information concerning Borrower and its
Subsidiaries that is furnished to it by or on behalf of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries in connection with the Loan Documents (collectively, "Confidential
Information") solely for the purpose of evaluating and providing products and
services to them and administering and enforcing the Loan Documents, and it will
hold the Confidential Information in confidence. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Lender may disclose Confidential Information (a) to its Affiliates or any of its
or its Affiliates' directors, officers, employees, auditors, counsel, advisors,
or representatives (collectively, the "Representatives") whom it determines need
to know such information for the purposes set forth in this Section, provided
that any such foregoing recipient of such Confidential Information agrees to
keep such Confidential Information confidential as specified herein; (b) to any
bank or financial institution or other entity to which Lender has assigned or
desires to assign an interest or participation in the Loan Documents or the
Obligations, provided that any such foregoing recipient of such Confidential
Information agrees to keep such Confidential Information confidential as
specified herein; (c) to any governmental agency or regulatory body having or
claiming to have authority to regulate or oversee any aspect of Lender's
business in connection with the exercise of such authority or claimed authority;
(d) to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect or preserve Lender's or any
of its Affiliates' security (if any) for any Obligation or to enforce any right
or remedy or in connection with any claims asserted by or
against Lender or any of its Representatives; and (e) pursuant to any subpoena or any similar legal process; provided that, unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, Lender shall notify Borrower of any request by any governmental or regulatory agency (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition of Lender by such regulatory agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information. For purposes hereof, the term "Confidential Information" shall not include information that (x) is in Lender's possession prior to its being provided by or on behalf of Borrower, provided that such information is not known by Lender to be subject to another confidentiality agreement with, or other legal or contractual obligation of confidentiality to, a Borrower, (y) is or becomes publicly available (other than through a breach hereof by Lender), or (z) becomes available to Lender on a nonconfidential basis, provided that the source of such information was not known by Lender to be bound by a confidentiality agreement or other legal or contractual obligation of confidentiality with respect to such information.
9.17 FURTHER ASSURANCES. Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall, at their expense and without expense to Lender, do, execute and deliver such further acts and documents as Lender from time to time reasonably requires for the assuring and confirming unto Lender of the rights hereby created or intended now or hereafter so to be, or for carrying out the intention or facilitating the performance of the terms of any Loan Document.
9.18 HEADINGS. Section headings in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and are not part of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents for any other purpose.
9.19 TIME OF THE ESSENCE. Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.
9.20 Governing Law.
(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE; PROVIDED THAT LENDER SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.
(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA SITTING IN ORANGE COUNTY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE CENTRAL DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, BORROWER AND LENDER CONSENT, FOR THEMSELVES AND IN RESPECT OF THEIR PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. BORROWER AND LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING
IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED
HERETO. BORROWER AND LENDER AGREE THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY LEGAL
ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT
MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO
BORROWER OR LENDER AT THEIR RESPECTIVE ADDRESSES PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 9.02, THAT SUCH SERVICE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION
OVER BORROWER OR LENDER IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDINGS AND OTHERWISE
CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT AND THAT BORROWER
AND LENDER RETAIN THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY
LAW.
9.21 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
[Signature Page Is On Next Page]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
BROADCOM CORPORATION
By: /s/ WILLIAM J. RUEHLE ---------------------------------------------- Name: William J. Ruehle Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
By: /s/ KEVIN MCMAHON --------------------------------------------- Name: Kevin McMahon Title: Managing Director |
CREDIT AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
BROADCOM CORPORATION
AND
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
DATED AS OF DECEMBER 23, 2002
Exhibit A Form of Compliance Certificate Exhibit B Form of Request for Initial Extension of Credit Exhibit C Form of Request for Extension of Credit Exhibit D Form of Security Agreement Exhibit E Form of Opinion of Counsel Exhibit F Form of Notice of Termination Schedule 5.02 Subsidiaries Schedule 7.01 Existing Indebtedness, Liens and Negative Pledges Schedule 9.02 Notice Addresses and Lending Office |
Broadcom Corporation agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any of the foregoing exhibits to the SEC upon request.
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
State or Other Jurisdiction of
Name of Entity
Incorporation or Organization
Altima Communications, Inc.
California
AltoCom, Inc.
California
Broadcom Asia Distribution Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
Broadcom (BVI) Limited
British Virgin Islands
Broadcom Canada Ltd.
British Columbia
Broadcom HomeNetworking, Inc.
California
Broadcom India Private Limited
India
Broadcom Israel Ltd.
Israel
Broadcom Japan K.K
Japan
Broadcom Netherlands B.V
The Netherlands
Broadcom Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
Broadcom Taiwan Corporation
Taiwan
Broadcom UK, Ltd.
Delaware
R2 International
The Netherlands
ServerWorks Corporation
Delaware
ServerWorks Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
EXHIBIT 23.1
Consent of Independent Auditors
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-60763, 333-80317, 333-87673, 333-93457, 333-33170, 333-41110, 333-49158, 333-49680, 333-51632, 333-53492, 333-58498, 333-58574, 333-67702, 333-71338 and 333-90862, and Form S-3 No. 333-90903) of our reports dated January 23, 2003 (except for Notes 11 and 14, as to which the date is March 27, 2003) with respect to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Broadcom Corporation included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2002.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP Orange County, California March 31, 2003 |
Exhibit 99.1
The foregoing certifications are being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, and pursuant to SEC Release No. 33-8212, 34-47551 are being furnished to the SEC rather than filed either as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure statement, and are not to be incorporated by reference into the Report or any other filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. The foregoing certifications shall not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of Section 18 or Sections 11 and 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Broadcom Corporation (the Company) hereby certifies, to such officers knowledge, that:
(i) the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (the Report) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and | |
(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
Dated: March 31, 2003 | /s/ ALAN E. ROSS | |
|
||
Alan E. Ross
Chief Executive Officer |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Broadcom Corporation and will be retained by Broadcom Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Broadcom Corporation (the Company) hereby certifies, to such officers knowledge, that:
(i) the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (the Report) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and | |
(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
Dated: March 31, 2003 | /s/ WILLIAM J. RUEHLE | |
|
||
William J. Ruehle
Chief Financial Officer |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Broadcom Corporation and will be retained by Broadcom Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.